> yGB8Ib10 LOLL & IN Digitized by the Internet Archive in 2009 with funding from University of Toronto http://www.archive.org/details/transactionsO2conn feo Ae TIONS CONNECTICUT ACADEMY ARTS AND SCIENCES. VOLUME Il. NEW HAVEN: PUBLISHED BY THE ACADEMY. PRINTED BY TUT OUSE & TA 1871 To 1873. “+ 5 a a hy CONTENTS OF VOL. II, PART 1. Ppmorm AMpriions TO THE LIBRARY, -...-:--.----2-------- Arr. IL—NorTIcE oF THE CRUSTACEA COLLECTED BY Pror, C. F. Harrr on THE Coast OF Brazit In 1867. By SipNey Ree Re ee ee ee ot nee we- oa e----- List OF THE DESCRIBED SPECIES OF BRAZILIAN Popopu- [ll oa ee Art. I].—On THE GrEoLoGy oF THE NEw Haven Reaion, WITH SPECIAL REFERENCE TO THE ORIGIN OF SOME OF ITS TorPoGRAPHICAL Features. By James D. Dana, -----.- ‘ Arr. III.—Norrs on American Crustacea, No. I, Ocypop- Peueeee iy: SIDWHY A. OMITH, 22... 205.2 ...-.-------- Art IV—ON soOME ALLEGED SPECIMENS OF INDIAN ONOMATO- para. By J. Hammonp TRUMBULL,..---.---------- ae Art V—On THE Mo.tuuscan FAUNA OF THE LATER TERTIARY Peete i, I, Nacrson, -......-........----.--- ————++>—___ eee NTS OF VOL. II ) icon a Dprions TO Tan LiekARy,.............---..---.-- Art. VI.—On tur Direction anp Force or tHe WIND, WITH THE Fatt or Rain anp Snow, aT WaALLinerorp, Con- NECTICUT, FROM OBSERVATIONS MADE BY Brngamin F, Harrison, M.D., anp REDUCED By Francis E. Loomis, Arr. VII.—Dersien ror A BripGe across THE East River, New York, at Biackwett’s Istanp. By Writiam P. 2S a Art. VIIL—On toe Mean Direction anp Force OF THE Winp ar New Haven, Conn.; FROM AN EXTENDED SE- RIES OF OBSERVATIONS REDUCED BY Francis E. Loomis, PAGE 209 2638 iv CONTENTS. PAGE Arr. LX.—Nores ON THE GEOLOGY OF THE ISLAND oF YEsSO, JAPAN, FROM OpsERVATIONS MADE IN 1862. By W. P. BEARER. Ws 2 oon nk eh nse ce oo te Ce 293 Arr. X.—Comparison oF THE Muscies OF THE CHELONIAN AND HuMAN SHOULDER-GIRDLES. By Henry 8. WitiiAMs, 301 Arr. XL—GrapuicaL Meruops in tue THERMODYNAMICS OF Frums. By J. Wittarp Gress; ....-_..-.---/ 2. eee Arr. XII.—List or Martyne Ate CoLtecrEp NEAR EAst- port, MAINE, IN AUGUST AND SEPTEMBER, 1873, IN CON- NECTION WITH THE WORK OF THE U.S, Fisu Commisston UNDER Pror. 8. F. Batrp. By Dantet C. Earon,----- 343 Arr. XIII.—Tue Earty Sraces oF THE AMERICAN LOBSTER _ (Homarus Americanus Edwards), By Stoney I. Smrra, 351 Arr. XIV.—A Mernop or GEOMETRICAL REPRESENTATION OF THE THERMODYNAMIC PROPERTIES OF SUBSTANCES BY MEANS oF SurFaces. By J. WitLaRp GisBs, ---------- 382 tN ew COTrITONS CONNECTICUT ACADEMY ARTS AND SCIENCES. VOL. Il, PART 2. Mirw HAVEN: PUBLISHED BY THE ACADEMY. PRINTED BY TUTTLE, MOREHOUSE & TAYLOR. 1873. —a Ser eNTsS OF VOL. II, PART 2. [nsec ADUETIONS TO THE WIBRARY,----....--.- --------- Art. VI.—Own THE DrrecTIon AND ForcE oF THE WIND, WITH THE Fatt or RaIn AND Snow aT WALLINGFORD, Con- NECTICUT, FROM OBSERVATIONS MADE BY BENJAMIN F. Harrison, M.D., anp REDUCED BY Francis E. Loomis, 2... ee ee ee Art. VII.—Desien ror A BrimpGE across THE Easr River, New York, at BiackweEtv’s Isranp. By Wiriiam P. oP SLE Misia Se ee ‘ Art. VIIL—On toe Mean Direction anv Force oF THE Winn at New Haven, Conn.; FROM AN EXTENDED SE- RIES OF OBSERVATIONS REDUCED BY Francis E. Loomis, Art. [X.—Nores oN THE GEOLOGY OF THE ISLAND oF YEsso, JAPAN, FROM OBSERVATIONS MADE IN 1862. By W. P. 0 6s St) Se ee Art. X,—ComParIson OF THE MuscLes OF THE CHELONIAN AND HuMAN SHOULDER-GIRDLES. By Henry 8S. WILLIiAMs, Art. XI._—Grapnicat Metruops In THE THERMODYNAMICS OF Peewee WV IDARD GIBBS... ___..... /..2_---.- Art, XII.—List or Marine AtG# CoLLecreD NEAR East- -port, Marne, 1n Avucust AND SEPTEMBER, 1873, NECTION WITH THE WORK OF THE U. 3. Fisn Comaisston UNDER Pror. S. F. Barrp. By Danie C. Earon,__-_- IN CON- Arr. XIII.—Tser Earty Sraces or tHe American Lorster (Homarus Americanus Edwards). By Stoney IL. Sain, Art. XIV.—A Mernop oF GrometTrRIcAL REPRESENTATION OF THE THERMODYNAMIC PROPERTIES OF SUBSTANCES BY MEANS OF SurFAcEs. By J. Wittarp GIpps,__________ 209 263 293 301 309 w or — Tt to OFFICERS OF THE ACADEMY, For tHe YEAR 1873-4, President, CHESTER 8S. LYMAN. Vice-President, ELIAS LOOMIS. Secretary, SIDNEY I. SMITH. Librarian, ADDISON VAN NAME. Treasurer, HENRY C. KINGSLEY. Publishing Committee, HUBERT A. NEWTON, GEORGE J. BRUSH, ELIAS LOOMIS, CHESTER 8. LYMAN, WILLIAM D. WHITNEY, ADDISON E. VERRILL. Auditing Committee, ELIAS LOOMIS, HENRY T. BLAKE, DANIEL C. EATON. =i rTrions TO THE LIBRARY, From JANUARY 1, 1867, To AuGust 1, 1870. AMERICAN. ALBANy Institute. Transactions, vol. v, 1867. 8°. Manual, March, 1870. 8°, pp. 48. Dudley Observatory. Annals, vol. 1, 1866. 8°. .AmerIcAN Association for the Advancement of Science. Proceedings at 15th, 16th, and 17th Meetings, 1866-8. Cambridge, 1867-70. 8°. Boston Society of Natural History. Memoirs, vol. 1, parts 1, 2, and 4, 1866-9. 4°. Proceedings, vol. x1 (wanting sig. 2), xm, xmm sigs. 1-17, 1866-70. 8°. Occasional Papers, vol. 1, 1869, 8°. Annual Reports, May, 1869. 8°, pp. 76. Cuicaco Academy of Science. Transactions, vol. 1, 1867-9. 8°. Cincinnati Observatory. Adams, J. Q., Oration before the Cincinnati Astronomical Society, Nov. 10, 1843. 8°, pp. 72. Mansfield, E. D., Annual Address. June, 1845, with Reports. 8°, pp. 55. Reports of the Director, June, 1868, May, 1869. 8°, pp. 48. MontREAL.—The Canadian Naturalist, with the Proceedings of the Natural History Society of Montreal. New Series, vol. m1. 1866-8. 8°. PHILADELPHIA.—Historical Society of Pennsylvania. Memoirs, vol. 1 (reprinted), 11, part 2, Iv, part 1, v-vi. 1836-60. 8°. Garrard, L. H., Chambersburg in the Colony and the Revolution. 1856, 8°. Coles, E., History of the Ordinance of 1787. 1856. 8°, pp. 33. Mayer. B., Calvert and Penn. 1852. 8°, pp. 50. Ingersoll, J. R., Memoir of Samuel Breck. 1863. 8°, pp. 40. SaLEM.—KEssex Institute. Proceedings, vol. v, parts 2-4, 7, 8, v1, part 1. 1866-8. 8°. Bulletin, vol. 1, 1869, m, Nos. 1-3, 5. 8°. —— Peabody Academy of Science. Memoirs, vol. 1, No.1. 1869. 8°. SAVANNAH.—Geo: gia Historical Society. Collections, vols. 1, m1, part 1. 1842-8. 8°. Stevens, W. B., History of Georgia. New York and Phil., 1847-59. 2 vols., Ghes ToRONTO.—Magnetical Observatory. Monthly Meteorological Register, 1869. 4°, pp. 12. General Meteorological Register, 1868, 1869. 8°, pp. 7, 6. Meteoro- logical Summary, Nov., 1869. p.1. Monthly Value of Magnetic Elements, 1865-8. 8°, pp. 2. On changes of barometric pressure, by G. T. Kings- ton. 8°, pp. 5. ii Additions to the Library. EUROPEAN, ALTENBURG.—Mittheilungen aus dem Osterlande, von den Gesellschaften zu Altenburg, Bd. xvi, Heft 1-2. 1867, 8°. BoLogNna.—Aceademia delle Scienze dell’ Instituto di Bologna. Rendiconti, 1865--6, 1866-7, 1867-8. 8°. Galvani, L., Opere edite ed inedite, Bologna, 1841; Aggiunta, 1842. 4°. BrusseLs.— Académie Royale des Sciences, des Lettres et des Beaux-Arts de Belgique. Mémoires, Tome xxxvil. 1869. 4°. Mémoires Couronnés et Mémoires des Savants Etrangers, Tome xxx. 1865-7. 4°. Mémoires Couronnés et autres Mémoires, Tomes xix, Xx. 1867-8. 8°. Bulletins, 2¢ Série, Tomes XV-XXI, XXIII-XXvI. 1863-8, 8°. Annuaire, 1864-9. 12°. ———— Observatoire Royal, Annales, Tome xvi. 1868. 4°. Annales Météorolo- giques, lére Année. 1870. 4°. Observations des Phénomeénes Périod- iques, 1861-2, 1864, 1865-6. 4°. CHEMNITZ.—Naturwissenschaftliche Gesellschaft. Erster Bericht, 1859-64. 1865. 8°, pp. 30. Zweiter Bericht, 1864-8. 1868. 8°, pp. 55. CHERBOURG.—Société Impérisale des Sciences Naturelles. Mémoires, Tomes XVIII, XIX. Paris, 1868-9. 8°. CHRISTIANIA.—Videnskabs-Selskab. Forhandlinger, 1867. Registre, 1858-67. 8°. Observatorium. Meteorologiske Iagttagelser, 1867. 4°. ——— Norske Meteorologiske Institut. Aarbog, 1867. 4°. Kongelige Norske Universitet. Aarsberetning. 1867. 8%. Index Schola- rum, Feb., Aug., 1868. 4°. Sars, M., Mémoires pour servir 4 la connaissance des Crinoides vivants. 1868. 4°. Broach, O. J., Traité élémentaire des Fonctions elliptiques, second fase. 1867. 8°. From the University of Christiana. CoPENHAGEN.—-Kongelige Danske Videnskabernes Selskab. Oversigt over Forhand- linger, 1866—8, 1869, Nos. 1, 2, 8°. Danzig.—Naturforschende Gesellschaft. Schriften. Neue Folge, Bd. 1, 1. DresDEN.—Naturwissenschaftliche Gesellschaft Isis, Sitzungs-Berichte. Jahrg. 1868, No. 4-6. 8°. EpinpurGu Geological Society. Transactions, vol. 1, 1868-70. 8°. Hartem.—Muscée Teyler. Archives. Vol. 1, 0, Fase. 1, 2, 1868-69. 8°. Catalogue Systématique de la Collection Paléontologique, par T. C. Winkler. Livr. 1 6, 1863-7. 8°. HeLstnarors.—Societas Scientiarum Fennica. Acta, Tome vim. 1867, 4°. Ofver- sigt af Férhandlingar, Bd. rx, x, x1. 1867-9. 8°. Hjelt, O. E. A., Gediichtnissrede auf A. v. Nordmann. 1868. 8°, pp. 61. Krakau.—kK. K. Sternwarte. Materialy do Klimatografii Galicyi. Rok 1867, 1868. Be: Karlinski, F., Mittlere Temperatur zu Krakau 1826-1865. Wien, 1868. 4°. Lerps.—Philosophical Society. Annual Report, 1867-8. 8°, pp. 32. LEYDEN.—Sternwarte. Annalen. Bd.1. Harlem, 1868. 4°. Lonpon.—Museum of Practical Geology. Portlock, J. E., Report on the Geology of the County of Londonderry, and of parts of Tyrone and Fermanagh. Dub- lin, 1843. 8°, Additions to the Library. ill MApriIp.—Real Observatorio. Observaciones Meteorologicas, 1865-6, 1866-7. 8°. Observaciones Meteorologicas effectuadas en la Peninsula, 1865-6. 8°. Informe del Director. 1867. 8%. MANCHESTER.—Literary and Philosophical Society. Memoirs, Third Series, vol. 11. London, 1868. 8°. Proceedings, vols. v-vu, 1866-8. 8°. MANNHEIM.—Verein fiir Naturkunde. Fiinfunddreissigster Jahresbericht. 1869. 8°, pp. 75 MiLan.—Reale Instituto Lombardo. Rendiconti. Serie II, vol. 1, u, fase. 1-12. 8°. Amati, A., Dell’ Australia e della fondazione d’ una colonia con bandiera Italiana. Milano, 1868. 8°, pp. 50. Reale Osservatorio di Brera. Effemeridi Astronomiche, 1868, 1869. 8°. Schiaparelli, G. V., and Celoria, G., Sulle variazioni period. del barometro nel clima di Milano. 4°, pp. 31. MoNncALIERI.—Osservatorio del R. Collegio Carlo Alberto. Bulletino Meteorologico, Vol. 1, u, ot Nos. 1-9, 11-12. Denza, F., Le Stelle Cadenti dei periodi di Agosto e Novembre osservate in Piemonte, 1866-8, Memorie, -1v. Torino, 1866-8. 8°. Sopra gli Aeroliti caduti, 29 Feb., 1868. Torino, 1868. 8°. Moscow.—Société Impériale des Naturalistes. Bulletin, 1867, No. 4. 1868, Nos. ‘ 1-4. 8°, Mounicu.—Ké6nigliche bayerische Akademie. Sitzungsberichte. 1866-1869, u, Heft 3 (wanting 1866, 1, Heft 3). 8°. Almanach, 1867. 16°. Sternwarte. Annalen. Bde. x1v-xvu, 1865-9. 8°. Supplementbde. v-rx, 1866-9. 8°. Beitrage zur Geschichte der westlichen Araber, herausg. von M. J. Miiller, Heft 1. Miimchen, 1866. 8°. Bauernfeind, C. M., Die Bedeutung moderner Gradmessungen. Miinchen, 1866. 4°, pp. 41. Bischoff, Th. L. W., Resultate des Recrutirungs-Geschiftes. Miinchen, 1867. 8°, pp. 65. Giesebrecht, W. v., Ueber einige altere Darstellungen der deutschen Kaiser- zeit. Miinchen, 1867. 4°, pp. 20. Vogel, A., Denkrede auf H. A. von Vogel. Miinchen, 1868. 8°, pp. 72 - “ Ueber die Entwickelung der Agriculturchemie. Mitinchen, 1869. 4°, pp. 49. Voit, C., Ueber die Theorien der Ernahrung der thierischen Organismen. Miinchen, 1868. 4°, pp. 37. Meissner, C. F., Denkschrift auf C. F. P. von Martius. Miinmchen, 1869. 4°, pp. 28. Schlagintweit, E., Die Gottesurtheile der Indier. Miinchen, 1866. 4°, pp. 36. Brunn, H., Ueber die Sogenannte Leukothea in der Glyptothek. Miiuchen, 1867. 4°, pp. 25. From the Royal Academy. NvREMBERG.—Naturhistorische Gesellschaft. Abhandlungen, Bd. tv. 1868. 8°. Paris.—Observatoire Météorologique de Montsouris. Bulletin, 1¢ Juillet, 1869—- 27 Avril, 1870. 4°. Société d’? Ethnographie.. Exposé Générale, 1869. 8°, pp. 24. PraqguE.—KoGnigliche béhmische Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften. Abhandlungen. Fiinfte Folge, Bd. x1v. Sechste Folge, Bd, 1. 1866-8, 4°. Sitzungs- berichte, 1865-7. 8°, iv Additions to the Library. RicgA.—Naturforschender Verein. Arbeiten. Neue Folge, Heft 2. 1868. 8°. Sr. GALLEN.—Naturforschende Gesellschaft. Bericht, 1866-7, 1867-8. 89. Sr. PererspurG.—Académie Impériale des Sciences. Catalogue des livres publiés en langues étrangéres par l’Académie. 1867. 8°. ScHWEIzERISCHE Naturforschende Gesellschaft. Verhandlungen, 51, 52, Jahresver- sammlungen. 1867, 1868. 8°. SrockHoLM.—Kongliga Svenska Vetenskaps-Akademien. UHandlingar, Ny Foljd, Bd. vu, i, 1867. 4°. Ofversigt af Férhandlingar. Bd. xxv, 1868. 8°. Me- teorologiska lagttagelser, Bd. vi. 1866. 4°. Lefnadsteckningar. Bd. 1, i, 1869. 8°, Sundevall, ©. J., Die Thierarten des Aristoteles, Stockholm, 1863. 8°. “ Conspectus Avium picinarum, Stockholm, 1866. 8°. Nordenskiéld, A. E., Sketch of the geology of Spitzbergen, Stockholm, 1867. 8°, pp. 55. Igelstrém, L. I, Rock of Nullaberg. 8°, pp. 11. Srutraart.—Verein fiir vaterlindische Naturkunde in Wurttemberg. Jahreshefte, Jahrg. xxiv, Heft. 3. 1868. 8°. Upsata.—Regia Societas Scientiarum. Nova Acta. Ser. m1, Vol. vi. 1868. 4°. Vienna.—K. K. Geologische Reichsanstalt. Jahrbuch, 1867, Nos. 1-4, 1868, Nos. 1, 3, 4, 1869, Nos. 1-3. 8°. Verhandlungen, 1867, 1868, Nos. 1-6, 11-18, 1869, Nos. 6-13. 8°. Zuricu.—Naturforschende Gesellschaft. Vierteljahrsschrift, 1867, 1868. 8°. Allen, J. A., Mammalia of Massachusetts. [Bulletin of the Museum of Comp. Zool., Cambridge, Mass., No. 8.]. From the Author. Barrande, J., Céphalopodes Siluriens de la Bohéme, Introduction, Prague, 1867. 8°. pp. 48. From the Author. d’Elvert, C. Zur Geschichte der Pflege der Naturwissenchaften in Mihren und Schlesien, Briinn, 1868. 8°. From the Author. Galle, J. G, Ueber die Bahn des Pultusk Meteors. (From the Abh. d. Schles. Gesell.) Breslau, 1868. 8°. pp. 43. From the Author. Gore, G., On Hydrofluoric Acid. (From the Phil. Trans. 1869.) 4° pp. 27. From the Author. Quetelet, A., Physique Sociale, Tome 1. Brux. 1869. 8°. Annales Météorol. de l’Observatoire de Bruxelles. 2€ Année, 1868. 4°. Notices [extraits des Bulletins de l’Académie Royale]. 9 pamphlets 8°. From M. A. Quetelet. Quetelet, E , Sur l'état de l’'atmosphére a Bruxelles, 1865. Brux., 1866. 8°. pp. 48. Mémoire sur le Températur de Bruxelles. Brux., 1867. 4°. From M. E. Quetelet. mcr ONS TO THE LIBRARY, From Aveust 1, 1870, Tro DECEMBER 1, 1873. AMERICAN Association for the Advancement of Science. Proceedings at the eight- eenth, nineteenth and twenty-first Meetings. Cambridge, 1869-73. 8°. ALBANY Institute. Transactions, vol. v1, 1870. 8°. New York State Cabinet of Natural History. Twentieth, twenty-first, twenty-second and twenty-fourth Annual Reports, 1868-72. 8°. + New York State Library. Subject Index of the General Library, 1872. 8°. Fifty-third, fifty-fourth and fifty-fifth Annual Reports, 1871-3. 8°. Boston Society of Natural History. Memoirs, vol. 1, part iii; U, parti, nos. 2, 3, part ii, nos. 1-3. 1868-73. 4°. Proceedings, vol. xIv, xv, parts 1, 2 IeAlSR S| Aeie BuFFALO Society of Natural Sciences. Bulletin, vol. 1, nos. 1, 2, 3, 1873. 8°. CAMBRIDGE.—Museum of Comparative Zoédlogy. Illustrated Catalogue, nos. 1-3, 1865-70. 8°. Bulletin, vol.1, mu, nos. 1, 2, 1863-70. 8°. Annual Re- ports, 1862-9. 8°. Manpison. — Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters. Transactions, 1870-2. 8”. MINNEAPOLIS.—Minnesota Academy of Natural Sciences. Constitution and By-Laws. sis. "8". ‘ Newport, Vt.—Orleans County Society of Natural Sciences. Archives of Science, vol. 1, no. 1, 1870. 8°. QuEBEC.— Literary and Historical Society. Transactions, vol. Iv, parts 1-3; New Series, parts 1-9. 1843-72. 8°. Sr. Lovis.—Academy of Science. Transactions, vol. m1, no. 1, 1873. 8°. SaLemM.—Essex Institute. Proceedings, vol. Iv, v, nos. 1,5, 6. 1864-8. 8. Pro- ceedings and Communications, vol. vi, part 2, 1870. 8. Bulletin, vol. 1, nos. 4, 6-12, mm, Iv, Vv, nos. 1-5. 1870-3. &°. —— Peabody Academy of Science. Memoirs, vol. 1, no. 2, 1871. 8. Annual Reports, mv, 1870-3. 8°. San Francisco.—California Academy of Sciences. Proceedings, vol. 11, parts 1, 4; Iv, parts 3, 4,5; v, part 1: 1863-73. 8°. SAVANNAH.—Georgia Historical Society. By-laws and List of Members, 1871. 8°. Barclay, A. Wilde’s Summer Rose or the Lament of the Captive, 1871. 8°. Proceedings, Resolutions and Communications commemorative of Hon. Edward J. Ilarden, 1873. 8°. vi Additions to the Library. Toronto.—Magnetical Observatory. Monthly Meteorological Register, Jan., 1870— June, 1872. 4°. General do., 1870, 1871. 8°. smi 5 of rain and melted snow for winter quarter, 1870-1. 8°. Kingston, G. T. Diurnal and annual variation of temperature at Halifax, i Ps Rat ae Meteorological Office of the Dominion of Canada. Second Report, Jan., 1873. 8°. Wasuineron.—United States Coast Survey. Six charts, viz: Map of Long Island Sound, 3 sheets mounted; General Chart of the Coast from Gay Head to Cape Henlopen; Atlantic Coast No. 1, Cape Sable to Sandy Hook; Pre- liminary Chart No. 4, Cape Cod to Saughkonnet Point, R. L; Portland Harbor, Me.; Approaches to Portland. Bureau of Education. Report of the Commissioner of Education for 1872. 8°. Circulars, nos. 1-3. 1873. 8°, —— Engineers’ Department. United States Geological Exploration of the Fortieth Parallel, vol. v: Botany. By 8. Watson. 1871. 4°. United States Naval Observatory. Astronomical and Meteorological Obser- vations, 1867-70. 4°. Appendices do., 1868 i, 1869 i, ii, 1870 i-iv, 1871 ii-iv. 4°. AMSTERDAM.—Koninklijke Akademie van Wetenschappen. Verslagen en Mededee- lingen, Afdeel. Natuurkunde. Tweede Reeks, Deel I-v1, 1865-72. 8°. Processen-Verbaal, 1865-71. 8°. Jaarboek, 1870-1. 8°. Av@sspurG.—Naturhistorischer Verein. Bericht xxt, 1871. 8°. BAMBERG.—Naturforschende Gesellschaft. Bericht vi-1x, 1863-70. 8°. BaseL.—Naturforschende Gesellschaft. Verhandlungen, Theil v, 4. 1873. 8°. Be.rast.—Natural History and Philosophical Society. Proceedings, Session 1871-2, 8°. BerLiN.—Zeitschrift der gesammten Naturwissenschaften. Neue Folge, Bd. m1—v1, 1871-2. 8°. BoLogna.—Accademia delle Scienze dell’ Instituto di Bologna. Rendiconto 1868-9, 1869-70, 1870-1, 1871-2, 1872-3. 8°. BomBay.—Geographical Society. Transactions, vol. xtx, parts 1,2. 8°. Bonn.— Naturhistoricher Verein der preussischen Rheinlande und Westphalens. Verhandlungen, Jahrg. XXVIII, XXIx, i, 1871-2. 8°. BREMEN.—Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein. Abhandlungen, Bd. 1, m1, 1-3, 1869-73. 8°, Beilage, nos.1,2. 1871. 4° BroNN.—Naturforschender Verein. Verhandlungen, Bd. vmi—x, 1870-1. 8°. BRUSSELS.—Académie Royale des Sciences, des Lettres et des Beaux-Arts de Belgique. Mémoires, T. XxXXVvlI-—XxxIx, 1871-2. 4°. Mémoires Couronnés et Mé- moires des Savants Etrangers, T. XxxIV-XxXvI, 1867-71. 4°. Mémoires Couronnes et Autres Mémoires, T. xx1, xxm, 1870-2. 8°. Bulletins, 2e Série, T. xxvil-—xxxiv, 1869-72. 8°. Annuaire, 1870-73. 8°. ———— Observatoire Royal. Annales, T. xx, 1870. 4°. Annales, T. xx1, 1872. 4°. From M. A. Quetelet. Annales Météorologiques, 5° Année, 1871. 4°. From M. A. Quetelet. Société Entomologique de Belgique. Annales, T. xv, 1871-2. 8°. Additions to the Library. vil CaucutTa.—Asiatie Society of Bengal. Journal, parts 1, 1, 1872; part 1, no. 1, part I, nos. 1, 2, 1873. 8°. Proceedings, 1872, 1873, nos. 1-4. 8°. CaTantA.—Accademia Gioenia di Scienze Naturali. Atti, Serie m1, T. vy, 1871. 4°. CHEMNITZ.—Naturwissenshaftliche Gesellschaft. Bericht mr, 1868-70. 8°. CHERBOURG.—Société Nationale des Sciences Naturelles. Mémoires, T. xv1, 1870-2. 8°. Catalogue de la Bibliothéque, Premiére Partie, 1870. 8°. CHRISTIANIA.—Videnskabs-Selskab. Forhandlinger, 1868-71. 8°. Norske Meteorologiske Institut. Aarbog, 1868, 1869. 4°. Skandinaviske Naturforskers Forhandlinger. Tiende Méde,i Christiania, 1868. 8°. Kongelige Norske Universitet. Aarsberetning 1868-70. 8°. Index Scho- larum, Aug., 1870, Jan., 1871. 4°. Blytt, A. Christiania Omegns Phanerogamer, etc. Christiania, 1870. 4°. (Univ.-Program.) Seue, C. de. Le Névé de Justedal et ses Glaciers. Christiania, 1870. 4°. (Univ.-Program.) Kjerulf, T. Om Skuringsmaerker, etc. Christiania, 1871. 4°. (Univ.-Pro- gram.) Sars, G.O. On some remarkable forms of animal life from the great deeps off the Norwegian coast. Christiania, 1872. 4°. (Univ.-Program.) Carcinologiske Bidrag til Norges Fauna. I. Monographi over de ved Norges Kyster forekommende Mysider. Andet Hefte, 1872. 4°. Sexe, S. A. On the rise of land in Scandinavia. Christiania, 1872. 4°. (Univ.-Program.) Helland, A. Forekomster af Kise i visse Skifere i Norge. Christiania, 1873. 4°. (Univ.-Program.) Lieblein, J. Recherches sur la Chronologie Egyptienne d’aprés les listes généalogiques. Christiania, 1873. 8°. (Univ.-Program.) Schiibeler, F. C. Die Planzenwelt Norwegens. Christiania, 1873. 4°. (Uniy.- Program.) Pflanzenographische Karte iiber das Kénigreich Norwegens. Chris- tiania, 1873. Norges officielle Statistik. 12 parts(A 1, 2, B 2,C 1, 2,3, 8.9,10, Dl, Fl, 2.) Christiania, 1872-3. 4°. Beretning om den almindelige Udstilling for Trémso Stift. Trdémso, 1872. 8°. Anden Beretning om Ladegaardséens Hovedgaard. Férste Hefte. Chris- tiania, 1872. 4°. Bronze Medal struck in commemoration of the Millenary Jubilee of the Kingdom of Norway. Twelve miscellaneous pamphlets. CuuR.—Naturforschende Gesellschaft Graubiindens. Jahresbericht, Neue Folge, xv, Xvi. 1870-1. 8°. CoPENHAGEN.—Kongelige Danske Videnskabernes Selskab. Oversigt over Forhand- linger, 1868 no. 6, 1869 nos. 3, 4, 1870, 1871, 1872 nos. 1,2. 8°. Danzic.—Naturforschende Gesellschaft. Schriften, Neue Folge, Bd. u, 3,4: m1, 1. 1871-2. 8°. DRESDEN.—Naturwissenschaftliche Gesellschaft Isis. Sitzungsberichte, Oct. 1871— Marz 1872; Oct. 1872—Mirz 1873. 8°. Verein fiir Erdkunde. Jahresbericht vi-vu. Nachtrag do. 1870. 8°. vill Additions to the Library. Dusuin.—Royal Irish Academy. Transactions, vol. xxiv: Polite Literature, part 4 ; Antiquities, part 8; Science, parts 9-15; 1867-70. 4°. Haughton, S. On the tides of the Arctic Seas. Part 3. EprnpurGu.—Geological Society. Transactions, vol. m, parts 1, 2, 1872-3. 8°. EmpEeN.—Naturforschende Gesellschaft. Kleine Schriften xv, 1871. 8°. Jahres- bericht Lv1, 1871. 8°. FRANKFURT a. M.—Zoologische Gesellschaft. Der Zoologische Garten, Jahrg. X11, X10, XIV, nos. 1-6, 1871-3. 8°. FretpurG i. Br.—Naturforschende Gesellschaft. Berichte, Bd. v1,i. 1873. 8°. Genive.—Socicté de Physique et d'Histoire Naturelle. Mémoires T. XxI, XXu, 1871-3, 4°. Grpssen.—Oberhessische Gesellschaft fiir Natur-und Heilkunde. Bericht vu, 1x—x1v, 1859-73. 8°. GLAsGow.—Philosophical Society. Proceedings, vol. vil, 1872. 8°. GORLITZ.—Naturforschende Gesellschaft. Abhandlungen, Bd. xm—xtv, 1865-71, 8°. GOrrsorG.—Kongl. Vetenskaps-och Vitterhets-Samhalle. Handlingar, Ny Tidsfoljd, Hiftet x1, 1872. 8°. HALLE.—Naturforschende Gesellschaft. Abhandlungen, Bd. xm, 3-4, 1873. 4°. Bericht, 1871. 4°. HampurG.—Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein. Abhandlungen, Bd. v, 2, 3. 1871-2. 8°. Uebersicht der Aemter-Vertheilung und wissenschaftlicher Thatigkeit, 1870, 1871. 4°. HANnNoveER.—Naturhistorische Gesellschaft. Jahresbericht xx1, 1870-1. 8°. HEIDELBERG.—Naturhistorisch-Medecinischer Verein. Verhandlungen, Bd. vi, 2. 8°. HELSINGFORS.—Societas Scientiarum Fennica. Acta., T. rx, 1871. 4°. Ofversigt af Forhandlingar, xu, x11, 1869-71. 8°. Bidrag till Kannedom af Finlands Natur och Folk, xxn, 1871. 8°. Bidrag till Finlands officiella Statistik, v, 1. 1869. 4°. HERMANNSTADT.—Siebenbiirgischer Verein. Verhandlungen, Jahrg. xxi, 1872. 8°. KO6NIGSBERG.—KOnigliche physikalisch-6konomische Gesellschaft. Schriften, Jahrg. I-xl, 1860-72. 4°. Krakavu.—kK, K. Sternwarte. Materialy do Klimatografii Galicyi, Rok 1869-1871. 8°. LAUSANNE.—Société Vaudoise des Sciences Naturelles. Bulletin, nos. 60-3, 66-9, 1868-73. 8°. LrEps.—Philosophical and Literary Society. Annual Report for 1870-1. 8°. Geological and Polytechnic Society of the West Riding of Yorkshire. Re- port of Proceedings, 1870. 8°. LEImEN.—Sternwarte. Annalen, Bd. 1, m1, 1870-2. 4°. Lerpzig.—Astronomische Gesellschaft. Vierteljahrsschrift, Jahrg. v1, 3, 4; vit, 3.4; vil 1, 2: 1871-3. 8°. Publication x1, xm, 1872. 4°. Lifce.—Société Royale des Sciences. Mémoires, 2™e Série, T. mm, 1873. 8°. Lispon.—Academia Real das Sciencias. Jornal de Sciencias Mathematicas, Physicas e Naturaes, T. I, 11, m1, 1866-7]. 8°. LiverPoou.—Literary and Philosophical Society. Proceedings, nos. 25, 26, 1870-1, 1871-2. 8°. Lonpon.—Mathematical Society. Proceedings, nos. 1-33, 35-61, 1865-73. 8°. LUNEBERG.—Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein. Jahreshefte Iv, 1868-9. 8°. Lunp.—Universitas Carolina Lundensis. Acta, 1868 1-111, 1869 1-11, 1870 1m. 4°. Additions to the Library. ix LuxEemMBourG.—Institut Royal Grand-Ducal. Publications, T. xm. 1872. 8°. Lyon.—Académie des Sciences, Belles-Lettres et Arts. Mémoires, Classe des Sci- ences, T. XVII-XIx, 1869-72. 8°. MapriIp.—Observatorio. Observaciones Meteorologicas, 1868. 8°. Observaciones Meteorologicas effectuadas en la Peninsula, 1867, 1868. 8°. Annuario, 1869, 1870. 8°. MILAN.—Reale Instituto Lombardo. Rendiconti. Serie II, vol. m, fase. 13—vyol. vt, fase. 5, 1869-73. 8°. Gabba, L. Sopra alcuni studj di chimica organica, 1870. 8°. Reale Osservatorio. Effemeridi Astronomiche, 1870 1, 1, 1871 1. 8°. Sul grande commovimento atmosferico, 1 Agosto, 1872. 4°. Societa Italiana di Scienze Naturali. Atti, vol. x1, xtv, xv, 1,2. 1870-2. 8°. MONCALIERI.—Osservatorio del Reale Collegio Carlo Alberto. Bullettino Meteorolog- ico 111, 10—v, 10, 1868-70. 4°. Denza, P. F. Le stelle cadenti. Memorie v, vi. 1870. 8°. Aurore Boréale, ete., 3 Jan. 1870. 8°. Aurora Polare, 5 Apr. 1870. 8°. Sopra gli aeroliti caduti, 29 Feb. 1868. 8°. Norme per le osservazioni delle meteore Inminose, 1870. 8°. ; Osservazioni delle meteore luminose, 1871-2. 8°. Moscow.—Société Impériale des Naturalistes. Bulletin, 1869-73, no. 1. 8°. Non- veaux Mémoires, T. xi, livr. 3. 1871. 4°. Municu.—Ko6nigliche Bayerische Akademie der Wissenschaften. Sitzungsberichte 1866, I, 3. 1869,1,4. 1870,1, 1. Sitzungsberichte der philosophisch- philologischen und historischen Classe, 1871, 1872, 1-iii; Sitzungsberichte der mathematisch-physikalischen Classe, 1871, 1872, i, ii. 8°. Inhalts- verzeichniss, Jahrg. 1860-70. 8°. Erlenmeyer, E. Die Aufgabe deschemischen Unterrichts. Miinchen, 1871. 4°. Friedrich, J. Ueber die Geschichtschreibung unter dem Kurfiirsten Maxi- milian I. Miimchen, 1872. 4°. Haug, M. Brahma und die Brahmanen. Miinchen, 1871. 4°. Preger, W. Die Entfaltung der Idee des Menschen durch die Weltgeschichte. Miinchen, 1870. 4°. Zittel, C. A. Denkschrift auf Chr. E. H. von Meyer. Miinchen, 1870. 4°. — Sternwarte. Annalen. Supplementband xm, 1872. 8°. Nevu-BRANDENBURG.—Verein der Freunde der Naturgeschichte in Mecklenburg. Archiv, Jahrg. XXV, XXVI, 1872-3. 8°. NvuREMBERG.—Naturhistorische Gesellschaft. Abhandlungen, Bd. vy, 1872. 8°. OFFENBACH a. M.—Verein fiir Naturkunde. Bericht x1, x1, 1869-71. 8°, PaRis.—Observatoire Météorologique de Montsouris. Bulletin, 28 Avril, 1870—30 Avril, 1872. 4°. Société d’Acclimatation. Bulletin Mensuel. 2m™e Série, T. vimt, rx, x, nos. 1-5, 1871-3. 8°. Passau.—Naturhistorischer Verein. Jahresbericht rx, 1869-70. 8°. PraGuE.—KoOnigliche bohmische Akademie der Wissenschaften. Abhandlungen. Sechste Folge, Bd. 1—v, 1869-72. 4°. Sitzungsberichte, 1868-1872, 1. 8°. PuLKowA.—Nicolai Hauptsternwarte. Jahresbericht, 1871. 8°. Tabule Quantita- tum Besseliarum, 1875-9. Petropoli, 1871. 8°. x Additions to the Library. REGENSBURG. — Zoologisch—Mineralogischer Verein. Correspondenz-Blatt, Jahrg. XXVI, 1872. 8°. Historischer Verein von Oberpfalz und Regensburg. Verhandlungen, Bd. xxvii. Stadtamhof, 1872. 8°. Riga.—Naturforscher-Verein. Correspondenzblatt, Jahrg. x1x, 1872. 8°. Stieda, L. Die Bildung des Knochengewebes. Festschrift. Leipzig, 1872. 4°. RoTTERDAM.—-Bataafsch Genootschap der Proefondervindelijke Wijsbegeerte. ‘Nieuwe Verhandelingen, Tweede Reeks, Deel 1, m1. 1867-70. 4°. Gedachtenis- viering van het honderdjarig bestaan van het Genootschap, 1869. 4°. Sr. GALLEN.—Naturwissenschaftliche Gesellschaft. Bericht 1868-9, 1869-70, 1870-1, 1871-2. 8°. Sr. PererssurG.—Imp. Russ. Obshtshestvo. Mémoires. Géographie 1, 0, tv; Eth- nographie 1, 1, IV; Statistique 1, 1, 1867-71. 8°. Jardin Impérial de Botanique. Trudy 1, i, 1871. 8°. SCHWEIZERISCHE Naturforschende Gesellschaft. Verhandlungen in Solothurn, 53. Jahresversammlung, 1869; in Frauenfeld, 54. Jahresversammlung, 1871 ; in Freiburg, 55. Jahresversammlung, 1872. 8°. SrockHotmM.—Kongliga Svenska Vetenskaps Akademien. Handlingar. Ny Foljd, Bd. vit 2, vil, 1x. 1868-70, 4°. Ofversigt, Arg. XXXVI, XxXxXvII, 1869-70. 8°. Meteorologiska Jagttagelser, Bd. rx, x, x1, 1867-9. 4°. Lefnadsteck- ningar, Bd. 1, 2.. 8”. Carlson, F. F. Minnesteckning 6fver E. G. Geiger. 1870. 8°. Srutrgart.—Verein fiir vaterlindische Naturkunde in Wiirttemberg. Wiurttember- gische Naturwissenschaftliche Jahreshefte. Jahrg. XxV—XxIx, 1869-73. 8°. Sypney.—Government Observatory. Results of Meteorological Observations, 1870, 1ST ese TASMANIA.—Royal Society. Monthly Notices for 1871. 8°. Results of five years’ Meteorological Observations for Hobart Town. 1872. 4°. TRONDHJEM.—Société Royale des Sciences. Sars, G. O. Carcinologiske Bidrag til Norges Fauna. 1% Monographi over de ved Norges Kyster forekommende Mysider. Forste Hefte, Christiania, 18i0; 4°. UpsaLa.—Regia Societas Scientiarum. Nova Acta, T. vm, vi, 1, 1869-71. 4°. Bulletin Météorologique Mensuel, 1-111, 1869-71. 4°. Barrande, J. Crustacés divers et poissons des dépéts Siluriens dela Bohéme. Prague, L872, 08;. From the Author. Carpenter, H. F. Catalogue of the Shell-bearing Mollusca of Rhode Island. Central Falls, R. I. 1873. 4°. From the Author. Galle, J. G. Grundziige der Schlesischen Klimatologie. Breslau, 1857. 4°. From the Author. Kornhuber, G. A. Beitrige zur physikalischen Geographie der Presburger Gespann- schaft. Presburg, 1865. 8°. Die natiirlichen Grundlagen der Bodenproduction in Nieder6éstreich. 8°. From the Author. Liais, E. Climats, géologie, faune ef géographie botanique du Brésil. Paris, 1872. 8°. From the Brazilian Government. Additions to the Library. xi Mayer, A. M. On a simple and precise method of measuring the wave-lengths and velocity of sound in gases, etc. Five pamphlets, extracts from the Amer. Journal of Science and Arts, 1872-3. From the Author. Perry, J. B. Discussion of sundry objections to Geology. Cambridge, 1870. 8°. Queries on the red sandstone of Vermont. Boston, 1868. 8°. From the Author. Preudhomme de Borre, A. Note sur le Byrsax gibbifer. Bruxelles. 8°. Description d’une nouvelle espéce du genre Varan. Bruxelles. 8°. Classification et distribution des Cicindélétes. Bruxelles. 8°. From the Author. Quetelet, A. Physique Sociale ou essai sur le développement des facultés de l’homme. T. uo. Bruxelles, 1869. 8°. Anthropométrie ou mesure des différentes facultés de 'homme. Bruxelles, USS *82: Observations des phénoménes périodiques, 1867-8, 1869. 4°. 12 Extraits des Bulletins de l’Académie Royale. 8°. From the Author. Saussure, H. de. Mémoires pour servir a lV/histoire naturelle de Mexique, des Antilles et des Etats Unis. 4me Mémoire, Tome u, 1, Genéve, 187]. 4°. From the Author. Schaufuss, L. W. Das Graberfeld bei Gauernitz. 1871. 8°. From the Author. Schiaparelli, G. V.e Denza P. F. Sulla grande pioggia di stelle cadenti, 27 Nov., 1872. Milano. 8°. From the Authors. Seguin, M. Mémoire sur la chaleur. Paris, 1865. 8°. — Mémoire sur l’aviation. Paris, 1866. 8°. From the Author. Winchell, N. H. Geological and. Natural History Survey of Minnesota. First An- nual Report, 1872. St. Paul, 1873. 8°. From the Author. a ee ea B. Norice or THE CRUSTACEA COLLECTED BY Pror, C. F. Harrr ON THE Coast oF Brazit IN 1867. By Sipney I. Smira. Read, May 19th, 1869. In the first volume of these Transactions, Prof. Verrill has noticed the Radiata of the collection made by Prof. Hartt upon the coast of Brazil during the summer of 1867, and the Crustacea of the same col- lection, having been submitted to me for examination, was found to contain so many species new to the Brazilian fauna that the publica- tion of the following list seemed desirable. ‘ The collection, although quite small in number of specimens and representing only the higher groups of the class, is interesting from the large proportion which it contains of species heretofore known only from the West Indies or Flordia. This is, perhaps, due chiefly to the fact that most of the collections brought from Brazil have been made at Rio de Janeiro where there are no coral reefs, while Prof. Hartt’s collection was made principally on the rocky and reef-bearing parts of the coast. BRACHYURA. Milnia bicornuta Stimpson. Pisa bicornuta Latreille, Encyclopédie méthodique, tome x, p. 141 (teste Edwards). Pericera bicorna Edwards, Histoire naturelle des Crustacés, tome i, p. 337, 1834. Pisa bicorna Gibbes, On the Carcinological Collections of the United States, Pro- ceedings American Association, 3d Meeting, p. 170, 1850. Pericera bicornis Saussure, Crustacés nouveaux des Antilles et du Mexique, p. 12, pl. 1, fig. 3, 1858. Milnia bicornuta Stimpson, Notes on North American Crustacea, Annals Lyceum Nat. Hist., New York, vol. vii, p. 180, 1860. A single specimen collected at the Reefs of the Abrolhos does not differ from Bermuda, Florida and Aspinwall specimens. Mithraculus coronatus Stimpson. Cancer coronatus Herbst, Naturgeschichte der Krabben und Krebse, Band i, p. 184 Tab. 11, fig. 63, 1782, and Cancer Coryphe, Band iii, zweytes Heft, p. 8, 1801. Mithraculus coronatus (pars) White ?, List of Crust. in the British Museum, p. 7, 1847. TRANS. ConnEcticuT AcAD., Vot. II. 1 JULY, L869. ’ 2 S. I. Smith on Brazilian Crustacea. Mithraculus coronatus Stimpson, American Journal Sci., 2d series, vol. xxix, 1860, p. 132; Annals Lye. Nat. Hist., New York, vol. vii, p. 186, 1860. Two females of this species were collected by Prof. Hartt at the Reefs of the Abrolhos. They do not differ perceptibly from Aspin- wall specimens. The two specimens give the following measurement :— Length of carapax, 12°8™™ Breadth of carapax, 17°6™™ = Ratio, 1: 1°37 Sty es ce” ae « 4: 136 The differences pointed out by Stimpson at once distinguish this species from MM. sculptus, but White cites the figures of both species under his Mithraculus coronatus, so that it is not possible, without an examination of his specimens, to tell which species he had in view. Mithrax hispidus Edwards. Cancer hispidus Herbst, op. cit., Band i, p. 247, Tab. 18, fig. 100, 1782. Mithrax hispidus Edwards, Magasin de Zodlogie, 2° année, 1832; Historie naturelle des Crust., tome i, p. 322, 1834; DeKay, Zodlogy of New York, Crust., p. 4, 1844; Gibbes, loe. cit., p. 172; Stimpson, American Journal Sci., 2d series, vol. xxix, 1860, p. 132; Annals Lye. Nat. Hist., New York, vol. vii, p. 189, 1860. Several specimens collected at the Reefs of the Abrolhos agree well with Edwards’ and Stimpson’s descriptions of this species, The cara- pax is wholly naked above, the elevations anteriorly are smooth and polished, and there are no spines or prominent tubercles on the median regions. There are two small tubercles just at the base of the frontal teeth, and two more just behind these on the anterior lobes of the gastric region; there are also traces of two tubercles on each of the antero-lateral gastric lobes, and several small tuberculiform elevations on the hepatic and branchial regions near the antero-lateral margin. The external angle of the orbit forms an obtuse tooth not projecting so far forward as the external lobe of the inferior margin; the suc- ceeding tooth of the antero-lateral margin (the second normal) is quite small and obtuse, but the three remaining teeth are spiniform, slender and curved forward ; in addition, there is a very small tooth just be- hind the posterior spine of the antero-lateral margin. Several specimens give the following measurements :— Breadth of carapax Sex. Length of carapax. including spines. Ratio. Male. 15°5mm 189mm Lier AG oo 18°9 22°7 1: 1°20 Female. 13°4 15°4 1: 1:15 . 1574. 18°0 g hie ipa by S. I. Smith on Brazilian Crustacea. 3 Xantho denticulata White. Aantho denticulata White, List of Crust. in the British Museum, p. 17 (no descrip. tion), 1847; Annals and Mag. Nat. Hist., 2d series, vol. ii, p. 285 (X. denticulatus), 1848 (non Stimpson); Smith, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. xii, p. 274, 1869. A single specimen collected at the Reefs of the Abrolhos does not differ from specimens from Bermuda and Aspinwall. It seemes to be an uncommon species as it is not mentioned by Dana, Gibbes, or Stimpson, and I have only seen a single one from each of the localities mentioned. Chlorodius Floridanus Gibbes. Chlorodius Floridanus Gibbes, loc. cit., p. 175, 1850; Stimpson, Annals Lyc. Nat. Hist., New York, vol. vii, p. 209. Several specimens, not differing perceptibly from those from Florida and Aspinwall, were collected at the Reefs of the Abrolhos. Three specimens give the following measurements :— Sex. Length of carapax. Breadth of carapax. Ratio. Male. 20°8mm 33°8mm 1: 162 Female. 15°6 23°8 I-53 < 18°4 29°4 1: 1°60 Panopeus politus Smith, loc. cit., p. 282, 1869. Plate I, figure 4. This species is allied to P. transversus Stimpson, and resembles somewhat the erenatus of Edwards and Lucas. The carapax is entirely naked above, broad, moderately convex in two directions, slightly granulous and uneven on the front and along the antero-lateral border, but smooth and highly polished on the median regions and posteriorly. The regions are slightly but distinctly indi- cated. ‘The gastric region is surrounded by a well marked sulcus, but its lobes are not distinctly indicated except the anterior extremity of the median, which is slender and acutely pointed; the frontal lobes are indicated by slight prominences. The hepatic region is not divided, but there are one or twoslight plications on its anterior part parallel to the antero-lateral margin. The cervical suture is distinct in its outer portion but is not indicated near the gastric region. The median and posterior lobes of the branchial region are separated by a distinct depression. The front is strongly deflexed, the edge somewhat bey- eled from above and four-lobed; the median lobes are very broad, project prominently and are separated by a sharp notch; the lateral lobes project as small narrow teeth. The antero-lateral margin is di- 4 S. I. Smith on Brazilian Crustacea. vided by small notches into four lobes, the first of which is composed of the angle of the orbit coalesced with the second normal tooth ; the first lobe is broad, its edge slightly concave and projecting a little at the angle of the orbit; the second and third lobes are broad and trun- cate ; the fourth lobe is small and obtuse and forms the lateral angle of the carapax. From each of the notches slight sulci extend a little way back upon the carapax. Beneath, the edge of the front is thin, projects obliquely downward and is not expanded in front of the antennulie, The epistome is smooth, and its labial border hasa prominent median lobe and a slight incision each side. The external maxillipeds are smooth; the merus is quadri- lateral, its outer edge not projecting, and the antero-exterior angle rounded. The inferior margin of the orbit is divided into two lobes by a broad and shallow sinus; the inner lobe forming a prominent tooth which projects as far forward as the latera’ lobe of the front, and the outer lobe broad and slightly prominent. The external hiatus of the orbit is rather broad and shallow. The sub-orbital and sub-hepa- tic regions are quite granulous. The tubercle beneath the anterior lobe of the antero-lateral margin is depressed, forming only a slight granu- lous prominence. The sub-branchial region is somewhat hairy. The female abdomen is broadly ovate, the greatest breadth being at the fourth segment. The chelipeds are slightly unequal, the carpi and hands smooth and evenly rounded above and on the outside. The hands are stout, the fingers obscurely marked with longitudinal impressed lines, and irreg- ularly toothed within, and in the dactylus of the larger hand there is a prominent cylindrical tooth at the base. The ambulatory legs are smooth and nearly naked except a close pubescence upon the dactyli, penultimate segments, and slightly on the carpi. In an alcoholic specimen the color is light brown above, tinged with bluish purple on the anterior part of the carapax and the upper side of the chelipeds. The fingers are black, lighter at the tips, and the black not spreading upon the palm. Length of carapax in the single female specimen, 13°8™™ ; breadth, 21:4: ratio of length to breadth, 1 : 1°55. Collected at the Reefs of the Abrolhos. The P. transversus Stimpson (Annals Lye. Nat. Hist., New York, vol. vii, p. 210, 1860) of the west coast of Central America, differs from this species in having the carapax much less distinctly areolated, more regularly oval in outline and smoother and more evenly convex above. The front also projects much less prominently ; the antero-lat- S. I. Smith on Brazilian Crustacea. 5 eral margin is smooth and even and the lobes separated by very slight incisions, and the edge of the first lobe is slightly convex and does not project at the angle of the orbit ; there is no noticeable depression be- tween the median and posterior lobes of the branchial region; the in- ferior margin of the orbit is divided by a very slight sinus, and the inner lobe is not at all prominent; and finally, the external maxilli- peds are slightly granulated. The color of alcoholic specimens is quite different, being dark slate-brown on the upper side of the carapax and chelipeds. The P. crenatus of Edwards and Lucas is a much smoother species than the politus, the regions being scarcely at all defined and the car- apax almost perfectly smooth along the front and antero-lateral bor- der. The front is not deflexed, its edge is nearly straight, and beneath it is expanded horizontally in front of the antennule ; the sub-orbital and sub-hepatic regions are quite smooth, and there is no tubercle be- neath the first lobe of the antero-lateral margin; and finally, the an- tero-exterior angle of the merus of the external maxillipeds projects laterally somewhat beyond the lateral margin and is broadly rounded.* ‘ Panopeus Harttii Smith, loc. cit., p. 280, 1869. Plate I, figure 5. The carapax is clothed with scattered hairs along the borders, is broadest at the penultimate teeth of the antero-lateral margins, con vex anteriorly but flattened behind, and coarsely granulous on the front and along the lateral borders, but nearly smooth on the median and posterior regions. The gastric region is surrounded by a very deep sulcus, which is particularly marked posteriorly next the cardiac and the posterior part of the branchial region; its median lobe is sep- arated from the antero-lateral lobes by a slight but distinct sulcus ; and the anterior lobes are prominent and marked anteriorly by a sharp plication. The hepatic region is prominent, somewhat projecting and bears a transverse, granulous ridge. The cervical suture is very marked and extends as a broad depression quite to the gastric region. The median and posterior lobes of the branchial region are separated by a slight depression. The front is very much deflexed and the edge * The figure of the facial region of this species given in the Voyage dans L’' Amérique Méridionale (pl. 8, fig. 1*) improperly represents the external maxillipeds with this an- gle truncate and not at all produced laterally. 6 S. I. Smith on Brazilian Crustacea. thin and four lobed ; the median lobes are very much the largest, are evenly rounded, and a little more prominent than the lateral, which project as small obtusely triangular teeth. The superior margin of the orbit is broken by two incisions leaving the margin between them projecting as a slight, rounded lobe. The post-orbital tooth is short and slender, and is separated from the second tooth of the antero- lateral margin by a broad sinus which breaks the margin completely. The remaining teeth of the antero-lateral margin are triangular in form, much thickened vertically, and separated by quite broad sinuses, and the posterior two on each side are very slender and of nearly equal prominence. Beneath, the edge of the front is thin and projects sharply down- ward. ‘lhe epistome is smooth and its labial border has a small lobe in the middle, a slight notch each side and another at each angle of the buccal area. The external maxillipeds are smooth except the me- rus, which is slightly granulated and also has the antero-exterior angle very slightly produced laterally and not at all rounded. The inferior margin of the orbit is prominent and divided into two lobes by a deep and narrow sinus; the inner lobe forms a stout tooth which projects as far forward as the inner angle of the superior margin; the outer lobe is broad and its exterior angle projects slightly in advance of the post-orbital tooth. The external hiatus of the orbit is a deep trian- gular notch. In one specimen, however, it is wholly closed on one side, possibly from some accident. The sub-orbital and sub-hepatic regions are quite coarsely granulous. The tubercle of the sub-hepatic region forms a slight granulous prominence just beneath the post-or- bital tooth. The sub-branchial region is pubescent and slightly gran- ulous. In the male, the sternum is smooth and the abdomen quite narrow, being narrowest at the penultimate segment, and the terminal segment is about five-sixths as long as broad, and its extremity evenly rounded. In the female the abdomen is broadly ovate, the greatest breadth being at the fourth segment. The chelipeds are a little unequal. The carpi are granular-rugose externally and have a deep groove along the outer margin next the articulation with the hand. The hands are slightly rugose above, and the fingers are slender, deflexed, marked with slight, impressed longi- tudinal lines and slightly and obtusely toothed within, and the dacty- lus in the larger hand usually has a stout tooth at the base. The ambulatory legs are slender, and pubescent along the edges of all the segments and over the whole surface of the dactyli. OE S. 1. Smith on Brazilian Crustacea. 7 Alcoholic specimens are light olive brown above and on the chelipeds. The fingers are black, lighter at the tips, and the black not spreading upon the palm. Several specimens give the following measurements : Sex. Length of carapax. Breadth of carapax. Ratio. Male. 150mm 22°5mm 1: 1°50 fe 15°9 23°6 1+ 149 Female. 9°6 14°4 Ee 1-50 ws 12°6 18°8 1: 1°49 Seven specimens were collected by Prof. Hartt at the Reefs of the Abrolhos. This species is very distinct from all other described species of the genus. Its broad and deeply areolated carapax give it somewhat the aspect of a Chlorodius. Eriphia gonagra Edwards, Cancer gonagra Fabricius, Supplementum Entomologize systematic, p. 337, 1798. Eriphia gonagra Edwards, Histoire naturelle des Crust., tome i, p. 426, pl. 16, fig. 16, 17, 1834; Annales des Sciences naturelles, 3™¢ série, tome xvi, 1851, pl. 8, fig. 10; White, List of Crust. in the British Museum, p. 22; Gibbes, loc. cit., p. 177; Dana, United States Exploring Expedition, Crust., p. 250; Stimpson, Annals Lyc. Nat. Hist., New York, vol. vii, p. 217; Heller, Reise der ésterreichischen Fregatte Novara um die Erde, p. 24, 1865. A large number of specimens are in the collection, all of them ob- tained at the Reefs of the Abrolhos. It seems to be a common species from southern Florida to Rio de Janeiro. A number of specimens give the following measurements: Breadth of carapax Sex. Length of carapax. including spines. Ratio. Male. 17-2mm 24-gmm 1: 1:44 si 24:0 345 1: 1°44 - 25°6 36°8 j es Ge ne 26°8 37°8 1: 1-41 fe 30°8 43°5 1: 1°41 Female. 17°6 25-7 1: 1°46 e 19°6 28:2 1: 1-44 23°0 - 33°2 1: 1°44 “ 28°2 41°3 5 ae er 63) Callinectes Danze Smith. Lupa diacantha Dana, United States Exploring Expedition, Crust., p. 272, pl 16, fig. 7, 1852. Callinectes diacanthus Ordway, Monograph of the genus Callinectes, Boston Journal Nat. Hist., vol. vii, p. 575, 1863. (Non Portunus diacanthus Latreille, nec Lupa diacantha Edwards, nec Callinectes diacanthus Stimpson.) 8 S. I. Smith on Brazilian Crustacea. A number of specimens which agree perfectly with the description of this species given by Ordway, were collected at Pernambuco by Prof. Hartt. A single female from Bahia does not differ from the Pernambuco specimens except in having the sub-median tooth of the front very short, scarcely projecting beyond the median teeth—probably an acci- dental character. Several specimens give the following measurements :— Length of carapax Breadth of carapax Sex. including sub-frontal spine. including lateral spine. Ratio. Pernambuco. Male. 419mm 93°0™mm 1: 2°22 ~ Rs 44-3 97°4 1: 2°20 ; 47-2 106°5 1: 2°26 a Female. 41°8 91°0 eee ts bys + we 44°8 94°8 7 22°12 Bahia. 4 34-4 76°0 1: 2°21 This species was known to Ordway only from Dana’s original spe- cimen collected at Rio de Janeiro. Callinectes ornatus Ordway, loc. cit., p. 571, 1863. A male specimen collected at Caravellas agrees perfectly with Ord- way’s description and with a specimen from Bermuda. Length of carapax including sub-frontal spine, 36-2"; breadth of carapax including lateral spines, 80°5™"; ratio of length to breadth, 1 ; 2°22. A sterile female collected at the same locality may belong to this species. It differs from the male in being thicker and more convex, the areolation more strongly marked, and the granulations coarser ; the teeth of the antero-lateral border are less prominent and more ob- tuse; and the chelipeds are quite short, the merus not reaching, by considerable, the tip of the lateral spine. Length of carapax, 34°6™" ; breadth of carapax, 75°0; ratio 1: 2°14. In the deeply areolated carapax it approaches the éarvatus, and it may possibly belong to that species. The description and figure of Neptunus marginatus A. Edwards* agrees very Closely with this specimen, the figure of the abdomen and sternum representing it perfectly, and there can be little doubt that Edwards’ species was based on a sterile female of some species of Callinectes. Tf the habitat, Cote du Gabon, given by Edwards be correct, it is safely inferred that the genus Callinectes is not confined to the American coasts. * Archives du Muséum d’Histoire naturelle, tome x, p. 318, pl. 30, fig. 2, 1861. vw S. I. Smith on Brazitian Crustacea. y ‘The C. ornatus was previously known from South Carolina, Tortu- gas, Hayti, and Cumana. Callinectes larvatus Ordway, loe. cit., p. 573, 1863. One specimen of this species, a male, was collected at Bahia. It is very much like the Dane and the ornatus in the carapax, etc., but differs remarkably in the male abdominal appendages of the first pair (intromittent organs), which are very short, directed inward till they cross and then the extremities curved abruptly outward. Length of carapax including sub-frontal spine, 38°8"™ ; breadth in- eluding lateral spines, 82-4"; ratio of length to breadth, 1: 2°11. Ordway’s specimens were from Florida, Bahama, and Hayti. Achelous spinimanus DeHaan. -Portunus spinimanus Latreille, Encyc., t. x, p. 188 (teste Edwards). Lupa spinimana Leach, Desmarest, Considérations générales sur la classe des Crust., p- 98, 1825; Edwards, Histoire naturelle des Crust., tome i, p. 452, 1834; Gibbes, loc. cit., p. 178; Dana, United States Exploring Eexpedition, Crust., p. 273 ; Stimp- son, Annals Lye. Nat. Hist., New York, vol. vii, p. 57. Achelous spinimanus, DeHaan, Fauna Japonica, p. 8, 1833; White, List of Crust. in the British Museum, p. 28, 1847; Stimpson, Annals Lye. Nat. Hist., New York, vol. vii, p. 221, 1860; A. Edwards, Archives du Muséum d'Histoire naturelle, tome x, p. 341, pl. 32, fig. 1, 1861; Heller, op. cit., p. 27. Three specimens, all females, collected at Bahia, give the following measurements :— Length of carapax Breadth of carapax Ratio of including frontal teeth. including lateral spines. length to breadth. 37-0mm 6]-5mm 1-166 Ad4 TT4 Lh Avis 56:0 95:0 LST _ All the specimens have the lateral spine of the carapax nearly or quite twice as long as the one next in front of it. They appear to differ in no way from specimens from Florida. Achelous Ordwayi Stimpson. Achelous Ordwayi Stimpson, Annals Lye. Nat. Hist., New York, vol. vii, p. 242, 1860. Neptunus Ordwayi A. Edwards, op. cit., addenda, 186i. A male specimen of this fine species was collected, with the last, at Bahia. The carapax is narrower than in A. spinémanus, and the front more advanced. In areolation it resembles the spiniémanus very much, the elevations however are not quite so thickly granulated. The teeth of the 10 S. I. Smith on Brazilian Crustacea. front are very long and slender, the length of the median ones exceed- ing slightly the distance between their tips. The teeth of the antero- lateral margin are much longer and slenderer than in spinimanus, the posterior one (lateral spine) being but slightly longer, in proportion to the other teeth, than in that species. The chelipeds are slender and fully as long as in spinimanus. The ambulatory legs are long and very slender, those of the first two pairs extending nearly to the mid- dle of the dactyli of the chelipeds. The sternum is convex in an antero-posterior direction, while in the spinimanus it is quite flat. In the male the terminal portion of the abdomen is narrowly triangular, the penultimate segment being quite narrow and its lateral margins straight or very slightly concave, while in the spinimanus it is broad and the lateral margins of the penulti- mate segment quite convex. The male abdominal appendages of the first pair are very different in the two species. In both they are stout and separated by quite a broad space. In the spinémanus they reach beyond the middle of the penultimate segment of the abdomen, the thick basal portion curv- ing strongly inward from the base, the slenderer portion at first di- rected nearly straight forward, then curved strongly outward, and the tips inward again. Inthe Ordwayi they are much shorter, reaching but slightly beyond the antipenultimate segment of the abdomen, and have but a single curve, curving inward from the base, then outward to the tip. Length of carapax in the single specimen, 37:0"; breadth of car- apax, 61°8""; ratio of length to breadth, 1 : 1°67; breadth excluding lateral spines, 48°0"™ ; ratio of length to this breadth, 1 : 1:29; greatest length of merus segments of chelipeds, 31:0"; length of hand, right, 47:2, left, 47:0". A male specimen of A. spinimanus from Florida gives the following :—length of carapax, 40°4"™" ; breadth of earapax, 69°5"™; ratio of length to breadth, 1 : 1°72; breadth excluding spines, 58°5™" ; ratio of length to this breadth, 1 : 1°44. This species differs from the figure of Neptunus eruentatus (A, Ed- wards, op. cit., p. 326, pl. 31, fig. 2) in having much longer chelipeds, the merus projecting much farther beyond the sides of the carapax, and the hands when folded in front lapping by each other considerably. The teeth of the front and of the antero-lateral margin are very much more slender and prominent than in his figure. And im the descrip- tion of the erucntatus no mention is made of the smooth and highly iridescent spaces on the supero-exterior surface of the hand, which is S. I. Smith on Brazilian Crustacea. 11 mentioned by Stimpson in his description of A. Ordwayi, and is a very conspicuous character in the species. I have retained this species in the genus Achelous of DeHaan in- stead of Neptunus of the same author, because the narrow carapax, prominent front, and the form of the external maxillipeds and of the male abdomen ally it very closely to the spinimanus, and, together with the narrow dactyli of the first three pairs of ambulatory legs, separate it widely from Neptunus pelagicus, the type of the genus Neptunus. The length of the lateral spine of the carapax, which appears to have been A. Milne Edwards’ principal character for separating these genera, seems to be of slight importance, and in the present case, if used alone, is scarcely sufficient for a specific distinction. Stimpson’s specimens of A. Ordwayi were from Florida and St. Thomas. Goniopsis cruentatus DeHaan. Cancer ruricola DeGeer, Mémoires pour servir 4 Vhistoire des Insectes, tome Vii, p. 417, pl. 25, 1778 (non Cancer ruricola Linné). Grapsus cruentatus Latreille, Histoire des Crust. et Insects, tome vi, p. 70, 1803; Des- marest, op. cit., p. 132; Edwards, Histoire naturelle des Crust., tome ii, p. 85; Gibbes, loc. cit., p. 181. Goniopsis cruentatus DeHaan, op. cit., p. 33, 1835; Edwards, Annales des Sciences naturelles, 3™e série, tome xx, 1853, p. 164, pl. 7, fig. 2; Stimpson, Proceedings Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadeiphia, 1858, p. 101; Heller, op. cit., p, 43. Grapsus longipes Randall, Journal Acad. Nat. Sci., Philad., vol. viii, p. 125, 1839. Goniopsis ruricola White, List of Crust. in the British Museum, p. 40, 1847; Saus- sure, op. cit., p. 30, pl. 2, fig. 18, 1858. Goniograpsus cruentatus Dana, American Journal Sci., 2d series, vol. xii, p. 285, 1851; United States Exploring Expedition, Crust., p. 342, pl. 21, fig. 7, 1852. A single male of this beautiful species was collected at the Reefs of the Abrolhos. Cryptograpsus cirripes, sp. nov. Plate I, figure 3. The carapax above is granulous and naked ‘The front as seen from above is nearly straight with only a slight median immargination. The orbits are broad, the margin slightly upturned and broken by a broad notch near the inner angle. The outer orbital teeth are long, acutely pointed, project straight forward, and the distance between their tips is nearly equal to two-thirds the breadth of the carapax. The succeeding teeth of the antero-lateral margin are prominent and acutely pointed, the third tooth much smaller than the others, and the 12 S. I. Smith on Brazilian Crustacea. fourth or last tooth with a slender spiniform tip directed forward and upward and with a sharp granulated ridge extending from its base inward upon the branchial region and nearly parallel to the postero- lateral margin. The areolation is well pronounced and agrees in the main with C. angulatus Dana. In the depression on each side just in front of the anterior lobes of the branchial region there is a trans- verse line of three obscure, oval, smooth spots. From the small tooth in the postero-lateral margin, a short ridge extends backward just above and parallel to the margin as far as the lateral angle of the “arapax, The chelipeds are stout and equal. The merus is triangular and the angles granulous. The carpus, and the hand nearly to the tips of the fingers, are sharply granulous. The fingers are slender and their inner edges nearly straight and armed with regular rounded tubercu- liform teeth. In the ambulatory legs the meral segments are granulous above and on the angles. The dactyli of the first three pairs are naked ex- cept a few hairs on the posterior edge at the base, slender, somewhat curved, smooth and deeply sulcate; those of the posterior pair are shorter, compressed, and their edges thickly clothed with soft hairs. In the first pair of legs the posterior edge of the propodus is clothed nearly its whole length with a brush of soft hair; in the second pair there is a similar brush but only on the terminal half; in the third pair it is wholly wanting, or represented only by a few hairs near the | articulation with the dactylus. In the posterior pair of legs the edges of the dactylus, propodus and carpus are densely clothed with soft hair. The male sternum is concave in a lateral direction, and the articula- tions between the segments of the abdomen are nearly straight instead of curved as in C. angulatus, Length of carapax in a male, 31:0"; breadth of carapax, 35°6™™ ; ratio of length to breath, 1: 1:15. Breadth between outer orbital teeth, 24°8""; ratio of this breath to breath of carapax between lateral teeth, 1 : 1°48. This species was not obtained by Prof. Hartt. The only specimens which I have seen are two males, in the collection of the Peabody Academy of Science, Salem, Mass., brought from Rio de Janeiro by Capt. Harrington. The C. cirripes differs from OC. angulatus Dana (United States Ex- ploring Expedition, Crust., p. 352, pl. 22, fig. 6), from Rio Negro, Northern Patagonia, and heretofore the only known species of the — S. I. Smith on Brazilian Crustacea. 13 genus, in having the front as seen from above nearly straight instead of deeply bilobed, in the much greater breadth of the carapax bet ween the outer orbital teeth—the ratio of this breadth tothe breadth of the carapax between the lateral teeth being in C. angulatus, | : i°68,— and in the ciliated posterior legs. Uca cordata. Cancer cordatus Linné, Amcenitates Academicz, tome vi, p. 414, 1763; Systema Nature, editio xii, tome i, p. 1039; Herbst, op. cit., Band i, p. 131, Tab. 6, fig. 38. Cancer uca Linné?, Systema Nature, editio xii, tome i, p. 1041. Uca levis? Dana?, United States Exploring Expedition, Crust., p. 375. (Non Uca una Guérin, Iconographie du Régne animal, Crust., pl. 5, fig. 3, nec Ed- wards, Histoire-naturelle des Crust., tome li, p. 22, et Régne animal ae Cuvier, gme édit., pl. 19, fig. 1.) A single specimen of this species was obtained by Prof. Hartt at Bahia. There are also specimens from Para in the collection of the Peabody Academy. All the specimens examined were males. The carapax is entirely naked and perfectly smooth above, very broad, the greatest breadth being much anterior to the middle, and very convex in an antero-posterior direction. The cervical suture is very distinctly indicated, especially in the middle of the carapax, where there is a broad depression on each side at the antero-lateral angle of the cardiac region. The gastric region is broad and flattened in the middle, the antero-lateral lobes are only indistinctly separated from the median, and the posterior portion is rounded and slightly protuberant but is still lower than the branchial region. The cardiac region is very large, scarcely divided, and the posterior portion ex- tends far back between the bases of the posterior pair of legs. The branchial regions are swollen, evenly rounded above and wholly un- divided, and the lateral margins are very convex in the anterior por- tion and are indicated by a very slight denticulated ridge. The whole front is bordered by a sharply raised margin; the median lobe pro- jects almost perpendicularly downward between the orbits, and its ‘margin is regularly curved. The orbits are very large, and the mar- gin is broken by a broad and deep hiatus on the lower side at the outer extremity, just over which the outer angle of the superior mar- gin projects as a rounded lobe; the inferior margin is nearly straight and is formed of two nearly parallel ridges, the inferior of which is armed with a line of small tubercles, and the superior is irrecularly granulous. The inferior obital regions are perfectly smooth sna sep- arated from the buccal area by deep sulci. The inferior lateral ye- gions are swollen and nearly smooth, there being only a few small 14 S. I. Smith on Brazilian Crustacea. and scattered granules on the anterior portion near the inferior orbital region. On each side of the buccal area there is a high ridge which is armed with a few small tubercles. The external maxillipeds are smooth and naked on the outside, and the inner edge and the palpus thickly clothed with coarse hairs. The chelipeds are somewhat unequal and very large. The merus is stout, sharply triangular, both the inferior angles are armed with stout spines and the superior angle is coarsely granulous. The carpus is broad, smooth and evenly rounded on the outside, and spi- nous along the inner edge and on the anterior edge beneath. The hand is broad, compressed, spinous on the superior margin and on the inside, the inferior margin granulous, and the outer side smooth; the fingers are high and compressed, their tips strongly incurved, and the inner edges slightly separated in the middle and armed with small irregular teeth except at the tips, which are slightly spoon-shaped with the edges horny, continuous and sharp. The ambulatory legs are smooth and naked above, but all the segments in the first three pairs, except the basal ones, are thickly clothed beneath and on the anterior side with very long coarse hair. Those of the anterior pair are longer than the others, and those of the posterior pair are much shorter than the others and but slightly hairy. The dactyli of the first two pairs are very long and stout, slightly curved downward, their extremities compressed vertically and five-sided with the angles sharp; those of the third pair are much shorter and curved backward as well as downward; those of the posterior pair are still shorter, strongly curved backward and six- sided, the superior side being much broader than the others. The sternum is narrow, very convex in an antero-posterior direction, and the depression for the lodgement of the abdomen is broad, very deep, and extends quite to the base of the maxillipeds. The male abdomen is broadest at the third segment ; the second segment is very small, and the two segments which precede it are completely coalesced. The appendages of the first segment are triquetral and very stout and extend to the extremity of the penultimate segment. The appen- dages of the second segment are very small, extending scarcely be- yond the third segment. Length of carapax, 540°"; breadth of carapax, 73°45 ratio, 1:1°36. Length of merus in right cheliped, 33-8"; in left cheliped, 33°0. Length of right hand, 49°5 ; length of left hand, 49°0. One of the specimens in the collection of the Peabody Academy of Science has the chelipeds much more unequal than in the specimen described above but agrees with it in all other characters. S. I. Smith on Brazilian Crustacea. 15 There are at least three American species of Uca:—the U. cor- data, described above and the U. wna (the species figured by Guérin and Edwards), from the east coast, and U. /evis, the species described and figured by Edwards in the Archives du Muséum d’Histoire nat- urelle, tome vii, p. 185, pl. 16, from the west coast. The synonymy of these species appears to be in much confusion. The Cancer cordatus of Linné is described at length in the Ameenitates Academicze, and is evidently the species described above and the same as the one figured by Herbst. The description of C. wea in the Systema Nature is very short and indefinite and no characters are given by which it could be distinguished from the C. cordatus. Milne Edwards in his Historie naturelle de Crust., 1837, quotes both these species under his Uca una Latreille; he gives “l’Amérique méridionale ” as the habitat of U. wna, and describes a new species, U. levis, from “les Antilles.” The slight descriptions of his levis here given would not distinguish it from the U. cordata. In his re- view of the Ocypodoidea inthe Annales des Sciences naturelles, 3™° séries, tome xx, 1853, these species are again briefly characterized and the same habitas given. In 1854, in the Archives du Muséum, loc. cit., he describes U. levis at length and figures it, but says, “ Je ne con- nais que des individus miles de cette espéce ; la plupart ont été rap- portés des environs de Guayaquil, par M. Eydoux.” The description and figure here given apply well to specimens in the Museum of Yale College collected at Guayaquil by Mr. Bradley, and distinguish it readily from the Atlantic species. To add to the confusion, Lucas in D’Orbigny’s Voyage dans Amérique méridionale, Crust., p. 23, 1843, gives, without description, “ Uca una Latr.” as coming from “ Envi- rons de Guayaquil: M. Eydoux,” evidently having the same specimens before him that Edwards has described and figured in the Archives du Muséum! If Edwards’ original specimens of Jevis were from the West Indies as stated, they are probably the U. cordata, but, even if this be the case, since the east coast species is evidently the Cancer cordatus of Linné, the name devis may be retained for the west coast species to which Edwards's last and fullest description and his figure apply. White, in the list of Crustacea in the British Museum, p. 31, 1847, has “ Uca cordata” from the West Indies and Brazil, but quotes as synonyms, Cancer wea and C. cordatus of Linné, C. cordatus of Herbst, and Uca una of Guérin and Edwards, evidently confounding the two Atlantic species and intending to restore the older of the Linnean names. 16 S. I. Smith on Brazilian Crustacea. Cardiosoma quadratum Saussure. Cardisoma quadrata Saussure, op. cit., p. 22, pl. 2, fig. 13, 1858, Curdisoms diurum Gill, Annals Lye Ay Hist., New York, vol. vii, p. 42, January, 1859. [Wrongly printed 1858 on the third signature. ] A number of specimens were collected at Pernambuco, It is at once distinguished from the C. Guwanhumi by the more quadrate form of the carapax, the branchial regions being much less swollen, by the lateral margin being marked by a distinct carina in- stead of evenly rounded, and by the sharply triangular and spiny merus of the chelipeds. Some of the specimens collected by Prof. Hartt are nearly as large as ordinary specimens of C. Gawanhumi and still retain the distinctive characters, so that it seems scarcely possible that it can be the young of that species as suggested by Saussure, This species is in fact more nearly allied to the C. carnifex than to C. Guanhumi, and it resembles so closely a species in the collection of the Peahody Academy of Science from the west coast of Africa arently the C. armatwm of Herklots,—that it might readily be mistaken for it. The African species differs however in having the carapax less convex and the carina of the lateral margin less promi- nent; the front is broad and high, the anterior lobes of the gastric re- gion are protuberant and the depressed space between them and the frontal margin is coarsely granulous, while in the guadratwn the an- terior gastric lobes are not protuberant and the depressed space be- tween them and the frontal margin is scarcely granulous. The epis- tome and the nasal lobe are quite different in the two species; in the quadratum the spistome is nearly straight and its anterior margin is not granulated, the nasal lobe is high, forming rather more than a semicircle, and the lobes of the front on each side of it do not reach down to the anterior margin of the epistome, while in the African species the epistome is higher, more curved and the anterior margin granulated in the middle, and the nasal lobe is much lower, so that the lobes of the front on each side of it reach quite down to the an- terior margin of the epistome. Finally the chelipeds and sant antl legs in the African species are more spiny and granulous. Specimens of C. guadratum give the following measurements:— Male. Male. Female, Female. Length of carapax, 426mm 45-6mMmM 43-3mm 46-gmm Breadthof ‘ 53°4 55°8 53°3 566 Ratio of length to breadth, 1:125 1:31:99 19098, Length of merus in right cheliped, 217mm =628'4mm =80-smm = =24-4mm 7 shia! Fe (a At: et 29°0 518 30°2 37:0 a “ merus in left $ 26°8 23°2 23°4 oe 4 °F siyarict seme" x 46°0 31°8 35°5 —- S. I. Smith on Brazilian Crustacea. 17 ANOMOURA. Dromidia Antillensis Stimpson. Dromidia Antillensis Stimpson, Proceedings Acad. Nat. Sci, Philadelphia, 1858, p. 225, 1859; Annals Lyc. Nat. Hist., New York, vol. vii, p. 71, 1859. Several specimens of this species were obtained by Prof. Hartt at the Reefs of the Abrolhos. They give the following measurements and ratios: Length of carapax Breadth of , Sex. including frontal teeth. : carapax. Ratio. Male. 15°5mm 15-6mm 1: 101 _ 18°2 18°5 1: 1°02 Female. 16:0 16°0 1: 1°00 se 18-0 18°2 LE: 101 All the specimens have a covering of tough, fleshy sponge, much broader than themselves, held closely upon the carapax. Stimpson’s specimens were from Florida and St. Thomas. _Petrochirus granulatus Stimpson. Pagurus granulatus Olivier, Encyclop., tome viii, p. 640 (teste Edwards); Edwards, Observations Zoologiques sur les Pagures, Annales des Sciences naturelles, 24¢ série, tome vi, p. 275, 1836; Histoire naturelle des Crust., tome ii, p. 225; Dana, United States Exploring Expedition, Crust., p. 453. Petrochirus granulatus Stimpson, Proceedings Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, 1858, p. 233, 1859; Heller, op. cit., p. 85. A single specimen in a Scolymus was collected by Prof. Hartt at the Reefs of the Abrolhos. . Calcinus sulcatus Stimpson. Pagurus sulcatus Edwards, Annales des Sciences naturelles, 24¢ ‘série, tome vi, p. 279, 1836; Histoire naturelle des Crust., tome ii, p. 230. Pagurus tibicen White (variety), List of Crust. in the British Museum, p. 61. Calcinus sulcatus Stimpson, Proceedings Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, 1858, p. 234. A male of this species was collected at the Reefs of the Abrolhos. Length of body from front of carapax to tip of abdomen, 23°5™™; length of left hand, 7°6; breadth of left hand, 4°5. It is closely allied to C. tidbicen Dana and C. obsewrus Stimpson, but differs remarkably from both of them in the deep and rugose suleus on the outer side of the propodus of the left leg of the second ambu- latory pair. This sulcus is very marked, extends the whole length of the segment, and is limited on the upper side by a sharp carina. From the obscurus it differs moreover in having the carapax broader in front, and the antero-lateral angle more prominent, and not rounded, as it is Trans. Connecticut Acap., Vou. IL. 2 AuGuUST, 1869. 18 S. I. Smith on Brazilian Crustacea. in that species. The larger hand is much narrower and more cylin- drical, and the dactyli of the ambulatory legs are not so strongly curved as in C. obscurus. Clibanarius vittatus Stimpson. Pagarus vittatus Bosc, Histoire naturelle des Crust., tome ii, p. 78, pl. 12, fig. 1, 1802 ; Edwards, Histoire naturelle des Crust., ii, p. 237; Gibbes, loe. cit. p. 189. Clibanarius vittatus Stimpson, Proceedings Acad. Nat. Sci., Philad., 1858, p. 335, 1859; Annals Lye. Nat. Hist., New York, vol. vii, p. 84. Several specimens were collected at Caravellas, Province of Bahia. They do not differ perceptibly from Florida specimens, except that the hands are perhaps a little less tuberculose. Clibanarius sclopetarius Stimpson. Cancer sclopetarius Herbst, op. cit., Band ii, p. 23, Tab. 23, fig. 3, 1796. Pagurus sclopetarius Bose, Histoire naturelle des Crust., tome ii, p. 76, 1802; .Ed- _ wards, Histoire naturelle des Crust., tome ii, p. 229. Clibanarius sclopetarius Stimpson, Proceedings Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, 1858, p. 235, 1859; Annals Lye. Nat. Hist., New York, vol. vii, p. 85. A single specimen was collected in shoal water at the mouth of the Caravellas River, Province of Bahia. ‘ Clibanarius Antillensis Stimpson. Clibanartus Antillensis Stimpson, Proceedings Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, 1858, p. 235, 1859; Annals Lyc. Nat. Hist., New York, vol. vii, p. 85. I refer to this species a large number of specimens collected at the Reefs of the Abrolhos. It is certainly very closely allied to C. Brasiliensis Dana (United States Exploring Expedition, Crust., p. 467, pl. 29, fig. 7), but the opthalmic scales are somewhat larger than represented in Dana’s figure, and the right leg of the third pair convex upon the outside. In the alcoholic specimens the ground color of the hands and ambula- tory legs is reddish-yellow, instead of olive. MACROURA. Scyllarus zequinoxialis Fabricius. Scyllarus equinoxialis Fabricius, Supplementum Entomologize systematic, p. 399, 1798; Bose, op. cit., tome ii, p. 19; Edwards, Histoire naturelle des Crust., tome ii, p. 285, pl. 24, fig. 6. A single male specimen collected at Bahia appears to belong to this species. The carapax is broad, the breadth in front exceeding slightly the length of the lateral margin, evenly convex above, the regions scarce- S. I. Smith on Brazilian Crustacea. 19 ly indicated, and covered, as is also the upper side of the abdomen, with small squamiform tubercles of uniform size, and each bearing several small fascicles of short setaceous hairs. The anterior margin, the margin of the orbits, and the lateral margin are armed with numerous, small, obtusely rounded, tuberculiform teeth, The antennulz extend slightly beyond the tips of the antennz ; the basal segments are clothed below with short setz; the terminal seg- ments of the peduncle are smooth and cylindrical; the inner flagella are nearly as long as the last segment of the peduncle, sparsely ciliate and tapering regularly to a slender point; the outer flagella are stouter, and considerably shorter than the inner. In the antennz, the basis is very short and broad, so that, on the outside, the base of the ischium nearly touches the anterior margin of the carapax; the ischium is much broader than long, the middle portion rough and hairy, the outer and anterior margins smooth and naked, and the edges slightly and irregularly toothed, except the process on the inner side which has two strong teeth upon its inner edge and a smaller one on the anterior edge toward the articulation with the merus; the car- pal, or last segment, is broader than long, the edge arcuate and cren- ulated, the middle portion above and below roughened with short, stiff hairs, but a broad space along the margin smooth. All the inferior surface of the thorax and the exposed parts of its appendages are rough with short, stiff hairs or sete. The thoracic legs have a carina upon the posterior edge of the merus and carpus, which is very high and thin on the merus in all except the posterior pair. The dactyli in the first and second pairs are smooth and unarmed, but in the second pair they are longer and much slenderer than in the first; in the last three pairs they are armed with fascicles of stout horny setz. The lamelle of the appendages of the second segment of the abdo- men are lanceolate, and the inner and outer of about equal size. The appendages of the three succeeding segments are rudimentary and scarcely project below the edge of the segments. The lamell of the appendages of the penultimate segment are broadly rounded at the extremities, and the inner ones project beyond the tip of the terminal segment. The terminal segment is broader than long, and the extremity truncate with the angles rounded. The following description of the colors was taken from the speci- men when recently preserved in alcohol, and when, according to Prof. Hartt, the colors were as in life. General color above reddish-brown; antenne lighter, bordered with bright purple, and the teeth of the edge orange-red; antennule light CT 20 S. I. Smith on Brazilian Crustacea. reddish; carapax with the frontal and median tubercles, the tubercles of the orbits and of the anterior and lateral margins orange-red ; first segment of the abdomen bright orange, the median portion slightly mottled with purplish-red, and with two large circular reddish-purple spots; the succeeding segments with the smooth anterior portion, orange mottled with purplish-red; terminal segment and the lamelli- form appendages of the penultimate segment brownish-yellow, almost white at the extremities. Beneath, dirty yellowish; antenne with the colors of the upper side dimly repeated; legs with slight purple annulations at the articulations, Length of body from tip of rostrum to extremity of abdomen, - 190-0mm of carapax from tip of rostrum to middle of posterior margin, 86:0 Breadth of carapax, - - - - - - - 1:2 Length of antennulz, below, = - - - - - 55-0 se antenne, SS - - - . - 52°0 first thoracic legs, —- - - - - 760 % second ae - - - : - 92:0 a third ff - - - - - 83°5 S fourth i - - - - - 72:0 as fifth se - - - - - 75-0 Panulirus echinatus, sp. nov. This species is closely allied to P. guttatus. The carapax is armed with numerous stout spines, those on the anterior part of the carapax larger than those behind; the surface between the spines is closely filled with small tubercles, which are beset with short, stiff hairs, and many of the tubercles in front of the cervical suture are tipped with spinules. The cervical suture is mark- ed by a deep depression. The antennulary segment is armed with two straight and slender spines which project forward and upward, their length twice as great as the distance between their tips. The superior orbital spines are stout and long, and extend slightly beyond the tips of the eyes. On the anterior border below the eye, there are two other spines project- ing over the base of the antenne; from the inner of these there is a line of about eleven smaller spines, three of which are in front of the cervical suture, extending to the postero-lateral angle of the carapax ; below this line there are no spines on the branchial region. Just behind each of the superior orbital spines there is a stout spine as large as the spines on the anterior margin below the eye; behind these spines, and in front of the cervical suture, there are four smaller spines, thus forming, with the orbital spines, two-subdorsal lines of four spines each, which are succeeded behind the cervical suture, by two S. I. Smith on Brazilian Crustacea. 21 lines of five small spines each. On the median line of the anterior part of the gastric region there are three small, sharp spines. The remaining spines of the carapax are disposed irregularly. - The peduncle of the antennula extends slightly beyond the pedun- cle of the antenna; the basal segments are armed with short sete. The inner flagellum is about as long as the carapax, quite slender and wholly naked; the outer flagellum is shorter, much stouter, and the terminal portion ciliated beneath. The peduncle of the antenna is a little longer than the breadth of the carapax, and is armed with stout spines, three of which are on the anterior edge of the basis, and another on the inner side, below and near the outer of the three spiniform teeth of the anterior edge of the epistome. The flagellum is about three times as long as the carapax, tapers to a slender point, and is armed with sharp spines. The external maxillipeds, when extended, reach nearly to the an- terior extremity of the basis of the antenne, and all the segments are thickly clothed on the inside, and the dactylus all round, with stiff hairs; the exognath is rudimentary, about half as long as the dactylus of the endognath, quite slender, and is wholly without a flagellum. The thoracic legs are smooth and naked, except the dactyli and the outer portion of the under side of the propodi; the meral segments are each armed with two sharp spines, one above and another on the inside at the extremity next the articulation with the carpus. The legs of the first pair are shorter than the others, do not reach quite as far forward as those of the second pair, and the dactyli are stout and thick. Those of the second and third pairs are more slender than the others, especially the penultimate segments, the dactyli straight nearly to the tips, which are hooked abruptly down. The third pair reach slightly beyond the second. The fourth pair extend only to the middle of the propodi of the third pair; the carpus is armed with a stout and sharp spine on the upper edge of the extremity next the propodus, where there is no spine in the other legs; the dactylus is ~ stout, the basal portion armed beneath with slender spines, which are articulated at the base and movable, and the terminal portion taper- ing to a slender point and curved evenly downward. The legs of the fifth pair reach to the middle of the propodi of the fourth; the coxa is armed with a long, sharp spine on the posterior side and near the articulation with the basis; the dactylus in the male is similar to that in the fourth pair, but shorter and more curved; in the female the dactylus is somewhat shorter than in the male, and armed on the posterior side of the base with a stout process which closes against a 22 S. I. Smith on Brazilian Crustacea. similar process from the extremity of the propodus, both processes being hairy upon the outside and having horny, spoon-shaped tips. The abdomen is nearly smooth, and all the segments, except the ter- minal, are crossed by a narrow and thickly ciliated suleus, which is interrupted in the middle on the third, fourth and fifth segments. The first segment has a single, short lateral tooth. The remaining seg- ments, except the last, have this tooth spiniform and very large, and a small additional one behind it; the larger tooth is armed, except in the penultimate segment, with one or two small spines or denticles on the anterior edge, near the base. The posterior edge of the penulti- mate segment above is armed with close set, sharp teeth. The lamelliform appendages of the sixth segment of the abdomen are of about equal length, broad and truncate at the tips. The lamella of the last sezment is slightly narrowed and truncate at the tip, and does not extend beyond the lamelle of the sixth segment. In the male, the lamelle of the second to the fifth segment are ovate and all of about the same size. In the female, these lamella are very much larger; in the second segment, the inner one is of the same form and nearly of the same size as the outer; in the three following segments the outer lamelle decrease in size successively, and the inner lamelle are each composed of two branches, the outer branch being narrow, triangular, its edges thickened, multi-articulate and clothed with long hairs; the inner branch slender, not tapering, articulated at the base of the outer branch, not jointed like the outer branch, but composed of a single piece, and clothed beneath and at the tip with long hairs. Two specimens give the following measurements :— Length of body from base of antennulz to extremity of ab- Male. Female. domen, - - - - - - - 135°Qmm 165:0™mm Length of carapax from base of antennulz to middle of pos- terior margin, . . - - - 59°5 68°5 Breadth of carapax, - - - - - 36:2 42°2 Length of antennule, = - - - - - 103°0 109°0 i inner flagellum of antennule, = - - ther 64-0 ¥: outer Ht z - - - 48°0 50°8 Re antennze, - - - - - 260-0 290-0 + first thoracic legs, - : - - 81:0 89-0 a second, es - - - - - 92°5 102°2 cF third, a: - - - - 101°0 111°0 es fourth, - - - - - - 83°0 92°5 as fifth, at - - - - 72°65 77-0 Several specimens were obtained at Pernambuco, This species appears to be closely allied to the P. guttatus of the West Indies, but that species, according to Edwards’ description and figure S. I. Smith on Brazilian Crustacea. 23 (Histoire Naturelle des Crust., tome ii, p. 297, pl. 23, fig. 1 and 2,) has the thoracic legs of the second pair longer than those of the third; he also states that the transverse sulci of the abdomen are not inter- rupted on the first three segments; and moreover, in his figures no spines are indicated upon the bases of the antennz, or upon the cox of the posterior thoracic legs, and the flagella of the antennz and the antennulz are much shorter than in our species. Heller (op. cit., p. 95) and DeHaan (op. cit., p. 159), both state that in the guttatus the spaces between the spines of the carapax are smooth, while in our species they are tuberculose and hairy. Neither Edwards, De Haan nor Heller mention the sub-cheliform posterior thoracic legs as a character of the female of P. guttatus. Alpheus heterochelis Say. Alpheus heterochelis Say, Journal Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, vol. i, p. 243, 1818; Edwards, Histoire naturelle des Crust., tome ii, p. 356; Gibbes, loc. cit., p. 196. Alpheus armillatus Edwards ?, Histoire naturelle des Crust.. tome ii, p. 354, 18377. Alpheus lutarius Saussure, op. cit., p. 45, pl. 3, fig. 24, 1858. A large number of specimens collected at the Reefs of the Abrolhos agree perfectly with specimens from Florida and Aspinwall. Paleemon Jamaicensis Olivier. Cancer (Astacus) Jamaicensis Herbst, op. cit., Band ii, p. 57, Tab. 27, fig. 2, 1796. Palemon Jamaicensis Olivier, Encyclop., tome viii, (teste Edwards,); Desmarest, op. cit., p. 237; Edwards, Histoire naturelle des Crust., tome ii, p. 398, Régne animal de Cuvier, 3° édit., pl. 3, fig. 4; Saussure, op. cit., p. 49. Of this species there are in the collection two specimens, both males, from Penédo, Rio Sao Francisco. In both specimens the rostrum is stout, a little shorter than the antennal scale, and is armed above with twelve, and below with four teeth. The anterior legs are longer than the carapax, and nearly naked, except a few fascicles of hairs on the fingers; the hands are slender, and about half as long as the carpus, which is slightly shorter than the merus. In the smaller specimen the second pair of legs are equal, stout, very long, and thickly beset with small spines; the hands are cylindrical, much longer than the carapax, and the fingers half as long as the palmary portion of the hand. In the larger speci- men the legs of the second pair are quite unequal, the left one being considerably longer and much stouter than the right, and the fingers only a third as long as the palmary portion; the right hand is much as in the other specimen, but considerably smaller in proportion. In both specimens the penultimate segment of the abdomen is broad, 24 S. I. Smith on Brazilian Crustacea. the lamellx of its appendages are broadly rounded at their extremities, and the outer ones slightly broader, but scarcely longer, than the inner. The terminal segment of the abdomen is stout, its extremity broad, rounded, ciliate, and has a small movable spine on each side. A single, small and somewhat imperfect specimen, also a male, from Caravellas, Province of Bahia, is apparently the young of this species, but presents some differences. The rostrum is armed with fifteen teeth above and three below, and the legs of the second pair are quite short, extending but little beyond the first pair, sparsely spinulose, and the hands quite slender. In other respects it agrees closely with the larger specimens. The three specimens give the following measurements :— Penedo, Sao Francisco. Caravellas. Length from tip of rostrum to extremity of abdomen, 151-°0™m™ 1260mm 544mm Length of carapax from orbit to middle of posterior margin, - : - - - 48°0 41°2 18-0 Breadth of carapax, - - - - 27-2 23°5 98 Length of rostrum from its tip to base of eyes, - 21°8 18°6 8-0 ae basal seale of antenna, - - 23:0 19-0 8°8 a first thoracic legs, - - - 68°0 57°8 26:0 * merus in first thoracic legs, - 178 15°0 7:0 . carpus, “ oe - - 21°0 16°6 _ 84 ae hand, “ ae - - 12°0 10°5 4:3 He dactylus, “ a - - 5°8 5:2 271 sf second thoracic legs, - - 114:0—132°0 1150 31°2 i. merus in second thoracic legs, - 20°0— 25°5 25°0 59 o carpus, “ * - - 16°83— 24°0 172 6°0 re hand ee - - 54:0— 580 59°0 10°8 ‘* - 27°2— 21:0 30°0 5°3 dactylus, ‘ - Palzeemon forceps Edwards. Histoire naturelle des Crust., tome ii, p. 397, 1837; Saussure, op. cit., p. 51; White, List of Crust. in the British Museum, p. 78. A large number of specimens of this species was obtained by Prof. Hartt at the mouth of the Para. The larger males agree with Edwards’ description. The carapax is granulous, especially on the sides. The rostrum is stout, nearly straight, extends slightly beyond the antennal scale, and is armed above with nine or ten, and below with five to seven teeth. The antennal and hepatic spines are stout and of about equal size. The legs of the second pair are very long, cylindrical, the inner and the inferior sides of the merus, carpus and the basal half of the hand are armed with about four longitudinal lines of slender spines, the upper and outer S. I. Smith on Brazilian Crustacea. 25 sides thickly set with short spinules and slightly hairy ; the fingers are slender, cylindrical and thickly covered with a woolly pubescence. The lamelliform appendages of the penultimate segment of the abdo- men-are broadly rounded at their tips, and the outer ones are scarcely longer than the inner. The terminal segment of the abdomen is nar- rower than in P. Jamcaicensis, the sides are straight, and the tip has a strong median tooth and a slender spine each side. The young males are quite similar to the full-grown, but the car- apax is nearly smooth, the rostrum somewhat upturned at the ex- tremity, and the legs of the second pair are smaller in proportion, and the spines and spinules less developed. The females differ remarkably from the males, all the specimens being considerably smaller, and resembling the young males. The carapax is much more gibbous and quite smooth, even in the largest specimens. The rostrum in front of the eyes curves upward con- siderably, and much more strongly in the small than in the large specimens. The legs of the second pair are quite slender, much shorter than in the male, only slightly spinulose in the large speci- ‘mens, and almost wholly smooth and naked in the smallest. Of the ten specimens in the collection every one has large masses of eggs under the abdomen. Five specimens given the following measurements :— Length of body from tip of ros- Male. Male. Male. Female. Female. trum to extremity of abdomen, 142°0™™ 125:0Omm 75-0m™M 106°0m™ 76°0™m Length of carapax from orbit to middle of posterior margin, 364 33°5 19°6 27-4 18-0 Breadth of carapax, - 23°8 204 11°8 18-4 11-2 Length ef rostrum from its tip to base of eyes, - - 31:0 29:0 17-2 22°6 20-0 Length of basal scale of antenna, 26°5 23°0 15:2 19°7 14°5 = first thoracic legs, 57°0 50°0 31-0 40°0 27°4 eS merus in first thoracic legs, - - - 15:2 13-0 76 10-4 TA Length of carpus, - - 19:2 17-4 10°5 13-4 9-4 aime arid. \ 16°4 18°6 Peis 17°8 10°8 Egmont Key. Female. 11:0 12°8 pe a 12°6 72 “ as 12°8 15°0 i Mgt Boa Uy 14:5 8-7 The abdomen of the male is broadest at the third segment, the first and second are much narrower and of equal length; from the fourth to the sixth, the abdomen is broad and the lateral margins converge regularly; the terminal segment is scarcely a third as wide, but about as long, as the sixth, and very little longer than broad. The appen- dages are similar to the appendages of S. reticulata, but those of the first segment are a little shorter and much stouter. Sesarma occidentalis, sp. nov. A species closely allied to S. cinerea Say. Male. The carapax is quadrilateral in outline and considerably broader than long. The dorsal surface is flat in the middle and pos- teriorly, but somewhat convex in front and along the sides. The pro- togastric lobes are convex and divided by slight depressions anterior- ly, and the surface is rough with coarse, sharp granules arranged in very short, irregular, broken lines. The median portion of the gas- tric region is sparsely granulous, surrounded by a shallow sulcus, and the mesogastric lobe is very narrow and extends far forward in the well marked, median sulcus between the protogastric lobes. The branchial regions are traversed by indistinct transverse plications, and the posterior regions are punctate with indistinct, shallow puncta. The front is nearly perpendicular, quite high and slightly concave, the concave surface is irregularly and coarsely granulous, and the inferior margin is curved forward somewhat beyond the crest and its edge is nearly straight. The antero-lateral tooth is acute and projects well forward. The lateral margin is sharp, continuous, and nearly straight as seen from above. The chelipeds are equal, short and stout; the anterior angle of the merus is sharp, dentate and raised into a thin crest at the end next Ee S. I. Smith on American Crustacea. 159 the carpus; the carpus is thickly beset externally with sharp gran- ules; the basal portion of the propodus is short, and the outer surface is evenly rounded and very granulous and the superior margin is armed with a sharp crest; and finally, the dactylus is granulous on the upper side at base. The ambulatory legs are rather slender, the meral segments are sharply granulous above, and the propodi and dactyli are clothed with a few short, stiff hairs along the margins. Two males give the following measurements :— Length of Breadth of Breadth at Breadth Height carapax. carapax. Ratio. orbital angles. of front. of front. 116mm 13°]mm Leo lei ie: 12-9mm 70mm 2:|mm 15°8 176 11, 2ei 1s I 16°9 9°4 3°0 I have seen only two specimens, both males, which were collected at Acajutla, west coast of Central America, by F. H. Bradley. Although closely allied to S. cinerea, it is very readily distinguish- ed from all specimens of that species which I have seen, by the gran- ulous anterior regions of the carapax, the coarsely granulous front, and by the crested and granulous hands. The carapax also is more convex anteriorly and along the branchial regions. The male abdomen and its appendages are almost exactly as in S. cinerea, except that the last segment of the abdomen is somewhat larger in proportion. Sesarma angustipes Dana. United States Exploring Expedition, Crust., p. 353, pl. 22, fig. 7, 1852; Stimpson, Proceedings Academy Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, 1858, p. 106; Annals Lyceum Nat. Hist., New York, vol. vii, p. 66, 1859. Six specimens give the following measurements :— Length of Breadth of Breadth at Breadth Locality. Sex. carapax. carapax. Ratio. orbital angles. of front. Aspinwall. Male. 87mm 9-3mm T51°0% 9-5mm 4-7mm as . 15-2 16°2 1: 1:07 15°3 85 Florida. = 17°0 18°2 1:1:07 17-0 10°2 se e 18°9 20°2 EO 18°4 10°6 BS Female. 11:2 12:0 ESOT 11°5 6°8 i 16°6 182 1:1:10 16°8 9°5 Sesarma angusta, sp. nov. Female. The carapax is quadrate, longer than broad and depress- ed. The protogastric lobes are very little convex, slightly divided anteriorly and their surfaces beset with sharp granules. The median portion of the gastric region is surrounded by a well marked suleus, 160 S. I. Smith on American Crustacea. and the anterior portion of the meso-gastric lobe extends forward, almost to the line of the front, as a very narrow ridge in the deep sul- cus between the protogastric lobes. The median and posterior regions are punctate with irregular, coarse punctations, and the branchial re- gions are slightly plicate transversely. The front is nearly perpen- dicular, but low and very concave, the superior crest projects almost as far forward as the inferior margin, and is divided into four equal lobules by a deep median groove and slight lateral ones, and the infe- rior margin is strongly reflexed, its edge sinuous, as seen from above, with a broad and shallow sinus in the middle, and a very slight one each side. The antero-lateral tooth is nearly right-angular, and pro- jects but slightly forward. The lateral margin is straight and entire. The chelipeds are equal and very small, the merus and carpus are sharply granulous externally, the hand is about half as long as the breadth of the front, slender, the inferior edge evenly rounded, and the superior edge more angular and sparsely granulous, but not crest- ed, and the fingers are slender, nearly cylindrical, and very slightly toothed within. The ambulatory legs are very long and slender, even longer than in S. angustipes, and the meri and propodi are rough above. Length of carapax, from its posterior margin to superior lobes of the front, 14°1"" ; breadth of carapax, 13°8"™"; ratio, 1: 0°98. Breadth of carapax between antero-lateral angles, 13°6"". Breadth of front, 7:2; height of front, 1°8. Length of ambulatory legs, first, 22-0; second, 28°4; third, 32°0; fourth, 25-0. Length of propodus in first pair of ambulatory legs, 5°6; second pair, 8°0; third pair, 9°0; fourth pair, 6°6. I have seen only one specimen, a female, collected at the Pearl Isl- ands, Bay of Panama, by F. H. Bradley. It is readily distinguished from all the other described American species of the genus by the narrowness of the carapax, the low, per- pendicular and excavated front, and the great length of the ambula- tory legs. GONOPLACID &, Prionoplax Edwards. Prionoplax ciliatus, sp. nov. A species similar to P. spinicarpus Edwards, Archives du Muséum d’Histoire naturelle, Paris, tome vii, p. 167, pl. 11, fig. 3. S. I. Smith on American Crustacea. 161 Male. The carapax is very convex longitudinally, but scarcely at all transversely. The dorsal surface is thickly beset with small, tuber- culiform granules, but the space between the granules is smooth and shining. The areolation is similar to that of P. spinicarpus ; the cer- vical suture is indicated by a very distinct, smooth sulcus, which is sharp and deep in the longitudinal portions in the middle of the cara- pax; the mesogastric and the metagastric lobes are united; there are no distinct sulci between the protogastric lobes and the hepatic regions; the branchial regions are undivided and only indistinctly separated from the cardiac. The front is lamellar, very strongly de- flexed and its edge divided into two prominent, rounded lobes, which, when seen in a front view, project below the inferior margins of the orbits. The antero-lateral margin is thin and is divided by deep rounded sinuses into four slightly upturned lobes or teeth, of which the anterior, the hepatic, and the epibranchial are broad and truncate and their truncated edges finely denticulated, while the posterior, or mesobranchial, is acutely pointed. The inferior lateral regions are granulous like the dorsal surface, and, along the lateral borders, are clothed with long cilia which project beyond the margins. There are also, some hairs along the lateral margins of the dorsal surface, but they are very easily removed. The outer surface of the external maxillipeds is minutely granulous. The chelipeds are stout and slightly unequal. The merus is trique- tral and armed with a spine on the posterior angle near the distal ex- tremity. The upper side of the carpus is flat, somewhat roughened, and armed on the middle of the inner side with a long spine. The hands are stout, slightly compressed laterally, and perfectly smooth ; the upper edge is angular, but not crested, and the fingers are com- pressed, deflexed, somewhat incurved, coarsely and irregularly toothed within, and do not gape. The ambulatory legs are slender and thickly hairy along the edges, especially on the dactyli, which are long, very slender, and cylindrical. _ The sternum is granulous like the carapax, only more minutely. The abdomen is smooth; the first and third segments are very much wider than the second, and the penultimate is much broader than long and its lateral margins are deeply concave in outline. The appenda- ges of the first segment are long, slender, triquetral, and nearly straight organs reaching almost to the extremity of the abdomen. The appendages of the second segment are short and inconspicuous. I have seen only males. TRANS. CONNECTICUT ACAD., VoL. II. ll APRIL, 1870. 162 S. JT. Smith on American Crustacea. Length of carapax, 15-2mm Breadth of carapax, 229mm Ratio, 1: 144 “a “ “ li 5 “ ay ‘“ 23°9 “ 1: 1:47 Collected at Panama by F. H. Bradley. This species is closely allied to P. spinicarpus, and it may possibly prove to be identical with the species from Panama mentioned under that name by Stimpson, Annals Lyceum Nat. Hist., New York, vol. vii, p. 59. Edwards states, however, that, in his species, the teeth of the antero-lateral margin are “aplaties et aigués,” and they are so figured on his plate, while in our species, all, except the posterior one, are broad, truncate and denticulated. The carapax in his figure is considerably broader, and the chelipeds seem to be much less robust, than in P. ciliatus. Moreover, there are no hairs or cilia indicated in the figure, on the carapax or the ambulatory legs, and they are not mentioned in the description. The specimens, when received, were completely covered with fer- ruginous mud. Their cylindrical form is well adapted for living in holes, and this is quite probably the habit of the species, as it is of Speocracinus, according to Stimpson. Euryplax Stimpson. Euryplax nitidus Stimpson. Annals Lyceum Nat. Hist., New York, vol. vii, p. 60, 1859. Of this species, there is a specimen, in the Museum of Yale Col- lege, collected at Egmont Key, west coast of Florida, and there is another in the collection of the Peabody Academy labeled New Or- leans, but probably from some part of the Gulf of Mexico. Both these specimens are adult males and agree perfectly with Stimpson’s description. The pit on the anterior surface of the merus is exactly alike in both chelipeds and in each specimen. The antero- lateral margins converge anteriorly so that the breadth of the cara- pax between the anterior angles, is very much less than between the posterior teeth. The anterior angle is obtuse, the second tooth is tri- angular, but blunt, and the last is slender and acutely pointed. The male abdomen is broadest at the second segment, the sides of which extend in narrow projections quite to the cox of the posterior legs. The first segment is narrow and is only exposed in the broad excavation of the posterior margin of the carapax. The third seg- ment is very broad and its sides project in acute angles, over the chan- nel between the sixth and seventh segments of the sternum, nearly to the cox of the posterior legs. From the third segment, the abdo- eh, ’ S. I. Smith on American Crustacea. 163 men is narrow and tapers to a very narrow terminal segment, which is two-thirds longer than broad, and obtuse at tip. The appendages of the first segment extend a little beyond the sixth segment. They are widely separated at base, strongly incurved till they meet a little way from the tips, which are again curved strongly outward. They are slender and taper to slender and acute tips, and the terminal third is shining black in color. The appendages of the second segment are situated within those of the first, are short, slender, straight, and white. Alcoholic specimens are pale yellowish white, and the fingers white at tips. Length of Breadth of Breadth Locality. Sex. carapax. carapax. Ratio. of front. Florida. Male. 13°4mm 22-Qmm G4 10°2mm New Orleans? 14°6 24°0 1: 1°65 10-4 Euryplax politus, sp. nov. This species is allied to the last, but wants wholly the pits on the meral segments of the chelipeds, and the antero-lateral margins are parallel instead of converging anteriorly. Male. The carapax is glabrous, convex longitudinally and very slightly transversely. The dorsal surface is not distinctly areolated, although the cervical suture can be traced by a slight depression. The front is nearly straight and has a distinct marginal groove upon the upper edge and is deeply notched each side at the insertion of the antenne, as in &. nitidus. The antero-lateral margins are parallel, very short, and each is armed with three acute teeth. The postero- lateral margin is slightly incurved. The posterior margin is slightly concave in the middle. The chelipeds are nearly equal, stout, smooth and glabrous. The merus is armed with a small spiniform tooth, as in £. nitidus, and the carpus, with a small tooth within. The hands are slightly swol- len, the superior margins are quite high, but smooth and rounded, and the fingers are slender and slightly deflexed. The ambulatory legs are smooth, nearly naked, and very slender. The abdomen is quite similar in form to that of Z. nitidus, and the appendages are very much as in that species, but those of the first segment are not as strongly curved at the tips, and the terminal por- tion is brown instead of black. An alcoholic specimen is pale yellowish white, with the fingers brown at tip. Length of Breadth of Breadth Sex carapax. carapax, Ratio. of front. Male. 6-gmm 11]:2mm T1004 4-4mm A single specimen was collected at Panama by F. H. Bradley. 164 S. I. Smith on American Crustacea. This species agrees perfectly with all the characters assigned to the genus Huryplux by Stimpson, except in wanting wholly the pit on the front side of the merus of the chelipeds. This character might, perhaps, be considered generic, but, in the absence of any knowledge in regard to its functional importance, it seems best to refer this spe- cies to Huryplax, and especially, since it agrees so closely in most of its specific characters with the type of that genus. Glyptoplax, gen. nov. The carapax is cancroid in form and similar to Hucratopsis.* The dorsal surface is deeply areolated, the front is prominent and nearly horizontal, and the antero-lateral margin is dentate and about as long as the postero-lateral. The basis of the antenna is long and joins a slight process from the side of the front. The epistome is much as in Panopeus. There is a sharp carina on each side of the palate, along the efferent canal, but it is interrupted a little way from the border of the epistome. The external maxillipeds are approximated along their inner mar- gins. The ischium is longer than broad, and its anterior extremity projects farther forward on the inside than the outside. The merus is somewhat triangular, the antero-lateral angle is very prominent, the anterior margin is very short and nearly parallel with the inner mar- gin, which slopes off rapidly toward the antero-lateral angle. The palpus is endarthroid. The chelipeds are short, but the hands are very stout. The ambu- latory legs are slender and smooth. The seventh segment of the male sternum is exposed on each of the abdomen. The verges pass from the cox of the posterior legs to the abdomen, through canals beneath the sternum. The sides of the first segment of the abdomen extend in triangular projections to the cox of the posterior legs; the second segment is much narrower than either the first or the third; the sides of the third segment do not reach the margins of the sternum; and the third, fourth, and fifth seg- ments are anchylosed. This genus is allied to Huecratopsis, but differs very much from it in the form of the external maxillipeds, in the more prominent and hori- zontal front, and in the longer antero-lateral margins of the carapax. From Speocarcinus Stimpson (Annals Lyceum Nat. Hist., New York, * Eucrate Dana. See these Transactions, vol. ii, p. 35. S. I. Smith on American Crustacea. 165 vol. vii, p. 58), it differs in the approximation of the external maxilli- peds and in the form of the carapax. Glyptoplax pugnax, sp. nov. Male. The dorsal surface of the carapax is slightly convex longi- tudinally, but not at all transversely, and is thickly granulous. The mesogastric lobe is not distinct from the metagastric, but is well sep- arated from the protogastric, and its anterior portion is narrow and extends well forward. The protogastric lobes are prominent and un- divided, and are not distinctly separated from the epigastric, which are very slight elevations separated by a marked median sulcus. The hepatic region is prominent, undivided, and separated from the gastric and branchial regions by deep sulci. The mesobranchial and meta- branchial lobes are separated by a very slight sulcus, and the anterior portion of the branchial region is divided into three lobules,—one at the base of the epibranchial tooth, a larger one just within this, and a small, indistinct one next the gastro-cardiac sulcus. The front is thin and horizontal, its edge is slightly convex, as seen from above, and divided by a very slight notch in the middle. At each side of the front, there is a deep antennal notch, above which, the inner angle of the superior orbital border projects as a prominent tooth. The superior margin of the orbit is divided by two deep notches. The antero-lateral margins are arcuate. The outer angle of the orbit pro- jects only slightly beyond the second tooth and is separated from it by aslight sinus. The remaining portion of the margin is divided into three, prominent, triangular teeth, of which the middle one, or epibranchial, is most prominent. The ocular peduncles are armed with a granulous tubercle on the anterior side near the cornea. The chelipeds are slightly unequal and the hands are very large. The merus does not project beyond the lateral margin of the carapax. The carpus is short and the outer surface is granulous, has a slight groove along the margin next the propodus, a tooth upon the inner margin, and a small tubercle near the articulation of the propodus. The hand is compressed, very broad, and nearly smooth. The basal portion of the propodus is slightly convex on both sides, the lower edge is rounded, and the upper edge is slightly crested; the digital portion is very broad at base and very much deflexed, so that the pre- hensile edge is parallel with the margin at the base of the dactylus, the inferior edge is slightly margined on the outside, and the tip is slender and upturned. The dactylus is long and slender, the upper 166 S, I. Smith on American Crustacea. edge is slightly crested and the tip is hooked by the tip of the pro- podus. The prehensile edges of both fingers are sharp, very slightly dentate, and do not gape, or only very slightly. The ambulatory legs are slender and minutely granulous; the pro- podi are slightly hairy on the posterior edges; and the dactyli are slender, slightly compressed, those of the posterior pair considerably shorter than the others, and all clothed with very short hair. The sternum is minutely granulous. The terminal segment of the abdomen is about as broad as long, and the extremity is obtusely rounded, The appendages of the first abdominal segment are long, slender, nearly straight, and reach to the terminal segment. The appendages of the second segment are short and very small. The females differ from the males in being more convex and in the front being less prominent and very slightly deflexed. The young males approach the females in these characters, The fingers are black in both sexes. No. Sex. Length of carapax. Breadth of carapax. Ratio. Breadth of front. 1. Male. 4'8mm 64mm 1: 1°33 2°6mm 2. se 57 78 a As 6 2°8 - 3. ee 6:0 8-3 1336 3°0 4. a 68 9°4 1: 1°38 3°5 5. e eg 11°0 Leas Shalt 6. ES 86 12°1 1: 141 41 7. Female. 4-4 61 Lis A239 2°3 8. ut 4:8 67 1: 1°40 2°6 9. st 5-1 7-2 Ds del 2°7 The chelipeds of numbers 2, 4, 6, and 9, give the following mea- surements:— Length of hand. Breadth of hand. Length of dactylus. No. Right. Left. Right. Left. Right. Left. 9 67mm 62mm 4-7mm 3-gmm 5*]mm 46mm 4, 7-2 8°4 4:2 50 5°3 60 6. 10°2 11-0 5°8 6-2 8-0 8-4 9. 60 51 2°6 3-0 31 32 Collected at Panama by F. H. Bradley. Family, PINNOTHERID&. Pinnotheres Latreille. Pinnotheres margarita Smith. I. Verrill, American Naturalist, vol. ii, p. 245, July, 1869. This is a stout, thick species, with a firm integument, and every where covered, except the dactylus of the right ambulatory leg of the od S. I. Smith on American Crustacea. 167 second pair in the female, and the tips of the others in both sexes, with a very short and close, clay-colored pubescence, looking much like a uniform coating of mud, Female. The carapax is very strongly convex in all directions and the dorsal surface, beneath the pubescence, is smooth and shining. The cardiac region is protuberant and is separated from the gastric region by a conspicuous sulcus, and from the branchial regions, by very marked and deep depressions, which extend along the cervical suture to the hepatic region. The branchial regions are protuberant along their inner sides. The front is not protuberant, is strongly deflexed, and has a slight median depression. The external maxillipeds are more longitudinal and of a firmer con- sistency than is usual in the genus. The merus is short and broad, and the inner margin is angulated in the middle, the portion toward the base fitting the anterior margin of the sternum and the distal por- tion being slightly concave and fitting.closely the terminal segments of the palpus. The second segment of the palpus is large, broadest in the middle at the attachment of the terminal segment, and the outer surface is flattened. The terminal segment is slightly spatulate in form and reaches almost to the tip of the second segment. The chelipeds are equal and very stout and the hands are long and nearly cylindrical. The fingers are somewhat cylindrical, nearly straight almost to the tips, which are hooked by one another, and the prehensile edge of the dactylus is armed, near the base, with a small tooth, which fits a slight excavation in the propodal finger. The ambulatory legs are stout and all the ischial segments, and the posterior margins of the propodi and dactyli in the last pair, are clothed with along, woolly pubescence. The dactyli in the three anterior pairs are short, curved, and pubescent nearly to the tips, except in the right leg of the second pair, where the propodus is con- siderably longer than in the corresponding leg on the other side, and the dactylus very long, almost straight, and entirely naked. In the posterior legs, the dactyli are long, straight, slender, and pubescent. The anterior margin of the sternum is excavated into a broad, rounded sinus for the reception of the tips of the palpi of the exter- nal maxillipeds. The abdomen is orbicular and completely covers the sternum. Male. The only male which I have seen is much smaller than the females, and is not so thickly pubescent. The cardiac and branchial regions are less protuberant and are separated from the gastric by a 168 S. I. Smith on American Crustacea. slight depression only. The front projects slightly and is not so much detlexed as in the female, The chelipeds and ambulatory legs are like those of the female, except that the ambulatory legs of the right side are like those of the left. The abdomen is broadest at the third segment, from the third to the sixth, the margins are straight and converging, the sixth is abruptly contracted, and the terminal segment is nearly square. The appendages of the first segment are rather stout organs, somewhat hairy along the margins, and reach to the terminal segment. They curve inward for about two-thirds of their length and then outward again to the tips. The appendages of the second segment are short and are lodged in grooves at the bases of the first pair of appendages. Locality. Sex. Length of carapax. Breadth of carapax. Ratio. Pear] Islands. Male. 5 5mm 6-]mm bs/l-hd La Paz. Female. 81 8-9 gE i Pear! Islands. ; 8-8 9°% Let 10 s re 10°0 11°0 thE Hh ki " 10°3 11:4 eee \ i 10-9 12:0 ye ig ef 11°8 13°4 1:1°14 This species was found living in the Pearl Oyster (Margarito- phora fimbriata Dunker), at the Pearl Islands, Bay of Panama, by F. H. Bradley. It has also been sent from La Paz, Lower California, by Capt. J. Pedersen. A sterile female Pinnotheres, found in an alcoholic specimen of the Pearl Oyster collected at the Pearl Islands by Mr. Bradley, probably belongs to this species. It agrees closely with specimens of P. mar- garita, described above, in the form of the external maxillipeds and the firm integument. The carapax is more like the male than the ordinary female, but is narrower and more depressed. The front is more prominent and scarcely at all deflexed. The dorsal surface is very slightly areola- ted, quite flat, and is clothed, except the cardiac region and a small space in the middle of the gastric, with a very dark, almost black, velvety pubescence. A single cheliped is stouter in proportion than in the ordinary male and female, and the pubescence upon the upper surface of the carpus and a small space at the base of the hand, is black as on the dorsal surface of the carapax. The ambulatory legs are less pubescent than in the male, while the propodus and dactylus of the right leg of the second pair are longer S. I. Smith on American Crustacea. 169 than in the corresponding leg of the left side, but are not as long as in the female. The abdomen is not broader than in the male, but the margins are slightly convex, it is not contracted at the sixth segment, and the extremity is rounded, Length of carapax, 5°1™™; breadth of carapax, 5°3™™; ratio, 1: 1-04. Pinnotheres Lithodomi, sp. nov. Female. The carapax, in the single specimen examined, is much crushed out of shape, but the dorsal surface is smooth and naked. The merus of the external maxilliped is broadest at the distal extremity, and both margins are nearly straight. The chelipeds are equal, smooth, and naked. The hands are cylin- drical, and the fingers are short, nearly straight, the tips are slightly hooked by each other, and the prehensile edge of the dactylus is armed, near the base, with a small tooth, which fits a slight excava- tion in the propodal finger. The ambulatory legs are very slender and wholly naked, except the dactyli. In the first pair, the dactyli are very short and only slightly curved; in the second, they are considerably longer than in the first, and nearly straight; in the third, they are very long, being nearly as long as the propodi, slender, and slightly curved; and in the posterior pair, they are about as long as in the second and are ciliated along the posterior edges. Breadth of carapax, about, 4™™. The only specimen seen, was found in a specimen of Lithodomus aristatus Forbes and Hanley which was in its excavation in the shell of a Spondylus collected at the Pearl Islands by F. H. Bradley. Although the specimen is very small, it has a large number of eggs beneath the abdomen. Ostracotheres Edwards. Ostracotheres politus, sp. nov. Female. The carapax is depressed, naked, smooth, and shining. The dorsal surface is flat and the borders are smoothly rounded. There is a short median sulcus on the front, and a very slight U-shaped one extending from the orbits to the middle of the carapax. The front does not project beyond the anterior margins. The external maxillipeds are smooth and almost entirely naked, and, in form, are considerably like the figure of O. affinés given by Edwards (Annales des Sciences naturelles, 3"° série, Zoologie, tome xx, 1853, 170 S. I. Smith on American Crustacea. pl. 11, fig. 11), but the merus is wider at the distal end and the outer margin is not so arcuate. The chelipeds are equal and all the segments are rounded, smooth, and glabrous. The hands are small and much compressed. The fin- gers are shorter than the basal portion of the propodus, do not gape, and the dactylus is slightly curved and is armed, near the base, with a small tooth, which fits a slight excavation in the propodal finger. The ambulatory legs are short, slender, cylindrical, and smooth. Those of the first pair are shorter than sees of the second, and the dactyli, in both the first and second pairs, are very short and curved, and close against the expanded end of the propodus, which is clothed at that point with a little tuft of short, stiff hair. Those of the third pair are about the length of those of the second pair, and the dactyli are short and curved, but the distal ends of the propodi are not expanded for their reception. The posterior legs are shorter than those of the second or third pair, are much more slender than any of the others, and the dactyli are only slightly curved and are very long and slen- der, their length being about equal to that of the propodi. The abdomen is very broad and covers the whole sternum. sil of carapax, 54MM; breadth of carapax, 7°3™™; ratio, 1; 1°35 “ “ 6° 3 ac “ ab g- 3 “ 1: qs 32 “a “ “ 6°4 “ At a 8°5 “ l: : a: 33 Collected at Callao, Peru, by F. H. Bradley. The integument is quite thin and yielding, and the species undoubt- edly lives protected within some bivalve mollusk (probably Mytilus algosus Gould). It appears to differ remarkably from the other species of the genus in the depressed carapax and naked ambulatory legs, and I refer it to Edwards’ genus with some doubt, although it agrees in the two-jointed palpus of the external maxillipeds. The other described species of Ostracotheres are:—O. Savignyt Edwards (Pinnothercs veterum Savigny), from the Red Sea; O. T7ri- dacne Edwards (Ruppell), also from the Red Sea; and 0. affinis Edwards, from the Isle of France. Pinnaxodes Heller. Pinnaxodes Chilensis Smith. Pinnotheres Chilensis Edwards, Histoire naturelle des Crust., tome ii, p. 33, 1837; Edwards et Lucas, Voyage de d’Orbigny dans |’Amérique méridionale, Crust., p. 23, pl. 10, fig. 2, 1848. Fabia Chilensis Dana, United States Exploring Expedition, Crust., p. 383, 1852. Pinnaxodes hirtipes Heller, Reise der dsterreichischen Fregatte Novara um die Erde, p. 68, pl. 6, fig. 2, 1865. Pinnaxodes Chilensis Smith, in Verrill, American Naturalist, vol. iii, p. 245, 1869. S. 1. Smith on American Crustacea. 171 The parasitic habits of this species have been fully described by Prof. Verrill.* It inhabits Zuryechinus imbecillis V errill, living in a sac formed by the distention of the intestine near the anal orifice. The females, after they have arrived at any considerable size, must remain permanently within the same echinus, since the anal orifice is much smaller than the body of the crab. I have examined quite a number of individuals obtained from spe- cimens of the Huryechinus collected by Mr. Bradley at Paita and Callao, Peru, and by Prof. James Orton at Paita, and have little doubt that the species figured by Edwards and Lucas and by Heller are identical, although the figures given by these authors are quite different. The specimens before me agree very well with the figure in the work of Edwards and Lucas, except that the outer margin of the carpus of the external maxillipeds is not quite so much curved toward the distal extremity as in the figure. On account of the soft and yielding nature of the carapax, many of the specimens do not show distinctly the sulci in the dorsal surface. The figure given by Heller seems to have been drawn from such a specimen, for no sulci are represented. ‘I'he carpus in the figure of the external maxilliped in Heller’s work, is quite different from Edwards’ and Lucas’ figure ; but the figure of the latter authors represents the whole maxilliped removed from the rest of the animal, while Heller’s figure represents only the exposed portion, and was evidently drawn from the maxilli- ped while in place, and, if the carpus were seen in a slightly oblique position, it would account for its narrower form in his figure. The dactyli of the ambulatory legs, as represented in Heller’s figure, are somewhat longer than in our specimens. The peculiar habit is also a confirmation of the identity of the spe- cies. Heller’s specimens were from Ecuador, and he says of them :— “Diese in zwei weiblichen Examplaren vorliegende Art soll nach Dr. Scherzer in einer Echinus-Art vorkommen.” Neither Edwards nor Edwards and Lucas give anything in regard to the habits of the spe- cies, but merely state that it was found at Valparaiso, Dana, how- ever, mentions it as “from an Echinus on the coast of Chili, near Val- paraiso.” A single specimen of a male, which evidently belongs to this spe- cies, was found upon the outside of an echinus which contained within it a female. This male is very small, the carapax is rather narrower * These Transactions, vol. i, p. 306, American Journal of Science, 2d series, vol. xliv, p. 126, 1867, and American Naturalist, vol. iii, p. 245, 1869. 172 S. I. Smith on American Crustucea. than in the female, the chelipeds are stouter in proportion, and the ambulatory legs are somewhat less hairy. The carapax is of the same weak consistency, and the external maxillipeds of the same form, as in the female. The abdomen is quite narrow and all the seg- ments are distinct. The margins are very straight to the sixth seg- ment, which is slightly contracted, and the extremity is broadly rounded, A number of specimens give the following measurements, which are only approximately correct, on account of the soft and flexible nature of the carapax. Locality. Sex. Lengthofcarapax. Breadth of carapax. Ratio. Callao. Male. 26mm 25mm 1: 0°96 Paita. Female. 7-2 78 1: 1:08 Callao. ch 9:0 9:2 Ls 02 Paita. “i 12°2 12°% 1: 1°04 The genus Pinnaxodes is quite distinct from the typical species of Fabia Dana, in the form of the external maxillipeds, which are nearly longitudinal and much as in Pinnixa, with which, in fact, Heller com- pares them, while in Fabia subquadrata, they are oblique and resem- ble those of Pinnotheres. The carapax also is quite different in form, and in /ibia, the sulci which extend back from the orbits are very deep and there is no median sulcus on the front, while in Pinnaxodes, the sulci from the orbits are very slight, not more distinct than the median. Family, DissopacryLip. This family, which is here established for the following genus, appears to be most nearly allied to the Pinnotheride, but differs from that family, and in fact from all other Ocypodoidea, in the structure of the palate, or endostome, which is not divided by a median ridge separating the efferent passages. Dissodactylus,* gen. nov. The carapax is depressed, the dorsal surface is smooth and not areo- lated, and the front is narrow and horizontal. The eyes are very minute, being much smaller even than in the Pinnotheride. The epistome is very short, so that the labial border approaches very near to the front, leaving only a narrow space which is nearly filled by the antennule. The labial border is regularly concave, as seen in a front view, is not interrupted in the middle by any projec- * Avoodc, duplex; ddxrvioc, digitus. 0st eer —— a re S. I. Smith on American Crustacea. 173 tion or emargination, and is continuous with the lateral margin of the buccal area, which is broad behind as in the Pinnotheridw. The pal- ate is not divided longitudinally either by lateral ridges or even by a median one, so that the efferent passages are not distinctly separated at their external orifices. In the external maxillipeds, the ischium is coalescent with the merus as in the Pinnotheridw, and the palpus is composed of only two segments, of which the terminal one is large and spatulate. The chelipeds are small and equal and the hands short and rounded. The ambulatory legs are small and slender and the dactyli in the three anterior pairs are short and deeply bifurcate, while those of the posterior pair are simple and slender. In the male, the sternum is flat and very broad, the breadth between the posterior legs being much more than twice as great as the breadth of the basai segments of the abdomen. The male abdomen is narrow and only three-jointed, the first and second segments anchylosing into one piece, the third, fourth, fifth, and sixth into another, and the terminal being free. The verges are sternal and the appendages of the first segment are large and stout, while those of the second segment are very small. Dissodactylus nitidus, sp. nov. Male. The carapax is broad posteriorly, the breadth at the poste- rior margin being but little less than that between the lateral angles, and the postero-lateral margins are about as long as the antero-lateral. The dorsal surface is naked and polished, and is slightly convex in front and along the lateral margins, but flat in the middle and _poste- riorly. The antero-lateral border is slightly arcuate and is armed with an upturned margin which curves suddenly inward at the lateral angle, and extends a third of the way to the middle of the carapax. The postero-lateral border is nearly straight and is armed with a slight upturned margin. The merus in the external maxillipeds is of about equal width at base and summit, the inner and outer margins are nearly straight, and the angles at the summit are rounded. The segments of the palpus are quite long, and, when folded down, the tip reaches to the anterior margin of the sternum; the terminal segment is spatulate and its dis- tal end quite broad and squarely truncated. In the chelipeds, the merus extends but little beyond the margin of the carapax; the carpus is short, smooth, and unarmed; the hands are smooth, rounded, somewhat swollen, and the fingers are slender, 174 S. I. Smith on American Crustacea. acutely pointed, slightly deflexed, and the prehensile edges minutely dentate. There is a small tuft of dense pubescence on the inferior edge of the propodal finger near the base. The ambulatory legs are slightly hairy along the edges, and the meri, carpi, and propodi are somewhat compressed. In the first, sec- ond, and third pairs, the dactyli are smooth, naked, and divided half- way to the base; the divisions are cylindrical, acutely pointed, slightly curved, and the anterior one of each leg somewhat longer than the other. In the posterior pair, the dactyli are nearly straight, slightly compressed, sulcate above and below, and naked. The first and second segments of the abdomen are narrower than the third and are completely anchylosed, but the suture which sepa- rates them is slightly shown for a little space in the middle and each side. The succeeding piece, composed of the third, fourth, fifth, and sixth normal segments, is slightly expanded at base, considerably con- tracted at the distal end, and does not show the slightest trace of any sutures. The terminal segment is small and forms a nearly equilate- ral triangle. The appendages of the first segment reach almost to the terminal segment, they are straight for the basal two-thirds, and the terminal portion is turned sharply outward at an obtuse angle. The basal por- tion is hairy along the outer edge, and the terminal portion, on both edges. The color, in alcohol, is dirty white, the carapax marked with irreg- ular, transverse bands of purplish brown, and the divisions of the dactyli in the first and third pairs of ambulatory legs tipped with dark brown. Length of carapax, 4°7""; breadth of carapax, 5°1"™; ratio of > length to breadth, 1: 1°08. Collected at Panama by F. H. Bradley. Unfortunately only a single specimen was sent home by Mr. Brad- ley, and on this account, as well as from the minuteness of the species, the description is not so complete as might be wished. Although so small, the integument is firm and indurated, and the sexual organs are fully developed, so that it is evidently an adult. The structure of the endostome shows a very remarkable approach to the Oxystomata. The efferent canals do not, however, issue in a deep and narrow median opening as in that group, but seem to be spread out over the whole, broad, concave surface of the endostome, while the external maxilli- peds retain the form peculiar to the Pinnotheride. The form of the S. I. Smith on American Crustacea. 175 carapax, the minute eyes, the peculiar, Ostracotheres-like, external maxillipeds, the broad male sternum with the verges arising from it, and the narrow male abdomen, show close affinity with the Pinnothe- ridz, but the union of so many segments of the male abdomen sepa- rates it again from that family. EXPLANATION OF PLATES. PLATE II. All the figures are natural size, except 2,11, and 11%, and allare copied from photo- graphs, except 6°. Figure 1.—Gelasimus pugnaz. Carapax of a male, from New Haven. Figure 2.—G. rapax. Anterior portion of the carapax of the male, seen partly in a front view and enlarged two diameters. Figure 3.—G. mordaz. Carapax of a male, from Para. Figure 4.—G. minaz. Carapax of a male, from New Haven. Figure 5.—G. armatus. Carapax of the male, from the Gulf of Fonseca. Figure 6 —G. heterophthalmus. 6, carapax of a male, from the Gulf of Fonseca. 63, terminal portion of the ocular peduncle, on the side of the larger cheliped, with its stylet, seen in a front view. Figure 7.—G. heteropleurus. Carapax of a male, from the Gulf of Fonseca. Figure 8.—G. princeps. Carapax of a female, from Corinto. Figure 9.—G. ornaius. 9, carapax of the female. 94, facial region of the same specimen. Figure 10.—G. princeps. Carapax of a male, from Corinto. Figure 11.—G. gibbosus. 11, carapax of the male, enlarged two diameters. 114, out- line of the front of the same specimen, enlarged two diameters. PLATE III. All the figures are natural size, and all from photographs, except 44, 5, and 5). Figure 1.—Gelasimus heterophthalmus. 1, outer surface of the hand of the larger cheli- ped. 14, inner surface of the hand of another specimen. 1, anterior surface of the merus of the same cheliped as figure 1. Figure 2.—G. heteropleurus. 2, outer surface of the hand of the larger cheliped. 28, inner surface of the hand of another specimen. 2”, anterior surface of the merus of same cheliped as figure 2°. Figure 3.—G. princeps. 3, outer surface of the hand of the larger cheliped. 38, ba- sal portion of the inner surface of the hand of another specimen. 3, anterior sur- face of the merus of the same cheliped as figure 38. 3¢i, external maxilliped. Figure 4.—G. armatus. 4, outer surface of the hand of the larger cheliped. 48, anterior surface of the merus of the same cheliped. 4, 4°, 44, ambulatory le of the posterior, of the third, and of the second pair in the same specimen. Figure 5.—G. ornatus. 5, outer surface of the hand of the female. 5%, 5, 5¢, ambu- latory legs of the posterior, of the third, andof the second pair in the same specimen. gs 176 S. I. Smith on American Crustacea. PLATE IV. All the figures are natural size, and all from photographs, except 24, 6>, 7a, 8a, and 9. Figure 1.—Gelasimus minax. 1, inner surface of the hand of the larger cheliped of a male, from Bluffton, 8. C. 1, anterior surface of the merus of the same cheliped. 1», outer surface of the hand of the larger cheliped of a male, from New Haven, (from the same specimen as figure 4 on plate II). Figure 2.—G. pugnax. 2, inner surface of the hand of the larger cheliped of a male. 2and 2”, outer surface of the hand of the larger cheliped in two males. 2¢, ante- rior surface of the merus of the larger cheliped of a male. 24, abdomen of a male. All the specimens from New Haven. Figure 3.—G. rapax. Inner surface of the hand of the larger cheliped of the male. Figure 4.—G. mordax. 4, inner surface of the hand of the larger cheliped of a male. 44, outer surface of the hand of the larger cheliped of a young male. Both speci- mens from Para. Figure 5.—G. Panamensis. 5, inner surface of the hand of the larger cheliped of a male, from Panama. 5%, anterior surface of the merus of the same specimen. Figure 6.—G. subcylindricus. 6, outer surface of the hand of the larger cheliped of a male, from Matamoras. 64, inner surface of the basal portion of the same hand. 6>, abdomen of the same specimen. Figure 7.—G. pugilator. 7, outer surface of the hand of the larger cheliped of a male. 72, abdomen of a male. Both specimens from New Haven. Figure 8.—G. gibbosus. 8, outer surface of the hand of the larger cheliped of the male from the Gulf of Fonseca. 84, abdomen of the same specimen. Figure 9.—G. princeps. Abdomen of a male from Corinto. PLATE V. All the figures are natural size. Figures 1, 14, 2, and 24 are copied from photographs, all the others from drawings. Figure 1.—Opisthocera Gilmanit. 1, dorsal view of the whole animal. 14, facial region. 1>, abdomen. 1¢, one of the first pair of abdominal appendages. 14, one of the second pair of abdominal appendages. All the figures from the male collected at the Isle of Pines. Figure 2.—Epilobocera armata. 2, facial region of one of the female specimens in the collection of the Boston Society of Natural History. 2, outline of the antero-late- ral margin of the carapax of the same specimen. 2), external maxilliped. Figure 3.— Cardiosoma guanhumi. 3, one of the appendages of the first segment of the abdomen of a male, from the Florida Keys. 34, side view of the same. Figure 4.—Cardiosoma quadratum. 4, one of the appendages of the first segment of the abdomen of a male, from Pernambuco, Brazil. 4%, side view of the same. Figure 5.—Cardiosoma crassum. 5, one of the appendages of the first segment of the abdomen of a male, from the Gulf of Fonseca. 5%, side view of the same. en AVEC ETO fh i) a Sia Lat) . ee 0 = anh an yh | \} | ned ada FO ens | | | | IV.—Own soME ALLEGED SPECIMENS oF INDIAN ONOMATOPGEIA. By J. Hammonp TruMBvtu. Proressor D. Wi1son, in “ Prehistoric Man” (2d ed., p. 63), has remarked, that “ primitives originating directly from the observation “of natural sounds are not uncommon among the native root-words “of the New World.” In proof of this, or as “specimens of Indian onomatopeeia,” he has given twenty-six names of animals, which he had “noted down chiefly from the lips of Indians speaking the closely allied Chippewa, Odahwa and Mississaga dialects of the Algonquin tongue.” — Such evidence, introduced on so respectable authority, is of sufti- cient importance to invite scrutiny. Its importance was evidently not underrated by Prof. Wilson himself, for he tells us that, in “the “names of animals clearly traceable to imitation,’—“ this nearest ap- “ proximation to verbal creation,”—is to be found that which “ car- “ries us back to the very foundation of language, and helps to solve “one of the profoundest problems in philology.” (Z0., p. 55). The position that onomatopeic primitives are not uncommon in North American languages, will be generally conceded,—even by “those who share Prof. Wilson’s conviction that “the onomatopeic “theory will neither account for the origin of language, nor supply a “complete series of roots for any portion of the vocabulary.” (p. 56). So far, then, as these selected specimens serve to establish that posi- tion, it matters little whether they are well or ill chosen. But so ser- viceable a collection is not likely to escape the notice of those who maintain, with more zeal and less discretion than the author of Pre- historic Man, the universality of the imitative principle in language. Several of Prof Wilson’s examples have already been appropriated by a well-known writer (the Rev. F. W. Farrar, in his Chapters on Language, pp. 24, 25,) to sustain the position, that, in the vocabulary of almost every savage nation, “almost every name jor an animal is a striking and obvious onomatopeia.”* To this sweeping generali- zation, I shall have a word or two to say, presently. First, however, I propose to examine some of Prof. Wilson’s specimens, for the pur- * This assertion is quoted by Mr. Watewood in his Lae ‘On the Origin of Language,” (p. 29). TRANS. ConnEoTICUT AcaAD., Vou. II. 12 JULY, 1870. 178 On some alleged specimens of Indian Onomatopeeia. pose of estimating the value of the whole collection, as evidence of the predominance of the onomatope@ic element in the vocabulary of the North American languages. : These languages, it must be premised, have—even in their principal dialects—been so superficially studied and are so imperfectly known, that it is not always possible to trace derivatives to primitives, even when the fact of derivation is obvious,—or to prove the negative . against every assumed onomatope@ia, by exhibiting the true etymol- ogy. Of some of the names under consideration, I can say no more than that their onomatopeic origin is not, primd facie, apparent, and that they are quite as likely to be proved holophrastic or descriptive, as mimetic. Of others, I can more positively affirm that they have not the least claim to inclusion with specimens of onomatopeia. Take first, the name “oo-koosh, the sow.” This is specially no- ticed by Dr. Wilson (p. 62) as “ purely onomatopeic.” It is, in fact, one of a considerable group of derivatives from a well-defined Algon- kin root. When the hog was introduced by European colonists, the Algonkin tribes of the Atlantic coast adopted its English name,— modified by the characteristic affixes of the Indian animate-nouns. In Eliot’s translation of the Bible in the language of Massachusetts, ‘swine’ is rendered by pigs for the singular, pigs-og for the plural. Roger Williams, in the Narragansett, wrote, sing. hogs, and pigs ; pl. Adgs-uck, pigs-uck ; Rasles, for the Abnaki, pikess, pl. piks-uk. Sometimes, however, the Indians transferred to this (as to other newly introduced species) the name of some animal previously known, which the new-comer was thought most nearly to resemble, or they compounded a new name which denoted such a resemblance. The Narragansetts occasionally called swine by the name of the Wood- chuck or Ground Hog, Ockqutchaun,—which R, Williams describes as “about the bigness of a pig and rooting like a pig.” (Indian Key, ch. xvii.) This name signifies ‘burrower’ or ‘digger.’ Similarly, the Shyennes—an offshoot of the Algonkin stock—call the pig, the ‘sharp-nosed dog’ (e k% si si o tum), and the domestic cat ‘the short- nosed dog’ (ka e si. 0 tum). Koo-koosh is a Chippewa form of a descriptive name which was perhaps first used by the Delawares or Nanticokes. It is found (as kws kus) in the vocabulary of New Sweden compiled by Campanius before 1696. The root, #6 or koo, has its place in nearly all Algon- kin languages. It signifies ‘sharp-pointed.’ Hence, in the Massa- chusetts as written by Eliot, 46-vs, ‘a thorn, or briar;’ ké-whquodt, ‘an arrow’ [/it. ‘sharp-tipped, or ‘sharp at the end,] and 6 wa (Narr. cé waw ; Del. ew we), ‘a pine tree,’ named, as in other lan- On some alleged specimens of Indian Onomatopeiu. 179 guages, from its pin-like leaves. Hence too, the Algonkin name of the only native animal which has a pin-like or bristly covering,—the porcupine. [Abn. kaneis, ‘thorn, ‘spine; kansiak, a porcupine’s skin, lit. ‘pin skin;’ Cree, awh'wd, porcupine; Chippewa, kaugk ; Blackfoot, kai ska.| In nearly all dialects, the affix ’sh (strongly aspi- rated) denotes aversion or depreciation, For example, in the Chip- pewa, chimaun means ‘a canoe;’ chimaunish, ‘a bad or worthless eanoe;’ haughk, ‘a porcupine, and haugh-osh [gag-osh, Baraga,] ‘a bad porcupine.’ This name is etymologically identical with ‘hoo koosh, a hog,—and the latter, so far from being a true specimen of onomatopeia, is seen to be built up, from its monosyllabic primitive, to describe “a bad animal with a bristly (or, pin-like) skin.” Only one other name of a quadruped appears in Dr. Wilson’s list: “ Pe-zhew or Bi-zhew, the Lynx or Wild Cat.” The Indians of Mas- sachusetts called the domestic Cat poopohs,* and Dr. Pickering+ thought that this name might have been “formed from the English poor puss.” But Roger Williams gives pusséugh as the Narragansett name of the Wild Cat, and Rasles’s Abnaki Dictionary has pesowis for ‘Chat,’—which, again, Dr. Pickering thought might be a corrup- tion of “the familiar English puss or pussy.” Without accepting this derivation, it seems plain enough, at least, that the Narr. pussdéugh and Abnaki pesowis are equivalents of the modern Chippewa pe shoe or pe zhew, ‘the Wild Cat,’ and of the Menomenee pay shay ew. The Chippewa name of the Panther is mis'si-pe zhew, ‘great pezhew’ or ‘great Cat. It is not impossible, certainly,—but it is hardly proba- ble, that a name which appears in so many forms and which has been given to the domestic Cat, to the Lynx, and to the Panther, origina- ted by imitation of the cry of one or another of these animals. Those who maintain the universality of onomatopeia, are entitled to the benefit of the doubt. Of the twenty-six specimens presented, nineteen (or nearly three- fourths) are names of birds. Four or five of these are apparently mimetic; six or seven are possibly so; and nearly all the rest are demonstrably derivative, and independently significant. As might have been anticipated, the names of Owls and of the Crow are among those which are least doubtfully onomatopeic. The Chippewa ko-ko'- ko-o (Mass. hook kook haus ; Narr. ko ko! ke hom ; Mohawk, o-ho-ho- wah ; Onondaga, ke ké a ;) represents very nearly the call of the Cat EE Se * Cotton’s Vocabulary, 3 Mass. Hist. Coll., ii. 156. + In note to Rasles’ Abnaki Dictionary, s. y. Chat. 180 On some alleged specimens of Indian Onomatope@ia. Owl (Stryx Virginiana). “ Kah kah be' sha, the Screech Owl” ought not however to be separately counted as an ‘onomatopeie primitive,’ for it is merely the diminutive of the name which Dr. Wilson writes “gah kau ban,* a small owl which repeats the ery gah kau,”—perhaps the Long-eared Owl (S. otus). So also, ‘ Oo-00-me-see,” another ‘screech owl,’ is a regularly formed diminutive,—‘ the little Oo-00,— denoting probably the Gray Screech Owl (S. nevia). “ Aund a gosh' kwan, the crow” and “ Gah gau ge’ shin, the raven,” are both derivatives, in the dialect of the Saginaw Chippewas, from the primitives ahn daig and ku gd gi. The former is perhaps onoma- topeic; the latter, obviously so. “ Tehin dees, the blue jay,” and “ Dend dai, the bull-frog,” are counted as two specimens. The former (in Chippewa proper, dain da’ see or tin dé sé), is a diminutive of the latter; and the jay is the “bull-frog bird.” So, of the two names of ‘the gull,’ one ‘gah yaush ko shan’ is a derivative of the other, gai ashk (or, as Dr. Wilson writes it, kuh yaushk), the more common Chippewa form, which may or may not be onomatopeeic. The first specimen in the list (and the first which is borrowed by Mr. Farrar,) is “ Shi sheeb, the duck.” In the Massachusetts language, Cotton wrote this name ‘se sep.’ It has the same sound in the Cree, ‘ see’ seep.’ In Chippewa, both sibilants are aspirated, ‘shee sheeb’ or, as Dr. Wil- son has it, ‘shi sheeb.’ The root, seep or sheeb enters into the compo- sition of the names of several species of water-birds or divers. In the Labrador dialect one species of duck is called masheshép [i. e. ‘great sheeb’|; Cotton gives gunusséps [evidently compounded of qunni ‘long’ and sép], as one name for ‘duck?’ in the Chippewa, muk ud achib (from muk ud a, ‘dark’ or ‘black,’ and sheeb), is the name of the ‘black duck, and was the title of a famous warrior of that nation, on the Upper Mississippi, some fifty years ago; and in the same language, the cormorant is called ha-ga-gi-wé shéb, or ‘raven- like duck;’ &c. Shee'-sheeb, or sé-sép, is the frequentative or inten- sive form; and, in some of the western Algonkin dialects, this receives one or more additional syllables, as in the Shawnee, see’ see’ bah ; Sag- anaw-Chippewa, shi shee’ be an,—both which forms are unmistakably verbals. The root, sép, signifies primarily, to eatend, to stretch out, and secondly, to dive. (Eliot wrote ‘se sep a’ eu,’ ‘he stretches him- self.) The Massachusetts ‘se sep,’ the Cree see’ seep, the Chippewa * “Noctua lucifugans cucubat in tenebris.”—Auct. Philomele. On some alleged specimens of Indian Onomatopeia. 181 shee’ sheeb, and the Shawnee see’ see’ bah, are names of a diving bird,—literally, a duck. Compare, Lat. mergus from mergere ; Dutch duycker (a dob-chick) from duycken (to bow the head). The name ‘ah dh wa, a diver, a kind of duck,’ is less doubtfully ono- matopeic. This bird is the totem of one of the principal families of the Chippewa nation, from which have come some of their most renowned sachems. Dr. Wilson supposes that the “ Paw-pau-say, the common spotted woodpecker,” is so called “from the sound it makes in striking a tree with its bill.” Perbaps so; but, to uncultivated ears, the name does not so exactly reproduce the sound as to compel belief in its mimetic origin. He describes the woodpecker as “spotted.” Why may not the Indian have fixed upon the same distinguishing mark? Paw pau say is the Saganaw name. In the Menomenie, we find pah pah inch for the woodpecker, pah pah nay ew for the robin, and pah pe quoh kah for the toad. Inthe Chippewa, pah be' ko dain’ dai is the “ speck- led toad” (dain-dai meaning ‘toad’ or ‘ frog’). In the Delaware, pa pa chees (as Zeisberger wrote it), is ‘woodpecker, and po po cus, ‘partridge,’ or quail. In the Abnaki, the verb pe pesagh i gow signi- fies ‘he is spotted’ (“il est moucheté,” Rasles). The modern Cree, pa pa tay oo, has the same meaning. If pau pau say is onomatopeic, it is certainly descriptive, as well,—and marks a ‘spotted’ bird. “© Moosh-kah-oos, a kind of crane which frequents marshy places, “and makes this sound, with a choking cry, in the evening.” MWoosh- kah-oos, or mooshkowésé, is the Chippewa name of the bittern (Ardea lentiginosa). ‘ Frequenting marshy places,” it derives its name from Chip. mahs koosch, ‘a marsh or bog,’ or moos-keeg, ‘a swamp,’—both words being nearly related to mush-koo-deh, a meadow or prairie, and more remotely to Chip. mush koos iew or mézh usk, ‘ green grass.’ Why “ No-no-no-caus-ee,” as a name for the Humming Bird, is put among specimens of onomatopeeia, is not easily guessed. Was it sup- posed to ‘imitate’ the little creature’s length of bill? No polysylla- bic name in any American language is less doubtfully synthetic and independently significant. The root nok, or nonk (with on nasal), is nearly equivalent to the Latin tener. It means ‘tender, ‘delicate, ‘soft;’ hence, ‘light of weight’ (devis), ‘slender, and sometimes, ‘young.’ Roger Williams translates nduk-i, by ‘light.’ Cotton’s Vocabulary has nonk-ke, and (as a prefix or in composition) nénk-, for ‘light.’ Eliot wrote znoohk-i [it is], tender, or soft; with an ani- mate subject, noohk-ésu, [he is] tender, or soft,—applied to the flesh of a young animal, as in Genesis xviii. 7: and in composition, he | 182 On some alleged specimens of Indian Onomatopeeia. wrote nunk-omp (= light male, or young male) for ‘ boy,’ or stripling. The modern Chippewa has nearly the same form of the animate verb- adjective, ”0-ké-see, which, by intensive reduplication, becomes no-ng- hé-see, ‘he is very tender, or light.’ So, in the old Alnaki, we find nan-nink-es-es-00 [= no-nok-és-és-u], ‘il est leger’ (Rasles). Ina Chip- pewa Vocabulary published by Schoolcraft (History, de. of the Indian Tribes, y. 599), I find “no no’ kaw sé, the humming bird.” With the double augment, as Dr. Wilson wrote it (0-n0-10-caus-ee), the name becomes a superlative, and denotes “an exceedingly light, or slight, or delicate creature,”—as if we should say, ‘the tiny-tawniest little crea- ture.’ If we prosecuted our examination through the whole list of names, we should find that not more than one-fourth of them could be fairly set down as onomatopeic. And if this is true of a few carefully selected specimens, gleaned from three dialects, how much less is likely to be the proportion of such names, in the whole vocabulary of any one tribe? ‘It may be safely affirmed, that by far the greater number of names of animate beings are not, in any Algonkin language, onomatopeic primitives, but are descriptive derivatives from predicative roots 5 that some names of birds, reptiles and insects are apparently formed by imitation of natural sounds, but that the species so named are generally those which are more often heard than seen, and conse- quently more easily indentified by their cries, or by sound, than by peculiarities of form, color, or habit;* and finally, that it is yet doubtful if any Indian name of a guadruped can be shown to be purely onomatopeeic. Of many animal-names, the composition or derivation is sufficiently obvious. Of others, the form of word or observation of changes which it has undergone in passing from dialect to dialect, enables us to say confidently that they are compounds or derivatives, and, not primitives formed by imitation. How utterly unfounded is Mr. Farrar’s assertion of the universality of onomatopeia in the vocabularies of savage nations, may be shown by a few examples taken for the most part from eastern Algonkin dialects. * Thoreau, in an account of a canoe-voyage up the Penobscot, remarked that his guide (an Abnaki Indian) “ sometimes could not tell the name of some small bird which [Thoreau himself] heard and knew, but he said, ‘‘I tell all the birds about here,— this country; can’t tell littlum noise, but I see ’em, then I can tell.".—Maine Woods, D112: On some alleged specimens of Indian Onomatopeia. 183 The Beaver (Mass. tummunk,; Narrag. tumméck; Abn. tema ‘koué;) is a ‘ Cutter-off’ or ‘ Feller’ [of trees]. Another name (Abn. ameskou; Del. amochk ; Cree amisk ; Chip. amik ;) signifies the ani- mal which ‘puts his head out of the water, i.e. the air-breathing water-animal. The Otter (Narr. nkéke ; Alg. nikik ;) is a ‘ Biter, or rather, ‘He ‘who tears with his teeth.’ The Delaware name (gunnamochk, Zeis- berger) means ‘ Long beaver-like animal.’ The Raccoon, was called by the Delawares ‘Soft hands’ (wtacke- linsche, Zeisb.), and ‘ Scratcher’ (nachenwm). The latter name is the equivalent of the Abnaki aréskané, and the Virginian aroughcun or arocoun, corrupted by the English to ‘ Raccoon.’ The Bear was sometimes called a ‘ night-walker’ (Narr. paukiin- nawdw); and the same name was given to the constellation Ursa Major, perhaps because it was seen to ‘travel by night’ about the ‘pole star. Another and the more common name of the Bear, signifies, I think, the ‘ Hugger’ or ‘Squeezer’ (Cree, mdéskwah ; Mass. mosg ; Chip. makwdé ; Del. machk). The Panther, in some eastern dialects, was ‘ Long Tail; in Chip- pewa and other western languages, he was the ‘ Great Lynx.’ The Moose (Abn. moos; Narr. m6os ;) was a ‘Smoother’ or ‘ Trim- mer’ of trees; so called from his manner of feeding by stripping the young bark and the twigs from the lower branches. The Oppossum, in Delaware, was ‘ White Face, or ‘Great White Face.’ The Horse received from the Indians of New England and Dela- ware a name which might pass, better than some of Dr. Wilson’s specimens, for onomatopeic (Narr. nay-nay-o-dim-e-wot, Kh. W.; Mass. nah-nai-ye-um-oo-adt, Cotton); but it is in fact a verbal, and signifies -“one who carries on his back an animate burden.” The Chippewas called him “ The animal with undivided hoofs,” and sometimes “ my “servant” or “my domestic animal,” par cacellence (n’'di). The Blackfeet named him “ elk dog” (pu no hd ini ta), and the Sioux, the “marvellous (or supernatural) domestic animal.” The Bald Eagle was ‘ White Tail’ (Del. ezoapulanne, Zeisb.). The Red-tailed Hawk, F! borealis, was ‘Red Tail’ (Del. meechga- lanne, Z.; Mass. mashquanon). The Swallow-tailed Hawk, &) (Vaw- clerus) furcatus, was the Delaware ‘ Fork tail’ (chawealanne) proba- bly, which Zeisberger calls “an Eagle with a forked tail.” The Turkey, in eastern dialects was ‘Scratcher’ (Abn. ne he me ; Narr. neyhom). . 184 On some alleged specimens of Indian Onomatopeia. The King-bird, 7yrannus intrepidus, was called by the Narragan- setts and other New England tribes, “ the Sachem.” Examples might be multiplied to hundreds, but enough have been given to answer the present purpose. If time permitted, I would direct attention to some curious features of Indian nomenclature of animals and plants that are not without interest to students of language. Just now, I will mention only one of these, namely, the generic affix, or formative, by means of which a specific or individual name is referred to a known class, family or group. For example; the names of certain aquatic air-breathing animals, such as the Beaver, the Otter, the Muskrat, &¢e., receive, in some dialects, a common suffix, derived from a verb which signifies “to put the head out of water” or “to come to the surface ;” some rodents are characterized by a generic affix as “biters,” and others are, in the same way, classed with “scratchers” or “tearers.” In the Algonkin, these generics follow, in some other languages they are prefixed to the specific names. Thus, in Dakota nouns, the prefix ta— limits the signification to ruminating animals; wa-, to animals of ‘bear kind ;’ Ao-, to ‘fish kind.’** Similar affixes are employed for the classification of vegetables and plants. One distinguishes such fruits (melons, cucumbers, squashes, etc.) as may be ‘ eaten raw’ or ‘before they are ripe;’ another (min or minné), which may be regarded as an inseparable noun-generic, makes part of the names of edible ripe fruit, grain, nuts, &c.,—especially of berries and other small fruit; a third refers to one class all plants which produce edible tubers, (potatoes, the several species of ground-nuts, &c.); and so on. It is true that the American languages are deficient in general names, but it is likewise true that this deficiency is in great measure com- pensated by the number of inseparable generics which enter into the composition of specific names. Sometimes this affix is purely gram- matical,—the formative of the participial or verbal which is used as a noun,—and has no independent significance. Such is the termina- tion -gun or jegun, which characterizes a numerous class of nouns in the Chippewa and other nearly-related languages. This is the forma- tive of a participle of causative verbs, and denotes the instrument by which the action of the verb is caused or effected. Mr, Schoolcraft was led into the error of regarding this terminal -gun or jegun as a primitive noun, “ denoting, in its modified forms, the various senses implied by our words ‘instrument,’ ‘contrivance,’ ‘machine,’ &e.* * Riggs, Dakota Grammar, § 62. + Information respecting the Indian Tribes, &c., vol. ii, p. 390. On some alleged specimens of Indian Onomatopeia. 185 Mr. Farrar, in Chapters on Language, (p. 34), has fallen into a worse mistake, In illustration of the assumed fact that, “in some cases the “ onomatopeic instinct is so strong, that it asserts itself side by side “with the adoption of a name” from a foreign language,—he tells us that “the North American Indian will speak of a gun as an ut-to- tah-gun, or a paush-ske-zi-gun.” Ut-to-tah-gun, as Mr. Farrar might have learned by a more careful reading of the page of ‘ Prehistoric Man’ from which the word was borrowed, signifies—not ‘a gun,’ but ‘a bell.’ Moreover, the final -gum which Mr. Farrar mistook for an ‘adopted’ English name was, as I have pointed out, merely the formative of the instrumentive participial. The Chippewa name for ‘ gun, —paush-kiz'-zi-gun, literally ‘instrument of explosion’ or ‘ ex- ploding instrument,’—is not more indebted to the English for its last syllable than is (in the same language) op wat gun, ‘a tobacco pipe’ [smoking instrument], ne bau gun, ‘a bed, pug gi mau gun, ‘a war club’ [striking instrument], or nz mi ba gun, ‘a water pail.’ It would be easy to prove that neither ut-to-tah-gun nor paush-kizzi-gun is directly or purely onomatopeic, but the demonstration is uncalled for. It is plain enough that as illustrations of the exercise of “ ono- matopeic instinct,” Mr, Farrar’s examples were not well taken, W.—On true Motivuscan Fauna OF THE LATER TERTIARY OF Pervu.* By Epwarp T. Netson, Ph.D. Tax following pages give the results of an examination of a colkec- tion of fossil, Mollusca from Zorritos, Peru, presented to the Museum of Yale College, in 1867, by Mr. E. P. Larkin and Prof, F. H. Bradley. The paper is simply a preliminary one, giving a catalogue of the genera found in the collection, with descriptions of a part of the species. It is to be hoped that other collections may be received from that very interesting region, both in order to complete the fauna and to afford the means for the description of many species, which, in this collection, are too imperfectly preserved for satisfactory description. GASTEROPODA. Bulla, sp. ind. A single specimen was found, resembling Bulla Adamsii Mke., but differing in the following points. Shell less convex above and propor- tionally broader at the extremities. Aperture, below, also appears broader than in any specimen of B, Adamsii that I have seen, Fur- ther specimens may prove this to be a distinct species. The outer lip is slightly broken, and hence the following measurements are only approximate. Length 24°6 millim.; breadth 16°6 millim. Callopoma lineatum, sp. nov. Plate VI, figure 2. Shell turreted; spire elevated; whorls six (?), convex. Upper whorls slightly depressed in front, marked by a few, strong, subnodu- lous ridges, alternating with finer revolving lines. Body whorl very convex, marked above by two strong tuberculose ridges, and laterally and below by a few revolving lines, varying in size, as on the upper whorls. Whole surface marked by very fine and numerous longitudinal lines, rather broader than the spaces between them. Aperture not observed. Length (4 whorls) 15°8 millim.; breadth 13°8 millim. * A graduating thesis presented at the Sheffield Scientific School, July, 1869. Nelson on Tertiary Mollusca of Peru. 187 This beautiful species, although quite distinct, closely resembles both Callopoma saxoswm Wood and Callopoma fluctuosum Mawe. From (C. saxosum it may be distinguished by having the whorls less flattened above; lacking the row of tubercles at top of the body whorl; and in having much finer and smoother longitudinal lines. From C. fluctuoswn it may be distinguished by lacking the strong rows of tubercles near the base of the body whorl; by having fewer revolving lines, and stronger and more distinct longitudinal ones. Callopoma, sp. ind. I refer to this genus a very large cast found with the preceding species. It gives the following approximate measurements: length 105 millim.; breadth 95 millim. Calliostoma noduliferum, sp. nov. Plate VI, figure 1. Shell conical and elevated; whorls six, moderately convex; sutures very distinct. Surface of spire marked by a few nodulous or beaded lines, six to eight on each whorl, well elevated and about half the width of the spaces between them. Body whorl convex above, keeled below, marked by the beaded lines and intermingled finer nodulous ridges. Aperture subquadrangular; outer lip sharp; columellar lip covered thickly by callus. Length (4 whorls) 8°8 millim.; breadth 10-9 millim. The marking of the body whorl is very peculiar and characteristic. The strong elevated lines bear on their summits a row of nodules resembling beads, while alternating with these lines there are finer ridges, also nodulous. This species is less elevated, has more distinct sutures and fewer strie than Calliostoma lima Phil., the nearest related species. Uvanilla, sp. ind. I refer very doubtfully to this genus a specimen too poor for identi- ‘fication. It is mostly in the state of a cast and bears resemblance to this genus. External characters mostly wanting. Breadth 77-2 millim. Crepidula, sp. ind. Genus represented by six casts. The generic relation was proven by breaking open one of the casts, when the transverse partition became apparent. 188 Nelson on Tertiary Mollusca of Peru. Crucibulum inerme, sp. nov. Most of the specimens of this genus are also casts, but a fortunate break laid open the interior of one and showed the “cup” of a Oruecib- ulum. ‘The shell is oblong-oval, twice as long as high, and smooth externally, thus differing from all known species of the West Coast. The cup is large, semi-lunar, and apparently strongly attached to the shell along the whole of the convex side. On the free margin the cup is depressed, with a shallow sinus similar to that in C. spinosus Sby. The following are the approximate measurements: shell, length 24 millim.; height 11°6 millim; cup, length 13°4; height 8 millim. Vermetus, sp. ind. I refer to this genus, doubtfully, a mass of irregular tubes which may, perhaps, be those of a species of Serpula. In the size of the tubes and manner of growth it resembles somewhat the species now living on the West Coast, but no characters remain for identification. The size of the tubes varies from six to eight millimeters. Turritella plana, sp. nov. Shell elongated, turreted, with from 13 to 19(?) nearly flat whorls, gradually tapering to a point. Whorls flat above, slightly convex below, marked by fine, equal revolving lines, 20 to 25 in the space of 5 millim. Sutures deeply impressed and broad. Two lower whorls much more convex than the upper ones; revolving lines stronger and crossed by distinct lines of growth. I have not seen a perfect specimen of this very interesting species, and hence measurements and the number of whorls can only be given approximately. A specimen consisting of the 8 lower whorls gives the following measurements: length 117°4 millim.; breadth 34°6 mil- lim.; breadth of upper whorl 13:4 millim. A fragment belonging appa- rently to the same specimen gives for the length of the upper seven whorls 35 millim. The species may easily be distinguished from any with which it might otherwise be confounded, by its nearly flat whorls and equal, thickly crowded, revolving lines; its impressed sutures; and the con- vexity of the two lower whorls. Turritella suturalis, sp. nov. Shell turreted, whorls twelve to fifteen; upper ones regularly con- vex ; lower ones most convex about one-fourth from the bottom of the whorls ; marked by four to seven strong, sharp revolving lines, which are strongest on the lower whorls. Above and below the point of Nelson on Tertiary Mollusca of Peru. 189 greatest convexity the strong lines are supplemented by finer and more numerous ones. | Sutures very deeply impressed. No perfect specimens found except young shells. A specimen with six whorls measures: length 76°90 millim. ; breadth 25 millim.; breadth of upper whorl 12°6 millim. A young specimen measures: length 30:1 millim.; breadth 10°6 millim. This species seems almost as variable as abundant. Some of the specimens resemble 7! tigrina Kien., but may easily be distinguished from that species by the greater convexity of the whorls, and stronger revolving lines. On all mature specimens the finer striation of the lower part of each whorl is very characteristic, but in younger specimens the striations appear nearly uniform from base to apex. Some few specimens show occasional fine lines, intermediate between the larger and stronger ones. The place of greatest convexity of the whorls varies in a few specimens, owing to a flattening of the whorls. Lines of growth very distinct on some specimens. Turritella bifastigata, sp. nov. Shell turreted, slender; whorls twelve to sixteen, flat or slightly concave, except the body whorl, which is regularly convex; whorls bordered on each side by a strong obtuse ridge. Intermediate spaces ornamented by fine raised, nearly equidistant, revolving lines, about ten in the space of five millimeters. Sutures small and narrow, or rendered indistinct by the development of the bordering ridges. Body whorl somewhat convex, except in young shells; strongly wrinkled by the lines of growth, which, on well pre- served specimens, are sharp and acute. Base of this whorl marked by from seven to ten lines, nearly as strong as the ridges of the upper whorls. Aperture rounded; outer lip thin ani slightly produced below. A specimen consisting of the seven lower whorls gives the following measurements: length 61 millim.; breadth 19°) millim. ; breadth of upper whorl 7 millim. Nine whorls from a younger specimen gives: length 39°05 millim. ; breadth 10°6 millim.; breadth of upper whorl 32 millim. This interesting species shows some resemblance both to 7. plana Nelson and 7. goniostoma Val. But TZ plana is a much stronger shell, and lacks the bordering ridges, so characteristic of this species. T. goniostoma Val. has only one bordering ridge, viz., on the lower side of each whorl, while a central ridge gives to the whorl a slight convexity, which this species lacks. 190 Nelson on Tertiary Mollusca of Peru. Turritella, sp. ind. Shell elongated, turreted ; whorls broad and very concave; sutures indistinct. Surface just above each suture marked by a very strong ridge. Intermediate surface marked by a few distinct concentric lines, five to seven on each whorl. If the characters just given be constant, this species is very distinct from any of those described above, and from any now living on the West Coast. It is perhaps most nearly related to 7! bifastiguta Nelson, but has the whorls more concave and lacks one of the bordering ridges. Only four specimens of this species were found, all so badly worn and covered by Bryozoa and Serpule that it is impossible to give a more detailed description. Eight whorls measure: length 63-4 millim.; breadth 19°4 millim. ; breadth (basal, along the ridge) 26°2 millim.; breadth of upper whorls 5°6 millim. Aphera Peruana, sp. nov. Plate VI, figure 3. Comp. Cancellaria tessellata Sby., Proc. Zodl. Soc. Lond., 1832; Kiener, Ieonog., p. 32, pl. 9, fig. 4. Aphera tessellata Adams; Chenu, Manuel Conch. et palé., ii, p. 276. Shell elongated, sub-fusiform ; spire short, pointed, formed by five or six moderately convex whorls. Body whorl large, three-fourths the length of the shell, ventricose. Surface marked by nearly equal longitudinal and transverse ridges, which form strong raised cancella- tions, and are so arranged as to form blunt, obtuse granulations at the point of contact. Longitudinal lines finer, and much crowded near the outer lip. Aperture oblong-oval, narrow, half as long as the shell. Lips covered with callus, which is continuous above and below the aperture. Callus of columella lip strongly reflexed over the shell, much broader above than below, almost completely covering the umbilicus. Outer lip thick, and reflexed above, furnished within with a few rather strong teeth. Inner lip with two plaits near the center, the upper one being much the stronger. There is also a plait at top of the lip, small but quite distinct. Canal wanting. Aperture prolonged into a short, open sinus. Length 17°4 millim. ; length of spire 4°4 millim. ; breadth 10 millim. This species closely resembles Aphera tessellata Adams, but is dis- tinguished from that species by its less slender form, stronger cancel- lating ridges, by its shorter and more open aperture, and by the third fold at the top of the columellar lip. Nelson on Tertiary Mollusca of Peru. 191 Cancellaria triangularis, sp. nov. Plate VI, figure 10. Shell ovate, ventricose, spire elevated acuminate, composed of five or six whorls. Three upper, are regularly convex, and marked by prominent ribs and lines; the remaining whorls are very angular, flattened and depressed above. Body whorl large, very triangular, nearly two-thirds the whole length of the shell, strongly depressed. Sutures distinct, but not prominent. Ribs strong, ten to twelve on each whorl, and well marked on the top of each whorl. Whorls of spire are marked just below the su- tures by two or three distinct but fine lines, and much depressed in front of them; and marked laterally by three strong ridges, the upper one nodulous. Body whorl with the ribs strong above, gradually disappearing below, and with nine to eleven transverse, nearly equal lines, which form, with the ribs, quadrilateral cancellations, averaging 4° millim. by 1°8 millim. Aperture long and narrow; outer lip thin. Columellar lip covered by a thin callus, strongly reflexed over the whorl above, and having within two strong plaits, the upper one much the larger. Um- bilicus small, nearly covered by callus, surmounted by a prominent keel. Canal short, nearly straight and open. Length 25-4 millim. ; length of spire 7°6 millim.; breadth 17 millim. Cancellaria spatiosa, sp. nov. Shell ovate, ventricose; spire short, elevated, acuminate; sutures distinct, especially the one separating the spire from the body whorl. Whorls seven, convex. Body whorls very convex and ventricose, three-fourths the length of the shell, broadest near the center of the shell and rising into more or less of a shoulder above the aperture. Surface of upper whorls not examined. Remaining surface smooth, except the markings of the lines of growth. When the outer surface is removed there is seen a series of strong ‘transverse lines, about five or six in the space of 10 millim. Se a Py Tage oe an atin Ee OlM om r +t|o trio © [io © 400 00 rs | a0 sion |e onroc|a HmMdtA coin SOOMHID . Ure oA = | 4 = eee eee a er TT ECS “GR s te de ” Se =) a = on) ug% owt owlo Ont Mm 10/00 bea bar CHmMmMH |p aAcoono|d — a rm AO 1 © [20 SOOM MH |H tom] Leal 2 Ge eee 6 ae See SS Te = |. oe =a Aaa UZZ aowor|s CAN HA 12S 62 sH | 00 oma a | conn |m oHnnooln o ata |F Orme mn |S _ - a Ga "WIZ 2 10 19 10 & |29 caama|s HOrnwo/o onal Sanao|F Sando |e ame oS |H Cr amals eo Sa ee = Sa ae GP ah a ah Se le a ae ene Se = oe lee ® = ae eee ee 0% Bo wior |S Set CRIED CEN ICY SSSENI SS COED ONT NA rE ornntole cHncola endnels oom ena l I AOMODIA CONAN wD|S HO OO OM [OD SAAMI ]0 SASS | ono SIA Conte Solr S10 en 6 | 461 oo = Ea) Fe Se Beil mt So ek ee | a oe ugI er es CMAN |N Sit sien st 6 onade|o onoto}s Cnn oO|N DAH S 10 COormna|a a io 4 . be) Ye eens Ul eCterri\s SOAS (A Oe We Saat (oO eo Ro. Kane SS | Reset ee eee oD at? = ee ee TS onli oe ae =e Ses pea et Se || ! ae cht 5 y9T Moo | ondtnr/« CONES PIS SCI 19 19 red eetiset FOSS 5 onmoo!|m ratnols SiS CO" 6 cI ES t ie aoa ~ eee es ES, ra a ae Cae arte oF a, Wack. la cl atdoolea CNM NYE |H MAMOAAWO ~_ONNWH|S AAA MO|O onnoo|™* HHttnHoim -omommnir q I 4 al =. < aH + al = i Si, re het = j= Oo =™ ~ $ = > 3 i. + o a ri C ~ UFT re SO iS |S a ee sae eee es ARANOC!|S ee ee ee ae laa 8) ined heh | GEA eae ES ae ee o y ee ;_ 4 o =a 2a raeneer rey |e Sandoola Zoawar lis Bionmad|o Sonmnmn|n Haonac|s Sounnon|m Bodin we oho Bodiam |19 Yel A ooh [sty as ae eee all relat a 4 3 1s 7 i= eee saa |= u ifn S22 = Goumnr|o oe WH |E Qounawayo Bea Ssole 9OnaSr mo Gamonoln Qowwwals Sea _ no eee on = : 3 Le ei [ml - e hth 4 : s as a) = ie = =| Oa a + aA oa 4 aie eS T sH © 19 60 6 |r ONAN Ho} AnMmooM|H ROMNM AID AOHOCO|N ROHAFOH|M MOMORS | Om NNN {11 yy oh = 4 o Im 3 = arent B ape aie eee Ol ma si eal | Bona xt | Ar M10 % | H SCNOM TH |O maAonnSo|* — omroo|o Maaudnaania a —_ ¢ _ am > 1 — ie 1 U6 12 > HD 09 SN HO BI rt co XH om [09 SOmotH|a Roane |y Son CHIN CAooo|s CW HAND = re re 7 = - I a _—s ae | i ae cae | = aa a yg wrwow!- SO mM oH 00 00 oO a Hoo | OmotH|o ee aie et Coons ™ Hmm OoO!N CSmONA oO oe =a it |= = : = obs 2 ae ve! qT! HoooMIA SAM HE |o AANA ADIN SOMA H AIA a Sete ere ey mmnMnoSoo|a one hao SS et et et aoe m= Ley aS la aS = 1D 19 © 69 10 | +H SCHMANO!O AnwMAtMINS SAANAHAIH mono] SOOnHRIN DWMMWSOSO!M Swamp q9 ol rei = eae ce ei = ao) he yg HOON |M SHHANSIO NONWHMA SMAMAIS NMOSONSIM Seoonrlsm mM M10 SOM Se eee a oe = lst ral a ee. La a = FS _im — Se arr ol|n SCHMAE|M MONHAIH SAM AIA wWOoHNSI|A Soon HIN mMMHOSoOIN SHH Nd 19 UP = et HH re Coon ce _ 7 f | j ane oe t arrow re So rio Oo re | H AnANMM |S ote MNO CONN SC|O cooono!- onto o | ofeaalt {€ ves Ts. = g Lom! Comal et als ie i! s os l= l aAroow|> COntM rE so ARAHH IA SHAMAIS CSNNSC!IS ——F—s— es oN HS S [09 SDWWANM 10 1G ool onl iH _ ol col lanl - a2. B tie e MeSeL i, [ + oh. tf a a) UL m1 10 |B Cro HH wolc$ Me AHM AN SUL GN ED CNB eI mwomMNO!|O cooococo|o 19 M19 1 Oo} 0 Stereos! “= _— re | seed u ——s DaonN DoonN DROHAIG DROANI ag Dacea DASDHA| DHOnN DRAOAN 6D oo|E Seated. ae tho Reese alk. BABS ele Rope nide tanec BBooe|s DDMOD! S mamnmonan)|s [oo e ooo ome om m=) (cole oMo oo ole oll m=) [ooe oo ole oo oll I=] C70 OS |E oo ol ole om ol m=] pas ea Sct ret ret i et 102 eer eH ND are HM ie ee 2 ase eRe BID arene MD eee 2 215 JANUARY ae Taste L—Direction of the Wind, Wallingford, Conn. . te nNnNowon)|so 1 0 noooo!n eooceo Nooro Noor ole aa a a) aoono | | 0} O| 0} 0 10 0| 0 fii Hie 0] 0 | | 1| ii NOOoHOl!e aoono Somos Te — Noocos eh eh Ae HK Om Le) On Ae eS eS Or Oia a i HAH COR 1D = Oats OS et | ela Sh, Naa OS i iliac = ie iam ere OmeHoo|n wae S/O TOHNAH ID coer x a S Macocso} Fe peal er ee oe eo > | o SCO nt Orin SCO xs rm m= | SOO eH rm | a CSCONDMD\O io — a ee oa) a omni rm D/O I ScoonrEr|(~/ “a oO a |e + 4 HHH HO Oe Oe ben | 1 Bast-south-east. ase ooo East-north-east. Aomco in Sh i oocoeoo a) Somicecm UG . ASCOWONIAD UES USS NOwWOn!la ULZ NOOSAIS , _ A NHOon!|A Y0G . q . NAAwoOonNn!|o U6L ~ le i ee ULT HOMONIA La ahr | HOoOWoa) U9L ASE dot. Se UPI Se) SA NX iE UE Nowteso tr wot BSF Sioaadle Wisi os ee = — 16 MOMMA HID Us Mm Oo tO | 9 MOoWon [ove) yg AN O10 ri|o = NOnwWNAIS uF : = -_ es ue AOHN—|n “UZ BHOoOtNH |x —— ORSOHN lg MM oeoeold mnonmoon|s mame A 1D — ic |= For Sin <2 co x Ae NNR wD or ntals 2 See ar | CMe als WAH [Se Sroea|s AAA aie S.Ot 69: O [ry MOoNNA|D SAAN /S ACONCH|o SO a HO lea ! oe |e | ACHSCN)o Cra |e ASOHSoN|S SO = 1G 1A al eal 72 AonoNn|s S © 4 wt OO |= ? DASHA DASHA Fl E woeeen/k weseoo =) moomoo! s mDmOmOmDon\sS NM See eH DM ae HH DMD 13a 214 TasLe L—Direction of the Wind, Wallingford, Conn, FEBRUARY. a \a le |e lala le le le |S |B 18S (Sis |S E |e |S (SIS IS Is 8 = in io ise ele Ie 10 [oO lea le Sie INN IN IN IN North. 1858/13 (13 {124/104/10/10 |104)31 |11 {10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 910 | 8 | 8) 9) 9 410) 9FI119/13 113 18591 4|6|6|6/ 5) 4/4/4)|]6| 74/7/6)|6)| 3) 3| 23131313) 381318)8)38 1896016/7/3/5|3'4|4/2/2])/1/2/2/1/12181] 41] 6 | & pepe” 1861) 4)-4}3|4| 43/4/1312) 8)2/111)1,1)13)2) Bee ees 1862, 4/ 4/5/65 11213 |10|/8|7/717,/7/8)|8 4141414 3|3[3|3|4| 4 Sum 31 |34 2943043434 324/28 [27 |274.27 24 (22 |22/20 |19$/21 (22 |22 |24/253/274/29 |30— North nora 1868) 0!010,;0)0)/0;0;0|0)|0)0 0/0}0;0;0)/0)/0] 90,0 1501/1 (9{1{3/2{3|2/2|0|0\1| 0 2 2/2|2/2\a| a 1860} 3} 1/2])1|56.6|/5/5/4/3)2)1)2)9) 3 | 2) 2a 1861/1} 1)1/1]113/3)3)4)4]4|3/2) 3) 2) 1) 1) ee 1962) 4 | 4) 3/3 | 2) 2) 4/5) 6|6| 6/5/36} 6) 6/4) 4) 6) B5 Sum! 9 | 71/7 | 6 {10/12 |14 |15 116 {13 |12 110 | 74/11/12 {10 | 9 | 9 110 | 8] 8| North-west. 1858) 54) 5 | 6d) 8 | 6| Gd 54) 4 | 5 | 84] 7 | T | TH 7] 7 | OHITAIT [10 | 8] 84 1859) 1 1/2) 12] i) 0}1) 2) 2) 1) 0) a 20 oe 1860) 1/1/1/3}1)2/2/2|3/3)]4]6)|6| 6415) 4) oa 1861, 3|3/5]4]3)/1/1/1/2)2|)2)3)4)/44)| 4) Bo Go gee 1862}6/6|7|7|65|5|5/5/6|8|8|6|44/4)/7) 7) 7) 7 6} Sum 164/16 20423 1716415 12 |16 (204/22 24 2342120 |244/294.28 |27 (26 234/214/214/214 West-north-west. 1858} 0} 0) 0/0) 0/0)0/0;0,0)/0)0)/0/0)0;0)0);0;0) 00; 1859] 1/1] 1] 1] 2] 2/| 23) 34)2/21/2/3)3]315)516 | 42) 94 S60} Oa Ue as: [sie 070) 0/0) 0/070) 00) Oana 1861] 1) 1/2)/2)2)4/4/3/3/4/4/4/2]23)3)3)2)2) 2/0 1862; 1 | 1} 1 ]1 | 0) 0 ojolololojol1|yalitji}ajul aa Sum]/3!41/61|7| 71 6| 6} 64.5|6161716| 61919 (10) St 61 Be West. 1858] 3}| 4 | 34/ 44| 7/8 | 6| 5 | 4 | 14 3 | 3 | 49) 4) 6 | 44) 2d) 2) 2] 2) 2 1859| 0 | 0/01] 0/0] 0} 0 | of v4} 0} 0} 0} O| 1! OF O 0) 1/0 1 0 1860} 1] 1/0/0|0/0/0/0)0/1/0/0)0)00/0/0)/0)1) a0 1861} 4/5) 4/3/3)3/3/4)/4)3)4)4)5|)653/3)4)4)2) 23 1862/0/0/0|/0/0/0}/0/0/0/0)/0/0/1/112/2)110) a) ao Sum} 84110 | 741 74/10/11 | 9 | 941 841 54) 7 | 7 |103/11/114) 93) 741 8 | 6 | 6 6 | West-south-west. 18581010; 0;0/0/0/0/0/0;/0)/0/0;0]/0)01/0/0)/0)0)/0/0 18591 0} 0 | O41} 1,0/0)0/0/0)0/0)| 2.1 1/0) 0)0) 0) a ae 1860} 0/0/1/1/0,0/0/1/0)0/0)0)0|00)/0;/1)1)1) 20 1861) 2| 2|1)|2 | 2) 2) 2 2} 1/1)0)1/ 0) 00 0|/0/0/0/0) 2 oy ae a Ae a A 1}/1/1;o0/o0/0/o0l0}0}o0/0)]1)1 Sum|4/4|4j/6|6l3131412/2101l1\/2/HOlOlLI Dp aM aD South-west. 1858} 2| 2 | 2 2/2 | 2 | 24) 5 | 3 | 34) 4) 34) 4) 2)2)2)/2)2) 3/3 185910) 1/}1/)0)]0)1 1 | 04) 14) 1 | 2 34) 2 | 3} 3) 2) 2)1) 1) 2 ig 1860, 4/3) 3/1/1/1/2/3)4] 4] 446/717 7)7)6)617) 99 1861] 1.) 1-12 ).11.93)212 2j3i2|1]1} 1/3 2)1)1)1/3)1 1862] 1-| 110)|.0}0)0)0/] 0,}.1 | 0 | 0} 2} 3) 8 3. | 3) 3. -Seae Sum} 8/8/71 4/51 6! 7 | 8 [134/12 112 |144) ij 17 716 13 13 14 (LT 174 South-south-west. 1858] 0 | 0/0 Oe tpl Boke 0/|0/0)])01]010) 0; 0 0;0)|0 0 | Oo] 0 1859] 6 | 44, 3|3| 2) 2|3| 24)2)2)2)]11) 1) 19212) 3) ea ae E860) 3, |. 5; 2 [2 aha eee ee LL 1) 21 eee 186115 | 4/4/65) 4/4/3/3/3)3/5/7/9/9 919) 8)7)/ 8) a9 1862} 1] 1] 1/1) 111]1|2] 1) 0] 0] 0| 0 | 1) 1 ) age | Sum /14 |124/10 11 | 9/9 | 8 “8h. 71719 | 9 {11 |12/123/13 [11 |12 114 [141144 215 Tas_e J.--Direction of the Wind, Wallingford, Coni. FEBRUARY (continued). S (|S je | Sie 6 S46 424242424 2 6 elsliesigie ele le SEIZE HZ SSIS EZ EG SRR ER South. Bess] 1) 1) 1) 1) 23,1) 21212) 2) 1 1) 2] 2 2°) 3] 3) 31 4) 4) 3g E859) 5 | 3 | 23) 2 | 2) 2) 2/3] 2] 2) 23) 2) 2 | 1) 1) 2 | 1) 1d) 14) 1) 1) 1) 1) 2 Sees) 2) 921/313)31/2)/ Viol vuzrivilir}iaiyil2]2 oaet) 21 213) 2 | 2/2] 2 ai2lalilrialajaj1ii2}2}2ia3}s}3 1862) 1 ees) 22) 2} 0°) 04) 0 Oro) Bl we Oh Ol 2) ees Sum 10 | 8 (103! 8 | 8| 9 [10 104 8 | 8| 7/6) 6 | 5) 5) 6 | 6] 7H 84) 7 710 |11 |103 South-south-east PD SeOe OO} 0) 0) 0] 0] 01-010) 0) 010) 0) Oo} 0} 0] 0} 0] 0] 0} 0] 0)]0 1859) 0 | 03/1/11) 1) 1/1 1} 0 | 24} 14} 04 1 | a) a} a fa} 2] a | a) 2} ag) 1 | 0 eae O40} 0) 0)0)0)/0)/010)0)1) 8) 1 3/1) 21-1} 1] 0] 0} 0] 0 eu 11) 22)1)/1)/1)0)0}0] 0 o} of 0) oo} 0) of a) 1 1|2 e693) 95) 2) 1 | 1 | 0| 0] 0 sas a ENE ee ee Pes 2) # |e Sum! 3 | 3413 |) 3) 313 12/)3 | 2 | 23] 2a) 231 2 | 2] 31 3] 31313 | 2] 4] 34] 3 1 2 South-east. H858) 1} 0)0)0/0/0)1);4/0/0/0;1 | 1) 2 2) 2) 2)2)1) 0) 0)0);,0)0 £859/905) 01) 0 | 04) 1) 1) 0) 0/1/11) 0] 0 | of 2) 1) 2) 17111] 1) 1)1] 1] 0 Peer ont) Ph) tty} 010) 0)/0)/0)/ 0) 0} OF 0) 0} 0);0) 0 0)1);1)]1 Gk Oe) 09):0 | 0) 0)0)0)0) 0) 0 0) 0 OMMOORO eC O ) Lo VT 8 1:0 170 1862) 0/0/0)0/0/1/1/0/0/0]|0/] 0] 0| oj 22/22] 2)] z/ 23] 3] 3 Bamp2a) 1) i 23/3 1/F)111)0;1) wale lolol 5 4l are jo ya East-south-east. capeOn Onl 0) 0] 0) 0170)0)/0)/0)0)0)0) 0] OF 0; Oo} 0; 0; Oo} O}0);0)0 Bao 0 0 0) 0/0 0/0/0/)0/0/0]0/] 0) 0} 0) 0)/0/0)] 0/0, 0/0);0 ug60, 0) 0) 0) O/o O)o;o;o;o);1) 1; 1} a yi 1}/1/11| 0; 0} 0};0]0 1361) 1}1/ 0/0) 0/0)0)/0/0) 0 0) 0)0) 0) 0/0) 0/0/0/ 0/0 1}0]0 1s62,1/1}0]0|0)0}/0/1/1]0]0/0]}0] 0,00} o/0}0\011}1]1 Sum 2/3 Seeonoim) ott alr yaar y iyi ti foiaa2yipy East. caee 2s Ia) 1) 0] 01 0} Oj OF} 02 1) 0} 0).0) 7 0} OO} oy 4 14;17121 1859} 1) 1 | 2 | 14) 2} 2) 1) 1] 2} 14,1) 1] 0 | 0 0} O | 0} 0} 0 | Oo} OO | OF 1 1860} 0/0/0/0/)|0)/0/0/0/0)0/0]0]0/] 0} 0/0] 0;0j)0)1)1;1) 0) 0 1861) 0)0/0/0/0/010/0;0/0]0]0/0/] 0} 9 Oo} 0, 0]0]o, 00/1} 1 eaeo2} 2)1)1/0)10/)0)0)0]}0)0;0)0)0)1;1]1)1]1] 1) 0/0]0)1 ea eg 4s 3) 21] 2) 2) 2{1/of[ol mafia y1ilslal 2 fae East-north-east. 1858) 0; 0);0)/0)0)/0)0)/0;0)0/0)0 10) Oo} Oo} 0] OF 0);0); 0; 0} 0;0;0 meoo)0) 0) 0) 0) 00) 02.1) 2/18; 1/)/0)2)} 2 1/1} 1,1] 1] a) 2) 1]0}1 60}0)0/0/)/0/11/11/0/0/0/0/0/o0/}o0 0/1] 0; 0/0] 01) 0;1]1 mis6l) 1} 1)1)1)0/0)/0}0)0/0);0/0]0/] 0, 0/0] of 0} 0)}1) 0} 0; 0;0 p 1862) 0 | 0} 1/0] 0/0) 0] 0/0) 0} 0/1) 2/1 O10] oF o}o}0 10) 9/0 eet) 2/TP UL WL, 2/wrlrisslaiaetazialaailiaye | : North-east. weob) PY T} 1) 1) 2 19) 1) 14 2 | 2) 23) 3) 3) 1) 0} 0) OO; 1) 1 4 1)217421 1859) 2 | 2 | 03) 0] 0/0) 1] 1 | 03) 0} 0) 2) 2] of 111] 1] 19) 2 | 2) 2 2 | 23) 2 Poet G6) 6) 7 |) 7) 7171717161 6] 6 5) 4] 44313) 31 3)3)3)3 Meet i} 1) 1) 1) 22)/1)/1/1/1/110)0)] 0/00] o1]}1)] 2) 22) 2/3 | 1862) 1 | 2] 1] 1) 0 0 O10 }-O} 1) ri1)A{ AN Yt| yrs r] dite) alo Sum] 9 [10 | 94] 9} 10,103/10 |103/103/113/11312 12 7/7 6 | 6 6} 8 9 910 103 8 North-north-east. 1858} 0|/0/0/0/]0)/0/0{0j0 0|;0)}0); 0] 0} 0/010;0)0); 0;0!10,0 ©1859] 73| 7 | 84| 9 | 9] 9 | 83] 8 | 63} 7) 8 | 7 | 7 | 8] 7| 7a] 7} 68] 6 | Gl 6) 63) 8 | 7 1860,5|65/5/5)4)3/3/5/5)6/5/5/5] 5) 4\3| 43/2) 29) 2)3/ 3 seep td} 2) 2)1)1)1)2)8)/3)/3/3/3)] 3] 3} 3313) 313] 1] of 0] 0] 0 ES ee eee ee ool el ale bath . — gum/!153/15 {183!21 (17/16 173/21 1193/21 21 120 19 19/16115$/16114413 |11 1010312 12 127 |27— * ot _ Ss 284254126 17 117 121 123 324 25 14 2 123 | ‘LO | 184/144/16 35 |354/354/34 |30 |30 Se a 3 15)15 11/10 {11 1/2931 365 3 North-west. 13}114)12 |103)11/12 216 2 5 3 8 11/10 364137 (38/342 } | 9, | 20 |18/174/19119 |19 |21 5 2 7 N orth-north-west. 17 16/18/19 |18 {1 s 7 (to 111112 (11 lt Taste L—Direction of the Wind, Wallingford, Conn. 3341314136 |: 21 |20 6 Sum 19 Sum 33 Sum we CoOoN Paseo +a aa teen TOSNOS|@ conwo|m Qs I~ eonwowo!lm _ 1, Wallingford, Conn. rs “10 217 f the W MARCH (continued). Taste L.—Direction o bs en Ue MMA AlS SO S CL i MO HN OOl+ ecoocooo|s —— i —— CANomM!IA NM MOM | — ei) * fe i : ; oe : =) = xx z re | USs eS SRST | CONAN S| BN Ooo }f8 oooco |o ooo OC rf |=— ona On) dH A HK TION oO om onS /16 ot ' aa i) Di ie aR |e —— ary j mn +e UtZ parla ol be oN ewe O/H NAM OO /|O ocoornococod |e ooo°o A |= Cr ora it AOR NIN | Oo omowc io | ‘ a + UL 18 NI SH i | OO oNnrmoco|™ ste Ooo | oonooc |a oocoococ Sf /- oocon ln Nom N oO COnKe re on | | _ oid | | yor; CNW A]S SNHoOSoI|M ata oe |e —— i — a — i) seocoocols Sseooonn SSAA lie Samo o|s U6 BS SOA ARS inet SN ome te asta SO eli oooco|(|& ocooococ coc |& aan WSS Oat Sor © |e Usl CO ir) ri tit ret Ce 160 S oF er I | : NE i eesareras < © | % a eee Lae |). ee ee ee 2 be a ~ ug 0 Ht rt et ot oD i SANA OID — ai cocooncle cocoons | SON HS Ae. eee Sere ie ice Shen Te, =" ee re ey oer ties UZ 0 A et SRT CONCHA! i i) — a | aoscotla cocooconin HOnAN |e CANM 4H] UL mH 1 SNoor(m aaHoor]e aaa ascadinaal bar eosssls Ssonon|m At at CA aE DROnN FI DASHA DASHA G4 DROHAl, DROHAN| Gg DROHN g DASHA Dasoaan In inSoO 10 1D DDO 5 19 19 OHO 5 1A 1D OOO g 1d 1 DOO 3 nMOS DM SDOeo|e wanes E Oonwmnmn|s ODOM © 0 0 ole ooo olin) © © 2 & mmnmnon!]s mnmnmonwo!s Om 00 0 ae Ree 1D See PD eo pI aes —- 1D ee ee Al ee a ie Al ne ol ————____——_—_— a ———e- a nEEEEEEEEEET meee EEE Semee nT le EE Gene es a re ee ee Sn Sere s9 omoco|m 16119 120 13 (13 |15 0 1 8 } ral | 0 oonco|n North-north Taste L—Direction of the Wind, Wallingford, Conn. um |18 194|18}/153.16 |16 |16 17 | SS) o{ 0} South-south-west. 11/9] “fil 11 0 0) O | Sum {15113 112 112 1862} 0) 0 Sum 1861) gford, Conn. . “vg 219 Tasie L—Direction of the Wind, Wall APRIL (continued). ~rAANMOWOINA SNe Hm ON RR AO — i ASe AS Con onia OMe HOO RS om nm 1/10 hs In = ‘a Ae |= ~~ ce rn oe mn |-q UZ i on on 09 co | CONN HOM |S COO ret et et 110 cocr oO |re Acorn coit Se ee rl Oa OR Ole SH His OF 1G N ei >. | pe 1d AI OD OD OD 1 ComN mM HIN See Ot | ooooco|o Ae AS ele SSS Sr 19 “A Oe © 16 — eM es | 66 i) = l= | op a Ue wN ett Oi SuSE OS et Ata nm — | oO coo coo |o ANAS S| eosonin ooro CO | H+ — ir ee in | G ™M Lom | _ o eke | rhe ee - - 4 | | U0e Ba Ho |S omdmaa|N NMOnN— |e a | Cnn on | — i — | | S67 OF NO OF | oH ’ C noon! } | | : ea 7 =: ’ ; U6 DHodwanla COMMNMRAIS MOM — 1H — i — he — conn aocon|a CHMHAIS ,= -_ : ~~ ugI moo 14 rm | ON & OR | oO MO a et (CO oOnmoo © |r cononim ont a= — | ee COM COIM SSA Wier ee et qLl ASAMDO|IR SAMAARIS NSOHHAID SHSOSHIN SGHOSCAIN SHAH AIH ARO—S/#H SOND bal N | eee x) aa ma : ee tae 791 Don+t©o lo SOON Feit AeA ts |oO onococr|™ eocoooc 4/|r- SANA 18 AnNooco!+H comom iN . re io i ' t le ee De oa) : " cots are Z a en | rh a oy , } ‘ UST Hom HO ire SC On RK AM se Se TOT lay COnNOR|H oocooco|o COnNR Re ator o\i~ coomomna 1d | : oe ee | penne ae | . | . | eral |e i | | wn acd / UPI perm ae Sf SF br) NA COHNIS SORA or IM a aM Nis RB Ata OG Bonar 10 i= ce | _ | o = 7 : rey ’ [oe @ aa ee alae a Sele ¢ ‘ o + ae F uel mommadt(a LOOM BS worn DoHHOoF|IM SCANSCSO|M PoHoORnA|m Bron IS |S et aH 10 | 7 . — a . aoe == pe I Se Ee a 5 oe ae ae 4 Pe | wr BNR NNR | D CS SN et A ae | TSN 60a BS rl ir oe re ONO N | ili tamed 2) i a Ot ee Te} 2 rd Z : 3 = [ 7 z - oe iF Baa =a e A t= ® ‘- UTI Orc |, cS ligne A ed en | eat ed Ia Be SE RS eS ee Poum ets | 3 wz = Sais) Se eet 7 b 6 ee : == = (= | ni — O UOT nm — Aaa Boornan|x mroneit MoHosco|, maaan l|o Mononn|+ Ha | Zor to 10 | | ~~ ; + SS ORI Le (et) Es a3 a eee | = Ea oe ee UG MAI A 1S comno!|™m Sn OoOon|mM ooooo|o AAA or). coonr in eM ba BY 224 Sit ee hee = cal, bale aia rs ~~ On ee are hee l ae er Ug HRNANM DS Cnr NOt OonNnoonrn |” —— a — 9 oe ocoonrtN it AeNAS Ow O'GT 30: OP i Hom! | S seu z he ef Ss nf | ee lea j ; Th et oa i ca |S SHONSC|M aacor | coooso|s mononlo Bie [hh Ha HAMAR | SH HAD = -_ ~_ 49 CHA tHISC SHONS|IN BNP ORS oosossl|s aosooin Sma S (a nA AR | CaO |e ‘ = tan ; ye Da om oH + onoaa/q saaAsor|si SS ae asoooo|n SNA S/O +atato 23 o-mMrEuml|o H r= UP eam tlio SHON I/O ir! ooseosls aooooln Smaa Se AO S/O SH tr [f “ue m= 1 tH st /00 Snoan]o6 SASS ale coossl|s aooosla Sonne |+ Anat o|S wee) , | el + ee lee ra ~~ i mila a ee a AIH HH|S CONP NA | SONCOR|M cocoole NACHoOO|M SCONMSO/|IO Nem AS | Cornero} a a ae | | : ellie = UL RN op HO | SAS e ea Sonnon oa soossls aooosola SoaMS [is cot cl S [ee CANE Go Ris DASHA, DaRSo—-N DROAN|/= DBAOHN DASHA DaAOanN DASHA DASHA Seeecld BESselh SSsScles SSeseid BSssSslh Secscia Seeecil Seaawe ae aA ID See HID aA ee eID ae eA AID es aKa ee HID aa HID eee - SOS aie ie soowanle coouu lo coowdwo o coom |x ooom nt |w 1134! 84 rele maid les ocond |e Sid ca GS ——_—_————— onnco|™ ono |e oodno|s ee coonc|e ——— ae oconol|- OD omecornin ——— oS eoosols onnoo|n : Lal ovors|s i se SS omere|s = ee oar an|> i onnax|s nN cores os} oomon|s N Sow Ho | 18 |17 |17/18giL7 |14 i — oe + lo Booonol|a 99) -north-west. MAY. 123 184/154 30.28 38 | 0 yal 8 114g 0 164/16 I ccoonola Lad @ Sis eee in 0 6 3 5 8 22 0 6 5 5 7 0 2 South-west. 34 0 West-north-west. Taste I—Direction of the Wind, Wallingford, Conn, 4| 4 25 284/3241334.374/38138 a OO) 9 rs CN 1910 <8 0 6} & MMO OD| = aaorol|m Como | cooono in 1858 Se onors|N DOoenartia Min DO COlE m0 00 0 |= ——_ eet — 1D South-south-west. ig 0 5 4 5 4 18 |18 i123 0 A 1 6 8 8 120:17 0 3 0 | 8 3 Wy \14 117116 11 0 3 | 1 9 4 221 Taste 1.— Direction of the Wind, Wallingford, Conn. $ + MAY (continued). P Se a | | Ure Se Ri SO esis’ | ae SOOM HG Ss Meee l onl nd — i — i | cocooc|s SAAO oO |M AMMO |A O90 1 ’ Col re | | _ _ ver Seorsls Sarai NANA | —— i — ee — oa orm HN Hon S/o SM Heim (a8 L8G loml eit ‘ ea * i= si : rz lol _ oe joe aa joe | oP SODOroin SONNAIN MAMAN S conoc!-= aHonoo!|!n CHNRH O/H OH Ole 109 SOV Hs ir UGC (a ete = is ee) cel | |= | oe aa | | o NOOWAN Sth hehe +H Meta |O — 9 | ncoooo|s ConmNnNnA olt Neate aio Ee ll ee Dd Ul? Se [=H sel et i rat ; a = pret oy - / aL a —— | = on en —— uoz HRHONAIN SoUNF F/O Nets lo ooono|n =s=OonoOoIN COnmMnA Alo NANA Ole onmooo|~# 104 lesb Wok pies Ist cael Loma | | ' - ee es ol 7 ao a Fa ar ta ; a a, Aart | | U6I 68 HN 1S SOMRMAIN Oat ole ooono|n Hanno Sonmton|i© HAAS le dea ZA fo = | rei i i eee | | | ; + al USI Nodtdnr eo SCwwmameaNIN Ste ul ace oooco|o mom [eo — eS Meno OS |r OS Ros Se e _ Pa) : ae = YL Sewers StH ae NS ANIOH S/S SSSonO|A ae te fe SOoOnmnNs/w eer — omono|+ | aes | tm ee } Regio = eof eC [ee SERe ea ST ee, ee + , 91 SPA IGHESE GN SOtM SSS Ada |S ecocn|T Assoc! oon no! le — Oe Sm ans |o ra} mines orl | a Load = a Vor lie. r: ae ee te on oe | rte cal | ucT SY O O Str AMAA! eoooc rn |x NANnOonrc!(+ Sota oO} e960 SU Ort eS SCM HNO eC qa aia) as Eas fe joe maid 7 ee aa io earns N Pas cy UPI Meas | Fa KIS ar) afm he CME CEC TRC Ure ate on aoa ir SAS A ED Pg iar MMM OMANS BoM NAS |r . ‘ re ce — = — <= ——=e - _ —_ =" = § : g =a) + a | san = 8 = Ue] ESA PONMHO!O PHANAH|E QOOSCO!A wAOHS/!a0 GOO rir Nap Pails ie Lowvioado|s on ee ee ——— — CS _ _ co. as pee il ae A ae ae ee BS eS a a re: S = os : 4 : ¢ B Teo Be OMS ace altel bat Spe aaa bad yOoCoon|- gp Ss ee eS INNO ON 1S OS ME © [oR = j 2 EGET a ie een plc 5 es ei eee ULI Ord AIS |} YO Mee tO = OFA MAA |e Sonoon|n alo — 2 donaacie SFarcnlé slid a Ros = ul Gad Dm 22s _ ae : = >. eee | SS Se ie & = +8 a ee |e i UOL BeBe Geli ears om ee ree = 1 a ONR SO Monrnnon|s SCrmoon|n SrmnnNol|t maa om|s Bore we|ie U6 pa ee So Ais Sie aoa so(# oasools ARooHIO SHaAaAS |< FAron|r ONSCHO!|S & x oe et ose a fee fee es ee ee ee ee a l cs eS ~ ee 1 ba ug IDI N BoE ba COMM HS ]wM coonoo!n ocooooo!|sS eS Surg ls SnmANnNo|+ wnNoce!s* ONS A |r D = = eet a oe ~~ | Ie ; hall ee eo UL MES ES C8) jf — ise a — ip) NMONnSO!S coocr |r — SCM NNR |SO mnotNS |S S 9 SCI 93/ re Lomi = : ee 2 Ne} oe 1 aoa a for] 16 | 0 | 0 | $12 2 | 4 4 | 0 222 164114 |11 Pe ee 4 0 | 2 North-north-west. West-north-west. | 2 }3 | 4 0 3 0 1 | O 113 11141135115 11641163113 15 116 {17 1173 0 S Ss —) Ss i S Ss S S 3 = s s > $ LY 3 2 | — | 7 e abe Sum 11 momoo|e —F— Ee — anonols SOPAAND -s l ACNSS| — MK — hh — a — yl mem ocoHOoOm™M SOMAMH|D pees ES ococo|o ae eNO OD 2S Sea A 2 ion a ee Se AMHooOH Coo SS|S S20? (ena ee Earle i Sy see ; - i maooo|t pOSOSS (SO HENMAN! Boorna|n ————— 1 ® ee ars | ——- Se a SNoncla docooocols BATA AA|e Gor ec|s cree -- — o- —_ aa + 9 i L. © Sh — eS IS Briere ee ee a) ‘ —- & Pa. nM i. 3 er —— —— a — HHONS Ht GOR eGo lS Bi —- —___—_<_<—— @- —-— aa Real j | ooococ|o — R= i — fe — Pty | ee en SH Or o|a = ——* : >: eS . Comoco!|: coococ |! contr O!l™m S r= ES [ke t —— == a BES oy Mh chee Rat Sa = Fr —— | sooco|> Som Hn OIN onero|s “eae - -) awe Gorka Soosco Ag eooco|!s | onrrc|o as ie r ~~ : ator eee ocooooo|s ococeo!> kien — eon onwro x ———- J =e ES —_—_—— : Toomer ooo 0 ftir sn oro|™m oni ro |q = — ae ce — a 2m coceorn|nA ek —k—— | Comm rm aD F i ek ee i le oy << =) ‘ ! Reo Ss coocoe|s i h——— CNOA nae |: ait eT = =; ! ocoooo|s ccocr|!A CONROSO!|M oOnorrnin S ‘a Daornrt|. Daonn DAMA 2aossalg SSSsSle SB2SSS\s Beaseols CoM MoM ooo I~ G a GO GH 2 | F a0 20 00 0 00 |B op eo | — = set TD See et 1D ee ie Pl cee He KID 223 TaBLe 1.—Direction of the Wind, Wallingford, Conn. UPS wm 4900 NI 1h ONAN Hs Oh nMmMooRnA|e rt — i — i — i — | rH Om Sosolin om oo o|= ahaha abcde |g Pi at ee 6 Cll pars 7, : hac) | “np ea nd Sito co oy [to SONNoo + 10) O am et | Seseesni6 somcoin Som ooc°o ifr mone |e Sous oreo YUEs ao ay ~” | | | en as oe 2 92 00. [i SONNS CO | +H 1 et | OD eoocoo|o i — 0 — > i — | ~ONnNARS |e coana|o UZZ a ar) | | | | ae lee ee al Se ol en Oe OL a is Cl UIT OOH OAS ONnOoo|™M OS mt ms et | cococco|c —a— a — i — Be — — oe — Oe COM Aes |o CONN AO U1 Cl tH { - | We ee aol | iva a omnmnm on |o moon O|O ecooco|o — om ooo |e coma lo Orcs on leo , a > | | ' | = “|= | a ~ oe “er ie 61 ee Sa ONT ON) ~yoorno ld ooooc |o oonrnc © /e — | BF Oot = | wD Cm NA AO et : | ot ~~” : UST ey So Ne NN ES SONROoOn st Noono|m ee) Sore e|- Smoooin OS |e Stor lan soa | . | ben SEPA: x 5 a [ee ae = Fs = | ae a “|p RS as rece sg UL1 ftp Se 6a CO GN} Gs OoONe On| Noonmo|m — i — ee — Te — i — S23 2 Se — a — i — i — coonraridt Ont Pe Cue | | aa a See ee ch |p ol ; ~ |p qo ee er a Oe Cren on™ NOS aes |xt eese o's i — i — i — | — conn oin — te or ior f-. | , e | ~ a = Seer Ti aN Se |e 2 we yg a Rese |. Comm ON dt NAOnoO!|+ = — i — a — ooceoci|o — 7 on — i om Om a|m | oe | " -_ Seren) os aT ies ~ | | os I ASeMMOAD HPoonon|in NAH ono!|+ SOROCOCS!- COMO SC!lF ypormooco|rT Aon Ae | om om mM IPL vat, 9 = a % 5% a a Bales ® Re eae beers kee SalbS =. (tee. | ln uel Se Geet ee toon ooc|a Una fn Vsooocosd|o oncoo|- L i —— OT rt et rt ret 100 Oro no |i > LJ j - eras ye Ck aoe ore ar ae + | 3 a) | | ne an ry Tod 8 oO Np x eenesec!7 gronno|+ Boom AM CeCcmooco!r- ane SSS Aroone|+ OS 1 Hm [<0 ie a | E z ~ B wae alu. = .s Le = {Rea ma ea a | Np 1 8 ida Boa > A oe Fi 8 ! ULL Se CN ae ae > eee ee eeter es co & [Ay ala ts nn 22S SSP RSne ae aoe |S ee ee eee co — ay: lis 5 ss .... eee RS 2 Tar ae _ | ° TP e Wr AU AWM*AWS HRONnGaro|t# Sonsc|A#Hoonno|n Sooos|s PoocHo|e AMON FOONDHM|O = = = eee Pe = aa SS, a ee ! Sa ) — l — + U6 alee ols ee one Ooo]mM ana Olt oon OIN asoooo |-s Se ee ee secon! Se ae ee ee A. ihe oo 7 Le esa a aw, x re S Ea aT la Sa Soe ee ug NS el Orr oon NAN OO 110 ooone|n oon oo!|- SoCooNnoin SS eae SS Seta Eee =e < i a ne ~~ fen as Sy —e = at | : rs UL shel art Ie Som N OC w/t SMNOCR|r oococonc|-s — i — i | —— eA NH OD cowom |x Comal = yg Reaea|s SANS ASS eosns|a Sansom Soro S[KN HOonosolim edad pb = ae oo pal > ~ es aa GF Re | a) paced Ps eR ye EE el ale SANA = 116 Ori — Bao) —— i — a= O SO 10 Sass SoOonNnooIN eoDne mis | ee. ke eee =e jew ~~ joe ' UF OMe SBS Ot HS ret ret | ate OOo rm|oO ooococo|o Crna rs onNnono!lm preg SA II Soo HONIN H -_ as de |e fal Pal mal Pear Sais ae eT e ey ele Hie Bean Tr vie 1 ‘ Lom | 46 of oh a oS a ee ee He oa eR 34 ; 2 | qa a Ro Bats i SNH N RH | COS GN SEN ooono|- —— | ene So connrc]t Stes Ngee Ul 6 OV = 4 [ae SAA [re Eanas|s eoste|s del ad ae Saoce|-= Sono [mH O 4 cl Cl [oo DASHA DHOnN DASHN ORS Alo DASHA DASHA DAaASAA Daona wBDoo|e ososoe|s oseeoolk poeoeools Sasools SSSSSIE SSSESlg SSSSSIlE 2aoOonmonw|s DMDOMDOCisS DmBDoOwis Seca ia mmomonnis mownnmnoan|s DBDonmna|s mOOonmnd|= —— mm 1D eee =“ mo em ID — See a DD — | eee lenin lane? 2) F ! £948 6 C816 |e — a 0} 0| | 0 | ugI ss C10 MN 224 N orth-north-west. 0 —= Wor OH DOH JULY. | 0 0 0! 0 0 North-west. 0 0 0) 0 133/34 1384135 1303/254/22 |17 |1: 30, '30 Taste L-—-Drirection of the Wind, Wallingford, Conn. 21124128 Sum |17 — ————————————————— i —————— a _ —_———— —————————— ——————— ———— ——— es 3 13|3 4 193/19 3 | | 4 | -| 33 ~ = ON OO =h OI =f 204 ie Teall [a aoa ioe m= OD 4 OD | ! +e | AMMAN oO A ed HOON es =) OHO OI ee m= OS 1 A> LD TO x -—— Sum 1341312 134/14 1860 1861 sconces In iH 1 ne eee = —$—<_—————————_—_—— ee! —E———E ———— ee ee OO 4\4 0 | 0 | ‘3 West-south-west. South-west. 0 3 225 Taste I.—Direction of the Wind, Wallingford, Conn. JULY (continued). UpZ S2O ON |o SOMA) HtHtOoOoH|D Te — Ee — SOonNS|M NOom-no|+ el bel ie ae Lael es) per ee ns ae 4S = eee Us * ‘ \ en | a sat ee wa! Ve 4 =) rf a rm oe uke at ae 9D FR SS coomMm nN |S noo 6 |= oonrnooc!r- = Oo se OS Sti oortnoim ses or ocin ocr ARH it & ea » = as eH tae i ae = at ae eae at le ss Seah : ee | aa +n uzZ Mm OO | oo Mm N|SO b> > 1 oe oe oon oC!e- xeHoornsnaim COrRnROoIN HH oonoin SCO eH 1% IGG oe re Ten} 2 eh! as - a = jin a a a) l ° M10 © © ir oon n |= sHdtonmo|m (— | sO On ON ooroc ire eoonoin Coo xf xs to U6 AA AAhe eas Bes | | - cir we on ae we oe’snle cernayo aAKsocolm —— | AASSS|N SORSS|R AAS lM coors 10% a4 arid as cs : : z % z Pa s wn ye oe Saal oe ea U6BL cor TRS CASS) oon nn 106 mem OoOoO|N — i oe A ees Sen Soir ocoococo|o ooocr nin ot Lex: Ee Pay ated chokes Pea CEA, “a = ss dig = m AS. ae > an a 7 aa YB ESP Ro|\N Sonim BAAN Olt CoOSoO|S ANNOCO|d —— i —— i — i — a oonnen'|s eer a Pans | a a Oe wee eS irs oF Kim ULL BAPOVV|D SOMA! Crmro|m ——— conocolA” — el comme |. al _ Ce ot) al ir = ia [ie i % (me a ae =n 5 Ss 1 i Ps, - YI BVreo je Sonn O|N ConnoolM Soles o)|io NONNOC|OH SGOSCOH|!H CHOC Ol|FA conte |e ToT OmMAwMmrEiIA mah Salts a ee ees | Pe aererrre, ee ed UST A Ht SOHSCO|H HHA COlMm SOoOOHO|H AHANOC|E SGoOSCSCOC|O HHooOlA condo lo eo ae b Von ten) ey Sas = = 2 hee 2 Tm 1 Alan keel oe PPS aa aie ie an ae vey al ae, ee L 3 o Wl AH 8 ROSTSS |= ela alata nunaan|e goooos|e Hale BOOMER ODD TaN SSS eee a es ee | Ee | ee a x . ve ' THA wowla > 3 ® a + O eo - ? Cg aa eo a QaoCHoOOI|N ie eco Se ~NSHAN|E Loooocolo ga RS Pe oe ee fr ] te A —— = by lS i) = ee BmONHMOO|~ B ' “ ea) n ¢ ' u00t Bi ic) QoonNso|N HASono|A § cone|n SHoonn|s goocon|4 dannnole Joownm|n PEE eer ec eer = i loeeeeres SH ror cee sy Peremer as MBOONSS|A POoSSO|S PoooHo|H NoonA|o wooo n|4 yaa Sr oO |e comm io aa ae paar een We ig ooh |i pea ae ae i ae a Cn nMO!s O ==) aa eum 1 Or Aw Mm RNOOARA|d Seosole Moececole Bsono|F¥Ascccole aoone|m Zoonran ye Saater|sS — “ == qa =) ea = mae ee. [elit ork Sonne |x ooonoc!s cooococi|o moooo|™m scooooc!co A oe 8) (oe O'S Sire ies ‘ =. a a : v Mm Onder 10 =) ars) US Ae 1% SCONNH)D OSOMeHO|H SDoOoOSSC|O HOSSOO|H SCOOOH|H Noon conen|s WL IS IG = | conan as amMonope eesosls S=SS0|—4 sooor|s ROSATO cone d | = =. meee mal a pa 7 oa 2 y9 Beerrte|e oonanrhse HMOHSIO cocoolo FAORO|M SOSH |N NSHAR|O Comal ‘ye TSM HDR SSAAANIS AASAS|H SDSSSS|S AASHS iH SSSMSlA ASOMaalo cont [a ya Ried ale Sees rc ee Se ieu soa oieee || SET ae es = ee er aes Rie ae a ee ee lie UF qa wis |s coma |x ABNORM O 4 eoccolo AOCHOIN — | re OCOnNR CO SON HNO ==) SRE SS ee Cee Parana ae Se ok bn eae yg SBWONlIS SCOMNAN|O AtoOnHo|r SSSOSCO|S SSSOSOS|S SCOSHAIN HONHO|H CONBA® ta owe AS SOMATIOS aton S| sossol|s aaSsoSln Sona |% monn o|+ sonwala til iw Se ees ye ee WA ea een er Saas ap a * a ~~) eet od a ee Miweo ee UL iB 1g «© «© on [1S conan |e awooo|= coHoo|n etooo|™ CORAM NMOoOmaA|O conan | sD —— FORSH|g FORDSH|g FORO |g FHROM|G FPORDOM| |G FTPODHROH |, FreROH i—a---- | 9121396 g M66 OS1E wom osld SSSSe 5 MemMoo|E wm H SO g poemMonselk wep doo g O00 0 mDoDmnno|/s MaoDMDMO!S 0 0 00 OO DODDDDAIS wWeMmnDe Dnnnn|s wmmDMDD AAA HID le) ae eR FID eee oe oe SAA H!M seas |ID meee eID ties rt 4 102 15 226 7, Conn. Ore f the Wind, Wallingf AUGUST. Taste L—Direction o | 0 ny 0 7 141 |: North-north-west. 0 0 0 | | 0) 0 (eG 23 22 |194|1 74117 North-west. 204/20 COONS] 1444/453/464150149 |4 | 0 0 | 164/16 (14/18 404 | } 36 5 104) 94/103/16 |1 Sum 0 wom ari|o ool West-north-west. occon|s SOSSAIA cocon|a 114/14 |16/16}|20 20419 2 ccoon|- 12 |12 |1 0 4 | 116 (124/11 111 | Sum /19 120 |21 {17 115 112 527 Taste L—Direction of the Wind, Wallingford, Conn. AUGUST (continued.) ii cal = ee ch) rd - Le) a SSS Sensis cs ein UPS MH OHO 3. conn |e i ES ah La csooocle ANS Oe 5 ; ~~ ee = ae UsSZ OnE ote connd{e NHN OAS cosojl|e ANCA 1G a ~ ___ || vent aa eo Fy —- uze Srotdtss Sonne Hin Hom 10 coocolc -—NONS 5 2 a = i Uz m= mt 1d SH} ee Oa ba Cer Sena S| Se S Le oS (Lc | ne eee ees | YO’ km ret CO OD SH | SS Ga1619, 9/00 Mm NO et) SP Sle ie as 2 » Ss Es : a) U6T Sa Oa CUA |.G8 CSCONMN > Or AS aa ocoono|= Aeoor J en > ar.) =e a = _" USI OO ke r= ry 1 109 conma|e oP) aoa |s ooon3|- SoNoOoN ots : ~ rn er eS ke oy et a? eae Rosie ee a Sars mx ULT OOO RH | conan a |e HAD OT a rs | oH coccole SS = Lo SSS —-_eh oe Lt > =< eee yol 0019 SO HH OD IH conan |e HON Se [RS cocoo|s ( GM Lon] iy a ae coalicdd are aes ES a UL SOAS ISD IGIMENI IS conam (© sop | coocols Onn nH oO ° ea | Cwm aAHMIS oSo—-angnye a“ i UPL x a tS lee oS aes eee + 3 =. a uel So 4 0 |S DOSCSAAIM [YMANRS |e Gooono|A a AS : a = ' — 5 : — - ioe : —s :— A ar] on - ¢ WHI BOWMOK[E HOSOHASIN OMHNANS|H Booonms|(m cat ory ne S-3.c8 & Lt ea cf Loonrrsl|in amano |S oa ee Lo |e eee el ee / ee EI Se 2 Sa} mM a ee Yor AAMAAID GOONROIN AAnNoohs a — | aNOoOnRS at —— DQ = iy a . wm Oo 1 eS _U6 ug Ve oat ior UL 0) 6 09 0D a = = 9 HOt MN YG © OH Hee UP DOnanN an aa ug amaodann Te, Sapa tid Orion n es = UL OOO tH ~- ORS 1D 19 10 SO fo ole ole ole 0) [neon icon lila Sen iad | —] © Cn ne | HH ONAN A Ee D ain PS ee | a cobain bs) ata oS de hg heal | st a ei Sa ou |e E ? ° oo cre onl oem mee oo oven en |e pets reece al | 26 — oonn a [6 Sonn els So coe | ————— cial gon+5 Sie A Gere |= Boo tere |e 210 m © | eee 528 SEPTEMBER... Tasie 1.— Direction of the Wind, Wallingford, Conn. - |= MNO O 2918 |S Coonan |r Ne Oe eT SS re ban iy ygz HID COMA M lO mls D2 EE EE ge sels eh —— ee =| emer i U HAMMAN! ocM nM |r Hino dtomina |x 0G Ne ee ee ee eee ee oe u6I MI I el 09 conn | sop Hot | @ |: ad —s al Cate HH o22 OD et Od | oH COM |r 1D Hin 1wmM | A (— ee a MHRA AIO oooococ|o ooer aio WSR he ee ee See cee qui IN HM AAO oom rico | ome | codtwn|s MN AHO coocols coorac|a e =* dae el) 2: ee eee nf See - a) ol l 310 Hon |o0 comnale HOMO dH IES cova |= mn Oom |< coool corac|s (91 par) a et led ue wre woe cCOomMmMAN|co HO 20 rm H/C coodt™MR/0 ANAnon se |r (—E— we — —) — ee IST - i. a — IN Ee Se eel Se eg 2 pe isu ea lL o + - DR + + 3 UF wenn dti SOMNNIE- ~-OrFMNDOdtio Dood |o Ane OO! ES I = | ocoowoo|s | Meataaita In Bo ds ae ie & a 3 G - ala : U O ae ay] peal ee 7 ® 1 uf wp See ees Bt 2 oo 9] a2 SONA PNAISS!S AOSSCSS|S BR Sooracl|s > Ll = s ~ on Se EN SEE : = 2 Ss = 8 : Ss 8 2 3 100 i a Sata Sie ek es Y f Bae, eS er ae een Te lee eee ae 5 a! St G27) |e 7 ~~ — Z yank a += — — —_——- — ra) [oN orawnr 2 Eccanale Zaoremn nN eooconeA Nn MN tOCOla SOSCHHSIN MD : Boourels ULI jee Sere (Cr No =p S °o PIN - = | mi ae nm oe =) p i ae yor rannale Hooaaalo mm arora | oconn|nN aAmMOSC hs ocnoc!” Poonma|a — =~ : = Wh es x = aa Ts) ea fee U gaane|S oomca|o DE AAA TE oocno!]RA mao ORO m™M concol|a coo oreo !i- 16 eo oret rt 11 7 Ss é 3 Cea In Te chen cal 5 a i aa Wg SmUaAaa\> Sonne ae Om {io ooocoor|-n NANAocHO}M — ooorea|- — - ee | oe | q, 2ensee centre NOMS cI /S sooorn|- NASCNS[E Ssoxnoo|n ooorr|s 1 Ee ee ee ean Ihe a ire : : asa tee < Se en's" a ASST q9 OO rt at = Sore ere |e PSR t ES osoooso|s HNOH AH! COR © [4 cooeorr|co _ts . SS eae ee eet ae 4) (25 Ys an ae Nn ee me aonococr!s conHan!|s MOANA |cO ese ois NARA Ol|r conocla COMET rT | UF rE oor |S coona|+ WOR AME eooscsl|s NAS |S coano| SSoMErE |S — ¢ _ ue meonw|s SS 1 689 [19 +HonomM I+ Som nSIN amMmM mM Ola Sonnol|s SSw ODA {€ = lon Bes im eo lA is | Se oe eet ts Ia + “a | me Ln cl uz ee a Cue ee f— ore hor) HO NH coono|n mmam ola oonnol|s a ea | 4 * 2 =o a mee ee ES) ga ee J 2 : | ae ee |! oe Cael oe oe UI HD GO 10 | coumm|o HOAANN WO ooonoin 62 IN EIS [C0 oonne|a oonrals 5 = ret rH OROom|g ROQARS Ag rORDSH|s rHOROnml,g -OaSKH g BORSA g FPOASa|s 0wIDwWO OE 1919 OO] E 1918 1N OO] E 19 19 19 © 6 | 1D 10 10 6 6 1 1 1 © 60 1D 10 10 6 Om 0 0.1 S ae eH A mannonon\s DDODOD/S manmowcn)|s OG 0 0 OF mmnmnon|s see eH BID See BRIN nies see AD ie ae eK ID Hee RID 229 Taste 1.— Direction of the Wind, Wallingford, Conn. SEPTEMBER (continued). eal ca’ a aa UPS CO A Ue 69 1 109 oo nrnm|o ANeHoon coon on|n BFOoOCoROIN ooococo|9o SUSU rete ee coanm lo , _ ar) “ee I ge aa *, “ae 2 Catal | Uke COO cn OS oom aM 16 MHRA OD coonon|s Season omn oocco |S ile Mae eC P| coon M0 °G — a) — | ry eee | ] -n nm UZz Oe ra 6' F965 1169 Se wieier hs tte Holo ——— =ANooo|m coooco|s mae Ole conn en |i 6 or) nl | an i) Sera re — =r) | Moa) eS \ | | Ue Sa oot 1 |e be lo oooo nA |= asmMmooc|*t ocooocoo|o tec | oC xe 7 119 ’ | ce ee dae > a ae | l ~ a. oS is — = Ne = es —] — ~ — YO ~ aime aia OR Se sleet oi SNE a aS “I Siete oa ata See Se ne = as peal et in? ae qa a] U6L RIF SS STS GN Noa CON wm} NM ao Ss | oooco|& NoOooocol!n oococco|o RSNA NS Io oonon|a ea . Sapa as a | : a |e 5 UST SE SSSA SES SocNn wm |S NANA OR | Seo ce eo iic =-HOooln — i — i — ee — i — i —) HAR HO wD conan |e iS i aad r “La ee hE al bs Sse z a” ee [o : ed “ns ULI SS Ce eS SCOR ANH BANA ORO — Fe) i — coonc!|- WHR HOD come |a tas | = ~ — Se ee “ a bs fa iecee e ae = = U9 ronon|in ——— or) ANA OR) edge BL, Oe S18 A Ort ry |e SOM a mis vt wel] Nn 2225 é me ies ooooco|o We. : ene i Lach ee cil UST BS Se GR ES ~e conn” ae On Ht oooccoco|o& nacoo|m Sonn olin Boonn|® ,oonna|s — = Dn) = a =— — a = ‘ a re ae 1 ; UL SSeS mie Bssonn|+ yrcoco|an GoooSo|S —anco|s GOoAAS om 2 Onde | goon na|~+ anced lao! . 1 cats % eet i _ ae ' > — - ry S ea ae a q YELBeCerwromia (RSS OO Pa Scon|s Hocoscclo #ancoo|m SOAR CIN VBONHK HID conna| + are nese. of: =a ee a as So 5- x abe : ae i aie ~ a WO Mieonon |r Roonmol|t+ BHNCOH/xH noccsocscolo Wanccool|4+ dooHnocol|H wOoMHS|S Boonawdle aes oo to) a 4 ° = j at er : ee ee eet: ULL HOR ON MS BPsecomol|m NreocrnA |= Sssoocolo Noroco!|m CES eae ee, MARE OD OSCONNANAH DO ne +e a — % Sm ae 7 ae a ae + 5 SON Hl 4 ol = lS S Yo YAN A|e SSSNSIN AnONa|D oooosls moose seoneoo|a nao S[E SOA He a i 7 ee ¥ a ces Wits iter = 0 en Dan. le Us Sy SS ice coono|a noon rnr|h# ceoools SA OOCOCIN oonco|- Seta aH OD conc |e UL woo |S soon sja Hossrya esoosls Sasson Scones|A WSN |H Son HS ? 3 ~ ee 2 . a _ |e Pal Pal yg UP Us UG 30 2 Taste L——Direction of the Wind, Wallingford, Conn. OCTOBER. 9 18 4 6 7 39 3 5 7 6/10 ; 84| 9 -_ 2 3).3 9/10 |13 }13 2 5 3| 6 | 6 2231 34437 comnale come |e comon|a comor|~ soreny|a conen|n eonco|n wrwoame|s oonco|H senese ror ee a mud a oran [oa 0 aie aon | 0 0 epee = 2 | Lama a IA + =) ae Ote ei _ Dr) Seachd | B= Ss + * joa Arr Tain — Sr) tire roo _ eit u coonla Se ois rN DMI “i mit i is Bee be oe eo wd er ee =) Os ol eH co aN Oye cy waar Mie) en. 08 NO =H OO |r eer e— 10 C2 OW N ~~ Ta es =F " oa fo] | er) ra) em aa WS SP Ska SESS Soe © m7 oS RK AON [re ooones|N tre OoOOo O° |} ocooocococ|o ce ee hl Te me 5 aa aT TR Ce rh) wie eer) © 0 ON /00 — nc) aR ONM|O ococonn|n MASH OO coocooocl|o ea | OHONANA RH ooo dt 110 Soe N10 Soo rf Ss |N nmnorm © |r —— i — aa i: i aS P = Pl hen oan” deal ae See a = wall 2, erick = OCAon Hie coon |i oe eS ooo nes /|o Hc cole ooococo|o ™ = Tate ae ee es so ae ae - ears ; 7 CO SOM H|0 coomahe ae orn o ooonn|N Ar kh — oooocoe|o re Kaoom!s Scie ae ores SSoonAIN fee ean cosssyls Lal ~~ ae Ree» oa ae > pea a Tx Sa eae NDOOAIN BPOOOHNA/O SHA SoHO|N — anoooo (— i — i — 1 — ye — | — “| F - eS . : = ==, es Nooon EE peace 1, bai se thes N ODoconmnmin soocooeo(- ose oe [ om) ' = oe — = +? a Boooun|a fonene N Booonn ee cocccle et a pee ee Se 10 eS | ee eee i : oa Ee a J | n . Ae OONS Po oorietia QoocHA | eoocoon|s”s anone|4 g Teescole rome pe a. = a == = an ide 5 a) =e ie a MIIOANAl POSCSHAIN Seoonol|n flocscocolo moooco|nR Joooccor|A Sa. oe ae Biol eS aa E — + E es : lr MOOAN IH cocorm!”A —— coocoo|s | —— i — | WON MNS ooseri= soo sin soosols aoooo(n cosorn|s NAOMANA!D coocn|4 —— | coocolc Hoooo|n ——— i — | -_ ne Co ki oocon|s-s a. eC kal aide le alee CONOR GB KEN SGH SS conon|a cocoon Olea ccocolo Hoocon|a ooocos |O Se. on ee aie ae ‘fe OO = rt 9 ca |< conon|a Aono |e coccols SS oon|a coocolo ill SON AS 310 1113/9 10 10 }9 10 10 10, ~ coown|# ing ge ell be eae or) ‘Ghee £ a © GCSSCoCOM! lo foe yocoen|s pe iD le: 232 Taste 1.— Direction of the Wind, Wallingford, Conn. NOVEMBER. +e 1 OO oO 1o Sowtmomin ore a wt |i [FZ wend (2 le = es] + Uz BS'co on com |S cOoOMD MN \/- moyen cr t/a ee | ee Sa ee et re - - incl +e ZZ NomM19 © | oo Mm SO HIM AONNM!O a nn col 4 N ~ me rr a i ae ena Pe = eg ae ay EA io? OO FS Fee 2 eee (SS. . Le a ee mor NN ir coo WT) OoOoN dH OD oonodt|o oH oO 4 | oooc es |r SD chi mthcdins lee So CONMIN (0z _ = = a el 4 I oe + acl Sa oa Sa oe ee) a ee es SRT “ ut ee ee ie a ee (oo, be eee tae = en Ee l en cae Soya ae ee > + Wa | oo | EF eee ee . ae ee yer OD r= ret CV CI {CO cow m (a SNe oles (22 be cota | woornmari|e conon|a NANNOC|SO oo Ow dH) = at Soy Sas = a eee Bees =. | ! ==) + = [ =) =) UF aramnalo goomad|a Boowe a BOoOOoOMNA|O DOMMAIN SPOOSCOnH| Ct GY CTS [G9 Boonwdanin a 8 : et Le ay E ‘: a 8 Boowmm|os . C ¢ 1 UJ Pa eS coe) = ‘ -Dl B ~~ = sa | an B os =: | won OO O10 118 BSeooS cis DOA H 1 SONS |H GHMOAANAN/ ieee ng. cle hed: li eek dee ey of ~ i” : ; a> fe) Teo | ae ama Yo is Lam! q j z ¢ i a A mM aa a fiigeebiea ) Cheers ioceasicd Sassuala Se enae sooonalm Biomass a goomma|a ett -_ be 3 tet nm | = z j= nm Es — _iet 7 5 Z to) | aa jan © Tne = a yoI SASeris eset = oie 1S ES ot nn mr ANAM | BooonN|ts otans| Goonma|n wal = % .. Ss eS = os ae a : 3 ys eS +. =e ons | l aa =a | sae U6 SOivnt x3. co oe ee Ss > ett MOINS 1A m 12 09 HO [16 — totaal S'S 9 ters 6010 69 et 4 | COoOMN | — |e ; a=<-1) ary =~ =e |e | l oes | re yg SA eroi> —— i m= 19 0 +H 6/10 oon H|mM wt MO coooonin Ow nA oO|M coumalo eh = i= Pelee a = Seca ee ew LES | l= I i= a a + [ie ms Salsa = | UL ASD Er HH COO 1D [10 Rin No 1 a coon nA A|9 MON adaa|N ccooon|!n woeAAS it COMMAND AA i Ee 2bs = pa | ae Sh Tia ; | ie = + je aoe 5 joe u9 Oe ie ee SE SEES SEMEN oe SS es WD OV OD et rt | OD oooon|nN CO! tC rt — nh) ! _ -_ |e = a | - 5 7 = ! ie ES a aa, |= tc —— ‘| PevaGe Ca Cee ae = ert ee y¢ DA oOrMe eS So HO10 0 Oo mrtH ig oonnea lH -eanaa|o cooon|!n MMe Mala cootNa le ' | aD Comal Cl - - ] (aan ia ae ee ~~ = ree jf e: * rie | UP a Se sO SS tS Oe etl: Mn | oonna|+ CO) rae ON ooconin 69 69 re = CN ocootm—/|co eit - — ok ee he! 1 E aa I, = — | —“ oe | ae | its sie apehesd a rl (= Soe een eae eas, Bs SOSA atu) Tey CSOMNN)w HHO A Sie ocooooni!n oOoAtnNen ist SOONNM RISO 4 qa as er ' ae nH _ ee ma aay joe ia = ey las = aaa | ~ | uz Pe = Se coo wowmM in OAN MI | oO SONATAS Veins on eo | COoOOoRNIM mw HNO nN SONM 1/0 = ED US. e = SS eS = Pe EE = 2 See . + “- + ne oe awn Ke ee) ~~ ~~ ee ~e UI © tO EG | cops OSA 16 |10 cotmal|= HHAANOCIA oocoonn|nN rdtAocnid SCONNN!S z ze RPORDOMls FPORDSOHls FARO rPOoaOd a. - —| i a ORO DBoBSoIs BoBesls 19 19 DO O/E iD iaip oD | 1919 1D OO/E ea | mMwMMoo|s 29 ooO0/E a 0 0 O/B nnowwn) = ammo wmal]s DDDNDDO/S DDD DOD/S como MoO; s aonmnnon|s anno o|]s oll anli ant an ion t? 2 See I aie 2 See eK HID att a at 1D So Ee BS — tt ot | — ee et DD 233 Tasie [.—Direction of the Wind, Wallingford, Conn. NOVEMBER (continued). ee oooon|r- MOMMA S| SONNE |S AON SO lt om = _— mt | —— = ——EE — - — - mone olr conan |e Hongo le ae fee ; ; iz ~~ ' a mote Oo lO oon My N | rm SONA et | [oma : 5 re oe ea rote on SCONNN | ae eNO 10 et | peal ee eee | ee | rons or- coowtan et |e nHOnrRHO) Ore NAO |M oom Sir NOnrn oi _ ee BE.) 7 ; Oa tHRH oO coonNnno!| Norn-o| ea ll i aSonseos/+ SSoHNSIM Aaa oOo ei oe ae ee qa aootoOn!s SCOnNOIM Nonoo!m _ =. a reAton|™D SoonNnNo!|™M Cr — I — i ea E oe a MAHON R BOOCHNOIM mos>oo!m | comes | zs ml a ~~ aan ~~. aR o mw ON SOHO PSS SaaS a Pes > “= a aS oO BmataH |S BOSOOR OIA i —— Babe re Fete ne reo 3 BANMan|oO Moooewrormoncono!m pee Cae BS Gree. 1 AGN 0 t'etifco a i — i i or) no == N- —_ = _ sa ANDAR cooocr |, noonola — — ANNO —— nonno|e = yo ee eS he erm OO OS | O ooocoo|o monn aA it oda =) =o. eae is HANNO] S.orooie i> AHORA N|O ea oe a cede MANW AIM CSCOoONCOIN mon on +t oun H+aAtO A] fi aK ‘lie = Soomnrol/d eer) © as | Eee z a OCOCHSOSO|R Con OMN|S a re) ba BOOSOSO|S FAA oMAN|> oO ——— = ] — BooSoool|o NOOMr 0 sooocsl|s acon |(o "Pe So East-north-east. NO OO | — Se cal fon cal ROMA Sie _ ste AO oO Ste — CO FM ON Se PLS tn | oe S'S SO Sythe omoor | | Sh — ed be —— — —) a | cocoon!+ Stee | coontt|e cocont| 7 —h— Ba) concwle conon|lo ——e— =) ocooc 8 9 ooncoa|m 16 234 Taste [.—Direction of the Wind, Wallingford, Conn. DECEMBER. North. ato -- eo Son hn hl CoONm — + + coon Br) a E: Saco - oa ea —] aL souat|o La SI b. ! ’ SCorRADANHISC = IS Oa © at |x orl : Ie Vn Borm—ie Mor bl) Lom] De) re | 19 DO HD MM | et Io > oor am More ior) - * =~ aaa ood) © 4 ic | oe it oe! i= bach [os ram o Hie eo l= _ ~_ ARAN |e Lomiiamd ist Le ga a — a 10 0 OS a tr [26 awe Von] ~~ ec at et od re | 4-4 te) ~~ |e — | 11f mH IO OM © | —_- ea 1D oe oie oa) j SMATDIN — re wo ee | Aata-o- od _— 116 ~ ~~ re is Oh eee len ec =_ no -~ —- ANA Sor|o | ll el _ 7 ~-oOOole 1 1 SO =| mDamnmnovdin= = mt et North-north-west. 0 0 0 0 ~ al : 2 coodtor|r Om I HO 1G comaa|r Faaco|s conmo|~ WMAMOS/S SO | OF [oH - re Bere SeovswlS : Se Coton |: Sir cia wi |S connm|e mL SIS eccoono!n waAao als SOND - - bare r op ao er ea aa cotrr|o w= VIG HO Soonnm|o tS |S coonolin OAAS rt ist SOMND IW re onl ra Se cal a - ach) ee CowWrE mi Om tomo come |e wt Aol ooonolin BB SS ro Sep | oo N -_ SOHO [rE a Soars Enano|lm soonola HRMASHIS SSoOMNGD IH : | al Lond ae) } — Hee “= [mel _ ¥ * ee re | Sit - Sm1n oD \|r ornare ais Sonn) MMAR OlRA ecoonoin MACH ISC SOMmMN@wIM = ln = 2 Es) gk eee ae = e = = a - a aa OND OO rMODDAID BOON AW MwA | BOOSTS (A arate SOMNDIN ited a _ — 5 Shy 2 © = —~ 2 oe s) oma alr Nardan|a Boomnni« aAoannole Boconal|a ONAN AIN SCOMHDIN ae la 4 | Pie Lex Oa o ss _Im ¢ = : | B Y= | ee aera henge et r ae § Ct eee iwi a CNTR Znocanlt Poodtne|e SHNARKO|D FOSSCHO|TA ImMmnoaic BOOMSr\n re cS —o _—— 8 a jas 7 Z 2 =.——_ Tea z See enwalo RnoHwon|o FOSOMAH|H” HAMHO!S POOSHAHIA ARAN SO HD — ion a & es n = Za a 3) PT i dis a qa © n= —-~ 8 o+vor|s oi tiaNi|n coonmnoolnm MOonAaAlr Eo o'o mrs MNANMORM|S Soomoe|- a] a ’ hae Sod a 5 Im @ ol a SEG tae wn ke Sm HIN Ow eid A!|O coxntoo!x Nea Sonar |s 69 6 SS 1H coon e lic ic ie ——————______ | | | CS tH Hi | 12 =H 1a 69 | ocoonrocoim MAMAN coranrit meee o|o SOO [mel nl j= race [ese Te al Paar ae el a TF eh = =e ae cotati 19 19 4 =H oD | 00 comnolH NN aA oonmn)n0 6 02 0 OO 10d contre |e _ ic | ae Sie HA COHN NIDO CoonmNSoIM mA ANA Al conan | CUE CY airy [00 cornea nl —— ef Leiner. t| Pe a ee roe pas aa a igs 5 I [aa SO oe Ho ~-eoomMmn|s Soo cain MMMM AN coorinecim See ae |e corn o | _ re } | nl eo = =e se : = CaaS SA As ES m1 Oo Ho | ereitenlca MOHtANN HY conn olim AwsA ee SE Se Ne - —_ | = | 7 panied fs : ins ae ee Sab — indeed 1D =H CO WY |r oococnrn nt nN MatAANIN co7no |e Net NO | SCO ONr |6 oe ce | lal | = ie _l= eS ce =. = = a sonolo HHoOmn mM! coodn|a ataano | coodno]}M Ne Aaa CSCOMNDIN i_ —_ eo i SS = oomela HoomW MoO coonal|s HMAAMIA SCOMNNC|H MANA! oe te i i fol eat ee | | : ‘. Cal DROor|«- mooorli«s -m-OoOnDOonrtis ~=~ORDDrlea ~-onocrn S| -onocr E -rmonoec mM oeol]s 1910 19 01 1n1n MOO! s 191019 O18 19 19 10 OO 1D 10 19 OO 6sBSo/E Oonwmn|s DmnDDDOD|S DOomDwomao!s (oo oo oo oe ol =| caoaoono|s mamonmnon|s m0 00 see HID ase ee HID nis 2) ee 2 ee 2 ae FI ene) 235 © TasLe L——Direction of the Wind, Wallingford, Conn. DECEMBER (continued). UG yee Use nies WOG 61 USI Ut Y9l yet rial ql ULI Yol 6 18 Al _u9 Ug w its re Nw om pal NwWrno dt ae : Nm~nAod 94,8410 10 11 1 10 10 10310) ‘13 9 941 9 2 conno|m oonno|m coonoo|nN ao Ln) ocooocoo!|9o —— i — a) oS —_ oocoonc |e ooornrcd\im- =) ars) nrooco |=: a eee Nreooccimn aa jaa NArAooroc|% NNOCO SO] East-south-east. coono|n ArMooo|m — anooo|m So c'oo)||> NHooolm cooocsol!s Anooo|m cocecl|o Noooo|N me Wm i Kt nococo|N Sooo ic aeosoln Sesesieo ei am soon ocoooco co |o KAO COoIn cooorn|-A HHooola A ac) |e oooco|o on | : 5g IE SSS Si) i 4 5 eee cooool|s FonHooo|A : ae hy re ee Seyi csoocols eS == Soo om |> —ji— I — I — I — Ik — i sacocole-e rE el Pa Sea. Sooo |= ocnool- Sera Sic — HN — |) ges ee Vy) = Sioa oS East-north-east. ooe ocooncoo 0 oO |= . ~ q omnoo|« aor ie) he — i oe) Moh ANOS otnas | + — is i a —) ve ve) OMAN a oS Te) a LE eo ee Cooana\;$5 art ores loo Eyce Poo conceal So nees |e mover |i necan|a amooo|is ee eS ae 3 poe Mods vA coons|o 236 Direction of the Wind at Wallingford, Conn. Taste Il, Part 1.— Hourly Means.— Direction of the Wind, Wallingford, Conn. Jan. | Feb. | Mar.| Apr. | May. | June. July. Aug. | Sept | Oct. | Nov.| Dec. /Ay, e =| | — | — | ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° °o176 lh| 31-4 | 27°1 | 41°4 | 36°4 | 195°2 | 166-2 | 170°7 | 173°1 | 90°8 | 36:0 | 39°6 | 34°65 | 57 2 | 80-5 | 24-7 | 39°4 | 25°1 | 235°5 | 173°3 | 162°7 | 156°2| 81°5 | 27°4 | 38-3 | 32°1 | 65 3 | 27-0 | 24-0 | 39°6 | 17-4 | 349°8 | 1363 | 155°9| 48°5) 81-7 | 35-1 | 40-1 | 33-4 | 62 4 | 27-6 | 25°4| 378] 17°3 | 334-5] 49°8)149°0| 24:2] 61°1 | 27-7 | 41:9 | 31°8 | 39 5 | 25-4 | 23-4 | 34°0 | 161 | 350°2 | 15-4) 110° | 22-6) 46°5 | 29-1 | 37-9 | 30°0 | 31 24-4 | 23°5 | 36°3 | 14°5 | 359-1 6 40°2|106°0} 13:2] 39°8| 26°7 | 35-8 | 30°0 | 32 7 12671 | 226.1363) 9:3 350°5 14°4) 67°5 10:0} 31°6] 28°8 | 37°5 | 30°7 | 25 8 | 26°2 | 23°8 | 35°4 | 13°5 | 16) 23°9| 67°9 8:°5| 30°3 | 27-4 | 35:0 | 28-4) 27 9 | 23°1 | 23°7 | 38°1 | 14°8 | 355°6 | 53°56] 68°6| 10:9] 30°8 | 29:0 | 43°3 | 29:4 | 99 10 | 23°3 | 21°1 | 35°8 | 10°4 0°-4| 62°5| 67°8| 18°3| 37°1 | 29°6 | 42°0 | 29°5 | 31 Lt Noon 27°2 | 22-4] 38°0 | 15°5 88} 83°38} 99°3| 22:2) 43°4] 85°3 | 42-7 | 31°9 | 39 30°4 | 28.5 | 40°4) 17-7 33°2| 99°9/111°2|} 40°0| 59-2 | 42°9 | 46:0 | 34°71 13 | 30°0 | 34:4 | 50°6 | 28°8 | 1461 | 103°2 | 129-0 74°4| 82-6 | 45:3 | 52-0 | 38°5 | 68 14 | 35°3 | 41°3 | 53°1 | 45°3 | 155°6 | 114°1 | 1346 | 98°3| 64:6 | 49 6 | 58°5 | 38-0 | 56 15 | 37:0 | 47°6 | 56°9 | 64:7 | 157°6 | 130°6 | 138°2 | 118°9| 91:2 | 54°3 | 64-4 | 38-7 | 83 16 | 41°3 | 48°5 | 58°9 | 85°5 | 156°5 | 130-2 | 142°3 | 144-9 | 105°3 | 63-3 | 69-0 | 42°8 | 91 17 | 41-1 | 42°4 | 58:4 | 95-0 | 162°1 | 133-5 | 146°5 | 154°0 | 116°] | 61°2 | 71-7 | 43°0 | 94 18 | 35-7 | 44:4 | 64:0 | 93°0 | 164°2 | 138-7 | 150°6 | 157°3 | 119°9 | 64:0 | 70°3 | 42:0 | 95 19 | 84°8 | 46°5 | 58°7 | 87°6 | 1691 | 147°7 | 152°5 | 163°9 | 128:1 | 56°8 | 74:3 | 39°6 | 97 20 | 35:2 | 47°9 | 56°0 | 83:1 | 166-2 | 159°1 | 154°5 | 164°7 | 134-1 | 55-2 | 68°5 | 41°9 | 97 21 | 32°3 | 48-6 | 51-0 | 91 6 | 169-9 | 160-8 | 163-2 | 168-6 | 145-4 | 49°6 | 62°9 | 39-0 | 99 22 | 33:3 | 38:0 | 47°3 | 77:0 | 181-4) 170°7 | 168-4 | 171-2 | 146°8 | 43-2 | 51°8 | 34°6| 67 23 | 32-8 32-7 | 48:5 '59-4| 191-3 | 167-5 | 169°1 | 1641 | 145-4 | 42°8 | 48-3 | 35°9| 65 24 | 33-2 | 34-3 | 45-8 | 28-4 | 187-0 | 162-8 | 168°8 | 162-9 | 123°9 | 45°3 | 43-0 | 34-3 | 59 Mean | 30-5 32-4 152 | 337 163-0 | 132-3 | 1458 | 107-1| 85°8 | 39-4 | 49-2 | 35-2 | 61 Fint. 18° 28° 30° 86° 364° 159° 112° 165° 117° 37°) 49° ah° These angles are measured from the North point, round the circle by the West and South. TABLE II, Part 2.—Ratio of the Wind's progressive motion in its mean direction, to the total distance traveled. Wallingford, Conn., 1857-1862. Jan. | Feb. | Mar. | April.| May. ; June.) July. ; Aug. | Sept. | Oct. | Noy. ; Dec. Lh |0°410 (0°305 0°295 |0°134 |0°088 0-195 |0°293 |0°090 |0°152 |0-265 |0-425 |0:386 2 | 423] °331} -289| -211] 020] -129) -252| 055) :154) -281] 412} :413 3 | -363| -368| -302 ‘279 | 056) -059} -219| 055} -141] -303] -403| -409 4 412 | ‘424 | +329 | -298 | 109) -078} °139| -108| ‘150 | -335] -380| -425 5 | 485 | 426) -370| -306| -142) -068) 084) -142| -191} -369} -412) -416 6 | -444| -415| -402| -292| 144| picid 7069 | ‘187 | °272 | -379]| -419)| -448 7 456 | 423] -408) -311-| -189} 075 | 116) 204] °257| -385] -458)| -458 8 | -459] °398| -449| -383 | °222| -127| 135) -232) :241 | °393) -451) -418 9 | 442) 384] -445 | -424/ -210) -101| 162) ‘269) -288) -404] -448) -425 10 | *411)| *431| -450| 399) *194/ 107) *183| °289| -260) 433) 465) -455 11 ‘412 | 440] -454) -328)| -125) -126 | *162 | 214) °258) -419| -447| -489 Noon | 402) -419| -450, -299 | -052| -142| 167) *173| ‘213 | °412| -448/ -489 13 | -408| °382]| -459) -228/ -032| -170° °199} -119} °217]| °353| *423) 489 14 | °381}| °370}] -419| °187 | 093) -176 °234) °119) -220| "327 ) 395) -472 15 | ‘354! -353| -379| °173 | ‘223 | -258 °308) *144) °253| -291) 334) 462 16 | :341] :351] -369| °184| :294) -245 °364) °182}) -251! 266) -322) -467 17 | °317| °394] -335| -204) -309| :288 -426| 224) -268/} -221]) -224) -459 18 | *321| °366| °347) °216| -294| -265 | -453) -254| -279| 201 | 335] -457 19 | *302| -322| -365| -194)| -343 254 | ‘478 | ‘299 | °288| -182| °324] -443 20 | ‘308| °324| °341) °162) 324] 305 | ‘473 | ‘327) °255| 168) 319) -443 21 | *312 | -273| -302| °132| :281) -290| °481 |} °298) 226) -165) 318) -389 22 | 326) *250 | ‘264 | ‘110 | °260| -223 | -451 | 237 | -217 | -196.) 315.) -383 23 | 378) 265 "264 | 101 | ‘207| °193 | 412) -198| -177 | -210) °325) -389 24 | -384| -280| -269| °122| °198] -164/| -378| *161| 182] -223) °365) -385 Mean Direction of the Wind. 237 If we combine the northings and southings, eastings and westings, for the several months, so as to obtain the latitude and departure for the entire year, and hence compute the mean direction for the year, we shall obtain for a result N. 51°-7 W. If we take the arithmetical mean of the twelve monthly directions, we shall obtain N. 74° W. The large difference arises from the greater uniformity in the wind’s direction during the colder months, when the direction is most northerly. The numbers in Table II, part 2, were obtained as follows: After computing the mean direction of the wind for each hour, as described on page 211, the absolute length of the line indicating its direction was computed, and this number was divided by the number of the observations for that hour without regard to direction. These result- ing numbers, therefore, represent the ratio of the wind’s progress, in the mean direction to its entire motion; and a comparison of these numbers shows at what hour the direction of the wind was most uniform, and at what hour it was most variable. Tasce ITI. Mean Direction nae the Wind. Hupson, Onto. | Ww ALLINGFORD, CONN. 9 A.M. 3 P. M. 9 A.M. 3: P. M. Months. Course. a Course. wiles Diff. | ee Course. sf Diff. _ March, N.75°°3 W.| N. 68°:5 W.| 6°°8 N. -LW.| N.56°°9 W.| 188 April, 782 59°8 18°4 ae 8 64:7 49-9 May, 85:3 61:7 236 || ON. 4245. S. 22:4 W. | 162-0 June, 8. 81:9 W yy Gal 21:0 1} NYS 49-4 vi ea| July, N. 84:8 W. 61:7 23-1 || 58°6 41-8 79°6 August, 81-7 48°4 33°3 10°9 61-1 108-0 September, | S. 69-5 W. 15°2 35°3 30°8 88°8 60-4 October, 13°3 89°5 Lis2 29-0 N. 54:3 W.| 25°3 November, 70:2 SB o2-9.W.) 127 3°3 64-4 21°] December, 82°3 N. 87°2 W.| 10°5 | 29-4 38°7 9°3 January, 71-5 S. 82°6 W.| 111 || 23°] 37-0 13-9 _ February, 197 863 66 23°7 47°6 23°9 For the entire year, ‘the average char inge in the direction of the wind from 9 a. M. to 3 Pp. M., is at Hudson 18°°3; while at Wallingford it is 54°°1, or three times as great as at Hudson. Moreover, at Hudson the direction at 3 p. M. is always more northerly than at 9 A. M., while at Wallingford it is always more southerly. These facts seem to indicate that the cause of the diurnal change at Wallingford, must be quite different from what it is at Hudson. The Philadelphia observations employed for comparison were those made at the Girard College Observatory* in 1842. The results are shown in the first part of Table IV, while in the second part of the * Maznetic and Meteorological Observations, Girard College, Philadelphia, 1840-45. 1GA 238 Mean Direction of the Wind. Table are given the corresponding numbers for Toronto, Canada,* Part 1.— Hourly Means.— Direction of the Wind, Tas_eE IV, Jan. lh; 38° 2 49 3 39 4 48 5 62 6 58 7 58 8 63 9 52 10 62 11 63 Noon 64 13 74 14 a 15 68 16 74 17 46 18 54 19 oT 20 59 21 38 22 59 23 51 24 | 45 Fluct. 36 ____ | Jan. 1 | 71° 2 | 70 ES ia 4 70 5 | 73 6 | ries 7 | W1 8 | 68 9 | 69 10 | 75 11 | 82 Noon 84 13 | 86 14 | 87 15 | 82 16 | 79 17 | 92 18 | 82 19 | 76 20 | 79 ay | Bi 92 | 76 23 | 73 pS bie Mean = =77 Fluct. 17 Feb.) 59° S) © —Ol's ou for) aT tT 1 =T OG > bo bo “Mar. TWH OO co “Apr y } 942 | ll ee Ww =1 te out oe > CO bo bo co C1 Philadelphia, Pa., 1842. May. June. July. | Aug. | Sept. 28°) 9° | 366°| 312°) 28°) 12 | 354 | 348 | 304 | 26 10 | 356 4 | 313 | 38 18 1 | 342 | 312 | 40 15 1 | 356 | 306 | 28 18 | 357 | 359 | 329 | 41 52 | 347 34 | 310 | 365 20 | 339 35 | 317 | 19 32 | 353 55 | 308 | 31 45 | 359 46 | 311 75 | 49 | 347 46 | 330 | 49 52 17 30 | 350 | 34 62 35 BL, tr 9) Ae 60 | 40 | 56 g | 49 | 62 4 50 14 | 47 71 23 58. | 357 | 49 68 | 15 69 | 328 | 54 70 12 48 | 323 | 56 Gi 02 47 | 328 | 49 50 | 356 10 | 309 | 31 95 | 2 | 367 | 326 | 46 15 26 | 354 | 307 | 34 44 33 11 | 303 | 81 31 16 13 | 304 | 10 69 61° 87° 76° 46° Canada, 1854-1859. Mar.| April. | May. , June. 54°) 9°) 354°) 17° 54 3 | 358 16 53 PAE AS(Oe O5 50 2| 345 | 18 53 2 | 345 | 24 53 1 | 344} 29 52 10 | 333 | 42 53 9 | 331 | 67 62 | 12 | 324 | 126 | 72 40 | 299 | 145 "8 | 89.) BIG | 16T 88°} 121 | -283))) 68 84 | 110 | 252 | 1645 83 | 97 | 280 | 168 | 80 | 75 | 311 | 154 "6 | 51 | 341 | 118 T4| 45 0| 87 Wo | 4a |S eee rn ee Pan (es 0) 68 | 25 | 364 | 24 64 | 20 0 16 61 13 | 359 | 16 58 9 | 357 | 18 56 2| 354 | 18 10; ~ 29 “S40. 2-48 34°10... TAY 362 aly. 14° 11 9 11 15 15 14 19 140 Lyi 173 180 175 175 176 153 94 55 52 36 32 29 28 18 66 171 _Aug. ; Sept. 22°) 20° 26 | 20 25 | 14 20 | 15 | 18 | 14 30 | 21 38 | 36 | 55 | 49 | 14] 78 112 | 121 138 | 145 | 142 | 146 139 | 142 123 | 135 105 | 120 79 | 92 66 | 78 49 | 61) 41 | 56 38 | 44 32 | 35 30 | 30 29 | 21 24 | 29 68. 61 124 132 Oct, 12° 23 25 29 20 18 16 19 1 22 48 59 45 44d 54 42 47 42 33 38 Ty 5 2 5 58° General Average. Tasie LV, Part 2.— Hourly Means.—Direction of the Wind, Toronto, | Nov. 42° dt 43 33 31 34 37 BB: 31 21 31 Ll Dee. | Year, 42° | 21° 43 | 20 49 | 22 47 | 29 50 | 20 52 | 24 37 | 25 46 | 23 46 | 24 48 | 29 36 | 31 29 | 35 | 26 | 43 | 39 | 47 | 42 | 46 | 44 | 49 | 46 | 44 | 49 | 41 | 51 | 88 50 | 30 49 | 26 |} 40 | 21 34 | 28 39 | 22 18° N. 30° W. Oct. ; Nov.| Dec.| Year. “B1° 819) 62°] 40° 52 | 80 | 57 40 43 | 79 | 54 39 43 | 83 | 56 39 39 | 84 | 56 38 39 | 86 | 62 40 45 | 82 | 56 42 50 | 83 | 59 48 58 | 87 | 59 63 66 | 88 | 62 80 79 | 927 6% 96 86 | SLilat3s el) 0s 87 | 90 | 79 |. 103 84 | 90 | 81 | 101 "7 | 88 | 82 90 70 | 83 | 82 | -%7 70 | 84 | 80 70 66 | 83 | 80 64 60 | 83 | 81 59 59 | 78 | 81 56 5) ia Pi ey) 51 52 | 80° | 70 48 51 | 79 | 68 46 44 | 79 | 66 43 62 “86 ee 62 48 15 28 * Abstracts of meteorological observations made at the Magnetical Observatory, Toronto, during the years 1854 to 1859, inclusive. Toronto, 1864. Se Mean Direction of the Wind. 239 The numbers in both tables represent degrees counted from the north point around the circle by the west and south. The diurnal fluctuation at Philadelphia during the cold months is greater than at Wallingford, but during the warm months it is decidedly less. The fluctuations at Philadelphia appear greater in consequence of the shortness of the period of comparison (one year). In order to discover what would be the effect of extending the period of comparison, that month was selected, (May), which at Walling- ford, showed the most remarkable diurnal fluctuations. Table V shows the results of the Philadelphia observations for the month of May, for a period of four years. Taste V.—Hourly Means. Direction of the Wind for Muay at Philadelphia. 1842 1843 | 184 | 1845 | Mean 1842 | 1843 1844 1845 Mean "Thi 28°) 38°| 78° | 72°! 54° |! 13hi 62° | 351° | 56° | 56° | 41° at a2 24 | 103 69 52 || 14 | 60 | 346 38 68 38 3| 10 | 357 88 69 41 15 | 62 19 | 63 59 51 eel any | 74 | 62 | 3 164. 411.43 [88 | 58 | “59 5| 15 | 357 | 65 65 36 || 17 |- 68 | 34°] 77 68 60 6 | Woe Ch | 62 64 36 18 70 Me Hi 10 65 rey | ey ie 2 | 63 | 61, | 3 Hult Geel cae Geek ht | Be | 20 | 356 | 61 52 32 || 20 | 50 30 | 59 72 53 Seeeeeisot | 43 | 59 | 32 || 21} 25 | 28 | 49 | 11 | 43 10 | 45 | 354 | 42 Sa ea | 0 59 80 39 11 Zi) Nails 60 66 45 23 44 | 346 | 45 82 39 Non; 52 | 17 | 64 63 AE N24 | Si | 6) |. 62 15 41 The mean diurnal fluctuation is here reduced to 28 degrees, while at Wallingford, for the same month, it amounts to 364 degrees. The cause of this great fluctuation at Wallingford, must be very different from that which operates at Philadelphia; or if the cause be the same, it must operate with far greater intensity. The results of the observations at Toronto, exhibit a strong resem- blance to those at Wallingford. For the six colder months the mean diurnal change is nearly the same, and the curves representing the change of direction are similar, although the corresponding changes are not simultaneous. At Toronto the wind is most southerly about -an hour after noon, while at Wallingford the wind is generally most southerly about 5 p.m. During the six warmer months, the diurnal change of direction at Toronto is nearly as great as at Wallingford; and if we omit the month of May, it is greater than at Wallingford. Moreover, the curves representing the changes of direction at the two places, bear some resemblance to each other; although the change of wind from north to south generally occurs four hours earlier at Toronto than at Wallingford. A comparison of these facts naturally suggests the idea, that the diurnal change in the direction of the wind is mainly due to inequality 240 Mean Direction of the Wind. of temperature over neighboring portions of the earth’s surface ; and that at Wallingford, as well as at Toronto, the great changes in the warmer months are due to the proximity of a large surface of water. The diurnal change at Wallingford cannot be ascribed simply to the inequalities of the earth’s surface. This cause might affect the mean direction of the wind, but could not produce a change in the wind’s direction from hour to hour. Moreover, the facts stated on page 209, show that the horizon at Wallingford is but little obstructed by hills ; while the great regularity in the changes shown by the curves on Plate VIL, indicates that the inequalities of the earth’s surface do not here greatly affect the wind’s direction. We propose, then, to inquire whether the diurnal changes in the direction of the wind at Wallingford, can be explained by the influ- ence of the difference of temperature of the land and the neighboring water. For this comparison we will take the temperature of New Haven as the standard for the temperature of the land at different periods of the day and year, and for the water we will take the numbers derived from Maury’s thermometrical charts of the Atlantic.* In Table V1, column second shows the mean temperature of the different months at New Haven; column third shows the mean tem- perature of the warmest hour of each month; and column fourth shows the mean temperature of the coldest hour of each month. Tas E VI.—Temperature of New Haven and Ocean compared. ~ New Haven. Ocean./G. Str.} ' New Haven. | Ocean.\G. Str. ee ae a ee) ee fee pa Months. “Mean Max’m Min’m Mean | Mean | Months., Mean Max'm | Min’m| _Mean_ Mean Jan. | 26°5| 32°°9 22-1) 42°5 | 59°4 July | 71-°7| 79° 5| 64°°0| 64°-0 | 71°38. Feb. | 28-1 | 35:1 | 228 | 39-7 | 619 |(Aug. |70°3 |78°0 |e63-2 | 69-0 | 75-0 36 |29°9 | 40°5 | 57-9 |\Sept. | 62°5 |70°5 |55°1 | 63.2 | 7471 2/393 | 424 | G13 |\Oct. | 511 | 69-2 |443 | 59-2 | 71-7 ‘*§ | 48°8 48°32 | 63°7 liNov: 40:3 | | 46°9 | 35°5 5§2°8 66°5 3 | 581 | 60-4 | 67:9 |\Dec. | 30-4 365° (26-4 | 465 | 62-2 Year 490 1565 '42°6 | 624 | 661 April | 46°8 May | 57-3 | 6 June | 67.0 | 75° 3 March | 36°71 | 4: 5 t eben fifth shows the mean eommpen rature of the Atlantic Ocean for a zone extending a little over a degree on each side of the parallel of New Haven, and reaching eastward to longitude 69° ; while column sixth shows the mean temperature of that portion of the Gulf Stream, which is comprehended within the limits of the same zone. The diurnal change of temperature of the water is not accurately known, but is presumed to be less that half what it is at New Haven. The distance from Wallingford to the nearest point of the Gulf stream is about 300 statute miles; its distance from the nearest point of the Atlantic Ocean is about 50 miles; but Long Island Sound, which is * Maury’s wind and current charts, a, Thevinal sheets, Series D. | | | | | Mean Direction of the Wind. 241 here 20 miles in breadth, is distant only ten miles. It is presumed that the temperature here given for the Atlantic Ocean would not differ greatly from the temperature of Long Island Sound for the corresponding months. Near the parallel of 40° N. lat. the average wind is from a point a little South of West. We will call this the normal wind, and inquire whether the temperatures shown in Table VI, will enable us to explain the departures from this normal direction shown in the observations at Wallingford. Beginning with the month of January, we find the temperature of the land, even at its maximum, to be many degrees lower than the neighboring water. This cause should then produce a deflection of the normal wind in the direction from the land toward the water; and this should continue throughout the 24 hours, but should be most decided during the colder half of the day, which conclusion corresponds very closely with the observed facts. The same remark is applicable to the month of February, except that during the warmest part of the day, the temperature of the land differs from that of the ocean less than in January, and the deflecting force should be less; which conclusion also corresponds very well with the observed facts. The phenomena for January and February are therefore very well explained by the unequal tempera- ture of the land and the neighboring water, without ascribing any influence to the more distant and warmer water of the Gulf Stream. For the month of March, the same remark is applicable during the colder half of the day; but about the hour of maximum heat the temperature of the land and that of the neighboring water is about the same, while observation shows the wind still tending from the northwest. This would seem to indicate that the heat of the Gulf Stream was the principal deflecting force; but perhaps the facts may be explained from the inertia of the air set in motion from the north- ward, because the neighboring water is warmer than the land during nearly the entire day, and the slightly higher temperature of the land continuing but for an hour or two, is insufticient to arrest this steady current from the north. The phenomena for March are easily explained by reference to the higher temperature of the Gulf Stream; and may, perhaps, be explained without ascribing any very important influence to this more remote body of water. During the month of April, the mean temperature of the land is higher than that of the neighboring water; and even at the coldest hour of the day, the land cannot be much colder than the water. Nevertheless, observations show a strong deflecting force from the 242 Mean Direction of the Wind. North prevailing more than half the day. It does not appear how this fact can be explained, except by ascribing it to the influence of the warmer water of the Gulf Stream. The northerly wind, which prevails during a considerable portion of the day in the month of May, cannot be ascribed to the influence of the neighboring water, but is easily explained by the higher tem- perature of the Gulf Stream; while during the principal part of the day, the temperature of the land rises so much above that of the neighboring water, that a breeze springs up from the colder water toward the land. The northerly wind which prevails during a portion of the day in the month of June, seems also to indicate the influence of the Gulf Stream, while the southerly wind, which prevails during more than half the day, is explained as in the month of May. In July the northerly wind almost entirely disappears, for now the land is not only warmer than the neighboring ocean, but during a considerable part of the day is warmer even than the Gulf Stream. The strong southerly wind which generally prevails, is a current flow ing from the cooler water toward the land. In the months of August and September the land is warmer than the neighboring water during about half of the day, and colder during the other half; and we find accordingly that the northerly current prevails for about half of the day, and the southerly for the other half. In the month of October the circumstances are nearly the same as in March, while in November and December they are nearly the same as in January and February. We find, then, that most of the observed facts can be accounted for from the unequal temperature of the land and the neighboring water; but some of the facts, especially those in April, May and June, seem to indicate a decided influence of the Gulf Stream; and if the influence of the Gulf Stream is appreciable during certain months of the year, its influence must be exerted during the remaining months of the year, although partly masked by being blended with other causes. ; If the causes which we have here assigned fer the changes in the wind’s direction at Wallingford are correct, they ought to produce similar effects at other stations similarly situated; that is, at places all along the Atlantic coast of the United States within the belt of prevalent westerly winds. Observations at such places may then afford a test of the accuracy of the explanation here given. ; Mean Direction of the Wind. 243 From a series of hourly observations of the wind, we may infer the best method of deducing the wind’s mean direction from observations made at a limited number of hours. For nine months of the year at Wallingford, the direction of the wind at 1 p.m. corresponds very closely with the mean of the 24 hours, while for the other three months (May, June and July) this direction is not attained until 5 p.m. The other hour of the day when the wind’s direction corresponds most nearly with the mean of the 24 hours, is about an hour after mid- night. At Toronto, the two hours when the wind’s direction corres- ponds most nearly with the mean of the 24 hours, are 9 a. mM. and 6 p.M. At Philadelphia they are 10 a.m. and 8 p.m. These critical hours appear, therefore, to vary considerably with the locality. The hours most generally selected for observations of temperature are 7 A.M., 2 and 9 p.M., and the best result which can be deduced from these observations is obtained by adding twice the 9 o’clock obserya- tion to the sum of the other two observations, and dividing the result by four. The same rule gives the true mean direction of the wind at Toronto within less than one degree, although the mean diurnal range amounts to 65 degrees. At Philadelphia also the rule gives an equally accurate result. At Wallingford this rule is considerably in error, owing to the fact that the critical hours occur much later than at Toronto; but during the six colder months, the mean of the 7 4. mM. and 2 Pp. mM. observations corresponds very well with the mean of the 24 hours, while during the other six months, the 2 Pp. mM. observation does not differ greatly from the mean of the 24 hours. At most observatories where hourly observations of the wind are made, the observations are not reduced with suflicient accuracy to enable us to test the preceding method of deducing the mean direction from a limited number of observations; but at Oxford, England, the rule above given for Toronto furnishes a very accurate result. The record at Wallingford shows several cases in which the vane indicated the same direction uninterruptedly for two days or more. The following examples are selected from the first two years of the observations; because during this period the force of the wind was recorded, and we are able to distinguish between the period during which the wind blew with considerable force, and that during which the air was nearly or quite calm. Until January, 1859, the records employed only the eight cardinal points; but subsequently sixteen points were employed. The following Table shows first, the direction indicated by the vane; second, the date at which this direction began to be recorded; third, 244 Mean Direction of the Wind. the period during which the record indicated identically the same direction of the wind; and lastly, the number of hours during this interval when the pressure apparatus showed the wind to blow with a force of at least eight ounces on a plate ten inches square. Taste VUL—Znstances of remarkably steady Winds. Direction of Wind.) Commencement of Wind. Duration. | Force of Wind at least 8 oz. North | 1857, Oct. 27d, lh 2d 17h 35 hours. North 1857, Dec. 24, 19 2 Lie 285. & SW. } 1858, Feb. 16, 16 | at a G 64 CS South | 1858, July 7, 18 4 0 AD hyrt" South | 1868, Sept. 8, 15 | 2 22 225 Te North 1858, Oct. 23, 22 | £) 46° 8 N.W. 1858, Nov. 24, 12 3 11 Tt ae N.W. 1859, April18, 18 | | 300 ae. SO. WV 1859, May 4, 9 | eet) Lo Pe S.S.E. 1859, May 16, 15 2:9 Boe South 1859, May 25, 15 2) 3 ATs hee korce of the Wind. The force of the wind was recorded by an anemometer constructed upon the principle of Osler’s anemometer, from directions furnished by Dr. Smallwood of Montreal.* The pressure plate was ten inches square, and the spring was a straight steel rod, 2 ft. 7 in. long, and one-fourth inch in diameter. The weight of the clock (the same as employed for recording the direction of the vane) turned a horizontal cylinder nine inches long, and three and three-quarter inches in diam- eter, with a uniform and known velocity. A long roll of paper, eight inches broad, wound upon a roller, passed over the cylinder, and was wound up on another roller. The ends of the cylinder were armed upon its circumference with sharp points, which caught the paper and varried it forward with the same velocity as that with which the cylinder turned. The motions of the pressure plate were communi- cated by means of wheel work to a pencil, which was pressed by a spring against the paper. When the pressure plate was stationary, the pencil described a straight line upon the paper; but when the plate was in motion, the pencil traced a zig-zag line. Before the commencement of the observations, experiments were made to determine the amount of pressure on the plate corresponding to given positions of the spring; and hence the distance of the differ- ent points of the zig-zag line from the line of no pressure, could be converted into ounces of pressure on a surface ten inches square. Unfortunately these experiments were not repeated at the close of the observations. In the course of the two years during which the spring * See page 209 and note, UNS Or te Mean Direction of the Wind. was employed, the record showed a permanent change, indicating either a change in the elasticity of the spring, or a change in the ap- paratus by which the motion of the pressure plate was transmitted to the recording pencil. The observations on the force of the wind commenced 1857, Sept. 7d, 7h, and continued to 1859, July 11th. Until the month of April, 1858, pressures less than ten ounces seem to have been recorded with as great fidelity as the higher pressures. Atter April 5th, 1858, no pressures were recorded less than ten ounces on a plate ten inches square. About this time, either the spring or the recording apparatus must have sustained some injury. It is impossible now to determine why the apparatus subsequently failed to record the smaller pressures ; nor can we determine whether the higher pressures recorded before April, 1858, are comparable with those subsequently recorded. This failure of the anemometer to record the low pressures impairs some- what the value of the observations; nevertheless, the results are so consistent with each other, and with similar observations made else- where (as we shall see hereafter), that the observations are considered worthy of preservation. Other observers have experienced similar difficulties with the press- ure apparatus of Osler’s anemometer. At the Observatory of Toronto, _ Canada, during the years 1840, °41 and 742, in pressures of less than one pound, the pressure plate of the anemometer either did not move at all, or the record of its motion was very uncertain. In higher winds the instrument worked well, but the spring was insufficient to bring the pencil back again to the zero, so that until corrected by hand, the pencil might continue to mark high pressures after the wind had lulled. A similar imperfection was found in the Osler’s anemom- eter employed at the Girard College Observatory in 1840-45. Table VIII exhibits in detail the entire series of observations at Wallingford, and shows the recorded force of the wind estimated in eaE—s a ounces upon a surface of 100 square inches, for each hour of the day during two years. The average force of the wind is thence obtained for each hour of each month, 17 246 = | fe le le le he le be ae = P & . Sig lf i646 ie eisiais SS a6 ae 8 ESE SER AIR IA IF IF SMM 1810/9 9| 6 6| 6) 6| 6| 7| 9\11j12|11]11|10 |10| 9| 8} 9 [14 |23 |14 Ome dons eet tees lee, foc A Beal cals | pa “" \7LI15 118 (18 |19 |18 24 |24 18 116 \15 |i | 9 uy a 6| 6| 8 |1o 11 14/20 22 22/19/18 |14 ]11 11 | 3 Be FE, --|--| 4] 4|--| 3] 84 Big ihe OS Di OO eS ‘ ee ee, OED Se lo lon Joc] DILR TD ee 111 11 j11 )11 WGLL {11 j11) 9 17| "| 8/10! 8] 18} 5) 5| 6] 6 1S) Re eb We, (TS 2 ig F 90): We dee eo ee les le eon ek pesatee dont ee 10|11| 9/10 |12 12 11|11 11/10] 8] 7| 6| 6| 6) 6) 6 7 } | aeeeee 1858. ne ail 2 lee [ee [-- [ee [0 (12 | 9) 98 (CDA eee 99\__|__|__\-. }.- a1 JL2 {12 J12 [12 [13 [14 |14 |14 [14 |12 }11 |11 11) 8) 6) 6) 6) 4 9313] 3|_-{--|--|-- |-- \-~ |-- | 4| 81 8 |-- |-- 1-2 fee | loa I I EEE |] 300 ay 8) 0 ai) Sian eee Jas Ya] 6] a] ryt) 9) 8) 6] aloe le De o6l__ |__|. |-- loc lee lew |-- Joe [e- (UL ITE | 9) 90 ne ee az|__ |. |-_|-- |-- |-- |--| -|--|--|--| 5/1212] 8) 6] 6) 6) Sie ise) eg a8\__|_.|--| 3|--|-- |-- |-=|-- |-- |-3| 6] 6] 8) 6] 5) 6) 1) amo 6| 5 11% 13 15 14 14 il 15 |14 |14 |14 |14 |12 |12 {12 /11 11|11| 4 a te Sa =~ |-- BO/LL (11 J11 |11 [15 j15 |14 |14 |14 |14 |14 ‘ld 14 14/14 31/11 |13 |13 |13 |14 |15 \14 |14 14 14 114 |14 14 14/11] iy, 354133 34919196 3742 Tila T3e45s Foes calealeale eae 991 4| 4| 4| 3| 4] 6] SlLLI11 11 [11 [20 (11 [10 1 cpRIENSUEMEMMNUNESUMOIOOURMRMNENENES SS a 11 {18 |18 18 See LS ee ele = Pin eG Pie AN ES Be Soe ee BY Ee: | ee ee ee ee dee fee [ee [oe dee |e [oS cS 22 22 92 11 14/18 18 |18 18 |18 18 16 _. (TD HL 0 ee ee aa ! 1 set ‘ ' i) ' ' 4 ‘ ‘ 1 ! ' ‘ ' ' 1 1 ' 1 ' ' ' ' — i x1 = _— ee i _ _ fs a @ = Cc — [oe _ ow —_ co _ wo tw bt ODMDARDNPeENW— ' 1 ' ' 1 ' ' ' - ' ' ' ' 1 ' ! ‘ = i — ix ' ' ' | Pe) Perea my i oe oe ee pt | Pe em sf ee Sy Rs Fy (sy PP -- |-- [== Joa [o> [ow bom fe ee ee 20 |18 | 22 14 |18 |18 |__|... |11 |22 |26 |26 30 |28 /20 |14 |12}__ |. |-- |-- |-- |-- fo fee [ee den dee [oe [UD IT Nee [ee [ae [ee tee 1 ti ee Conan 14 14/14 |14 14/14/14 |14 14/14 14 11 Moi 5 fn a Li)... |-s|e- |e- |-- |e. [oe Jee doe [26 [ee Jas Poe ee ee oo L3|-- |-- |-- |-- |-- |== [== [= [r= toe do [on ie po a fa 4 Ne RN a ee ee ee Pare ee (ee (es ee ee Se me Fe Sa pr 15]-- ~ lee [un lew [ow lee [ee lew [= [-> [eats lee pee 16|_. {14 |18 |14 14 |_. |.- |-- {16 |18 |18 |18 |18 18 |18 (14 |... | he peewee taped 5 17\_. \-- |-- |-- |-- |-- |e» |-- |- [== |-- |= Jee pee 18 g 18/22 |22 |22 |22 |22 |18 1] [11 )11 |11 11 11 mabe ue “|e 24 ee eg 19\_..|.. |-- |-- |-- le~ |-- |-~ Je- le} [== |= fond | eee ee 901... |o- low Jun low [eo fee [ow land of== (0 Dr -= |= |-=Je= |= |-- 21/11 (11/11 (11 (11 [14 14 [22 (22 )22 |13 |13 |13 [22 )__ |. |. |_- |-- |- j= Jae |_| galt. |_ |_.|-- let toe bectes len lec [eae rr 26 26 26 26 |26 27 23/30 |30 |26 22 |22 \14 |14 11 11 |11 (11/11 14 14 14 |14 asiii (i 112.1.- |. |a-dee fen Jew =o tee, aol. |. |-< {cc loc dee [cc Joc ]-= lee fete 30\.0 |. Joo oe doe [oe [oe [ee fee [-- (14 14288 ete Area een (SS 8 ay Bs Pe eae .. |~- |-= lee fee, [oes tee eee ea in sa = |S \sclenlalanlsalaelariacleoles salaales dy. 3°6 : 2. ores am foe | aw hoe SE ee ena neliaa ntl ~ 25 Dey 211 311 A} __ 5| 7 6 12 q|__ g|__ fe iy © 10/10 o 11/11 12|__ br 13) 5 a4 14/13 tole. 2 16| 3 fg 17|19 fy 18)13 fy 19/11 | 20/11 21) 4 i 20! 6 | 23) 3 | 94|_- ‘ 25|_- 26|__ 27|__ ‘| 28] 6 Ay.15°5 247 Tas.Le VIII.— Force af the Wind, Wallingford, € | -- |-- 6] 5 6 a6 9h 6|5|5/ 6/8 13 |14 |14 {15 |14 Bl 6) 4) 5| 7/11 (11 | 12 12414 |18 |18 |17 {15 | 1 5|6|6| 8| 8 HA 14 JL 11 {11 5 | 6 24°15 — oP) — —_ —_ re b) 6 55 prea Is: jis’ |Ls we Bp | 110 j10 |10 3 {14 j14 7 7 7 1 LIE) Be a Bee 8 9 |12 Le |22) (26 ie eee NL Aan 8 11 AS Le 9) Bg LF GES | 2, 260 26 92 WS 24 |30 |26 Oe ay tal '9 {lO | 8 14 }16 1/16 3 4 5 Te da Aa TUS line aS — 6/58 6 fe ya) Thi ptt) 8 jal 3 Ua Ut HOU ALY W0d mb e— bo = Ome ON aTATKU Dow fe _ — 6 14 11 5°315-214-815-1'5-116-2 7-11: 912: Sy 1 ' wn -CODNTOMORWDNe ' ' Be eee eee AOA 1 ' ' ' ' ' ' ' 2 Se Se og 1859. a 26 126 26 26 2622 22 26 26.2 18 11/12 | 11/11 14 14 14 14 14 Frain a2 lao (hae A 1 Ei === - : jis ry 30 30 |30 Vii ale bral (i. (8 iy aint bil ams v9 BARS eee hh! 99 129 |29 % 70 lonn. ees a 11 |¥3'/13 1L 411 51 6| 7 11 }11 11} 6| 5 2 he 5| 6) 7 11/10 11 jil \14 14/14 i) Ee. Ss == |-— RABE ally 6147 Hal hit fe Seis TP aT 11/1 15 |14 |14 16/11 LYS ls. ie FM pees Dek ab 11; 8) 6 11 112 i (age [a bos oe 14. |14 |13 iia et 16 |18420 22 \23 13 15 (21 15 11 15 115/15 1 9.9 515° 5 811 27 (22 \11 9| 7 6| 5/5 5| 5 9| 9| 4 al Sa pete sec. ie Rated a re) = 5| 3] 2 eae 3/3/12 pay We 12 {11 |10 THC 10} 6| 6| 5/5 9°417-9'7-Al 6-7. 6-0 ser Oe eae eh SA rT Gb tal 11 }11 18 118 |18 14 14 oo st Des i A ee 26 |26 18 14 |14 .. 119 119 30 30 40 |44 36 22 |22 26 |22 118 11/112 j11 By Os 14 {14 11/11 BES bs at ae Fo Wb ae Is 14 14 1414 55 6-4 5° 6 5: y4 5 D5 5 4 5 3:8 7-4'7:1'6°5/6°3'6.1 5-6 4-9 248 4 Taste VILL—Force of the Wind, Wallingford, Conn. f BealsleceeaeeEGttf @ESSRER RE Tellico fia liz [9/6 |6|6|4 |. |.) o\ 2} 6/ 7] 8} § 11 }11 [11 12 12/15 |16 |11 16 |17 {16 [11 {11 {11 |11)1 Oe 3/10 |10| 4].- |. |--|--|--|--|12 J12 [12 [12 |11 |11 (11 [11 | 9 ]SS) coe 4! }..]..|--j-- |--|--J-- jeep 4 | 5 16 1.6 | 6 | % 19 111° 8) 5} 5| 5| 7/ 911/11 /11/11 /14/21 |21 |19 |19 |22 |22 22 |22 |22 j21 1161724116118 6)19 {17 [16 |13 {12 [11 {11 [17 |15}11 [14 17 [13 |12 {14 14 [11 16 |LOSS 7|10 10 [11113 |14/11 |11 |17 /29 28 |26 |26 (23 |19 |21) [17 |19 14 JOLIE Ie == |. a 8} _. we lee lee Jee len fae foe Jen [ee [oo {ee |e | 8 | 6 | oe Or 9}11/12 {12 {71 11 [11/11/12 /14/14 |15 [20 |22 21 (18 [16 113 |11 | 7] 616) 6) 6) 6 10} 5} Bi. |-- --|--)--{.-|--10 \11 |12 (16° 115 416, /15 (Lk) a ee | 1) ee em ee ere ' 12/15 |24 |26 |26 |22 118 /18 (22/26/25 j22 19 |17 118 | 9 17 19 1 T ate a © 13) 6/5) 6| 6) {10421 /11 (14 13 [13 [13 j11. j10 | 7-110 | 4 oe ag}. fe. eaten tee fee fe- | 2110 12 ND Se a Pg a a Lbfe- fos Joe }ee Jee tue Tee fee lee fae fee foe Jon fee. |e= [ES a SS tl ie}. |_.|--|-.j--|--|--|--|--|-- |-- |e. [4.1% | qr ek O17|__ | yee lec len ee lee ee eee 14 BO 8 1 Sis} 4/5! 7/9 9/9| 9/13/15 |26 a2 jae jaa jaa jea |18 j20 lie ja8 19 9/10) 8 i] 19) 7) 8/11/11 21/12/1515 17/19 13 19 |12 jd lO | T | |B jth) |) a0}... |..|.. |-. |-.|-.|--|.-|--|-- |--. | 501 6 |-6 (0 (ioe 5 6 6) 6 6 Petey ret Bie] 8h WIThd (11 Vs TL 7 | 5 | 7 19] 8) 8} 9)11 17 | 22/11 [11/12 |12 |13 /15 13 12 |17 |23 |25 |25 23 |16 |22 |21 |18 118 12) 9) 9/14/14 /11 23} 8} 8} 919! 9! 9/9, 8| 910 le lel | 9 l11 lad | oe need | 94) 1. oe ln lon lez fee fox [ee [uo Je= [ED ae 1210 11111 |10! § 1 26) fet jee te Jee dee te le | 4] 7 [1 0 ee | 26]... |__|.) 5|13]11 |14|11J22 j29 |25 26 |25 |25 25 25 125 |21)16 }14 ja7 |21 111 27112 |L1 |11 {12 |20 [2411 |11 [11 12 113 |16 J17 113 |14 [14° |e TIT |. |-- earn | 28| wa {a-[--o-|--|--|--|--| 4 | 8 | @ | 4 1 49) 00) eee go) |} |_|. |--|--|--|--| 3 | 5 | 8) (UL kf a iin eet ee | 30|., =~ |ee [o> |-=|--|-+|--| 3] 4] 5.) 4 | 4 | 2a eect (I em i 9S 1.1 8.| 7 |e) ealeaaies 4 fy.|4°3 45 46 F615-2 5-55.1 61'7-5'10-4'10-8' 11-71-4111 11.5'11-0110°6 . P9lb-4l5 1 las ¢ 1j._|-.|-- [18 |15 [11 ]-- |-- 14 |18 (22 [30 |44 26 22 j22 22 2). 11 j11].- |. |-. |--|--|l4]l4 |14 id [14 [1d (lesa ie j 4/23 |96 |23 |14 /11 als 15 |15 (14 |1n el! 102 ee | Si. len ne nn fue [ee ee ce | ae eee ee PO ye ye lee Lie le Le he ea ee | es Seis eae A ig alii 1 {11 lig 14 |14 |14 |14 | 9/18 [18 |11 }11|-- 1111 |11|18/16 |14 |18 |18 |22 |22 j14 {14 11/1) fea a fae a ee Oe Me ee i eis {Steele | 5h ae a Pe a i De Ry PCS tee) TT HAT die 26 26 14 14 |14 |4 |. |. DS Fa a eS SS We js. |e (tn, ee oe ee in ae i i ete see — 15/23 126 |26 |36 |44 '30 |22 |26 126 26 |18 |34 |14 122 |14 |26 |22 my 16}. |__|. |21/21 21/21/21 |21 |21 |26 |30 |30 |30-/30 |26 126 © WW. [22 1-\-2|--{-- |e |-- 4-2-2 J ee MG WS) |e Jeo |e ee Je ee [oc 1 126 1807 136 AO ees J 19/26 |26 |14 |20 26 26 26 26 30/34 34 [34 [34 |34 [34 [34 [34 & 20/26 126 26 |26 118 1818/18/18 |18 |25 |25 |34 |34 |34 |34 134 | 21/30 |34 26/14 (U1 {21121 112 111 [1D [1-111 4 PH. 1. jul tec tec le. fen [oeeton oa ee 23/11 {11/11 12/11 11 {11 |11 |11 118 |14 |22 |22 |18 {18 j18 498 pie wa fee Jen lon jeolee [ee [ew fe, [4 114s a ee |. |. |-- |-- lew fee [-~ dew [ow (ED 1 a 96|_. |. ]-_ ju. |-.|--|-- 1-4 [11111 18 122 -126) 190) ae eee 27,14 |11 a2} [--|es |ew|-on loo es) [on oe | a8}. |. )-- |-- |= j--je- [oe [ene , (A LD 29). |.. |--|--|--J-2|-- fe- jae |-- |-- J2= | (18) ee 7) a ee a ee Re |. [14 {14 |14 |14 |14 (04 ae dou WATS 14 18 22 26 22 (22 (22 |26 |26 |26 |30 ./30 )48 Ay. 5.5 i a6 6 r-9at107 19} a 2.495347 53197 5854607 6102 114 19-0153 13 9/124 TOT Tal 249 Taste VUI.— Force of the Wind, Wallingford, Conn. Mieleleialalzlsiaia ls (5 Bla (SF ls SE ze ESSA aS Ralet fos lon fm fic | | loo fo fa fe ee ee ee ie ie i le i is a ae a a WS Wa ee ee ee ee ee ee es 1 o) Sb |b eed | 8 [lo a Ys Leo ULL I cL ee reed. 22) 3: fb fm | 9) fit | OF td a 44 le eee Meee e iG) 7) 7) 7) 7/7 | 6) 6) 5} es (5 6 |B |. [| |e. Pn, |] SES SR RS MR 1 nel PP ce Pee eee | et pee ees ee ee Poe |) ae _-{_{-_|-. laa lia 14 [19 J20 [18 |18 |18 118 118 118 118 18/18 Wib /18/21 116 |14 114 |14 (14 \14|14 |14 (14 [14 |14 [14 [14 [14 [14 [LL fl). | Le Sey | ttt ls de fee [EL un as fn fag fee fe Jee [ee | Ieee ye | (ll fee fel yon fe : 25 ON a a Oe eS ¥.. | | oes (o- ta oes eet aes ts-193. (13 113 [01 a [eae | eal PN al A lg Sg) Pe ees RT ia i eS 2S From 13th to 21st pressure not recorded. Teta tr ht eee Oa A AG Ba te Se ee ikl, eae te: ee a0. Fa tis 14 |19| Pema os. a 2 |S le. Be (96122 122 1a 19> toe _.|.- (1217 |19 |22 |25 |26 |26 |26 22 |19 |19 |16 |12 /12|__ |_- it an laa, fiz (13 fis {is jis lis jis jay |r2 | fl IE Sfe= {ML 1212 a3 j14 laa |i4 [11 |11 ld j11 ja |-- juju PaylL EL | | | / ee PS Av.|2-2/2-211-8'2-0 2°3'2°612-7 4-256 61 75 |77 |9-0 (9-0 |9-5 [9-6 ‘10-2 103/80 434-439: (18 |18 |26 |34 |48 |48 |26 |26 |30 [34 |40 [50 (50 50 [50 [44 [50 |40 |22 14 __ 14 {14 |_- -2)5 2 oe a eres iat ie) | |_. | eet. | ae eee ETE 1 11-2 2 |-- |__|. |-- |-»|--|-- |-- |--|-- Baie }__|__|__|_- |_- |14|26|26 130 |34 |40 |44 |48 |48 |36 |30 (34 |26 |30 |22 |22 |22 18 |18 |14 |14 |14 1414 14 14/14 |18 |22 |26 |34 |34 |34 |30 |30 |18 |/14/14 /18 /18 /18 1 14 |14 |18 |18 |14 |14 |14 14 |18|29 |29 |30 30 |39 30 |30 30 |26 (2218 14 pf |--|--|--|--|-~|14 |14|14 |14 |14 j14 14 |14 j14 j14 [14 14 a ie 2S ae ll iii ji Me taedae 4 a ia a A 04 ee Vee | eet Ady tee SS Lb i fee eee 9 6 ee | Vay as eg Mee Woe Ce cL (Pee ate ee a] a a (ee ie ee) lls ae tle pho, PLS [LSS LS HS ie 14 23/14 |14 14 |14 14 14 14 14 14|14 |14 /14 |26 j26 |96 |22 [22 j22 [17 j17|- |.- |_- |-- 24/15 )15 \15 (16 |16 |15 18 18 |22 |22 |30 (34 (34 [26 26 |26 (26 26 [18/18 )__ |__|_.|.- eee ioe te jai. |. |1L j1l |1L j21 |21 je. |-- |--]--]-- joe }--]-- eli | - cf sus |e RR Rt SD bask (Ss 0 ee) arom) QS A) REI GO Bes | i Pe OR a | eee Oe i eR ls. ie ee ae)_.|--|-.|-- > 1 (ti Hii al 1414 PU PND RT See Os aed ee ee ee eee ee ee Py eee). |__|-_}.-|..|.-|aalialia jaa RSE a ey | Pa a) a a ae Pe ay Oe Mimies jes |.-|.-|--|-.|--j--|-- [14 [14 [14 [14 |... |-- eS ee ee ee ee Ay.|3°4/3°5/4°7/4.5 547 7/4.3 5171/99 11-4 13-0168 16-2) 15-3 15°3|15°0 13% 9|12°6 9 1646045 3626 B28/3.2 35 23°5|3-4,3-915-6\77 8-7 10211-2121 1251 124)12°3.12°0/11-4 8953 42 42 7922 lta Fa i RI SIR en ie te -_———S ~—_—-— —————— eee AY, £689: Zia le |e |g le le le le le [Sle 2l4 i$ ie is ie le lé (2 lalate SIA (6 | SiS (SF ee SS ee Se ee lL}... = Pes bale! RT Pg a) BE RO) Be oy ae (es 32 al Sas ers we ES re «eo, tom eee i aie |__|. |--|-. | S422 {12 (12 [121 [10 [LD 111 |UD 12 [11 11% 100 (1 ck |e 3}... --|-- ~- fo. fo= [== {LL [02 [10 [20 [PD [12 12 Jd [1/12/10 0 4) toc dee fee dee fon foe [DD 101 [ed [12 [LL Pd DLT 11.411 |. 2 eS Oe ee See ojo foo fee fen [eo] S111 |. |. 1S ee 613 13/14 14/14 |13 13113 131) Joc Jeo de. Jee oie ft Tei joc lon fe- [2- [V1 1-2 | STL ILL FTL BLY B jee |S | Boo poe oa fen [oe joe (21 [11 (UT (02 0 IL. |. fee eat See a2 ioe lnk Jom |e a foo fas Ibe eee ie a fee et LO}. = a= }--|--}-- |s- |-= {=~ }-— (10 [UL ]-- f-- VP Bh oes + |= eS tr Wn). |--)-- | 6/11 11 13 14 14 13 J. |---| eee “ee catlogtee Met UB}. 5) -- |e Jo-|-- [oe |e fee Joe [ee Jee [o> [oe fae [on ee ee Ise les ton toe od eee 2 ek ee lec lke [Ra lee a * ead (Se Pa V4) jue joe jon fue Joe jee [oc Janda |.c Joc [SL ee fee 1S eer Cae a a i a Gets oe Bile Poe dee bee Ved Ne Mes en ae lis. tet cai eee Dee ce GY) fan [oe foeJuc te: |-2 lox |< 11/14 (11 {11 (12 J22 {11 112 {11 120 |_- we}. |-. |. |. |o. lon leo lesen Je [ee boc lee [ee [ee 1 19). j= |-- Jew ee lee Joe fee fee JL 8 fae [ee fee fee eo fer MOL 2 oh doe ak Tae Lot te ee eee , |e iif nas) 0 ae a 21|__.|18 |__|. |.- | 8/16 |22 |25 |36 '36 |36 |36 3a |39 28 28 |28 |28 28 |20 |14}11 |_- 99). | 8111 = fe=/a=)- 2-18 ]LL|-- f1 17 17 14 19 (12 oI eee |: 93|..1..{|-- j-- |-- |-- |-- [e- |-- (10/11 (16 114 | 9 {16/21 118 14 ee 24/25 |22 18 |14/11 12 |14 sai 14 |18 |22 26/30 |33 |31 23 |21 |32 |26 \16 |11 |__ |_- 25). |.. |o- [oo |e. |o- [ou fe- [a= Jew Jew lou Lon feeds fee mtn 26). |.- |-- |. |-- |-- |= Je- Jo~ |» |~= [20 130 130117 (17 20 a0 eae 11/11 |1) 27|__|-- |-- |-- |11 /14 |18 [21 /23 [25/25 |22 |19 |18 )17 |15 j14 j13 |1T {1 0D fd |17 | 11 ag'__|..|.- [11 |_. |. [11 ]13 116 |1'7 118 |18 118 |18 [18 11816910 lon Ieee ee ete: 99} |.. |. |--]-- |--|-- [10 [11 |13 [14 14 08 1 ee 30|-.|.~ |-- |-- |-- |=- |-- [21 |-- |-= |= 45 = 1 (00 he, | 31). |--J-- je |--de- |-od_-- ee tee | 10 = 10 10 ale Av. 1°2!2-0 4.15)1°5 2°5'3°5'5-415-8'7-2'6°7'7-6 8-1 8-4 8-1 7-5 7-9'7-415-7/4-3'3-1 13-0125 '1°8 beret eo St eS (eS eee eee well ty Cit oe ep eed) fe ee ea meee eee eee 2. |--|--|-- |-- |e |--[-- |-- [ee [ee [ee Se Bio}. - foo }-. [o- [ee feo fe- Jee [UD (D0 LD 0 nih i oe ed ed oo yo B]_- |-- |2- |-- |-- |-- |-- |= [-- Je= fo [== Je= it 6. |. |--|--|-- |-- | f--[e- fee [ 00 0 a Pies (as tec lee We Fee ee we fnew Joe Jom fom fos: |= — ier ere eee eer ate, |. ~-fo-|-- |-= |-- Joe ]--]-- Tee [ete (2S gj-_|--|--|--|-- |-- |-- [=~ [e~ [-- [-- [> [ee fe (ee 10|__ |__ |-- }-. |-- |-- |-- [14/14 [14 ]14 114 14 [14 |14 |e [14 114 [14 114 14 [14 11/14 14|14 14 |14 [14 14 |14 |14 [14 |18 |18 [18 |14 (14 14 {14 [14 [14 [14 [14 [14 12|14 |14 14 14/14 |14 22 |22 |22 |22 |29 |92 |22 118 |18 |18 |14 |14 |14 |14 |14 UZ|1T |11/1L [11 }12 [11 jd J_- |e |e | | ee 14}. o fol fou fee dee fen | tee Jc (0 I a 15]. |-—|-—|-- |= ]-= [11 DL [20/00 00 [10 fe | |. |e | so ae ie 16]_. |. |-- je. jo |e. |e. [-- |e. |. [LL ee V7}. fe. |e. |e [oe Jee dae fe. |. fe |e 5) Aa ieee ed WO Pe Pm ee DSP iT SA age: wa bow bod eas 19]... |. |-- Jo- {oe Joe [on [et |e. |e [ee |e | 90|-. |. |o- Joo [oe feo eves [os |e ec [od ra NPs eke EY RS Me PE Vy Ie -- |-- {53 |S iiee Pe es We 22)... |--|-~|-- | |-o4-- los Jen [ue |e. [22 Joe doe 23)... |-- |-- Jo. |o-|-- len Jee [oe [on [onde 2e- oe OAl fh eg tee UE eae et a: oeRes ane Ba ba it | 25...) Je few beni] te [de te 13 (ee ini 96|.- |. |e too Lee bd ioe Lt Le [ole 10k ee Ot ce ee ahd en hi 11 {11 [14 114 114 [14 28). |-- |--j--4-- |-- (2 )2.|-- |. jo. [14 14 ee 29)... |< Jus |e ee ae Ee 14/18 18 18 18 20) 21d HSA ead sab ee +- |o> [oe x ~~ |-- at Sick Asides jez jes zt ji jes |: ll Ay.|1-3|1°3)1-3/13|1-3|1°3 900 PA 554-9 58 5° = rales 250 Tarte VILL—Foree of the Wind, Wallingford, Conn. 737 lealgaleslerle 251 TapsLe VIII.— Force of the Wind, We ei hase Conn. =! | oe fee 2 Is lS [4 /S 1s 14 [4 IS 2 ht = [= Pie ee Ss fo La f= 1S See ie ee ee eS PS |S 1S 1S IO la 1S ie Hoo |S [EK 10 1m SoS le in let lS Se in io +t welt lr Diao ee ee re es meee |e oe | ee te fo des fo a ad |e de de 31 134 30 25 |22 117 10 --|--|--|-- -- |-- |10,12/- 11 14 18 [22 25 28 30 |3 a eee ee |-- |-—|-- j--|-— |-~ |-— {02 fad [ad Jat 413 [14 | [3 fia [10 |_|. | ete st. || | |= | f2 |. = FOr fut f3 [23 | 01 [10 |aa|-_ |e |. || Geert) |_|. |---|. | fe Jae AG Pls | ok jh be ? 2218 14 11 11 Any ee 110} 9! 9: 8 112 13 13 13 to 21 eye) 9) 911 |_. |__ |11 (11 13 |14 \14 (14 |1: Tahts |S |13-[11 |13 [13 |12 | 11/11 [12 (21 |. |-_ |__| | Pet) areata ea fl den i be 2 EE Eg aR Tg gp a a WW 5 ee hc EE es SV Es (ee Bere ele | ee EC oe | EE Re WW 9 ( FUNG, 1666.————— — i a= RRSP IG BRR Ps eg Fg (is 1 9 Ol oo ee ee Ss ED PR RO WS a a HS Tv Pee fee poe fee the fen [sof pls Oye Hee Eee S| Moo hae ey See ee one vee | Ey ey SSS Sg a sk en Ve ey ee (ee i Fe ee A SO - 2 LSE VSS) ee eee fame ea CP Sora ea 0 SM Peg ee Og _. Jo EES ee See SS TED be pcm oa sb aps)? ele ee re 14) een ee 2 2n\|22” ae ae ee ie ei i re RN TS ogame ig es 2 bec Ie a SS ge ee Ge rere ree te ei. jou 9}. [a2 Bae |e fee |. [2 Je ee eee te pt te he LOD PATEL | | fee fee Lee dee se £6 2) C2) 2S) See So a eee ee on = hl es Ep be nd ome Bee ey are! ee oe EE ED ag PM Ay. 1-7 (1-7|1-8) 1-4 0-7 1°5| 181-2) 1-4 2-7 3-7 5215-9 64.73.7569 62/41 27762021 17 ooo. ae Ey Sa aS ee ae ae ee 254 oe Se Sead | 84. | ie 18 /18 }22 |22 |22 |18 |18/18}14 {11 (11 ; a (te eel ee ee 1 OLIV EL 1d [11 {11 |11 111 |__|. 14 | eee LATA AT (LE JD LL AY [11 [1 12 1 (11 (11 1L {11 i 14/14 oe HOP es DLP OME M TR ab yD ieee i Aen a Gp ce ode ae Eat) Se Ee RR bse es OG eee eee. fo pe FUL UL 111. (UE 0 IT 11 J 14 [14 | AU EL 42. fe8 Pereres itt yoo) fle ted 4 04 111 (11 |: |__ |_- |. Be eid Jd 114 | 14 [14 11) 118 JET 1d 114411 [11] .- |_- |_- |- eee |e 113-118 198 [29 199 (99.99) } | __ [a7 (22 1] meee pe tet (Ld (LS TA 14 HL DD [21 | 411 | AAS ee re Pe Alea eed feees a= foe — LL PUD JE fA YT AD yd J |__ |__ |__|. shies 1 DE AE AE TAT, RE YT A LETT It | | .- |_| |- | Byes) eas f-— 22 fez 03 (03 Ju9113 [13 |13 |13 [18 |14 11 |i | ll ol PP er oe peta | || |_| |. i Oe a oe Jo— Ja~ |-- |-—J~-|-- |-- j~- |-- |-- |-- 11 q1ii4j14 11 lee frees fae eA NA). 2 |) [4 4 114 14 J14 fd fa |__|. . |. | ES OS RT a RN NR Sn VP VDDD J | a ae Bee S181 (il |-. |e-}.- |= |. |... AL... re 4 |. |. 2 Es ed Pg be | ee ee a DS Pa a es a | Se HERE =} fos oo es ee ee ews ones Reg ed aa Se SG ed a meee te eet |__| __ |_- [11.111 118 118118 }18 I18 |12 |11-)__ Mepeeter |= Jef 4.) |. |. |-. [12] ra (Pc 3 ae ee a ee Ott a ee ae eG Wes Os GES Fh a Eg Pay A a oo {ee fae foe fan fi fat a4 [na fd fa 4 [14 [1 ve faa (ua faa |__| __ es ee aoe fas fo fe |= | LE 0D Ud fA fd | | fa | | 18 18/18 14/14 11 “eS “0 5:8/S-0 82 87 lao salras2lsasolr aly or 3 73 $0182 T7170 46/33 2-812-0/1-9 12 3 7 13 14 29 22 29 22 |22 |22 5 det i, 252 Taste VIIL-—Forece of the Wind, Wallingford, Conn. acid aissleeaettgeseeleam 2 a ae BR ae ney "fe a a RR oi 14 20/1 == [aaa 2 = b2elosttce lee tec Te. foo fa 9 eS bale eee | | ee Pee eee ee Pier ba bo. tschew bn fenloe POF Pos ow toe oe Mio ice loo te ec oe Se |-- | 8 TLE (LAD HA ae ie 5 i wo fou (19 (14 {14 (14 )14 (11 '-_ 1.) 6}. fo. [oe fee foc fes |e |---|. |-= [2 (Lao Oh cece 1 oe eS, ea Se ae eee ee a in a -- |-- as lesa ee a a Fw Pe PEN 111} “| 82 9 za jaw |-=|--|--|-- |-- |--{-- |LE {E01 1 b rls tae tee Clee LIL ICL CIT. hag lat fas hag ee Mou Pano lot de feo {2 i_- |. |. |. 1) an i (6 7 190 eg a | 13) 8111 13 |14/14|14 17 |17 |22 |26 |26 |26 \26 26 |26 (20 |__ |__ 4 : foe] / Aci eae Bae Pe = ea ee ea 8)-- )o- loc dsc bet [eS eS See SAD ee Joe fae (oc jou Jus |= |ae [oe fee fee fede ee --|-- 16) oe Jo tas [uw Jon |. [ae Joe. [ew ee les lobes B EW) -. |. [as jou jae Jae [ox |-- Jon fon [oe [oe fos | 8 LED 18 ae FB u9ol_- |__|. |..|--|--|--|--| 91 8|-c 22 )-Slee [ee |e ee 20}. - -.|s- |e. |-~ |-- |-~ /2- lee |e, toe fee | ee ae ie g9}_-}.. (a4 |_2 1.2 |-.|-- |. |.-]-2ded lec (19 tee 13 eee 93). |_- t= Je- Ja- jee |e. [e- [ee [LD a 1 Hd p2at fp dll fll fll de. fad Ia [14 4 4 4 1414 14/18 |19 |11 | a5}. |__|. 12. |--|=--|--| S|IL/1%/16| 9 lot Jayenge eee 96}. |... |oto2 |. 42-2 |. co ee ee ie 2%|__|..|..|.. |-.|--| 8 {11 [11/16/99 118 191 [IT 1 ee eee ap}. |_-|._|22 |. |--|-- {nd /12 [1a {17 17 18 18 18 ne aoe lee 99). |.- Jo. joe Jen fee lon Joe Jae fae ec Joe ke 30).. }2. |-2[..J--]o-]-- [2-22 4es --|-- mS Pee BU} joo |e. 25 |-= |e |e [eile .- |-- fou [ac oo eee iv.03'04' 12 2a os ae le oral 3°6'2°510°7'0-0'0°7 — ' ' 1 ‘ ‘ ' ' ' ‘ ' ' ‘ ' 1 ' ' ' ' ' ' a2 jac BP Neon peopel | fe ae ey Ree cee sed Fenny (nee ES eae HL 1411/11 \11 |14} 4 14 GH -TSD Ute Co te JULY, 1859. a aS a a ar aes ba Wee dao 42nd so (224s ee eee Tr sp Py FO Fe RS _ ane ee RU ee Qy OR O'R 1-2 13 0-70-7111 1-82 | “EF Ba she BEE eS ea ie | i a “abet ie tS | : Fae 2 oe 74 pel ta | __ (IVT ee eS ) -- |-- {11 [2 [1 11 14 a M4 14 ae 14|_. [sree ne) 11/11 {11 | iil 11 |i {10 [11 Je _ toe (L2 t ee 11 |11 27 EL] 2- |e -- [-- |e- |= |e IE ae --|-- |--|-- (Eee ae _.|-. [e= Je. (OBE eee _. [RL ALY (eee _. (11 11 Bey: Proasure re longer resonied: 3/2 015-0 7-0/7-0/8°0/9'3)7-3/8°3)2°3)t"3 | 7 39.60 68 68 $3 $4 G2 34/2410 2°3 Pol = : Ba i | 13 0°6 15 2°3 0°6 ms ie 255 Taste VIU.—Force of the Wind, Wallingford. 0 a =} 2 ie eee eer Cee ee vo ox ex| Th ' ' ' 1 1 ' ' ' fed _ sat i" — _ _ oO NS t t ' ' ‘ ' ' 1 ' ' ' ' ' ' =r _— = _— 2. -7 & orp ww no =| Days 2. a ae 255 4 |2 (2 is oH |S |o |= tol = onl — =" _ —" eee CUO OT Oo HR He | 1 r : = S = S Ot H > O1 OT Ot 0100 Oe |=T OF _ —_ ed — “9/9 10 Wind, Lettie othe, Conn. -!I on * $ RK 1 arranteh Bieler to we fates aves SLbn OO Ge Or Or & O10 CO OLD! o 3°813-7/4-114-0.45 5568. = Is 1S a io = = So mM 10 1D 1S |= IN | i - ail I NINN IN in : ; 6} 6| 6) 6) 6) Si. a ae ee eg ete) Se Dicait s\be Si Le se eee Co eet Lean Ces By, Led re >) ee as SS ee BRE | eS Be 0) fi ae a Oe Pd By Sth ee ee Bibs Le ME all Wake aS 7. pang iu pee) Re) bean Pier) “Ee | oD Me", AD Sim ae es _—_, bw at 1 het Ll _ ao _— ye — -— — NroVeaaTaurkwnwre 55.— eed ook: pel 26 oa te ai i] as BES a fe SSN Gt ah to) 5 a | eae Ce Se ie ae tse se 540 65 tt ee 26 _. |22 |22 114 |26 /26 |2 is 134. ll | 11 ji fa |12 ia lia (ai fii ; 18 26 30 34 130 |19 1 SE ee ee $6 10-0 11°3)134 190 rake: ee leaagagas coral so 971108 10°6 14 [16 =a Poser the. (33 |26 a |_- 1s3ji81/8 18 14/12 1111/1010 |_- oda 9 Way ms a BR Be 256 Tasie VIIL—Force of the Wind, Wallingford, Conn. a | ve aidgia 1a ig 14 He lelalelsielelalal Sle & i Weel cl. cle ae || | 5.6 9). J }--|-- jo. | 3$r4]1O}1E 113 11 (14718 [16 114 3}_- |__ |_- |_- |-- |10 ]11 }11 {20 |10 |13 j15 (18 |19 18 “UES He Rg eg eS be we lon (DL EL a ee Dis to lee lec db taedoe Ide lan laotes [anu Ge” ee 6/11 [14/11 ]12 J11]11] 6] 5] 6| 5) 6] 5 | 7 Ill jl Pie) A. 1S ONO Cet | -F | -O ULL PE. eb eee a Sh Rams Ka Wa, Se Wie AP WG Do Ba re Pe Bete o heen Weed]: Las [11 J17 114 [dae a ae | LOVLL {12/22 LI [11 [11 11210 11) 7] 7/12 [11 [14 [12 Beate ee daeies | Jc. [a~ |-= [LO }TE 26) 1B eae og 2 ES) Rg BS PRS DAS FR EE a Aa A | opp PR PS RY FA Da, A RS Pe BO fa 14)..|..|__|-.|--|-.|--| 9./11 (11 [14/16 /18 |19 |18 M15] 5/11 11 |11| 6| 6) 5) 5) 8/ 8 ili fll /12 fll | 1) AO, Pa Pa a PE a ig Be Te Poth 4 Se a Ra STII fio far faa faa |e © 19|-- |-.|-- |-- |-- |-- |-- |-- | 5/11/12 [13 [13 [13 18 20| 4| 811 [11 {11 {11 J11 [11/10 |14 [12/11 [13 |14 [14 21| 2} 3| 4] 5| 6| 8} 9111 {11/11 (14 14 [12 |22 |11 23} 7/11 |12 (10) 5] 4] 3] 5/10/11 ]11 [11 14 11 112 23|..|__|-- |-- | 2] 4| 6 {11/15 |19 |23 26 |30 |29 |26 24/12 15 [11 |12 [16/15 [11 [111] 1 |22 [11 [11 11 | | 25]10 10 |11 |14 |14 |15 |20 |11 |28 |29 |30 [28 [28 (26 |26 ea a (a pee Ps I NN ae PS 27\__ br Fay) (agen HPA REE (P| fe aa 3. eed leye ol oe 3 MV dee lee [ee lee [es [ee [oe [ee Balser eis dee eee 2 [oe ke [LL ee 30}_..|.- |-=|--|-- |-- |-- [11 |12]-8)/9 (Et ae Av. |2°: 29: 912-7 |2°8 3°0/3°6 3°5/4°3 5°8 6-6 8°5|9°2 |10-2|11-0.11°3 Weodce (ec l-- | l-- be ee Lee | ao aaiee Le Babee _.|-- |14|14/14 |14 |14 {11 3/14 |14 |14 |14 |14 |14 |14 |14 |14 [14 |14 |22 |22 4\14 |14 |14 |14 | 144 14 14 14 14 14|14 |14 BTA lan ben [eee cles Neal pe eee el |_- |_--|_- |-_ 1 | (18 [18 2421 ft (13 7 14/11/14 /18 |16 |11 12/12 12 |12 |13 |18 22 | lo (oe |e la= [2- lec ee CdS ata | ies -< -=— weet |e = -~-=- On ar -=< —s -—— -- TY Ca Pe PS ES PF FIGS Fs oa ae She ON ee Net fedlec eel sey ee eee 7a) PRs 8 Pi PRS PF a sceeg © | a Mele Py Fan Pa BM Yi) Pap PES Pa “ada SS Fs Se PP |e eo 2 a Si AS VG Ps Pa ae PE eS Breiie | Lee) hE co Wee (eee eae 17)__|-- |-- |-- |11 |22 |-- |__ [14 [14 |e [12 te) a SS a a eet tee Ca eA PF ie FW A ETE % 20/11 |-— 11 [1411 |-- |-- |-- |-- |-- ]11 112 | Ca a Vs bi ain eR RS | Cae os oP) 7 Oe odes dee | ol ee eee 23/10 |16 {22 |22 |22 |22 |22 |22 |22 |25 |25 |26 v7} ea Vind Pe a PS FT BR a a es | 25/18 |18 \18 |16 |11 |22 /18 13 |11/18 |22 34 26|11 |13 |14 |18 |22 |11 |14 |18 |18 |22 |30 |30 27,12 18 W111 1118 ee 13 j11 |12 28)22 5. |-- [ee |b las ne See ea ee oe eee 291414 14 |14 14 |11 |13 /13 |12 |11 |_|. |14 eS eS eee ea eta See ACE LE CE id |S |S \8 18 is F-r| © aicliae In Im [7 | 6). |. |) 11 |111 6) 6) 4) 4) 21 [22 |14 |14 112 |1 |__| ee 11 111). |. )ei ae 5 | 9/12 |11\13 \14 14 |11 11 {11/11 |11) 7] 6] 6] 7 6 | 41.215 eee 6 16] 7) 2%] 6 olG1.. 113/13 {22 [12 12 11 J12 (11 16 |14|12|14/11] 7| 3{_- 19 | die. oS eee oe 11 |11|12/10) 6| 5| 61 5 a 61°64 el ebaleene eae 18 |18|18/20/18\11|11| 5 9 rf ee -- |-- |-- |-- |-- 11. 1-6 | 84 i eeon ee it 19: Hi Byecdep ene |18 {18 |22 |19 |18 |18 |22 |22 18 [17 |18 17 |14|11| 8| 6 L111 |14 |11 12| ws 13 PE is eee eee metas 22 |18 10 14 10 16 13 12 10 /10] 8} 71/10 {11 [11 {11 29. (14178 Pie ee: re ee Pe 2 8 a Pe a ae 3. | Qiectaal weenie ses 3 [rset Sees, ae 12 12 12 11/11/10 | 8 10 10°9/91.73.6956 404238 ll |. (oer dees tae 11 {11 |14 |14 |14 |14 |14 114 18 |18 |18 |18 |18 |14 |14 14 |11 J11 J12 {11 (11 111 13 13 |11 |11 (14 (14 a 257 Taste VIIL—Force of the Wind, Wallingford, Conn. <= a siawlemlziasigislalddikdidaes Als la le (So [8 [lS [8 (8 18 |S Ae IS IS IS IR IS IA IF IR Ja Ja | Ja 3/4) 3|_- |__ |11 |14/17 |1s {16 |12 |10 |__ |__ 11 11 |__ [11 [11/11 [11] 8 |10 /11 == (2), E =) [Seen ee eee PB ES VE eee 5h be |e eal be ed Pe nse MemeG) 4 )2. |) 2 )_. lL. |S. (12 0S J17 [21 (19 [18 [16 |IZS IT | BI. |-- j-- |-- |=. Me neat ee fo 12 4s POEs [4414401 | 9) fe. {224-2 |e ee ek = 5 ae _.471)11/1 ye ed Pao Oe Ba Be Fea /11|11/ 6 | ~~ |-_ | 2 jan {11 f10| 6} 5 | 6| 161 6| 5| 6| 6| 9] 9/8] 8] 8] 8| 7] 7] 9 13/14/15 14 14|11 |11 |10 |10 |10 |10 10 16 |17 16 {18 {15 {13 |11 |12 |11 /11 |11 [18 | Pa6 | 14 |19 17 [20 |14 {11 [14 |12 |12 |11 |11 |13 9/11) 8} 6] 5) 5) 6| 7) 7 | 11/11/11 |11/} 9 eg ee eh ee | = me Re ns Ton a> ol oO ~ \ ' ' 1 a mot co Ww oe oe = oon “rT Or OH or for er) @ oO el oo RK OO OAD OP |W de Ww bo t = ns -) | bobs a a) ‘ Cod ent eat ‘Eine Te 3 eal 1 1 = 1 rot err ol ei =a | in — Ss © -I -1 fs ns nse or or on fon) er) for) for) ror) for) ror) -~I (ore) we aT oT CPE I EN A a es Gel ee eee | ft} lo | lec kw | 3 6 aS a a ee ee Os a RS a ee De Pe ee ee cy a a En ce ey ee Oe Se 8)__ |__| 4] 8 {11/11/14 |22 |30 [28 |13 !11 | nu 17 [14/11 115 {15 [17 [17 (12 (11 (14 16 |18 |15|14/17|11| 5| 4] 5| 6] 7| 4]-- |-- eee 8) 3) G6) 9 17 111 [11 |12/Td [10 1 [1d] 6] 5 | 2)-- |-- |--|-- ie} — is) — ~ _ or pa or _ =" = we — w pod e ~~ _ ww Ne Hee ee Hee —) DECEMBER, 1857. bo Je) Je) a 6/11/13 13 | 7) 3}_- }-- |-- |-- |-- [11 |11 |11 [13 J17 [22 |18 |26 (26 |26 |13 7/10} 7| 8|10| 9/10 |12 /12 |11 j11 111 11 ]11]11] 9] 8|10}10| 8|11] 8 1}11 j11 j11 }10) 9} 8 [14 }14 |12 J11 |11 |10 }13 {16 |14 |14 |11 [15 (11 411 |11 ee) on TG) G| 7) 7) 8). 8].8].8 4 5 | | } | % 2S -- [LL |18 10] 9|12/11| 7 ) “| Ee ae a a, WV | 5] 6| 5] 5| 5| 5) 5| 14 |14 |14 11 |16| 7} 9/1 Ol He Or bo O10 4:9|5°7|7- olT2I7- °6!7°3'8°4!18-5'7°8'6°6'6°2'5°7'5°3'5°5'4°8'5-2'5-0 31|11 |16 |22 22 22 19 12 Av.|4°7|4 8|4°8|4°6 4°3/4°5 4-4 ( 1/11 [22 /26 (22 18 |__ |__ |11 11/11 {22 ae Thy y Sie oes ee ee ee ee -- |-- ae Sel ee Se ; ot NOS) ES) ae, ae a Vi et DR RY ae OEY ea" oe feel aa (sy a0 aa aa | | | | | | © | oS lek lel bel tet fr tet lb bl 2S lies Ee SeaTac --|-- Bele | ol eee Pee ew ee een ae ee oh | EP a i See eee fas ie= |e | |-- |-- [11/10 [11 [11 jaa |-- 20 | Bag PE Soy ed pier eee eee |. foe |. |e JD 14.14 113 }12 [12 112 {12.12 }12 |12 12). _- mene ose, yo). 196 |26 /26. 196 126 126 126 [26 14 |_-_ |__|} |__|. fe nnn eee Ae fe Je. |e fea de |-- |-- fe |= |-- me ee st | t__ iL. Ic. |. |-- je- |e. [L- “= |-- i be) MOS iad eS te poe ede nee few fu fee [ee de re eee We i et tte | ee Lee Fee Je IL enn renee ho Poe to foe |-- [2 |< Jen lo |-— JUL I_. JEL me ey |). 00 f2_ |1L 42 |-= |_- |-- |-- }-- |-- |-- |-- ]-- |-- eer tr Qs) |__| _ fA | 0D [10 |__ |__ |-- |--|-- |-- |-- |-- |-- |-- ieee te) }-2|-- |e J - |= |-- |-- |11 [12 [14118 [29 |18 [18 |14 |__ |__ 18 |20 14 lh LD }L1 |UD JLT JD [LL J12 [01 1d [17 [14 |14 |14 [4 [ad [11 [11 J11 |__ |__ |_- |-- jo ET ES SO) | a Sa Pe [Sd pa ae ae a) Hee IR ee 20:-- SW Spy ee) eee (eee a (ee | | [ee | Sey (eed ey hee Peete Sr) (Sy ee he Be! See a eo 0G po [RL (11 14) -e |e. Ja. Jeo [- Je- [L200 [14 fad 22/14 |14 |12 |10 |16 |30 |30 |34 |26 |3u |30 |30 |34 |34 |34 |34 34 34/26 26 18) |__ /18 re eet tf jo | an |e. |_- |-- Jos |. ]10 |_| fe. fee Bonen eemieriseyt i fos fs }_2 joe |L- fe 16/11 14/11 }11 {13 |13 |11 }11 |11 {11 eee nee UD LD 117 | LD |01 (11 {11 |-- |-- |-- |-- |-- |--]-- |-- |-- [-- |--].- nee ee erst ts. oe |.. |. |. J21 {Ld j21 jah. |. fo. |- |. |-. |. 10 27114 (14 }11 (12 }11 /11 {11 |__ |_- ~~ {LT |14 [22 [22 [18 J11 [12 [13]. |__|. |e. |e. 28]. |18 |18 |22 |14}__ |__ |_- |__ |. |26 /30 |30 /30 |26 j22 |14 |14 [14 |14 14/14/14 |14 Sere eere io | | |_. |.. |-- |- Soy eas Ca oh) Og Ry 3O(11 {12 |11 [11/12 [14 (14 |14 |14 [14 [14 14/18 18/18 18 114 14/11 AL W141 11 |11 See eee th (00 100 11% 111 112 |... |__ |_.|.. |.-.|.- |-- |-- |-- |-- |--|-- |-- |-- |-- Ay |£3/557|£8 £3 £2|85 32 FF 98 F~ TITAS 616°9.61/4°5 4°0/3°7/2°8 253-226 £0 Se lealpalaalaalaalzals-alcolcelealealralralasirleales elt 4:0 4:0'4-03°9.455 18a 258 Direction and Force of the Wind. The curve lines upon Plate [IX represent the mean force of the wind for each hour of the day, and each month of the year. The hour of the day is indicated at the top and bottom of the page. The space between the horizontal lines represents a difference of one ounce upon the pressure plate. Since the zero of pressure is different for each curve line, the absolute value of the horizontal lines could not be in- dicated upon the chart without creating confusion ; but a reference to the average results in Table VIII, will readily indicate what the zero is. These curves exhibit strikingly to the eye the diurnal change in the wind’s force. The time of maximum pressure varies from 1 to 4 P. M.; occurring generally at 2 Pp, M. in winter; 3 P. M. in spring and autumn; and at 4p. M.insummer. These hours, during the colder part of the year, correspond very closely with the time of maximum temperature, but during the warmer part of the year they occur from one to two hours later. ‘The average time of minimum pressure is 2 4. M., but varies from 10 p. M. to 7 A. M., between which hours the average change of press- ure is quite small. The general form of the curves of pressure at Wallingford is similar to that of the curves representing the observations at Girard College, Philadelphia, but the absolute pressure is different. Table IX affords a comparison of the extent of the diurnal change at the two places. Column second shows for each month the pressure for the hour when it was least at Wallingford, and column third the pressure at the hour when it was greatest. Column fourth shows the minimum pressure at Philadelphia, expressed in pounds per square foot, and column fifth shows the same numbers reduced to the standard ef Wallingford, viz: ounces of pressure on a surface of 100 square inches, Columns 6 and 7 show the maximum pressure at Philadelphia similarly ex- pressed. The results given for Philadelphia are the means of 24 years of observations. Taste LX.—Monthly Maxima and Minima of pressure at Walling- ford and Philadelphia. | Wallingford. Philadelphia. | Wallingford. Philadelphia. Month} Min. | Max. | Minimum ; Maximum ||! Month | Min. | Max. | Minimum | Maximum le oz. | Ib. | oz. | Ib- | oz. || _ |. | voz. 0 Ozsun|NRU SN INGEIMInE NOR. Jan: | 28 | 74 '}:59 | 6:6 1541771 July 06 | 84 |°14 116 | 66) 7:3 Feb. | 3°9 9°4 | -60-} 6°7}-1°36)15°1 || Aug. | O07 | O8f "1b Ute leb6 "6:2 Mar. | 4°7 13°5 | -90 (10-0 2°17/24°1 || Sept.| Ll | 8°5 |°54 | 6:0 |1°18 |13°1 April 2°2 | 12°4 |°39 | 4:3 153)17°0 | Oct. 2-3. | 10°38 | -46 | 5:1 |1°42 |15°8 May 1:2 | 78 |°38 | 4:2} 1:29)14°3 || Nov. | 3:4 12°0 | ‘48 | 53 |1°20 |13°3 June’) 07%, |. 28:2. 1 284 2-4 |1-17113-0| Dec. | 3°9 | 85 | 64 |6°0 |1-22 |13°6 —————— ee lO = Fall of Rain and Snow at Wallingford, Conn. 259 The mean of the maxima for the year is nearly one-half greater at Philadelphia than at Wallingford; and the mean of the minima is more than double. The ratio of the maxima to the minima is nearly one-half greater at Wallingford than at Philadelphia. Mean direction of the Wind's progress. In considering the circulation of the atmosphere for the entire globe, it is important to know for each place, the average direction of the wind’s progress, and this is not necessarily the same as the average direction of the wind, for its progress depends upon velocity as well as direction. If we could construct a polygon, all of whose sides but one should represent the successive directions of the wind for any assumed time, and the lengths of those sides should be proportional to the wind’s force in these several directions, the remaining side ot the polygon would represent the direction and amount of the wind’s progress for that time. In order to reduce the Wallingford observa- tions upon this principle, the angles given in Table II, Part 1, were regarded as the directions of a ship’s course, and the numbers repre- senting the wind’s force for the given hour and month, as shown in Table VIII, were regarded as the distances sailed. For these courses and distances, the Northings and Southings, Eastings and Westings for each hour were taken from a traverse table, and the total difference of latitude and departure for each month were computed. The result- ing course was thence deduced by the principles of Trigonometry. The following table shows the results of this computation. TaBLE X.— Mean direction of the Wind’s progress. Month. Direction. Month. Direction. Month. Direction. January | N. 31°8 W. May | $.40°-0 W. || September! N. 80°°6 W. February 35°0 June 60-4 October 43°6 March 475 July 49°3 November 53°9 April 46°5 August 80-4 December | 35°5 The mean direction of the wind’s progress for the entire year is from a point N. 55°°8 W., being 4°-1 more southerly than the direction obtained without regarding the wind’s force. The difference arises from the fact that the wind’s force is generally greatest at that hour of the day when its direction is most southerly. Fart oF Rarn anp Snow at WaLLINGForD, Conn., 1856-1870. The observations on the fall of rain and snow began April, 1856, and continued to August, 1862. They were resumed in November, 1864, and are continuous to the close of 1870. The rain-gauge em- 260 Fall of Rain and Snow at Wallingford, Conn. ployed is a cylindrical metallic vessel 114 inches in diameter, and 8 inches deep. Near the middle of its height is a metallic diaphragm, designed to preserve the interior from objects falling upon the upper surface, while allowing the water to pass freely. It also prevents animals from drinking the fallen water. The gauge was placed on the surface of the ground, in the yard of Dr. Harrison’s house, where there is a tolerably free exposure. To measure the amount of rain or melted snow there is a glass jar properly graduated to show inches, tenths and hundredths. The snow gauge is also 11} inches in diam- eter, and is two feet deep. It is placed on the top of a fence, at an elevation of about three feet from the surface of the ground, in a tolerably free exposure. Table XI shows the total fall of rain and melted snow in inches for each month of the years observed; also the monthly means derived from twelve or fourteen years of observation, and the total annual fall of rain and snow. The average annual fall of rain and melted snow, derived from twelve and a half years of observations, is 51°26 inches; and this amount is distributed not very unequally through the different seasons, being in spring 13°78; summer 13°54; autumn 12°07; and winter 11°87 inches, Taste XL—Full of rain and melted snow, in inches, Wallingford, Ct. Year | Jan. | Feb. | Mar. | April) May | June| July | Aug. | Sept.| Oct. | Noy. | Dec. | Total 1856 | 4°10 | 6°85 | 3-07 | 2-93 | 11°68 | 3°22 | 1-98 | 2°67 | 6-61 1857 | 4°39 | 2°08 | 2°47 | 7-11] 7°76 | 3°23 | 8-29] 5°62) 3°17] 5°88 | 2°06 | 5-79 | 57-85 1858 | 3°13 | 1°92 | 1°57 | 3°87 | 2°62 | 5-08} 3°26] 4:°02/5°18| 3°29 | 3°23 | 4-47 | 41°64 1859 | 6°94 | 4°24 | 8°45 3°76 | 4°73 6°25 | 2°58] 6:12)5°63} 1°91} 2°49 | 4°01 | 57°11 1860 | 2°38 | 3°13 | 2°62 | 2°11 | 4°04] 1°90 | 2°72] 5°53 /3°38| 3:10 | 6°37 | 4:97 | 42-25 1861 | 4:07 | 2°90 | 5:02 5°83 | 5°67 | 3°68) 2°85| 5°66/4°61| 2°40) 4:4711-77 | 48-93 a°2 1862 | 5°71 | 3°01 | 4:30} 1°93 | 2°93 | 7-60 8 1864 4°31 | 4:09 1865 | 4°92 | 4°60 | 6°31 | 3°26 | 7°26 | 4°89 | 6°84] 1°57 | 1°38 | 4:33 | 3°15 | 4°01 | 52°52 1866 | 1°71 | 6°48 | 3-41 | 2°89 | 5-80 | 4°31 | 3-28| 4°21) 6-17) 3°35 | 4-96 | 4°38 | 50°95 1867 | 2-42 | 2-64 | 4-08 | 2°76 | 6-31 | 5°40 | 2-45 | 10°53 | 2°59) 5-91 | 3°50 | 2°70 | 51-29 1868 | 4°55 | 1°69 | 2°66 | 5°58 | 7°79 | 3°67 2-44) 7-27 | 8-40) 0°93 | 4°31 | 2-47 | 51-76 1869 | 3-05 | 5-22 | 7-02 | 2°16 | 6-36 | 3-23 | 2-98 | 1-95 | 3-27 | 13°29 | 3°58 | 6-35 | 58°46 1870 | 6-38 | 5-19 | 5-60 | 6-21 | 1-39 | 3°12 | 2°96] 211]1-40| 5°37 | 3-43 | 2-19 | 45-35 Wean | 4°14 | 3°59 | 4-46 | 3-97 15°35 14-2613°76! 5521403! 431!3°73 14-141 51-26 Table XII shows the total fall of snow for each month in inches, also the monthly means and the total annual fall. The mean annual fall is 51°17 inches, and all this fell from November to April inclusive. Snow occasionally falls in October and May, but no such case oc- curred during the twelve and a half years embraced by these obser- vations. Fall of Rain and Snow at Wallingford, Conn. 261 TasLE XII.—Full of snow, in inches, Wallingford, Conn. January. February. March. April. | November. | December. Year. 1856 0 py nd eS 1857 272 23 10 0 0 6 464 1858 4 5 133 0 13 3 384 1859 31 13 6 0 0 54 554 1860 114 174 04 04 0 104 404 1861 20 0 27 9 4 0 60 1862 16 19 4 0 1864 2 16 1865 114 2 0 | 0 0 ae) 34 1866 144 5 3 0 0 104 33 1867 26 16 a Vl bk 6 144 784 1868 27 124 15 ifs) 0 12 814 1869 5 13 13 | 0 2 15 48 1870 — 6 16 19 2 0 7 50 Mean 16°69 | 10-15 10°58 204 | 227 | 9-44 | B117 Taste XII.—Wo. of days when rain or snow fell, Wallingford, Ct. Jan. | Feb. | Mar.) April, May , June | July | Aug. | Sept. | Oct. Nov. | Dec. |Total 1856 7 iia) a} 9 LOSS ie ae 8 | 9 1857; 12 8 8 8 DSP! Oe WV eLO LOL) 75 9 6 | 12 110 1858} 6 5 7 8 LO ys |e 8 5 7 9. |.13 92 1859]; 8 | 12 8 6 Or ets a ae UP re 8 4 6! 8 94 1860} 8 7 6 10 6 8 3 8 5 8 9 6 90 1861} 11 6 9 9 8 10 9 6 6 | 8 7 4 93 1862] 13 10 8 6 2 12 7 1864 | | 10} 11 | 1865| 8 4 8 7 13 6 8 4 eco | to 8 3 1866} 5 7 4 6 10 9 7 Peters | eral) -Oalis 0. |e 1867| 4 6 7 8 12 7 11 9 DAN 5 8 86 1868| 8 1l 5 i 9 7 4 a, 7 6 4 85 1869} 4 6 8 5 8 9 6 Se lest (P11 6 8 T7 1870 | 17 6 5 7 8 9 Grae 4 UA GY Oe ase Mean! 8°66! 7:33! 6°92 1 7:23 | 9°85] 8°77! 7-621 7-42! 6°25| 6°75 17°33! 8-081 92 Table XIII shows the number of days for each month of each year during which rain or snow fell. A day is here regarded as 24 consec- utive hours. The record sometimes mentions rain or snow as having fallen during the day time, and also during the preceding or succeed- ing night. Such cases are counted as but one day, except when the duration of the fall exceeded twenty-four hours. In a few of the cases here enumerated, the amount of the rain or snow which fell was toe small to be measured. From April, 1856, to August, 1862, the record was kept for the Smithsonian Institution, and in conformity with their instructions special care was taken to record the time of the beginning and end of each fall of rain and snow. In the subse- quent observations, which were not made for the Smithsonian Institu- tion, less care was observed to note the time of beginning and end of the periods of rain and snow. This may perhaps explain the fact that the total number of days when rain or snow fell during the years 1856 262 Full of Rain and Snow at Wallingford, Conn. to 1862, exceeds the totals for the subsequent years. The average number of days each year when rain or snow falls is 92; or almost exactly one day in four. The greatest number of rainy days occurs in May, and the least in September. Comparing Table XIII with Table XI, we see that the amount of the rain for different months is not exactly proportional to the number of rainy days; for while dur- ing the three winter months the number of days of rain or snow is somewhat greater than for either of the other seasons, and is decidedly greater than for the autumn months, the amount of the precipitation is sensibly less. The following Table shows the cases in which the fall of rain was unusually great. The extraordinary rain of October 3d and 4th, 1869, caused an extensive flood, which occasioned no little destruction of property. Taste XIV.— Unusual falls of rain. _____Rainbegan. —s|_—sDurration. | Am’tin inches. |) Rain began. | Am’t in inches. 1856, Aug. 19, 4P.M.| 29 hours 3°30 1867, Oct. 29 3°72 1857, July 23, 3 4.M. gis 4°58 1868, Sept. 5 3:18 1857. Oct. 26, A. M. — * 3°04 1869, Oct. 3 2°94 1858, Sept. 15, 8p.m.| 19 « 304 | 1869, Oct. 4 4:97 1862, June 3, 3 P.M. 13) 3°29 ! 1870, Apr. 18 2°85 The following Table shows the cases in which the fall of snow was unusually great. Taste XV.— Unusual falls of snow. Snow began. Duration. Am’tin inches. |; Snow began. | Am’t in inches. 1856, Dec. 22, 3 P.M. 24 hours 6 1866, Dee. 26 6 1856, Dec. 23, 3 P.M. 13° oF 5 1867, Jan. 17 12 1857, Jan. 3, A.M. — * 8 1867, Jan. 21 6 1858, Feb. 19, 3 P.M. 28. ot 5 1867, Feb. 20 5 1858, March 8, 3 P. M. — 10 1867, Feb. 21 10 1858, Nov. 28, 7 A.M. — ¢ 8 1867, Mar. 17 11 1859, Jan. 3, 8p.m.| 20 “ 30* 1868, Jan. 21 6 1859, March 3, 3 P.M. 1G" er 6 1868, Jan. 26 9 1860, Jan. 11, P.M. — 6 1868, Mar. 2 10 1860, Feb. 15, 5 P.M. hy 9 1868, Mar. 21 5 1860, Dec. 4, 10 a.m. DD, ane 10 1868, Dec. 5 10 1861, March 20, P.M. — * 10 1869, Jan. 1 5 1861, Aprill, 5 P.M. PAN ga 8 1869, Feb. 26 10 1862, Jan. 6, 3 A.M. 1s ee 5 1869, Dee. 6 13 1864, Dee. 9, P.M. — * 7 1870, Feb. 8 10 1864, Dec. 31, — * 5) 1870, Feb. 28 5 1865, Jan. 4, — ‘ 6 1870, Mar. 7 6 1866, Jan. 7, — * 5 1870, Mar. 13 8 1866, Jan. 25, — * 5 1870, Mar. 15 5 * This snow storm was one of unusual severity, and caused a general interruption of travel upon the railroads. . ALOOS 9 Sora 42 APRIL MLHON NNOOQNOJONITIYM JW ONIM FHL JO NOILOAMIO SHI NI JAONVHO IWNYNIG a - 7" 4 el : rr. TIA oie ld u ' '/ ‘ i] ’ ’ i ‘ be ) - i z ; ; ; s@ or ae Hitch, sen yh * ' . = . ; « and ‘ a ; , wise : ha ‘ ; . : P . : "4, 7 * 7 oe? Py ay ~_ = - a ae : ' . Plate |X. DIURNAL CHANGE iN THE FORCE OF THE WIND, WALLINGFORD CONN AE ) Ae é Kt ( i i yA A ile Retiece Te ise | Ee Te a | Re ee Ree RRA Cee Ae Kl See as re eat eee SRS ae Aves ewe ° DAR sa \ \ = re \ B ) : V eee a a Se PN SN WIT, Desten ror «a BrinGe across THE East River, New Yorks, AT BLACKWELL’s ISLAND. Ir is proper to say that the design for a bridge crossing the East River at Blackwell’s Island, New York, described in the following paper, was intended only as a solution of a special problem in Engin- eering, applicable to long spans in certain localities; and that it does not assume to be more than a suggestion in connection with the actual execution of a bridge across the East River. It is intended to show that if objections to such a project shall arise on account of the popular apprehension of the defects of the ordinary suspension bridge, there is still a practical form of structure which may be em- ployed with equal and perhaps greater advantage for bridges of long span. The suspension system, although apparently the only one available beyond the limits of the straight girder and arch, presents inherent “defects, which to say the least are a constant source of popular appre- hension. It is, however, the only system possible for very great spans, and the object of the form of bridge which I wish to present, as particularly applicable to the case presented at Blackwell’s Island, is to supply a link between the straight girder, or tube, and the sus- pension system. There is an interval in the lengths of spans beyond the practicable limits of the single girder, which I think this form of construction will fill with advantage in stability, strength, and stiff ness over the suspension bridge, and advantage in economy over the simple girder. The bridge at Blackwell’s Island, when completed, must become a _ great thoroughfare between two populous districts, and should not only possess the elements of strength and stability, but of stiffness, or immobility, under passing loads, under the action of high winds, and under the influences of changes of temperature. Blackwell’s Island divides the East River at New York into two channels, each about 600 feet in width. At the location deemed most favorable for a high bridge, opposite 76th street, the east channel is 600 feet in width from high-water mark to high-water mark, the west channel being at the same point about 670 feet. This being a point at which the section of the water-way in depth is greater than it is either above or below, it will be practicable, if deemed desirable, to make both spans of the bridge 600 feet, one of the piers of the west 264 W. P. Trowbridge—Design for a Bridge. channel being built a slight distance out from the shore line. With the spans first mentioned, however, all the piers may be built without expensive cofter-dams and with rock beds for foundations. For these spans, taking into consideration also the great altitude of the roadway required (135 feet), it appears evident that single straight girders either of the lattice or tubular form are inapplicable, both on account of the excessive weight required and the difficulty of erecting them. The system or design which I suggest is represented in elevation in sketch 1. The design may perhaps be appropriately classed with cantilever constructions, although differing in essential points from any existing structures of long span. It may be explained in detail by reference to sketch 2, which represents a half span. This sketch represents a half span of one of the channels. P repre- sents the pier 150 feet long, 60 feet broad, and 135 feet high, built of masonry, but not necessarily solid throughout. A B represents the vertical elevation of a tubular chord or strut extending from A, the middle of the span, across the pier, and resting upon it, to B. There are three of these chords or struts, one at each side, and one in the middle of the breadth of the pier. These chords being designed to sustain thrusts only, will be about 4 feet square in cross section, of a tubular form, made of iron plates; and as the thrust towards the pier will increase uniformly from A, where it is 0, to the pier, the section of the material will be increased towards the pier by adding plates to the interior of the tubes. Upon these three tubes or chords, and forming part of them, will be built three iron towers (T), firmly braced laterally to each other. These towers will be 150 feet high. A'Tand BT represent iron sus- pension or stay-rods, placed at distances of about 10 feet apart; each rod AT having a corresponding stay-rod BT. The lower ends of each pair of rods, AT and BT, are firmly attached to the tubes or chords and the upper ends to short pendulums, the design of which is to insure equality of strain in the corresponding rods A'Tand BT. At the points where the rods BT are attached to the tubes, anchor- ing-rods attached to the tube pass down into the pier through well- holes, at the bottom of which they are secured, by cross bars, to the masonry. The widths of the towers at the base is such as to secure perfect stability. the downward thrusts always striking near the centre of the base of each tower. There are two sets of parallel rods AT, and two sets BT, in pairs, for each tube or chord, making six sets of 17 , Caro er he PE Oy ids za a a bane W. P. Trowbridge—Design for a Bridge. 265 each, or 102 rods AT and 102 rods BT. The rods for the outer tubes are 2% inches diameter, and those for the inner tube 34 inches diame- ter. These latter being heavier, because double weight, or half the weights of both roadways will be borne by the middle system of rods. The rods are all kept from deflection under the action of their own weight by braces, shown best in sketch 2. The object of this will be explained in the proper place. It will now be seen that the structure A T B, consisting of the lower chords, the towers and the stay-rods (all of wrought iron) constitute a homogeneous structure entirely independent of the pier, but resting upon it—the pier, through the anchoring rods, forming the counter- weight, which prevents the overturning of the halfspan when it is loaded. This structure is first to be examined under the action of its own weight. 1. The horizontal chord from A to D is sustained by the stay- rods AT, and there will be developed in this chord neither a bending movement nor shearing force, or rather the shearing force will be dis- tributed equally along the chord at the points of suspension, and the only strains or stresses that need be taken into account in this chord are the thrusts which increase uniformly from A to D. In a strut of this length the yielding under pressure is apt to take place by bend- ing. The bending cannot take place laterally, because the three hor- izontal chords are firmly braced by diagonals in this direction. Neither can the bending take place downwards at any point; and the only yielding that can occur will be from the rising of the middle of the chord. To counteract this tendency, a light truss shown in the drawing is placed upon each chord, forming part of it. These trusses form at the same time the side railings or guards of the bridge. The tension or stay-rods A 'T will evidently sustain all the perma- nent load, including their own weights, this load being transferred to the pier through the action of the counter-rods B T and the anchoring- rods. The tensions of these rods will all be equal, if we neglect the weights of the rods; and the stresses upon the lower chords, the tower, and any stay-rod, will be relatively as the sides of the right-angled triangle formed by the stay-rod, the chord at bottom, and the tower. For the longer rods the upper joints or sections should be increased slightly in diameter, since they have to bear, as a part of the perma- nent load, their own weights. Under this condition of things no cross strain can come upon the tower, and the thrusts will diminish uniformly from the top to the bottom. 19 266 Wt Trowbridge—Design for a Bridge. 2. If the lower chord be uniformly loaded, the same principles and reasoning apply. If loaded at separate points, it will be observed that the strains arising from any load will be transmitted through the stay-rods nearest it directly to the anchoring-rods in the pier; and thus it will be impossible for several loads to concentrate their effects upon any one, two, or three sets of rods. This condition will give stiffness, or freedom from vertical vibration, under moving loads. The only vertical oscillation that can arise under these circumstances will occur from the stretching of the rods under the tensions brought upon them. This will be so small in amount as to be inappreciable. In some suspension bridges this elasticity of stay-rods is a dangerous element, however, because the shorter rods may be stretched beyond their limits of elasticity, from the greater extension of the longer rods. This cir- cumstance has not usually been taken into account in suspension bridges, and frequent disasters have occurred from the unaccountable giving yay of the stay-rods. Long rods will stretch more than short rods, of the same diameter, in the exact proportion to their greater length, and even more on account of their additional weight; and if two such rods of greatly unequal lengths support equal loads, this element of elasticity should be taken into account. There are two modes of doing this; one is to increase the diameter of the longer rods with especial reference to this stretching, and the other to permit the plat- form of the bridge to yield to accommodate itself to the increased length of the rods. This plan is adopted in the construction under consideration. The stay-rods being all parallel, and not being all brought from the top of the tower, the stretching of the rods under passing loads will increase from the pier, where it is nothing, out- rard to the point A, and this end being unattached, all the points of suspension from the pier outward may move in proportion to the stretching of the rods, in small ares of circles having a common cen- ter at the pier. Thus the movement of the platform so adjusts itself that the limits of elasticity will be reached at the same instant in all the stay-rods; and no injurious bending or shearing strain can be thrown upon the platform near the pier. 3. Action under change of Temperature.—This is one of the most important considerations in all iron bridges of long span. In this structure it is evident that the only effect of change of temperature will be to cause an outward or inward movement of the points A and B, and an upward or downward movement of the point T, without dis- turbing the lines of direction or causing a movement of sliding hori- zontally on the pier, the structure A T B being homogeneous and inde- W. P. Trowbridge—Design for a Bridge. 267 pendent of the pier. No deflections and no hurtful sliding move- ments are therefore possible from change of temperature. In the sus- pension bridge both of these consequences follow a change of tempe- rature. To secure this important condition, perfectly, the deflections of the stay-rods by their own weights are prevented by a system of braces shown in sketch 2, the only object of which is to keep the stay-rods in right lines, and thus preserve the true triangular struct- ure. The weight of these supporting braces adds only about 12 tons to each span of 600 feet. 4. The lateral stability of the structure is provided for by diagonal bracing between the horizontal chords and between the three iron towers ; and also by light ties of wire rope between the stay-rods. The above description refers to a half-span of 300 feet. To complete the span another similar structure is erected on the opposite side, as shown in sketch 1, the ends of the half chords at A not being joined together, but an opening of 44 inches being left for the free movement from expansion. This opening is covered by the string pieces of the road-way and by light slip joints along the sides, which act merely as guards. To erect this bridge the opposite piers are first built up, during the erection of which the materials for the superstructure are made ready. These will be in duplicate, as the half spans are precisely similar, When the piers are completed, the half spans are built by first erect- ing about ten, twenty or thirty feet of the towers. Proportionate lengths of the chords are then built outward, overhanging the river, and the suspension and stay-rods attached. Another sec- tion of the tower is then built up, and a second section of the chords added. By this process the successive sections may be tested as the work progresses, and the lines of the structure perfectly adjusted. The stay-rods are made in sections or parts, united by screw turn buckles for this purpose, and thus the whole of a half span may be built out until the two half spans meet. An important feature in this process is that the strains encountered in the erection are precisely those which the structure will afterwards be subjected to, and no abnormal strains are brought to bear by uniting the half spans. It will be seen on inspection that the complete structure is analo- gous to a combination of two large fixed derricks or cranes, exam- ples of which have been so thoroughly tested in this country in the use of the famous Bishop’s Derrick, which has been subjected to the most severe tests. In this bridge, however, there are arrangements of detail which do not occur in any existing structure, as far as I can 268 W. P. Trowbridge—Design for a Bridge. learn. The roadway is supported upon light trussed beams thrown across between the chords about nine feet apart. These beams have a depth of four feet, and a span of about 23 feet, and are built of T and angle iron. Upon these the string pieces of the roadways are laid. It is unnecessary to describe the manner of building the ap- proaches, as they are independent of the spans. ‘To recapitulate the advantages of this construction. They are— 1, Simplicity. 2. The avoidance of cross strains in all pieces of the bridge. 3. Freedom of expansion and contraction from change of tempe- rature, by which deflections and sliding motions are avoided. 4. Stability and strength, with the least amount of material. Freedom from vertical oscillations from passing loads or high winds. 6. Lateral stiffness from the horizontal diagonal bracing of the towers and chords. 7: The distribution of strains among a large number of stay-rods, and the parallelism and independent connections of these rods. 8. The avoidance of separate anchoring abutments distinct from the piers. 9. Facility of construction and facilities for testing the strength as the work progresses. An application of this system of construction might be made sith great advantage at the crossing of the Niagara River, where the pres- ent suspension bridge is built. Sketch 3 represents the valley or gorge of the Niagara River at this point spanned by such a struc- ture. The present suspension bridge is thrown across between two points of the crest BB, distant from each other about 800 feet, while the width of the river at the water level, 250 feet below, is only 382 feet. If from the water’s edge piers were erected of masonry to the height of the crests, on each side, giving the proper batter, these piers would be about 400 feet apart at the top. This is not a long span. The longest tube of the Menai bridge is 460 feet, and trains cross that at full speed. It would be very easy to construct each half span from A to B on the land, in the prolongation of the bridge, and when these half spans should be completed to push them out until they should meet in mid-channel; then to unite them firmly as a single girder. This girder might have the tubular form, and the bridge would then possess all the elements of strength and stiffness of the Menai bridge, with the additional security of the counterbalanced half spans. WEEE. On toe Mean Direction anp Force oF THE Wind at NEW Haven, ConN.; FROM AN EXTENDED SERIES OF OBSERVATIONS REDUCED BY Francis E. Loomis, Pu.D., Proressor or Puysics IN CorNELL University, Irnaca, N. Y. Direction of the Wind. A meteorological journal has been kept at New Haven since 1779, and is well nigh continuous to the present time. These observations are the result of the labors of a large number of individuals, and the system of observation has been repeatedly changed. Nearly every observer made some record of the direction of the wind, but on account of the looseness of many of the observations and the frequent change of the hours of observation, it is difficult to deduce from them satisfactory results. There are, however, two series of observa- tions made with such care that the results deduced from them are thought to be of considerable value. The first series of observations extends from 1804 to 1820. These observations were made by Rev. J. Day, D.D., at that time Professor of Natural Philosophy in Yale College; but the direction of the wind was estimated only for the eight cardinal points of the compass. The observations were made three times a day, and recorded under the headings M., N. and E., abbreviations for morning, noon and evening; and they are supposed to have been made at about the same time as the observations of temperature, viz: sunrise, 1 p. M. and 10 Pp. M. The direction of the wind was probably indicated by an ordinary vane on some church spire in the immediate vicinity of Yale College. The second series of observations extends from 1844 to 1852, during which time the observations were made five times a day, and the directions were estimated to 32 points of the compass. The observers were Col. Enos Cutler and Mr. Francis Bradley. Occasionally during the summer months the observations were suspended, so that while for certain months the records are pretty complete for eight or nine years, for other months the records are complete for only five years. The hours of observation were not perfectly uniform, but did not vary greatly from 6 and 10 a. M., 2,6 and 10 p.m. The mean hours of observation for the different years are stated in the Transactions of the Connecticut Academy, Vol. I, Part I, page 225, ete. It is pre- sumed that the direction of the wind was derived from a vane placed upon some convenient church spire, and it is probable that the same vane was not employed throughout the entire series of observations. Lom . . ° aa 270 Direction of the Wind, New Haven, Conn. rT. ~ . . . Tv. y. TasLe L—Direction of the Wind, New Haven, Conn., 1804-1820. ye ACr Fs OKrAAAHAErHODerONMOISCIINAWNMMNA OH ON dH © dH OID W/o | = ei | a ~ ‘ | aoe ae = z a = pall || 2 — = SSS eit Fo ss | a Be 0 20 oe Se eas ee A ene rt AG 60 rt CW CN SN C8 te ee =a # F : en Oo }) ¥ ls i el ~ SPM EK NSS E MEK ANDHOMNMOHDO|H||SErNAHOSOROROAHE ADHD | A be ea — S es | MD CON HOD > od | as “ aa | © | | ee ranoow fm | ~ - la [ eae mm a a a hy Hat hase MIDSCKSCOHNAr- Or | Vee eee <>} _ a oe _ A Raed bea Sie Cees & Lol ir ASR OHS DAMS HO HH HD dH 00 AM AAW BOBOAM HOI AA a] _ wo vi [_WeSoraAacar anon oo Ws CUED S C0. A Ci eH oS, Cerda Ree Ratan Ht 1 | co —_ ysemyynog “yseoyVION Ses [SF Soe Hae ASA AHO OMS KSCASATATAHSSANSSSS \H 2I5 [OP 10 9 CAO I OD HED EE SAANMASCSHI A MSARMONS/N 7 5 pee EB See se Se yas 2). [SSO eta ASA TSS HO ATs ASOMAANSSSOATSSCSONSHNSA fe IE [ SSN OF G0 20 CR EN Ba Ne aH OID BH SOR OMSSSAANSATSATG OS ) re Palle Pat Rae Siiatins eaEerea eI cere CONS [RS SSOSMASSSSSSOSOM AMA M |r =a [ SOwr tr awa ae io oS SSNSSSSSSSSOSNNS SH |G a i = — ss [Sa Rea a ae ee mooconeonoocosenresseo|r gly | WO Re Aomnonaanor ans moonsoneonosonoanrsnis a!lZ = al Weacicicldhs occas Spe ediaivoac ds ek ap ata) sososososesesesssoon|y7 i“ FOL Serre) ee “se modal: hs | DEK DNADOSCErONADARDARO|MIINACHHMAMEHOHMOHOHS/O fe> - care ae aoe Jo) + - et 7 Vial a oe: —— ‘so | DDE MEF ASCHALAEFOCBWAE US| HOANAMHDOHODAARKHOAN|S - x — ce — al oP) H es ts oe renee (|e eee =H] PHD ADAAAMANSCEAOCKHAIAINSOMROHMASORMAMHORHOSO!ISO | es e ce cc ac wa onal | oe TT HMONDDADHENMNMOOADO/MIINORNAONAMAMOHOMOROSlO >| |=455 — co ce = nN -_) . —. at = = a ee eee =|, INA OMAHA RK ADOODAMMONIOHHAHOCSTCONHOHMOOMOOSCSO!D =| 2 ert a ol AN f Ban BIA OOF EP DMNODONEFOWWHO|loOnSoOoONOnHOmMOmMOoSooCoeolT- =i [a5 — _ N | ay afl | CMEESEEETE dee ee ke ar Ta OMAMDROOMDOAAHRDOSCHEAl[F|lOoOSCOHOCONOMADAARMANHO elgg [ee eee a ee oS = - bebe ; : EEE 5 | Soot dt DOnnDHEe He MNOE|d||lmroomAmAANNoraHoneala r= anil Wai ieraie y E ae i ee Se eee ee Sl. Pp wR OomtAOHKHEFNOMREONMARIF|I|GHOONRTOOCOHOMROOCOSCSCOSO]!® WsomyyION “yseayynog Siz [ H#oommnoanaAoana de we |g||-+ SA Sota aAsA oe HE SMHS | A a2 Fy xis wt eee ee es El panto nanndtreatrnnanmnalz|lonooooonnonononnadta = [i Se et Sr SS ee aes WA AS AS S CW eres rol Gt Siew cn ota — = [erste ee a ee ei lada Dap mdataeacis = cart odie had = 7] aN ie [ WHOM RO AA Wo OWS OO Ne ASHSSSHSSSORAAASS|A ia gw eg ee eek V3 esdichcaiess Geb ike ha tee | el date tie oe ay SAE glg [OV eensoaanneomaamols Se SSI tS eo SCN Cae CN Sh 68 [ce Bal [HVS t hE oP Pore SSOSSCHROSOSSCSONASCAAMHAMOIN al [el “UvION "qos = a WOE DAO PSSEVARSOAAVN CCK CF ass SSsoo seer ae DDDDDADDNDODNDDDDDNDDAD|Siinnnnnannnmnnwmnnmnnmnmnmwn nw] 5 lp ee a ee ee ee el on LS ee ees) ae —————————— Direction of the Wind, New Haven, Conn. ~LHONAMADROOCHODOCHOMHAWy'AS OMHHBHNNOWMASCHACOCR |S | | al cre ond ce a ce 1D oO ere A & a wo TUS has ao, 1 ae, 4 ORK ADDOONDABGHAHMOAMHOEID IACHAMNMOMNAHKHHRMMOooOS| ele Sas = = A = oe Ima anonnooPyoOnaAnnananoem AA INOIDDDANPOW DG HH |E PE COCONDONMONONE OE ODDAIN ANHTHAANHTMOOCHMKOMHE HIM . pe eer = alt —————s = = - = a —_ eal TH HOHAAMBHOPrPADHMMAEI|M | im Bla E nat nnodtadanmaoddoan|wolotomomomnnGoOnnDHtAHadcin |= ee jirt = eo ere _ - Oo ~ | HOWDOE ADOT OSCOTPOHMHAMICIODDOHAMHAOBDANMRADHOCKHALrIS . RR et (=) > = : ee iow 4 ee : ane JEL Ble | BAD NMODOHMHHOHONH HE HMAC HHEr OVA tHHAGOATWIS =! 2 | } Aer ol aoe Se) col Jo) : rt — ae anes mm] MONE KOM ONNHOMHAEDIADOMNHONDDMNDHOAUMAHOAIS =|# 4a =) 4 |= = ae LOD SOCHEAORDOHMAADOADIE |IFANSCRKAMENDAPAANS HOS = et ce Lal - }o | ae | *jsSeMYLION “yseayNog ie SS || omc iy Ora MOOS ~ i = S|. | MHOHSOMABAOCAANHAMHAIHINHASCDBHODNOHMOAALFAHBLASIN | A oll aA ptt =|N I | OOD MDODOANMAMDNDADNIM|HMAOSOCSCSONTARMAANSCOM |S a 4 [S) 3 Pera wawamacona em Oa lpaipaomMmMmBHmaANonoruo-oOl|F : . - ~ ° _—_———————EEs - ———— —*- ce a aT ea aes | IDPMm=OAOMOAWNMDONAMNCOWSO!S N —_ ee aE eSegess owas TEs BllM MM AANAANRSOWIH OAH S/F x SS Oe INO HES IETS CID OD CAH I SHOR 1 | —— 2 6 = yg loaanaadans > [NOMINATE CANSTCHSVAl 12 || ee S = | =a Sl TPSommMOmDmDOHODNOOHOOHNMDAISC/ISCHWONHSSMRAHMAMEKRAAISO = ct — S| = = “UHON | "yNog WDOSEDHROHNHWOSrANAS ao SS Le Lo Lo 3 SSOCOSCSCOCO MF Ae HARRAH Re BNI loocoooose se se eee ee eK BNE DODD DDD ODDDDDHDDDDDD/SIDDHDDDDODDDDNMDNDDDOW S Sete —e Fe eee ee AA ee eS 7 | en ee ten en en i . . vw: Wee Y 272 Direction of the Wind, New Haven, Conn. ’ ’ LONDON ANNOKHDAOAHADEKH [S| MHEAMAOMNADTOONAMMNA|S | g — el “_ —_ ait fra) Sl | Sar Home ASH OAMOAN SH HHMARAME MONE MSOAMMAlO aim cee: = = rye) PR Ee ROE MD DIDODE MOSH ODOC/HODMNMALF OE MNO AaMMH HAH Ist | or (re) | a --ee— i -- - - Taam OMDOoOn ON aa ola i} 0 | & Oe ee ee ee el oad i) ' H -— tome = * a - - —— Ble |? (=F OWMAHOA Or ODM [10 [/H rr oO HS Orie oo a Cle ~ -_ Ww ' |S STR VE BHOPrPANKMatTErOnDHM|lS (HBR rr CAEAROMBE OOH | “|= ‘ | at ' ec Kd || | SP HOM OMA HM DHOMADEMHAIDNIISCSONMRAHTHPANNSSCHANS SIO [* eS ee ae er mse oO] a NT] tle - l= — “== a ee ee eee Se Se lls. e DWH OAaOrwowDAonOnOWDHOWlLOCIAANOCAANANNSO se meri N|O = 4 ee — — of Nn a — = eee x | ti ms HNO DMO HORM BMP OMe TAO SNWMWAODAAOAHIAAMeONM\|O | = [= _ se a |= et i -_ “ysamyNog _ “yseoyyop N — = - —— = 2 = ~ - ae | = Pm e TR SSR SSAA MA MA|R | SOS SSSSS HONS SSH HIS | e 2 eae 2 aS [Reto Ae OTS or S21 0. te aS sllecnescosoososoSonSoAnmslo | os 4 z = E a 3 1S . ! ee wall [Sates rial So Nee aS SSSOSnS SSS OR eee eH o|> | s|a | > TSAR SCONNSONTOMRKSSl/H||S (CHSOSSCH ARR HNSCSHOIN — Lon! ' [ml ' = Mm a —_ —_ — —— ——————————— —— - \l> is TEA AR ONANHON ARM OMIABINIM (HA OCOCnM RABAT OnA Ae [oO 1} 20 4 ' > =~ iy | pe a oe ie lla) TAM MAANDSDORAAOHMAR [A |\q Ledaiemked. 2 °°... catpentaa 2 | a ' of [a | POR AON MOSCA H AMM Oars SSH SHSSANRKMSORSOATAlS Lag PE [wae Iman montane te HAr|O NSANSATORORAARSOONS A Bia ze HC J) Ss eee tal ar [52 Go ast I CMe: Oe VEN eae NN ae CONS SOS eer eee |= a Te a qser a AWB DAP BaANnMoSDOSNMS idebdelel ss. os niall | — ce ec on ror) e! I Li aes oe. | SIT VPSm MAA DMIDOTAOOMANUNAWIH|DNWOHMOK MDH AAHHOAHM Hw [Ee | A — : é as io 2) 12 28 ae [Cee Orn a ee wid 6 1 ay s — -ro —- a < — Sfitsalics MAAR DIDAONDRODMODH | D SAM MANDA OATH oD = <> ' — = >) = 1s fel g | Oo (wea oewo woe CNM Smile HS TOPOAABDE GHAATO|A = 5 Ps a = fs _ a = “|e | 2 (OO HOW OAO IOWA Art 01H i (HPOMMAMDOTAIASSS (x cal ' a T ics | am Siete Me om a DAA DADME MAW MOANT & _ ee et =H | ———— rt le | SOB CTO es ae ee eS Eee aes CANO Oek eee ae Sy ie 4 =~ Lom] Pee FE OAS IS OS 9S a MOR HAHTOMACNAHRARSCHIA la | am | a : ed "jsoMYLION “yseatqnog are hbk bite SR NDSCHACAMAAM MH Him or ale [SS Sian ta amine ASE = ec ay pe = See 3 2 E fe ow pen a eel |e! = EE DOMAOMMADNDOARORKSl[OllSOnHAONSCHROMSHAOOMNR|0 |= | — _ ee tod st 1 OS ce I ros = = — ss mas © [ PASS reste oe Se Serie = PAS OW AM WE AD AOAA|S i = haeab ararpabselsels a (Cree OSS Re a as _— — iz) EF OOHOSSCHONONMHE |r IN IA SCONMHHOBONHANANNTMHMIA | ee oe | 5 oo Cinekiee anew ess FG Hr tO 10 SI 10 00 S & & [OD = [ PE Ser eS OF oases ee he ee ala ie fas sa | tn onl ate V— DaNMHEK DHOHOHHMAPRKBIAINGAMASCH BR BHOHONMAN O/H Cond i) a = : =e “UHON “yynog FIDO E DOOM AMYDOF DAS s||HOHOOrPDHSOHAMADOFrAODRS SBS Bee aS ental Sllocoeoeoe a ee ae eet ert ical a DDDDDDODNDODDDNDDNDNDIS||DDNDDDDDDDDNDDDDDWD|S SR ee RR RRR RR RR RR RR AID RRR RRR RRR RR RR RRR BID Direction of the Wind, New Haven, Conn. 273 & OCOOOn Keke Sere AHH DWNO MWe Ol/Al[|mnom@wwootomAtmwonrinWtWoaar ir i<>} ce Col ce _ i | (Zo) a Si. | DOH Er OM FONE OF OF OMIA|IINANOM OE Did sis aH NIG 698 [e o/4 - Ss lee i—} == SS = a L . WOODOA ADA ODOGONWMW MOA HIOLNANCOSOOSCDMNANMNAAWNOBMAOCIN = cc — - _ a ret as $e | WSO Co crDoHRoHR A oOME aie ASCHHEDMOMBOANMAHAHIOC Bi ee _ joo iS os 3 = —S aa 2 Sl. LODHDNDDO MAME BDOHAAlSO||MNOENHNHOE MA HMmHMNAM MS CS = —_ _ - ig a 2 Be eS tO 8 OS oo os icy He ee NE EKeRKe EK ANSOAMOMAAAMIA = — _ =a _ er ae Batt SaaS Now 15: — 7 )OIDOOOHAEODD GE DOH OR ||MHNMDMODArPSCSAMBMAAAAIS | om | A ee as Ls Bl | SCHAHSCHMRAANDErEACODIr~WDOl[O||\HMO SANMr-OCOCCHHHAMOO(S 4 a — toon! Con] +¢ S = |. Be S100 00 OG AH 18 1 DDNDOMNMDAHADEBANTHMHHMOM|(S > ce ~ “ysemyynog "qSeOYLION SS SS 1 —__——_— ——— Benes oS Sele oreo ees c cocoons 12 4 — ~ — —— — De ooo eo Oe ea ee ee Oe Sale — = D J ae es) é 50) a SOOCOnR On OCOHOSCOCOSCH-SCSCO)N — ee oS eo eo moO Ono HO OS S[S . 1}- ne ee Pa a Sr ee OR OM lS = i Ae => | Be dane sana on WFNS TS SSRSS SNS SSH SHH SS Pe i) Ce = = = = i ore et oct is (rio oor ooo o oS COCO] CO | s } — — ~ Sl LT MMANNSOMAHTDONHOHHAAR| SANA SCSONOCHANACH HK CSCoOA|N S\4 a — SP AMONNONMMAMOOHMMMOOWDIDIISCSSOSORSCSCHOA HA SCMOSCSCS!(r = = |< om ee bo ai "SOMA ‘se = SSS | SaaS SSS SSeS TINE ODNHHADHOLFAMMHIDISCIHHROMMHSMARSCHSSSSSISO <>} are eae cr coc o> | ~ = oe ADOSOSOPOHORSHOOPHOAIHT||HONNANSMASHAAHSSS|O al fol oa ee ol — 1D | — | TPOmDtDOCOONMAHHOOrMOE|—|\lIFOnoncooceonnoSoSSS!S = et) - —————— = —— -- ~ PA aAadtondtHANE DOHODDOD|HOHONDHMHTHAMHOANTHIA -~eooces|s AR SSoSoRnlA||Ssooosos|sS Soonoosee(- qg [Pm eeccssls aasoscooorn|[mioooososs|s eoonooos|4 yz|=7~7Seeonre D|lISSSHSOHOSAISSOSSSRNSS|A coososoos|> gor |e Com eorS WIINASA SOM O/SI|SOSSSSSS|S cooososs|s SSojeli74noscses —T—) [Solera © SO ee “ANN || AASAN ees ‘aN’ yor |A A eNtonts|e AASHTO AAD| Son OO SoMa 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 49 AAONWOAS|(S AKANCHOHAIS oonsocoeria reese o ooo | . [ome | ' a ANDANHSSH|® MOSS SSSMIAN cCnAncoSee eile conescseo|n Yor Torna alH AOASSASA |S SCOSNSSNS IM essossescsls | y9 [PP Soe Cone ia aA —SoSonKA]|S| sHSsosssesn Suossoscols = ential coma == Le ‘MAQV'N ‘Ss Adm ‘a Aq's ‘NAQ‘H Igor |[PROCMANAM A/C BONS AMI OS HONS a ele |e ee ere ee 49 Anos aa AHNSONRMD MIO Sonoma S|a Ssonseoono|™ COSA AAS |S moscoonools lowe AOSTA oO AHSonmnneoeHanom|s | 1G | Is OT AORN O10 Bi|A eM aAS OMS SoSSSANS |S Senonoeo|s | 1 in | | yg [PCH AMM AHS SOMMDOTRAHMB(S cooomonold oonononol|™ }} te i> | — ae A eR Ve) N 7 a” tin 5 | . | . [2 so = 4 Se ea M OE Se eee | DOM DRAOAAlS OP SOrPDASHA Ds 9S OrDASHANA IG DI WOROAN gs SSSSSER 8/2/43 eRanS 6G o/s Hanae bog | sllHaeananat sow | DNDDNDDDDID I nnnDDNDDD|SiIlnnmnnnnmnnmwml/S|iImnnnnnwnw|s ee ee ee se oD lS a Se eee ae ee eee AID Direction of the Wind, New Haven, Conn. 275 FEBRUARY. SCOR TOMNARHISCIIOCOSC SCOOHO[AIISCSCOHOSSOSCI[AIIMHSCONR HAH O[rE YOL |=] | ago AS Am |S SococetS|yA qoonscooeln HHoOONTH SID = 3 "Fall paella DIloScOoOnOnMmHFO/O||ISOSCSCOCSSOSIOIIHHOSONHM CAI || = 7 = ee S| |S sso Meigen na DI AAAS HS Ty ele Bilis>osooossosc|s SSSSS SSSA FAP Fe Sone |x | in ee | f a a * : "N Aq "Mm [\. Ae cy ee | ‘a Aq'n oT) ol eakeaeallliedlan lo lac SHooonCOolJA||SCSoSooonSol/s|ilconsoscosecools- te ce SE a ee Se | q9 [RCSA N SAAS ||S eH ooocrSam MISS S742 |r moesssoola wmirPott Secs | SSOSCHSHOIN aon coocoscol(mM YOL feo HSSSessen S coscossls ortneneocl a (ee eC SSOoCoCoCHOOl/FI|Ioocso soos SS SANE. Sea MSs 2 lie Ee SOCN'N ger ee Sco ReSeoosSHSoojA||Hoeonoooslo See toSolD Got = Be cries rial haa at te S'S [60 SOoooresln|inoonoooe|y aaa AHoOSS/[a eet 0 S'S [5 SNASCSCSHOOSOIM||MNOSCHSSSCSOl/H NAR ANTOSCSO]IA UG = 5 = mie AeA Sools SSSCSCOCOHOCOIHIINSSSSSCSCOIA| | HAR HMASCS!|ma SeBOHANOOCIDI\FOSCSCOSCSSHAIIHOSCSSCSOSC S/H SHNAMMHOK IA q9 ENS = . Aaa: ‘gs Aq "mM" . ry “ay Ag "a'N MM Aq *M'N Ad "M'S a Aq ‘o's “N4Q ‘ON op ee ee ae a SERN Gee Tis te a ol [ee SORA ONS HOIW NA OCOMOAAKYAIAN Be S =" >= _IN Wg PP OO SO aH W/O A Here 1 Hr © oieenooreosc|™ Arte MOE st NI So ¢ oY) ON ot ERS Re ee red SANHHMHAHS BOORONA AIO Sac occ = pe "OL Paieieer at ias cox [1s SO oD O19 4 =H op SH OO SISSSSSOSASIAN a ¢ Yt | aaa i | nN os ESS ete ps SHAM MWMWMOIAN| GOSS SSOMA|W SCAANMALCAlS » _ hoe he a — = Pee o “ACN “MA'S ‘a's ; "L. cp CSO SHOoOCOHOSCSOIA SSeS ooo > Scooconrool- qlSaNooeooo|s Hee onmoool(t|loooscoosesol/s|SHSoOSH AF SCSolIM Sen Te < Ta SSS SASS ooSoSlAlioooocosos|s SoonroocoolT Melos Se Se|= SHOoOSCONCOImMiiIocooooocsslo ie a |ontaSeSoeso|s SOR nHMHA aicoooooscsc) —J—i— = = i} — — = = ee Ag 2A N ‘mM Aq'M'S ‘s Aq ‘a's qo [Monte cses|@ SCOonHoonoojNA|lIoscsoosecsolco yg (Pour mescoale SonoScnoojal|aooooocesA ais SSesa|~ SOooCoonoo|jAniicocoooecsclo aioe oooce wWilImpAOOCONCSCIWIloScoScooHSSSl]A = = ac) a SoocononHeo “M'N'N M's mM qOT SSS os SS/ 7 oor 3 ] 0 0 0 1 0 ] i 4 ) gg (tse eta Soes|s SSSA Sora =a (Ke, So nmiiIcooooonSoliRiloes So Scoimiicoococoooce|sc HaAnaoOOoOoOnmlellmanocococosailocococooocooryaA Soooooo5o) eee | | - Cocoon | WASCSASOSH|S|lIsoooooooselS|icooosooocools = | ; ‘MAQ'N ‘Ss Aq "Mw | ‘gm Aq's ‘N Aq ‘gt q01 lan LCS ES SON KF ON KH VIA RONCOCANWIN Soe oooco!]- be tone | [a rm nae tS oor 19 AOAMOSOHMATIMAOROHAM M/A ||O = on oix eet = ooh | ae . : = Hees o NS HO ca AAMASCHHAAID NOTA ATSOIE <7 ocoo]— ee CRS SH a SCaMNNMANOG/—|[/A oO — Sade: > > — Bg [OS OS S10 |S SANSCSCKH AN ||\NS connype sconces oc! | =e — ee es —_ ‘N A | ‘S ‘a DOM DAROHN DWOr-DAOnMN ia Ore OROMAl/s WOrDBDASCHAIS SHS HS3 5665/8) \F e555 565 BE SSeS aS5nun/& Sox ets OO = WOOD M MOOD DO! Silo DDD DDADD|/SlinmmnwmowmDDDD\ Si nmonwmnmnnwmwowois BARR RR RR RE INDIR RRR RRR ED et ea eet eet et tied Set set et 1 . . . ve Ys 276 Direction of the Wind, New Haven, Conn. MARCH. lpoIIN NSH SSNAMS|S|AOSCSCHANAMSO|BII~ AM SCSOSOSOCIN SANNSAS MS im _ yg| TV ARVOOSHM MS |S [a ooonMonals ins coca ANA ASH HAS [1S yr PNB SSHSS a\||SRMoOSNAAAAIS||OoRS oooo|- AAA ASA ri cli A = DO" CM Proto [SOS SOSH AANA) lO CNS S SS CSTs S018 AS GU CUES gg] Sr aS rr eras HSSSHHSHS|4||SSSenSRSSIA O60 11S Go WS | hase : a ‘N 4q° ‘Mm Aq 's 's Aq‘ ‘a Aq'n youS MS TMS SRS S|RI|SSooomosconlelisooosoosooslse SSoSSSOSHnNS |e ygio Mot SSonASol|+ SSSSOMSOSAAS||\SoSSSSSSSlS sosossesorols yzie SOT PSS SS|AI|SoSooon- No|H|Sonoooosolm SAanseconnol# qT PS SSrSSs|s|lincooonons BLS ooonosSS|= SHSM SeRn So ale ygiomSeenes SIN|icocoooooone an|coCcon soo a Pot STS eS rt |e vl ' | I]. “AN ‘M'S'S | Tes INN Nise Alomnmnoccoceoc|+ SS eae iat al: os aa ated fe | | yg|NVAFona cools SHMHASHS Sope|icoaaaocoscce|+ SHaoonSoo/# vw} —_ yg FAP aoe a SOG Set ee oe led , in yulcttAers S/D||oone er OA AAS [oO Sat oWaoao(s yg|T AeA S/S conosco osco|fioanoonocosc|s SARTO RS HS [ma f q"M'N *s Aq "m's . Ag ers ‘NAQ‘''N j= Oiypn DQ wotoMmon IS See Se eee 619 SCAN CCN aes NHAAMMHWMAANIS TOT oa we ile Es Sa ETS : ke SaaS Jad SS WOle pee eee ee spa lipa ae ase: hie: oe. OO aed sastcilgt tanh" ight Me oda [ . i= ¢ lA HOM RK OHDHI S| RK MANAMBDHAIArAAMASCSHIO|lHOSCHMAMMNHMHAATIA U6 “i - i I Iz : % cat! YOUS SP SCHOO HSA HMM AAO AlS || WAOAASS A [9 || Woe clo wow [50 {01| > “= ‘o ew aii aca - A leur yg Par wr | TiaAmnmm a om or IN HNSSSHSSS HAG AMEE MAIS 2) eta e _ Ia : Rs ee 2 “M'N “A'S ES eee 3 YOULP SPARK SMSA[MISSASSSSONHSIAISSSSSSSSS/S|ISSSSHASCSCS/A yo SC Rortostealelingoanoostsoel[E coocosonSeSe|a cosonnocola ygitenearae oo =ssooonscola AaonS Sess Sonssenocoolm youlsncmcenssese|* 0S Or Sri [co NOSSSSSSSIASSSSSoNnSSS|4 ygiIt oe eorSecsls MOMSHSOSOSS/My OSS SesSeai= oosscoononia id "ill srw AACA OP “a AG “A'S | Sarees Aq-aa || er Ka ‘rap 3 =e DAS NA) M Aq "M's 1} ‘S40 ‘E'S. || ea aN: gotl= =S mt TtSeSess wllosoooconcosa ideale dtd lex | dentaieels =a ak tel } | ygleomeortnecon H||Jssooosconsola aososoocnsoesla sesssossscols | ygie Sere rSsSsl|a|iososoosnnss A) MSSSOSHASAIS soooonosols : Se ‘f | — = = =— ore tS ey a ee SoSooSneSSs|Aliomnessoosools ygit ter aSsssos MrIIsSscoooonool|A coco SeoSe = cosoooossols « ee Bu foi ese e's gels tl “A'S MM || Seas wee NG qoIl® AVP SAAS SSM SSMS OnS CSAS SNS Sono Sr (a SNe =sSSC Cis | i J A Sse ee yA AN onAoon |S SeoocoHSSSl]A COCR S <= ae SM SHSo © o - tae yj Ae SoNoony|s CMS OOOOCS!* Srnoosoon| ae ao > OS ie qo oN ae aes |a onoocoococon ey cooncoococo|.s } i = A ee ee S.- {ee eee | agit tata econ |a rasooooos|n MONS SS SS Ss SMa Ksalol Com fons. aa o aa ea Ado ify beads ae citos Co cdi AlHonmnoonnanic rt Fae ee ee a le 1}. I SS ee Se : eee 39) Si) a SE eee a | JOC OANANAOCHAAIDIOCHHANSCOSOANANA/S!|H onan nNdHton es | ee qOle ce as 1] =] | ERR ESe dd) SO a ] qZ|P AA AAT OAA/S|SSSSSSOMSON|0 || F OR SOOW OND /SIISOTSCSOSCCO FIs sy |qor|e BP AAO HIS Soonseonas|a SOMOS AAAS soooonoona yg|2@ OFA HAS SOnMASOM AHI ASSneRHSoan|§ aoSoSnoson|S a aes Ee | bo on WoL! | | im < 7 7 = ' - — = — Wie = SSS A AlrHonmonr |e mea oltoo- : 1] : oe ASSCORAIM||HOOCOMNAHISCIINACH CON[r ||lonoont=|4 UG | | - TOUS PSPS SSRIS ||oonrataaq|iaancoco|+ onto alo —" ygieconsss Z val 2 5 B val a ro) 2) va) )| a a aan eet st eee ee el WIE Seoceoeo|-|ico Socoljcll4eoncoonsol/H|[ooonoocnin — = = _! ts ' = - a - aia SO Oe |S No mM op SoSorialloooooool/Sl|oCo7oooa |S MOIS CS SSCA S|[Aii-scaacocoim lsesenoonrolmlloconr oon yg eocoescsoe|- ooocccoco S\|SSnSoaSsIN SconoocesT [mM ' ; “MAN M ‘M'S'S asa be aN (20) (ase ee ae all SBaMNMOCCH AANA oNnoiricoccoonoeoo|(|r- | = Sqaps POR tS m0 FH Si or Oe aon onol|iriicoo-s — re — fase? es Pj HOSSSHIAIPNNCOCHSI[SCIIONSCHOCSCOCY(S 6 a a a FARAH OSHS |Imaanoto |= CNM OCHS! yg PSH aAanisS ASCONSSOCOIM| SHARON HK|DIOHnOCHMOSIO M Sq °M'N 3 4q "M's gAqers | ‘NAQ'a'N _ |S SCS SIG ee MAK AAA Hl POM WM GVHAIMI|IANANCOMROw\(S qo.) ee ~~ la N tee eae S = ie ro eo ANE AHH OC/SOpHtHtonWod(s ire mowtrow\s ag fen la || x - ZI Oss SNAP oeaals | ais At AROMHSOMS sp) nN} nN o jou eS EE osls AAR AA || ao om ~\|No amMorin : iets Lone | sSiies qe SS FO 9 |D NAM MIA ON|H||\NmMomaaa js ha HON M eo nq oD _ — oO = CAEN AA'S'S ‘o's hs ‘ON bs gout oO MSS l[P IIS on ooelsllerscoasslalioooscosols Woo Sos SSS laos oocolniionossScea|incoooss = | ! | eS SOROS MOOS |m joornse rss lIsoo-oco|- 7 | a yore eae s-el|* HSOSONnSos|Hloscoonroja|isccosoooscols ygle err mterls Sn On KHOI ICCOSCOSCSISOll-Foooscscola "N Aq “M'N "Mm Aq “M's ‘sSAqvas || ‘a Aq‘a'N wile We cene Nicsssossols|soorssosojsa sssssosss yglJe BR eoerelslloscooosesls|inonanosis lisoooooolicse qzic meee ol|s seooooss|s MOMS | oocococeo © gore SASH Ae]- Sooscooolol|i-scosonsco| Sr yi WN ASS S|> SOHSSRMOIN|FHSSCSCHSOSOIAIINOAH Se S|a | 3 ‘ANN © “A'S A ‘a's's Ri: oo wus Ve ecoors|= SOSCOSCeSO|[RF|lFOCONCSC/Al|loncocooeoscsin pesoaonols SSOSCHOMOIAINOEO SONS SCJSCllonscsoosocoin yg = _— _ o toe 2 ie = qwincomecrel|* SSHSSANASIM||IMHANH—ABOolAllococosoosolo ' im you~ =Seem- Sle Ssoosoonojn BAA SoHSSIFISHK-noscHoias yg|P AASB Ses|x SSoNooNS|+ SSNOSCCSOAllonnAROoSoSolm a Aq *N "s Aq "sm _ ‘m Aq's ‘N Aq ‘g aia |= a a oe qjSs|lponcs caa]|* gio rc oasis SSHSSHSINAIINSSSAMALA|I|Ioo—-Soonaim ! ager sono SOoOrmScoSoon MIOSNRK MOMS! ooooancim yous e7 on oS ool = seorcsoeH Sao aA ONT AH|m sone +5 yg|N eA awnacjn SSSH SHA IMISSOnA SCHR SiMlicooneScsosesoin ea | N , ee | or 7. ae 7 ; PhtHign Or Oa Se ee a oe sjittioeoraoar Vigor odanm gq sHeHHeSesSqle SHtsso Pl esseesese (Ele ssazasu & [2 a> Go a co & oo 5S |}00 c 00 co 0 0 F|\anwrnrnan Slim mamammnoeo S ee ee OE ee ee eee bo i) 8 fare SSS oi lime m eo ojal||> UZ | ee | 4or | ugl° youl Direction “Mm Aq“ M'N Hm O 18 © | in» | oo O oF oF eal NANCON I= pie amnmoon [2 ‘M'N © | SU SRN Ih 0 of the Wind, New Haven, Conn. a |O o-S ee - jon ones 0 ith i a|e||SaSoeaepe i : ‘Tso ‘aNN | pelt) conoso|- diy || ey onmcoo S| a S| > oanono|~+ DiionnocdH|r 0 0 2 0 2 = 0 1 6 9 ie a | peti gs) 71) 7 || 2a eee OE aiailnihaad a nce a So ie eer = od aan fh | tt CUD rat sh 10 ee Si cose S|> = foe como Soo oe & scoosesc\s oo] soon] eS | aS ee ay ‘a's ‘g Aq‘o'N fe Da soccer youl? = — ql? yor yot|™ | yg|™ 4 qo A: (ee — a D oo Aonar Hoods sais) Pid aT aol Lass aloaedsobso skeet Ui DOASS/(H nonooc|+ Sooner |s | qgl= FOR |> “mM Aq ‘N Aa S (0 monoo|sS =a)ies See 2 aS '> | (K Somer eee ! = 2 ‘INS 3 0 joo! < 1] 0 0 | 0 ( | 2 0 1| 3 0 0 1 0 \~ 2) 1 a ] ASAS HE ARM OoM Sum 3 « x | 0} 0} 0} 0] O 3 | O| O} 1] 0 | 1849 Sum Dd oo Sree |r i] SrA SRE SH |). 09 or) a kal hake = Csr a] qe Pr EP GR SS) et] oeorala | = oO Hin Or OD Z| 2 SsHaHa5| 2 Dl Siinmwmwaonaoann]| 3 aHINiiae a e— Ra eK HID Direction of the Wind, New Haven, SJSUNE. Conn. ws! CRNA HNO = Sore|lmiococoeoc|> ' | Lome 1 2 iu yg jeccoccl|s aaa 1S ||oSSSS|S Son |s Z\oonme4 |e Sonn He IK lloSceoSol—!ASOHSSIN i! (a | - | os es pee - ag HOG wliliAaCoCH—Ne[woliconmool|— ANANwnol|co yg (7A ACo | aAOONe|WH||Soooo(Ss SOC O[A | See gf as $15) Aga ||) “mM Aas || 8 Aa || a Aan jrle oe | een eece|4 =e yg [PH Oam | eeerela lIsSeooeln onSSeole j = = = u = qzjomcoeos |* SSSHS[A|lonooe|- ooocol[S qorjeo7=cce sal\looooolo joooce it —e— es mie oon lS SCnCOoOnmlAaAlHoOSoOos|A jonncolen i ACN MA “M'S'S © aE See ‘ON'N igor [omer Se |S BHR oscle|ocorco|ir soeoosyis Wo \-cCor?S Pe em oope SOoOOSCr|E aaooin fgz(erSoce [a AaAaoope ANMNOSCISD||ooOSoOSol|S gor |jeownee © ||Hor a(S AAMASS |& acon on = yg|eomtee FHA SAIDISCONSSIN ANN CHIS ‘mMAcM'N ‘SAa‘m's ‘HAq‘a’s ‘N Aq ‘oN mao sto re DINDareAnAd(MIDOnAOeANAl[H |\CoCnr Oot |s yor | | 2] | is | 79 [POA | Oa oa [a loa ai =i, = ¢ j Col AZ peo [2S |/- = aes EAGAN ee qo |? 7 ace [fg|lN soa apiooa-aia SHONMIS SCHDMOA|E|lnOonnlpel|mwooaa|ln FHSSHUIS q9 | a 2 z = “M'N ||) “A'S 72 oe (SEN. mi. Sl = con|+ meesosojxA sosco|s mi oS Oo Ses sea [Pp llesoceye ooo sic yzjeccece pe|iPaaeelaliconsolA oecoooclo qo jem mee | Sexes |A||Saesel- ea yim om ee | Fa SSese|s Sssecsyic Ssesccces "N Aq“ MA'N A Aq “A'S || °S &q "HS |) 40'S nia fir oece|siicorssc (= Sooo | | => SS —_ = = es yo Se Seatac |= Sococr|A 73) healt [eae Sooo {H aA oAN-|/SC Soon AIN jor |7°e- 72 pepaScoorn jsonn—|m SNOCOFIE - } — — - SCAPAS | OPA SCSHIMISCONMNASIV||OCSOSCHHIN qo | hey | veal 2. 2 BACNEN || “AAS "AA ‘S'S. ..||_ “Na Somne-OolMmiiog~cooo|(s|iIpocooonrn|||coocoools qor | laos | | goose (eles ea4/s i oo oo oO |S = lS Se eal Mapa | ee al es la~ananowpe eoocc|o =~ De mS |S See ae aec= soro-in : : = = }|_ rood | Olle Soon SoIJA|I|INGKAO|/H SSOSCHSOIRA ya | |S) IS | | ‘mMAQ'N | ‘S4a'm | ‘a Aq's ‘N Aq ‘gq a | eo St eS Hon |x oonno|/+ yg JP emrs | a\|eaaaale ASAOGOAlR||oomooim qgtroeee | SHH NS /O||M—AHWWDIDISCSONCOIN HOt eee ee a) al ioe =F Lc |loOoicc rH _ yg [PAPAS | e||anaas = Somon|tiiconmnsesolm ‘N | “M ‘Ss ‘a TSS as iitin Ore co Pier Dds iitworWd «= Sasa | F/SsSsseesel/ElSSsaae-/2 =sSasrz = © 0 00 CO 0 Siimmmnmna|/SlinnmmnwaiSiinnwonmnea 3 ell online! Riese eK— sR INDilae ee RK KID Kee ee DVD 280 Direction of the Wind, New Haven, Conn. UL. { jooceo |e Wet rte t aloe ool |S a Smtio aie {01 | ati ee if Ww |C° eo T> MAAN /O lls om or|sm rene eS a yZ|P Sor [Alla aanon B||-SSoo|n|isotool# G | “ls sf Bs Old oe ee 8 iS eS ae le ond eal aa uq|-~cCcnco alloonranc mi|Sooas|a Noweanlso {9 | | | rs ‘N Aq" mAq's | ‘SAq'a || ‘a Aq‘n wr jeeecoc ls SaRSOSS(PM/OrAAS |e oooossls yg |eeens [aiinnooce 8 | etandian ed bai Ssonsola yz|~ ee S| ciimoceels a cososls QC " ————EEE wor [Poms [ A|-SoSeosl=||S 9 oS |4| Sa eoeccre yg |" >= Sal|eaene njiscooosl|s soocsls ' . . Pre | "ect aad a MAN M M'S'S asa "EEN Nie qo |e *N SS | SilSNros[a Sonnajsilseocorsa | ! H 2 U9 CoOnNN = © fooe an SOON ls OS a ae 2S ae UZ |S SASS |] SllennSonSllomndtolalloocooo—jia MG | a= atl be | ates ray peti |= Sooon|s stb eci | aSonon[M U9 > a foe aBNOCH/r Na OS ee ‘MAG'M'N | ‘Ss Aq‘m’s “RH Aq‘a's) ‘N 4q ‘aN T amano st [ir +H HOON 110 aimiane sets (LZ. SiS oa {OT _ a |} “la yg [TONS LOH MOE AIN|| OM SCHRHIMI|No-—HoldH Z U9 ee bee LN |) = eee Le Ie uz |TV raann Hl HOwWwWAIM|/ WANN HW! BIOSCHA SIN IG ~ a3 = | Oe es |) | | yor |N*Or- [se HHH AS/Sl|lOMonmoldH||WAAA HAH et _ Laem col : AE Sonanoln coos as Sonoa|s eosssl|s cocoons ee [= re cry beteskag 4 soos) seosss|s -sAq‘as ‘ag 4q‘aN SESe, : = lest = Lt Ae yg [Ne ee [3 DANMAIL||NM CMA /S|HONOAA yor |~ "Soe |* oanoocola SSnsolniisosossls yg [NN SSS | = Saoosls Senesla|lsoocels ! i acta faa edi §)= Soanelaiicooscols ole > | Soe aie Seer ia jsonsola q9 (CAH SS | M19 SSS0)|5|SSRnSSl sea CANN ASM ee. 3 ‘NS you |W SSSS [AF Cor olAllsaranoclsiooooslo yg |RSSSS [AN SCSSCSlA SHON = (Ao OoMS|= eed Sia lade i at Sereda cosssls yor |= > Ser id coe oe oe aSo=SIn ll yg [WRC [allows o|s ||Someslmllooone|A cm Aan || gs Sam | at Aq’ || (N Aa | ug SS) eee S Ae es Someo|™ ] UZ sono Pe ees ees PO ie Nicoatiaeeade o's igor |= "Se [=||Soasai= SSSRE RASA AIO | yg |* eae [| e|R aH SoA]s |S oonalaloowools oo | jSeses BREEEHEREEEREEEEERIE i JSS382 | aS See Sloe See ee eee Direction of the Wind, New Haven, Conn. AUGUST. Me SS crnocor|i= ) heii Sonooe; yl eres SOntmHco|S Toul 7 2 Noes oy SH ithe >| aS SHaps omer So Sols oaaeat| = N4Aq:m || “mAq's || ‘§ Saat ‘ga Aq'nN mice SS |clert (rss wilooetmAO(WISCONSCSoH |x yieeeceec|> SANOoOnm On| tllo—aaAN OC] oellon—SooR|mM ite hes Hi " ee “ ! yjmemece|s Ssoonoolia soocscols Sseooco—|- qorle-eoccee Sllmaoonocoolmnilionos o1R COnme-oo-|7 Tt) beelioe oocs |S \S aorSsolinjyooosco S|e conrecocan|= . “DAN M "M'S'S | ‘asa ‘a'N'N Senooc”||o aS Hilonstono|/t|omaorcoclic woul sl aie Ve i pera. °1- Vy) SS Tal | le eames ml gy SHS HSOHNO(Di\scoSaaoim eee ae no ee ailor a Ssoels oe=conoin qo? —— AS SS Sn SCNOCOH]Hilown coo|> SCaASonm eer qj >So |s meooocon|aAllio—saosoc(a|icoonma| a = spre | RS aoe Peirne = | Fears rs rT ; i MAGAN | ‘SAq'm's | “HAQ‘a'S ‘N 4q ‘g'N WOliGe.S | eh a aapliasa ot | samen ia ara eee KN le 1D 7 o fia © oD ot \las a ea ee oo | oe : Sic y9| cer = aa ee hes eke SUSE 3e —--ne- CS so) 7d oon pau OMANS A wi||\orooHtst|/reloasc —|+ e Lomnll oe = tn : Mee eo Oe S| LIke es F le aASomnnm S| qo) me Se H/o | SHotMoldilnmnoocoaal Siinnaonala | =a || ad, = | . . al 7 * | =n ; MN | M'S | ‘o’s ‘ON SonOoonROoljn|iiococoso Sllosocons|ailicceseecoa|js yor 2] “|| 7 | Sao ere aaa (ae | peeled : pe See oS |= jIsoooce | Lee ed ae ala = qW[izeeede|a|l>eooes Slliooooonmial|cocooooclsc youl i t—— i I=\|= Sonor IN Fanon] © SonceSo| yglP Sm Se Halen ere slsosoan niliconecsco] — _ | u ais ‘NA4Aq-an || “MM Aq'm's | *s Aq‘ars ‘a Aq ‘aN youc -~eeer|s jon once allosanoocis|iccocscoec[- qglemmcer|= SES 55 S| elles [> cooens|ea qlee eerls Soot esc AiloOsnnrstAo|/Hiiccoocsoscjs = Sl ll i | | oa ee Ma oS oe eco Tcl | helbeeetetecaieaal Paaeal | i Nonoliwticoccerc!ir. yglP PA SSANR |S SNers;miscotzsosc]e aiicHocoo]=— = a \| Teas . . . our | = = f “ANN ee SM \| ‘o's’s ‘ONG qorlsecece|s loon SS|alloonSnriwiiocoooss S ygIP ours eys SonntSsslN|isoonoaa m\\osSooocl|c ees a ! ygitT e] S| cesoslolisaaada olcoaeocejs=— V2 ea ee ad i] om ANMonmolSeilincocoscco lmanoco!ticoernosc|= YO) [sS'| Ses ea | ee eS SES a +i — aie ee ee = SHA ae mr AOI HINNSCHOSSOIMIINANNSCS] = f =| = ! | -—- MA Aq ‘nN sSAq‘m || ‘sx Aq’s || ‘NAQ'a LIT ee neil Kit SANSHOIHINGHTAOA/ HIN BSoK S| ypgl= a4 eo alo lsa-aao|s|lmpomar a Sy cet eel 5 | | “nN a ig WIA SNSss|e||RHoaooo/Hiinooaag S|inaee—-aocc]s SAAS aAWGaAlal||laonono|wilmoocon|||-—-aceS-|-a qOt| = | x_ we igh Se 4 | hea alaliaiis ie KOm| ays nonos! s&s ‘N ft ae am ‘Ss ] ‘a HINO OD a||\HnOSCKr OH, silico S) slits S he St et | SSSSSS\ F/SSS5SS\ i S555 = ee eile 2s {Sel eleeeeeslalee 2 222i é SEPTEMBER. uOl Ha SSINIm ROR S/H |= CooCHIN yg |S A SSS [Sis acraslipcoonya | baieieaian > SS: yf ra HOS Saoico Hol ARCO; Hiicoooryjaiic al Lan yg leNaee | Bl aHKSssslalionsosla "N Aq “MA “mM Aq 's 's Aq qLiIee eee | SC Sm SAH 4aNon ols yg |e e-SeeF —(iSe—SoOn—[Hilenonoss yzlorece | Soyer entel|siceosoa SL eedl [—||SSSR S/R INSHSORSIA q9 lo oote [mR Soorelseooeosis “AACN M “M'S’S ‘asa WOE eee ee eee 1] — a — sie coecooiNnilionnooilig4 }) 9 L | 1 TZ Se oe re SS esl | qorj>ecor {|S SHAK SS|N AAAS Se 7 ees rl He — AAS )16 alae ‘mM Aq MN sAq‘m's ‘gd Aq‘a's— yorj7=-7 NR 1S 60 20 ON Sh [lou es eRe 16 ca =. = yg |e {2 NES > CF 513113 CW CY CU CRES - 7 eee | settee |= eoocels coooninijoc G Direction of the Wind, New Haven, Conn. S| ~- Oo Fw om |6O [oe mane N |e / = "N Aq “MA'N ‘mM Aq'm’s) *S Aq‘a's | qO1 i i SSSR oir oooos|s yg |e oes S le coosel4 sceocssls Uz SCT EWES Ft) | E= cooce|s|lonooe|= yrjentrSe |= S pela a |e SS y9 |e rte [falcons Sd fas | peter is "MA'N'N "A'S... Eee YOT | =—-co } cadet ie lis) pane S| | yg [er 7e ‘| = SiS Aire Sorter ce wleoc tee [= Sorscol|Aiisonanocols yor lInezrce | 19 SOR OSS a as gg [FS Se [re |OmnNNe IO [oS ee “m Sqn ‘sAq'm || ‘et Aq yo. |= 77 | ~ SLMS NO 1A Bo et ea 9 [PR ore SS eN SS aoe gen! i TCV aaedod =f | edd lec) | li yg l*toor head | bribes = [> oS oe ‘'N “MM ‘Ss = oO 1844) 1845 L847 1849 1844 Direction of the Wind, New Haven, Conn. OCTOBER. Ti aera o\% oocoonnio Ss) | ge A [A [ot a rt 4 ca o> roe =i \ls oocoonneo aoe me es OS a tS O AZo OS RS |[@ oor ee ee ied RANA AGIA worl oo Oe |S SSSNSOIN||onSSoSS|(- AAAS ie maa So | moonocol|* HSS SCSI[A||AN Ko H19 (= as Oe eee ee mais | cl SoOroIN|Im~noHoo|S oc sino th = Sa Sic —— ee ee msciotoco {| S Gan cc hall ba 1 SSS ae Ot 22 Caras se eS se =contsir mine oO | eS =h ee ais o£ joan oammn [= mS oN |= soo sh bap | ee ae aSone s/s F "DANA M'S'S : 1} = or E e ‘a'N'N wai = = |- CoN oc|s* fesio = ES IES) fr CUM Cl rst rt rt o> ne |? SOAS Se i -e ——— CI Ut tO yz ae S HS |o Bees ost ABASSSO!S sone ay|< Viti = = | Ssoonmco!/-—||com Sean ee —-oer Ke ot mio eo ( AOococo|- a Aq AN ‘"s Aq "m's i Se |S SOs OTS IOS aise oe FS 1017 | oD Of 6 of 1 SO Od TAS a a |S GU sHito Cae ( SHosSools|| aa Seooorne| | y9|~ y9|™ | agile ‘morl™ y9|* mi SSS |S Sor ate ao qi Oa |S Honest r/o ta Se SS Siig SF rth MOT = FI |S i ead fe gg | Oo oH St x = AN Cl 100 1D Or OD; DOr OD i106 SES9S9/8 issssesls =3 mann non) a |99 20 a a2 a SS ||c See Se BR BH Dilla eRe Re KBD 1846 Sum 283 284 Direction of the Wind, New Haven, Conn. NOVEMBER. yoILMPSSSM APSA SoH SNS l|HyoSoooSHrOl—| | | ygiT BN SSSArANK |FosHnonsessoosons|- ' ~_ anaadooainlsescsnwapmlesssesaeis || UZ qOL!' Sorter oer [Dijcooonn ons SOS 2 eat { 9 Sass as Oo(Cliseoomormsnie ioocooocrno[(e | | / ‘nN A | | | i niiconoc Aa Co(n||loo 1 4OL; ae | = 7: l l 0 ] | | | UZ — os Dee ese Slo Fees Pe ee NGO iam eee | cococeo Sa Nano S[F sooo soslsiisesosoosorsi- qo i i TASS — 3 l 7 2 l 2 4) 0 i Sosooln Aenoces 3 io sence (oo \nosooooco [a | ug VAGSOAS Als ASOASSS/M|AA SoSH iy | pe — — | NG ae en ee ee = ot Se OS ta tO re 1; | ! LOT SSAC Seon ost SS hoa. aa | ygIMWANSCHANS|N Jossooosis|isoanossoln ee ee o> ||aaAtadstoo |= -_ Fata ST ] Lomel yore 2 Fe 1D SUAS SS AS HS |S oe et ee wile -Seecein SAA AA Ol[MIocSoooSce l= 99/03 eS SS SAS Se Sea eve ososoocoscscse |= yslo PS SSSSISM|lSSSNSAH el SSSonSsol= THORS ta ee i 223 SS. — ae | agi A PM SSNSS/S|iSSooSsaASlaiic Sososcscis yous HSV ecolsliascssaeesiaiios coocislicsoosssyco ygj- Sow Seosl|+ =SSsenasnllooosoosss oocsoscsels yzi7 Sem Seas ls cooconselsiicosooososy|s mossoscol= yun SSoSS\|+ esoonsce| eoossssls|iRnscsososoosc|= yg 7 SSS Soslr|iecoscosoesls|issosoosools sosnecols “MA‘NUN “A'S __s's FZ NT YOUN W-SANXOrjVisocoosoraalls Sone So(s (Sa o— o/-4 yg|SIS 8S SFE |S] S'S SS et ee Se a i a >| Ssorsoosl\= Sw NSIS a cS ee 4 Si ae i allonooon > > > yoile er aANS H | | Tei CU CIS ti Se Yyj~ STATIN SR e aa AN HS OS rt i =e : Lee yzZjJS PT NNS BH SAW SORA AS AH OWS a HID . = YoyWewrerse |e are aaa Set St See yg S68 ee ies 09 [Se ee ee ele See aaoanao[r : = — "N : ; “mM a : ‘S SSSquVzecislitSSqneSclicitsS5e2secisa SHH SH HH SH HH Hf ST SH oH HH DPAHNDNDNDD| SI mnnDODnDnDnDDl/Slimnnnnnwnni a | ee nd Oi ee en On ee eo a Direction of the Wind, New Haven, Conn. DECEMBER. ocoocon- 285 eae eS! = Ot CO | =) |) SNCS RE al Ree | bas eis SS Vitae. eS |Sie fo 70 STS SG a —K—— SS 7 ee Bee Nec aes tor | See ale Conmooco (rm yg |© —i— Aen Sno|s co = 0 1 1} 0 (0) 0) yor |= 00 0) 0! 0 So So WZ jPanostacc|e a re 1S onmcr + ||o “AN M So Serio s 4 |x oo r=) 0) 0 0 n B00 0 0 gol [Ne SAaacec|~ = 49 [Fr weNAaAso|e =c°o Se sae Seley 0 0) 0) 0 SHNSANAlIS —_ accor as _ MADINAH sD ple MH ANMIA ic : 5 a Aq'’n ; Com SONMIRA _ one OD OD = conrc AN 1oO |- i = SHOONMIS paar oO N'N monroocso|s monmoceo|De Ss YOL [Mota aso |= oo S oe eS rele So ooon|a yg Pe oes |a Soe eco Lame _ “a Aq" M'N ‘s Aq "m's Sree at St | AANNID oD of | H YOL a 4 a ease Start (4 SHH MOMMMMDINA 49 [5s IN 0 Se ae es Aer eee HHS i= (Se) = ae SAE SS aes is aa So qOr ac) i = Dea Se Sis aS ee ee u9 2 ‘MN “MS TIE DS a ae 2 eS Pa eS |= SS a Se le See [See ois. & SSS eS coococo|S SSF SS eee ooooccocoo|> I ‘ONG coccoo}jo Sojccoocococcoeoceo|s ooo oon a cooceo ee cs — a — ‘N Aq‘ = = => SS oS = cS oco\|\- =" — => — a — - ke — ss —— eo — coon oin ‘a ©HOrFoac—ic —-~ SSeS SH OOS S cCaonmowmuwwooi s ee 2 286 Direction of the Wind, New Haven, Conn. In order to determine the mean direction of the wind for each of the hours of observation for each month of the year, the number of times that each direction occurred during the month for each of the hours of observation was counted, and the sum of the corresponding numbers for the entire period of years was taken, These numbers are given in Table I, pages 270-273, and Table II, pages 274-285. The mean direction of the wind for each of the hours of observa- tion was obtained by solving a traverse in which the number of times that each wind was recorded was regarded as the distance traveled. The mean direction of the wind thus obtained for each of the hours of observation, and for each month of the year, is given in Table II. The angles are reckoned from the North point around the circle through the West and South. Table II also shows the ratio of the wind’s progressive motion in its mean direction to the total distance traveled, for each hour of observation. These numbers were obtained as follows: Having com- puted the mean direction of the wind for each hour, the absolute length of the line indicating its direction was computed trigonometri- cally, and the number representing this line was divided by the number of observations for that hour, without regard to direction. When these ratios are large it shows that the direction of the wind was comparatively steady; when the ratios are small it shows that the direction of the wind was extremely variable. If we compare the direction of the wind as deduced from the first series of observations with the direction as deduced from the second series, we shall find considerable discrepancies. Table IV, Part 1, shows the result of such a comparison. From the month of October to the month of March inclusive, the directions in the first series are more westerly in every instance, except for March at 6 p.m. During the remaining six months of the year the two series present still greater discrepancies. These differences are larger than was antici- pated, and are not easily explained. The observations of the second series were principally made at a station about half a mile nearer the harbor than the first series; but this circumstance does not seem sufficient to account for so large differences as appear in the results. It is suspected that in the first series of observations the direction of the wind recorded for M. and E, was not designed to give the direction noticed at any fixed hour, but rather the prevalent direction for the forenoon and afternoon, Such a result, deduced, as it probably was, not from several recorded observations, but from casual obser- vations of the vane loosely preserved in the memory, could not claim Direction of the Wind, New Haven, Conn. 287 much precision; and that no great precision was aimed at is shown by the fact that the winds were only recorded for eight points of the compass. There is no doubt that the second series of observations is more reliable than the first, for the directions were estimated to thirty-two points of the compass, and the precise time of each obser- vation was carefully stated. TasiE I1.—Hourly Means.—First Series. Direction of the Wind, New Haven, Conn., 1804-1820. May. | Jan. | Feb. Mar. Apr. June. July, | Aug. | | sept. | “Oct. Nov. Dee. ; | Oe) 9 ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° M. 48°3 | 46°7 | 29°2 | 19°7 | 14:2 | 505 | 644) 29°7| 33°6| 41°4 | 46°3 | 57-1 N. | 58°9 | 65°5 | 76°8 |139-2 |173°4 |163°8 |160°4 |169°8 |127°4 | 94:3 ors 8 | 63°3 iE. 60°7T | 69°6 61°5 | 82:0 |133°1 |133-1 |132°4 |124°5 | 87-0 | 87-4 3°8 | 63:1 Ratio of the Wind’s progressive motion in its mean direction to the total distance traveled. New Haven, Conn., 1804-1820. | Jan. Feb. | Mar. Apr. May. June. | July. Aug. | Sept. Oct. Nov. Dee. es eee ae — = = M. 0-499 0°445 |0°424 |0°336 0°240 (0°215 |0°279 |0°294 |0°436 0-419 |0°416 (0-481 N. (-409 0-319 |0:205 |0-088 0°159 0:309 |0-466 0-263 }0°169 0°227 |0°278 |0°428 E. 0:469 '0:368 |0-275 ‘0184 10° “135 0: "294 i0° 435 0°299 |0°277 :0°347 |0°369 |0°477 Hourly Means.—Second Series. Direction of the Wind, New Haven. Conn., 1844-1852. Jan. | Feb. | Mar. | Apr. | May. ‘June. July. Aug. | Sept.| 0 Oct. | Noy. Dee. | | ° fe} ° ° ° oO | ° o to} ° ° ° 6 A.M.| 37-5 | 29°71 | 22-6 7-1 |346°1 | 519) 42°9 13589 | 21°] 8°8 | 25:0 | 33°3 10 43°4 | 31-7 | 29:0 | 42°7 |246°1 | 93°8 |350°T |286°5 50 4°5 | 29°6 | 33-4 2 p.M.| 49°6 | 47°6/ 59:8 |148°3 1188-7 160°6 |155°1 |182°5 |152°9 | 30-1 | 51°2 | 44°5 6 51°5 | 48°2 | 69°0 |1343 |195°3 1145-9 |L58°5 |L77-9 |107°1 | 28°6 | 62°4| 46°8 10 52-3 | 46-1 | 56:1 |/109°5 178-6 |141-4 |144-2 |177-1 | 88-7 | 18°6| 54:6 | 4771 Ratio of the Wind's progressive motion in its mean direction ta the total distance traveled. New Haven, Conn., 1844-1852. Jan. | Feb. | Mar. | Apr. | May. June. July. Aug. | Sept. Oct. Nov. Dee. ee ek aes fez ais bilby nee 6 a.M.|0°463 (0°461 |0°440 0°346 |0 200 ‘0: "214 0-210 0°197 |0°369 |0°475 |0°468 (0-546 10 0469 |0°421 10307 |0°034 |0°147 ol 140 |0:061 |0°133 |0°328 |0°340 (0°424 |0-494 2 p.M.|0°366 |0°355 |0°197 |0°194 |0°253 0-412 0°351 |0-347 |0:076 |0°052 |0°278 |0°-473 6 0°:377 |0°396 |0°249 |0°129 0-226 10°359 |0°322 |0°304 |0°070 |0:°063 0-272 |0°446 10 0°367 |0°389 |0°257 |0°115 |0°133 |0°319 |0°282 |0°299 |0°043 |0-094 |0°294 0-417 In order to present the results of the second series of observations palpably to the eye, the curves shown on Plate XI have been drawn upon the same principle as those given on Plate VIII to represent the observations at Wallingford, Conn. in the following manner: The wind’s These curves were constructed mean direction for January at 288 Direction of the Wind, New Haven, Conn. 6 A.M. was set off by means of a protractor (a vertical line upon the paper being taken to represent the meridian), and a line half an inch in length was drawn in this direction, From the extremity of this line the wind’s direction for 10 A.M. was set off, and another line drawn of the same length as before. In like manner were drawn the directions for each of the hours of observation. We thus obtain a broken line, which may be regarded as representing the average progress of a particle of air for each hour of observation through the month of January, supposing the wind’s velocity to be the same at all hours. In like manner the curves for each of the twelve months were constructed. Taste LV, Part 1.—Differences between the mean directions of the Wind at New Haven, Conn., as determined by the two series of observ ation 8. Sept. — =, ee tel ey ses. Jan. Feb. Mar. Apr. | May. | June. | July. Aug. Oct. | Nov. Dec. 6 A.M. |+10°8}+164|+ 66)/+ 2°6) + 28-1) —- \-4) 421-5) 430-8) + 12°5) + 86°9| 416-7) + 23-7 Q2p.mM.|/+ 9°3/+16°9|4+17°0|— 9- 1|—15°3 + 3°2)+ 5°3|—12° 7|—25°5| + 64°2| + 16°6) + 18°8 6 P.M. + 9°2.418-4|— 7:5 —52-3|—62-2| 12-8) —26-1|—42-4|—20-1| + 59-2| + 11°1|+16°3 Taste IV, Part 2.—Differences between the mean directions of the Wi ind at New Haven and ee Conn. | |. Jan. | Feb. Mar. Apr. | May. | se. July. Aug. Sept. Oct. | Nov. | Dee. ; fare Sik ‘ig re ° ° Mists it a Pi 12°1|— 5°6 +13 TWh+ al 4 13-0 —11-7| +. 641) + 15:3) +184 +17°9\+10°8|— 3:3 10 —20°1/—10°6| + 6°8)~32° 3) +114°3|—31-3) +771) + 91°8} + 32°1) + 25°1)+4+12°4)/— 3:9 2 p.m. |—14°3/— 61)/— = 7\—93°0|— 33° 1|—46° 5|—10+ 5|— 84-2 —88°3)+19°5)4+ 7°3)— 6°5 6 }—15°8}— 3°8;\— 5°0|/—41°3|— 31:1)— 7°2/— 7:9|—20-6|+12°8)/+35-4/+ 7-6/— 48 10 —19°0|/— 8 1l}— 8°8|\—32°5)+ 2°8/+29°3)+24'2|— 5°9)+58'1|4+24°6|— 2°8)/—12°5 If we compare the curves thus obtained for New Haven with those given for Wallingford on Plate VIII, we shall find the results tolerably satisfactory. A numerical comparison of the observations at the two stations is given in Table IV, Part 2. For the month of October the curves at the two stations show but little difference, except that the direction at Wallingford is on an average twenty-four degrees more westerly than at New Haven. For the month of November the two curves bear a strong resemblance, the direction at Wallingford being on an average seven degrees more westerly than at New Haven. For the month of December the two curves bear a still closer resemblance, but the direction at New Haven is on an average six degrees more westerly than at Wallingford. For January and February the resem- blance of the two curves is equally strong, but the direction at New Haven is sixteen degrees more westerly than at Wallingford in Jan- Direction of the Wind, New Haven, Conn. 289 uary and seven degrees more westerly in February. In March the resemblance of the two curves is not quite so close, but the mean direction for the two stations is identically the same. We thus see that for the six colder months of the year the curves at the two stations are quite similar, but there is a difference in the mean direction of the wind, which changes from month to month with such regularity that we cannot ascribe it to errors of observation. This will appear from the following table, in which column second shows the average difference in the direction of the wind at New Haven and Wallingford for each of these six months, and column third shows the differences between the numbers in column second. N. H. — W. Difference. | Mriqper 2s 2 — +24°°5 | 172-4 rT ye | November, ----- + k : 13°3 December, ----- | — 62 | 10°1 WAnUALy.,2-—-=2—— —16°3 | 9-5 February, ------ — 68 68 Marchi)! )52e: .2 | 0-0 The regularity in the change of direction at the two stations is so great, as to indicate the operation of some physical law. Can these differences be reconciled with the explanation of the winds at Wal- lingford, given on page 249? It is somewhat hazardous to express an opinion upon this subject until we have observations from a sufficient number of stations to enable us to eliminate the effects due to purely local causes. We might expect that since New Haven is nearer to the ocean than Wallingford, the deflecting influence due to the warmer temperature of the ocean would be stronger at New Haven than at Wallingford, whereas the observations seem to indicate that during the winter months the contrary is true. The following ex- planation of these seeming anomalies is suggested: Ist, the Gulf Stream exerts an influence upon the direction of the winds in the vicinity of New Haven, which is more powerful than that of the vearer but cooler ocean; 2nd, the difference in the distances of the Gulf Stream from New Haven and Wallingford is so small that this cause ought to operate with sensibly the same energy at both stations; but 3rd, New Haven is situated in a basin near the level of the sea, while Wallingford is elevated about 130 feet above the sea, and has a very free exposure. The winds at New Haven are therefore frequently mere surface winds of limited extent, while those at Wallingford correspond more nearly with the general drift of the atmosphere in this region. 290 Direction of the Wind, New Haven, Conn. These conclusions appear to be confirmed by a comparison of the directions of the wind at New Haven and Wallingford during the six warmer months of the year. In the months of April and September the diurnal change of direction is much greater at New Haven than at Wallingford, the wind being almost exactly North in the morning, and nearly South at the hottest part of the day. In May and August the wind at both stations is nearly North in the morning and South in the afternoon, but with this difference, that at Wallingford the Westerly motion exceeds the Easterly, while at New Haven the fasterly motion exceeds the Westerly. It seems probable that the latter effect is confined to places but little elevated above the level of the sea. In June the curves at the two stations are quite similar ; while in July the diurnal change is much the greatest at New Haven. We conclude therefore that the New Haven observations are not inconsistent with the explanation heretofore given of the winds at Wallingford, and that the peculiarities of New Haven result from local causes, among which are to be enumerated its low position, and perhaps also the shallow water of Long Island Sound, with Long Island on the south of it. It is suspected that these local winds at New Haven are of the nature of counter currents, analogous to the counter currents observed along the banks of rapid rivers, especially where the banks are considerably indented, Velocity of the Wind. In the year 1860, a Robinson’s anemometer, made by L. Casella of London, was procured by Prof. Elias Loomis for Yale College. The hemispheres are three inches in diameter, the distance between the centers of the opposite cups is 13°5 inches, and the distance traveled by the wind is recorded up to 500 miles. The anemometer was erected upon one of the towers of Graduates’ Hall at an elevation of 65 feet from the ground, where the exposure was entirely unob- structed. In December, 1863, regular observations were commenced by Prot. Loomis, and have heen continued to the present time. The observations were made at intervals of one, two or three days, according as was found convenient, the object being simply to deter- mine the average velocity of the wind for each month of the year. It was soon found that the velocity indicated by the observations was smaller than had been expected, and it was suspected that the instru- ment was not entirely reliable. After the observations had been continued for two or three years, Prof. Loomis decided to procure a second instrument from a different maker. He accordingly requested _ Direction of the Wind, New Haven, Conn. 291 Taste V.— Velocity of the Wind, New Haven, Conn. 4 | Miles traveled. Mean h’ly veloc. yyean. & | Year. Observations compared. Ey a= Sh Se a S | Casella. Negretti Casella. Negretti ~“- “~~ i ee Say ee eae =r 1862) Jan’ 211 -Feb: 1 3} |'7245) 4060 | __.. | 6°60 | --- Pemetaw A «4 Jan: Si Sei |.4095 | 5.25 | Be? se ielseo | gam 1 lt Jan 31 14) 120-70) 4690 | _-.. |. 6°51 a 4 Soe dan. 1 12 >) Jan. 31-3 (230) | 42050) e 2222 5°82 ee | 1868 | Jan. 1 5 ‘Feb. 1 3 ‘| 742°0| 4130 | 4260 | 5°57 | 5:74 §/1869| Jan. 2 4 Jan. 31 4 | 696°0| 3750 | 3956 5-39 | 5°69 S/} 1870 | Jan. 2 1 Jan. 31 3 | 698°0| 4250 | 4212 | 6:09 | 6-04 fefieietan:, 2 11 Jan. 30 2 615°0 4215 | 3993 625 | 5:92 oe ew | 5°87 5°85 G3l — 1864 | Feb. 1 3), Heb. 22, Sep peleo lesbos. | 5... [.,682.) -—- feleéo | Jan. 31°13 Web. 27 1 | 64%7-5| 4430 | .... | 684 | __- tesGile Meebo 1 12 Feb. 28 14°) 6480 4770) -.- | 736 | -.- E omen sl Ss Beb.28 4 (673-0) #75.|..-...| 7-0%)|.. __- &|1868| Feb. 1 3 Mar. 1 8 | 689°0| 4116 | 4179 | 5°98 | 6-07 | 1869 | Jan. 31 4 Feb. 27 4 | 6480 4365 | 4283 | 6-74 | 6-61 B, | 1870 | Jan. 31 3 Feb. 28 4 | 673°0, 5085 | 5300 | 7:59 | 1-87 1871 | Jan. 30 2 Feb. 28 12 | 6940) 4528 | 4339 | 6-52 | 6-26 Mean [6-86 | 670 7-38 1864 | Mar. 510 Mar. 31 5 | 6310) 4630) _...| 73 cent 1865 | Heb. 27 1 .Mar. 31 14 | 768°5| 5625 |... | 7-32 : 1866 | Mar. 1 14 Mar. 31 14] 7200 4590 | __- ese . 5 = (6mehep28 4 Mar. 31 6 | 146:0) 4930 | 2... | 661 | __- % | 1868 | Mar. 1 8 April 1 5 | 753-0 4444 4277 | 5:90 | 5-68 S| 1869 | Feb. 27 4 April 1 8 | 784°0 5260 | 5054 | 6-71 | 6-45 1870 | Feb. 28 4 April 1 5 | 769°0 5526 | 5523 | 7-19 | 17-18 1871 | Feb. 2812 Mar. 31 12 | 7460 4642 | 4401 | 622 | 5:90 ee ee NT eh aL 6 TL | 6301 7-16- (ray fl 630 17:16 1864 | April 2 4} SiMecaagri 2 45 May 1 5p] 696i | 5642) ....| 8091 | 1 5z | 6962 | 5642 | ____ | 809] __- 1865 | April 1 1 April26 114 | 5985] 4875 | __.. | 815 | _-- 1866 | Mar. 31 14 April30 5 | 723°5| 4615 | __.. | 638| __- _| 1867 | Mar. 31 6 May 1 6 | 744:0| 4720 | 4538 | 6-34 | 6-10 | 1868 | April 1 5 May 1 38 | 718-0 | 4962 | 4017 | 6-91 | 6:99 a 1869 ae ee May 3 9 | aoe 4520 | 3598 | 5-70 | 6-03 | 1870 | Mar. 29 3 April30 4 | 769-°0| 4723 | 4856 14 | 6:32 | 1871 | Mar. 31 2 May 1 4 | 746-0| 4094 | 3835 | 5-49 | 5-14 ee | 6°65 | 6121 716 1864 | May 1 5} ais) May 1 Gt gune 1 4 7442 | 4279 | ___ eT. - 1865.| May 1124 June 1 4 | 675°5/ 3830°| _.__ | 5°67 E |} 1866} April30 5 June 1 1} 7715) 4645 | ---. | 602] -- b| 1867] May 1 6 June 1 12 | 738-0] 4351 | 4330 | 5:89 | 5-87 Ss 1868 | April30 10 May 31 4 | 750:0| 4247 | 4346 | 5-66 | 5-79 1869 | April29 4} June 1 9 | 7845] 4013 | 4195 | 5°12 | 5-61 ae April30 4 May 30 4 | 720-0] 8749 | 3861 | 5-21 | 5:36 Mean H | 5°62 166 | 6:09 1864} June 1 4 “July ‘i Thorac | ae Cn 1865 | June 1 4 =June30 7 | 699°0| 2965} .... | 4°24 Ake _| 1866 | June 1 14 June 30 14] 696-0) 3235 | _... | 465 | __- ®| 1867 | June 112 June30 4 | 670:0} 3921 | 3818 | 5:85 | 5-70 8/1868 | May 31 4 June28 5 | 673°0| 2804 | 2906) 417 4:32 1/1869| June 1 9 July 1 4 | 727-0| 2594 | 2590 | 3:57 | 3°56 1870 | May 30 4° July 2 5 793°0 | 3074 | 2896 | 3°88 | 3:65 Mean | 441 | 431 | 4-72 292 Direction of the Wind, New Haven, Conn. ‘TABLE V—continued. g | "Miles traveled. [Mean h’ly veloc.| yfean, & | Year. Observations compared. | a ——e —| —! 0. aN = val. Casella,|Negretti| Casella.|Negretti &- © ®- | —_—} — ia eae Ores Gens ioe 1864 | July 1 5% July 29 10 | 664°5| 3024 | ..--. | #70] —-- 1865 | June30 7 July 27 9 638°0 | 3285 | .... | 5°16 ati | 1866 | June 30 14 July 31 5 747°5| 3060 | .... | 4:09 ae p,| 1867 | June 30 4 Aug. 2 6 | 7940) 3313 | 3340 | 4:17 | 421 ‘| 1868 | June28 5 Aug. 1 6 817°0| 2956 | 2782 | 3°62 | 341 ™/1869| July 1 4 Aug. 310 | 786-0] 3160 | 2970 | 4:02 | 3-78 1870 | June 28 5 July 29 7 746°0| 3140 | 32L7 | 4:21 | 431 Mean : sae: 4:28 | 3°93 | 4°57 | 1864) Aug.13 5 Aug. 29 6 | 385°0| 1685 | -... | 439] —.- PE! | fe SiS Se RAE re | wana | ccna: | ooeelll Ree as | 1866 | July 31 5 Aug. 31 7 | 746:0/ 3190 | ..-. | 428 ee Z 1867 | Aug. 2 6 Sept. 2 74 | 733°5| 2765 | 2843 | 347 | 3°88 2; 1868 | Aug. 1 6 Aug. 31 3 717°0 | 2720 | 2820 | 3°80 | 3°93 \24-8 | 14-7 | 8-1 | 8-7 | 9-0 |11°5 |11-9 [11-0 | 8°5 |13-7 [10-7 11-3 1862 | 13-4 |12-1 | 11-5 |12-1 |10-4 |10-5 |14°8 | _-- | 83 |---| 68 | --- 111 1863 | 17-0 11-5 | 11-5 /12-0 |12-1 10-6 | 7-6 |11°0 |12°5 [11-1 |11-9 |15°8 |12°0 1864 | 9°5 |12°1 | 14-4 | 9-1 | 8-7 |11-9 |10°0 | 8-8 |11-2 /11°3 [11-0 |11-0 |10°7 1865 | 14°6 |12°3 | 12-2 | 8-7 | 9°5 | 8-2 | 9-1 |10-0 | 6-8 | 9°6 {11-4 | 9-9 /10-2 1866 | 166 |16-1 | 10-7 |12-3 |10-5 |13-2 |10-4 [12-2 |12°8 | 85 [13-9 (13-5 |12°5 Mean! 13-6 '12-9 | 12°8 |10°9'/10°5 |10-4 | 9:8 1104 |10°3 | 9-9 10-9 1177 11-2* Liver Aver pool, England. 2 1852 | 19-2 are 0 | 93 |12°6 {135 10-5 |10°6 [11-2 {11-6 |12°6 {176 {13-0 1853 | 15°3 |12°0 | 10°3 v0 1¥-3 | 9°8 15-2 {10-7 (12-3 j11-7 | 9°8 | 9°6 |12°1 1854 | 16:0 |19°2 | 13:9 [12:8 |10°6 |12°6 |10-4 }11-4 ]12°8 |13°2 |13-7% |23°9 |14°6 1855 | 9-6 | 9:8 |12°6 |13°8 |12°5 |12°4 | 9°6 14-6 | 8-1 [13°9 | 8-5 |15°5 |11°8 1867 | 13-1 12-1 | 14-4 |11°3 |10°1 |11-1 [13-2 | 9-8 | 9-1 11.2 | 8-9 [13-7 [115 Mean|146 193 |120 128 114 119 LVS (114 10-7 [12-5 (10-7 [161 12°54 Kew, England. = 1856 | 11°14)11-89) 13°32/13-18)12-44) 8°37, 8:93)10°15) 9-22) 695) 766)11'17/10°36 1857 | 12-01) 8:75) 12°15 ‘37| 7-18) 8-14) 8-14] 9-59 9-63 Mean | 11°57 10°32| 12°73/11°68.11°39) 9°68 92014 6-26. 820 754 7-90/1038) 999% _ Plymouth, England. | “isza . cult 1842 | 8% | 95 [10-0 | 89 | 86 | 74 | Gl | 88 |10°6 |10-4 |10°2 | 85 * Miles per hour. 1 90% Brussels, Belgium. TaBLeE VIIl—continued, Direction of the Wind, New Haven, Conn. “Mar, O44 0°68 0-56 Jan, Feb. 0-95 O71 0-83) 1867 1868 Mean Mean Mean | |. Apr. Ll: 07) 0-61. 0-84 1°83) 1°23! 1°85) 0°64) 0°37) 0°79 “Aug. | 0-19) 0-48) 012) 016 0-24) 0°39 O17) O36) 0°25 “May. | June.| July. 0-22) 0°36, 0°29), 192 19°] 5-7 119-2 |11°3 8-6 1126 105 Madrid, pails Sept. |. Oct. | Nov. O° 36) 0°36 0°38) 0°45 Dec. Mean. 0-28) 0-47 0°48 O57 0-49 O37 12-7 0°40) 0°42) 0-47) 0-48* 0°55 | 0-8) 0-81) 0-88) 0°92) 1-03 106+ 13°0 |13°6 !14°3 |145 ¢ 1866 |... |-.. |25°3 |16°8 |18°8 |16-4 |17-9 {17-2 16-2 |10-9 | 9-9 (100 |___ 1867 187 126 245 164 18:0 19-7 17-9 163 |16-7 |14°3 ie Su NGG Mean|18°7 |12°6 (249 166 184 18-0 |17°9 168 16-4 ‘126 eee 10°2 |16-2] Mean |11°6 | 7.8 |155 10-3 114 11-2 111 [10-4 |10-2 | 78 | 68 | 63 |10-0f Mihlhausen, France. , ae 12h. 1842 |12°7 | 8-2 |16-2 [15-8 {15-0 [15-3 [15-8 | 9-7 [13-0 [15-7 /11-4 |12°9 /13-4§ ox | 59 |118 [115 [109 ji1-1 |11-4 | 7-0 | 9-5 11-4 | 83 | 9-4 | O-Bt Madras, India. 1841 | _-. | ---| 0°24] 0-24] 0-53] 0-26] 0-33] 0°12] 0-11/ 0-14] 0-12) 0-21 1842 | 0-11] 0°16] 0-12] 0-25] 0°38] 0-43] 0-71) 0°28} 0-08) 0-31) 0-25] 0-30 1843 | 0°56| 0°09) 0°36) 0°54) 0-69) 0°35) 0°30) 0-26) 0:24| 0-07) 0-47| 0:38 1844 | 0°26) 0-17| 0-25 0-49) 0-42) 0°34! 0°18| 0°15) 0-01) 0-32) 0-52 1845 | 0-09 0-04) 0-12) 0°58) 0-33] 0-35) 0°33) 0-24) 0-11) 0°15) 0°37) 0-19 Mean 0°25) 0-11) 0 022 0°44) 0-48) 0-36) 0-40) 0°22) 0-14) 0°14) 0°31) 0:32) 0-284 Mean | 714 | 4°80) 660) 9°34] 9-84] 8°51] 8-97) 6°57 | 5°25] 5:21) 7-82) 8-00] 7-33t Cape of Good Hope. 1842 | 2°30) 2°30) 1-70) 0-95) 0-90) 0:89 1-25) 1-53 | 1:80) 2-01) 1-42) 1-80! 1°57 216 1:10 207 1-00) 1°10, 1-24 1-10, 120] 1:43) 1-49 1°30, 2-43] 1-47 1844 | 2°54 1-86) 1°55] 1-13) 1-22) 0-88 0-79) 1-47] 1-11] 1-48) 1-72) 2°45) 1°52 1845 | 2-71 | 2-08) 1-43, 0-98) 0-91| 0°70 0-93) 1:33 | 1°33) 1-90) 1-44) 1-65} 1-45 1846 | 2°79 | 2:97) 2°25) 1°75] 1-04) 1-11) 1-35} 1-83] 2-28] 2-62) 2-76) 2°62) 2-11 1847 | 2:17| 2°61) 2°27| 1°19) 0-71) 1-02) 0-45] 1-02] 1°57] 2-28] 1‘59] 1-10} 1°50 1848 | 2°39| 1-02 1:21) 0:42) 0-60) 0°71, 0-85) 0-77) 1:44) 1-12) 1-65) 1:32) 1-13 1849 | 1°39| 1°54) 0°74] 0-82) 0-52) 0°85) 0-83 0-62] 0-74] 1:43) 1-38] 1-45] 1°03 1850 | 1°36) 1-21 0-79] 0°63) 0-70) 1:57) 1:30] 0-89] 1-16] 1-09} 1-23] 0°88] 1-07 1851 | 1:27) 1:87, 1.05) 0-40, 0-78) 0°50 0-81) 0°74} 1:06] 1-20) 0:62) 0-88} 0-94 1852 | 1:07| 1°55) 1:25] 092) 0-92/ 0-78) 1:09] 1°19| 1°12] 0-84] 1-18] 1-41} 1-11 1853 | 1:20| 1:06) 1-05) 0-93) 0°61| 0-75 0-77| 0°87 | 1-14] 0-90] 1-61] 1-05] 1-00 1854 | 1°61| 1:38, 1-06) 0-94).0-90| 0-90, 0-87| 0-80 | 1:21} 1°15] 1-22} 1:44) 1°12 1855 | 1°24) 1:47 1°13) 0°83 0°56) 0-93, 0-71) 1-08| 1°34) 1:38) 1-45) 2-11) 1-19 Mean | 1°87| 1°72) 1-40| 0-92) 0-82| 0-92 0-94] 1-10| 1°34] 1-49) 1-47| 1-61| 1-30} Mean [19-3 |18°5 16-7 |13°6 |12°8 |13°6 |13°7 |14°8 |16°3 173 |17-1 |17°9 [170 + Philadelphia, Pa. iG em 1841 | -.. |°---| ---| ---] ---] --- | O16) 098 (epee ere 1841 | 0-14] ...| -..| ---| --- | ---] 0°21] 0.03] 0-09) 0-20) 0/58) 0°75 1842 | 0°53) 1-70) 0°69) 0°79) 0-41) 0-26] 0-15) 0-24| 0-17) 0-28) 0:43) 0°55 1843 | 0°56) 0°84) 1°33) 0-44 0-23) 0-20/ 0°16) 0-26| 0-78) 0-74| 0°78) 0°68 1844 | 1:10) 0°68 1:06) 0°54 0°59) 0-46] 0-46 0°37 | 0°86) 0-91] 0°80) 1°14 1845 | 1-23) 1-16) 1-80) 1°70) 1:46) 1-02) ...| ... | -.-| ---|_---| --- Mean, 0°71 1°09) 1:22 0°87 0°67, 0°48 0-23| 0°24) 0:48) 0°55) 0-61| 0°75) 0.66 Mean 11.9 |14°7 |15°6 113-2 [11-6 | 9:8 | 68 | 6-9 | 9-8 /10°5 [11-0 |12-2 |11°5 ¢ * Kilogrammes. { Kilometers. + Pounds per square foot. § Paris feet per second. + Miles per hour. Direction of the Wind, New Haven, Conn. 297 TABLE V1JI—concluded. Wallingford, Conn. = ee ee eee | Jan. | Feb. Mar. | Apr. May. June. July.| Aug. Sept. Oct. | Nov. Dec. |Mean. Sees | |__| 2.- |---| -2-} --_| --- | 3-40] 5-14] 5-98] 5-37 1858 | 5°35! 7-74| 7-37| 5°38) 4-75) 3°34) 2-88) 3-62| 4-46] 6-00) 7-06) 4-55 1859 | 3:47 | 5:07| 3°83) 8-50| 3-36) 414] 2-99] _._ | --.| ---| ---| ---|__ Mean | 4°41 | 6-40 810) 6-94 4-05 3°74, 2-93 362 3-93 5°57, 652 5-21 5-12* | Mean| 6°35 | 9°2211°66) 9°99 5°83) 5°39 4:22 5-21 5°66 8-02) 9°39 7:50 7-374 Mean | 8°89 |10-7312-07 11-17 853, 8-20, 7-25 8-06 8-40/10°011083 968 9-594 New York City. 4 iaiea ad. 1869 | 6-97| 8-00] 7:88] 8-67] 7-48] 5-561 6-33] 5-81] 6°68] 7°81| 9-26] 8°84] 7-44} Toronto, Canada. awe : Ae 1854 | 6:91| 6°91; 8-03) 6°81) 5°38) 4°15) 4°03) 4:60 | 404) 4-°57| 7°54) 8°56) 5-96 1855 | 7:26] 8-17) 9°95) 7-57! 5-93] 5-70) 647) 6-97| 7°61] 9-88|10-81/11-38| 8-14 1856 |10-69 |10-71/11-39| 6:05) 9-81) 5-30) 5-84! 7-03| 6°53) 6-07) 8-7511°56) 8-3 1857 |10-31| 9-82|10°84/10-24) 8-13) 7-60! 4°74! 6°36 | 5°55) 6-24) 9-25) 6-84) 7-99 1858 | 7-40| 9°12) 8°56) 9°57) 9°30) 5-53) 5°76 6°50! 569 5-96) 8°87 9°36) 7-64 1859 | 8°76 | 8°50|10-39|10-79| 5-70] 7-19) 5-81) 5-96 | 6°36) 8-12| 9°65/10-77) 8-17 Mean! 8°56! 8-87/ 9°86) 8°50) 7-37| 5°91) 5-44! 6-24! 5-96) 6°81! 9-15) 9°75 7-70} * Ounces per 100 square inches. + Ounces per 144 square inches. + Miles per hour. The results for Greenwich were derived from the ‘“ Greenwich Magnetic and Meteorological Observations.” The instruments em- ployed were Whewell’s and Robinson’s anemometers, the indications of the former having been ‘reduced to those of the latter in the “Greenwich Observations for 1862. Introduction, p. 52.” The re- sults for Oxford were derived from the “ Radcliffe Observations,” and the instrument employed was Robinson’s anemometer. The results for Liverpool were derived from the “ Report of the British Associa- tion for the Advancement of Science for 1855,” and the “ Radcliffe Observations for 1857.” The observations were made with Osler’s anemometer. The results for Kew were derived from the “ Radcliffe Observations for 1857.” The results for Plymouth were derived from the “Quarterly Journal of Meteorologieal and Physical Science for 1842-3.” The instrument employed was Whewell’s anemometer. The results for Brussels were derived from Osier’s anemometer, and are taken from the “ Annales Meteorologiques de Observatoire royale de Bruxelles.” The numbers denote pressure in kilogrammes, which have been reduced to pounds per square foot, and hence has been deduced the velocity in miles per hour in accordance with the Tables of the British Board of Trade (see Loomis’ Meteorology, page 277). The results for Madrid were obtained from a Robinson’s anemometer made by Casella, and are taken from the “ Observaciones Meteorolog- icas Efectuadas en el Real Observatorio de Madrid.” The results are given in kilometers, and have been reduced to miles per hour. The results for Miilhausen were derived from a Valz anemometer, and were taken from “ Schmid’s Meteorologie,” p. 501. The results are 298 Direction of the Wind, New Haven, Conn. expressed in Paris feet per second, which have been reduced to miles per hour, The results for Madras, India, were derived from Osler’s anemometer, and were taken from the “ Madras Meteorological Observations.” The pressures expressed in pounds per square foot have been reduced to velocities in miles per hour by Loomis’ Table. The results for the Cape of Good Hope were derived from Osler’s anemometer, and were taken from the first number of the “ Meteoro- logical Papers of the Board of Trade, London, 1857.” The results are given in pounds pressure per square foot, and have been reduced to velocities in miles per hour. The Philadelphia observations were made with Osler’s anemometer, and are taken from the “ Magnetic and Meteorological Observations at Girard College.’ The results, which are given in pounds per square foot, have been reduced to velocities in miles per hour. The results for Wallingford, Conn., were derived from Osler’s anemometer, and are given in ounces of pressure on a surface of 100 square inches, which have been reduced to velocities in miles per hour. The observations for New York City were made with Robinson’s anemometer, and are taken from the “Thirteenth Annual Report of the Board of Commissioners of the Central Park.” The observations at Toronto, Canada, were made with Robinson’s anemometer, and are derived from the “ Abstracts of Meteorological Observations made at Toronto from 1854 to 1859.” Taste VIL—Mean Monthly and Annual Velocities of the Wind, in miles per hour. Jan. | Feb. | Mar.| Apr. May. ‘June. July.| Aug.|Sept. | Oct. ‘Noy. Dec. | Year. ' 5 |16°7 }13°6 |12°8 |13°6 |13°7 |14°8 }16:3 117°3 |17-Y j1 7-9 | 17°00 1 /15°7 |19°2 |11°3 | 8°6 |12°6 |10°5 |12°7 |13°0 |13°6 |14°3 | 14°50 3 |12°0 |12°8 |11°4 |11°9:-}11°8 }11°4 [10-7 |12°3 |10°7 |16°1 | 12°50 7 115°6 |13°2 |11°6| 98} 6:8] 6°9| 9:8 |10°5 j11°0 12-2 | 11-50 Cape of Good Hope 19°3 18° Brussels, Bel., - - - - 19-2 |19: Liverpool. Eng. _ --|14°6 |14- Philadelphia, Pa. ae “9 }14: 12° Lie 10: 7'8 Oxford, Eng. 136 12-9128 10:9 10°5 [10-4 9°8|10-4|10°3 9-9 10-9 [11-7 | 11-20 Greenwich, Eng. 11-2 11-9115 10-4| 9°7| 98) 9-4] 9-4] 9-2 10-2 |10-6 |11°6| 10-40 Kew, Rog.,..:..: 116 10-3 | 7-9 |10-4| 10-00 0 /12°7 11-7 11-4) 9°7| 9-3] 93) 8:2) 75] Madrid, Spain,. --|11°6 } 5 }10°3 |11°4 |11°2 j11°1 | 104 |10°2 | 7-8) 6°83) 63] 10°00 Miilhausen,France| 9°2 | 5:9 /11°8 |11°5 |10°9 {11-1 |11-4] 70] 9°5 |11:4) 83} 9-4) 9°80 Wallingford, Conn.| 8°9 |10°7 |12°1 }11°2| 8°5| 8-2; 7-2] 81] 8:4/|10°0/10°8| 9°7| 9°59 Plymouth, Eng. 8-7 | 9°5/10°0| 8°9| 8°6| 7-4 6-1] 88/106 10°4 |10°2 8°5|} 900 Toronto, Can..-- -- | 86] 89] 9:9] 85] 7-4] 5°99) 5:4] 6:2] 6:0) 6 By Soo etal 7770 New York City,--| 7:0) 80| 7°9| 8:7| 75] 5°6| 63] 58) 67) 78) 93) 88} 7-40 Madras, India,___| 7-1] 4:8] 6°6| 9°3| 9°8| 85) 9°0| 66] 65°2) 5:2) 78) 80) 7:34 New Haven, Conn.| 6°3| 7-4] 7-2] 7:2) 61) 47] 46 he 6°2| 5° | 6'8| 7:2] 6:06 Cairo, Egypt, ---- | 16] 4:6) 6:2] 5°42. | 222) oes ee ere eee ee Table VIII contains a summary of the mean monthly and annual velocities in miles per hour for each of the preceding stations. The stations are arranged in the order of the mean velocity of the wind. New Haven shows a less velocity than any other of the stations, except Cairo in Egypt. The observations for Cairo embrace only four months of the year 1865, and are derived from the “ Appendix to the Edinburgh Astronomical Observations, Vol. XIII.” ‘NNNOO N3AWH MAN LY ONIM 3H1L 40 NOILOSYIG SHLNI 3ONVHO INYNIG Tx 97eT{ UX. Nores on tae Geoitocy or THE IsLtanp oF YeEssO, JAPAN, FROM OBSERVATIONS MADE IN 1862. By W. P. Biake. Read February 21, 1872. Tue salient features of the geology of the Island of Yesso, Japan, are voleanic. Symmetrical cones, snow-capped for a great part of the year, are the first landmarks that greet the eyes of the marine, as he approaches the coast, and are the last to disappear as he leaves it behind. The cone of Esan, in a solfataric condition, forms the east- ern and southern headland of the island, not far distant from the port of Hakodadi and from Komangadaki Mountain, another solfataric cone which rises conspicuously upon the southern shore of Volcano Bay, at about the same'distance from Hakodadi. This last mentioned mountain was in a state of violent eruption a few years ago, and threw out an enormous quantity of ashes, pumice, and hot water. Further north, beyond Volcano Bay, the beautiful cone of Shiribets is ¢-ouped with several others, but all of them are remarkable for their symmetry and grandeur. Most of these volcanic mountains may be regarded as extinct, though many yield quantities of sulphur and emit steam. At an early period their activity must have been prodigious, for almost everywhere throughout the island, or at least the southern portion of it, so far as explored, there is a vast deposit of fragments of trachyte, lava, scoriz and volcanic débris. These materials are generally in the form of a stratified brecciated conglomerate, sometimes alternating with finer materials, such as beds of sandstone and of volcanic ashes. A coarse conglomerate of this formation is found bordering the island from Esan nearly to Komangadaki, and extensively upon the western coast, as in the neighborhood of Iwanai. It is also found extensively developed in the interior. Older and stratified formations appear to form the basis or founda- tion for the volcanic formations. At Ota, on the west coast, granitic and metamorphic rocks, in well defined outcrops, form a rugged coast. In the interior they form the principal watershed, and give rise to many rivers, in the beds of which gold is found in deposits which can be profitably worked. These metamorphic strata are uplifted, and generally trend northwest and southeast, and show flexure and bending exactly as in other and better known regions. Slates, sandstones, and limestones are found also at Esan, Shuokobi, and Trans. Connecticut Acap., Vou. IT. 22 DECEMBER, 1872. 300 Notes on the Geology of the Island of Yesso, Japan. near Kakumi, and at the lead mines of Ishinowatari and Urup. The rocks at the two last-named places are not as much uplifted and metamor- phosed as the granitic and auriferous rocks, but they are probably parts of the same series of formations. The only recognizable fossil found is apparently a fragment of a calamite, leading me to suspect that the beds are of Carboniferous age; but this is by no means certain, and although diligent search was made no other evidence of the age of these formations could be found. Near Iwanai there are beds of good coking coal in strata that have no lithological resemblance to the auriferous series, but they are uplifted at a high angle. Fossils apparently of Creta- ceous or Jurassic age are found in the eastern part of the island. The next stratified formation of interest is marine Tertiary or Post- tertiary, which rests unconformably upon the older stratified beds, and is highly charged in some places with well preserved fossils scarcely distinguishable from the mollusca now existing upon the coasts. In these deposits, and in later terrace-like formations, there is abundant evidence of the comparatively recent uplift of the whole island, and the same evidences are found upon the island of Nipon. Dynamically, the formation of greatest interest is without doubt the voleanic conglomerate and the associated beds of finer volcanic materials. They record the most energetic volcanic action at an early period before the recent uplift, for it is almost certain that the mass of the conglomerate was deposited under water. It seems as if there had been a series of violent subaqueous eruptions, perhaps at the time the now-existing cones began to be formed. It is most probable that the island has been gradually formed by the rising of these separate cones above the sea, thus giving at first a group of islets, each a volcano, similar perhaps to those which can now be seen off the coast and at the entrance to the Bay of Yeddo, One is repre- sented opposite the western coast on the Japanese maps. X. Comparison oF THE MuSCLES OF THE CHELONIAN AND HuMAN SHOULDER-GIRDLES.* By Henry SHaLer WILLIAMS. Presented January, 1872. TuHE object of the following paper is to show the importance of the positions and relations to each other, and to the axes of the bones, of the areas of origin and insertion of muscles. While comparing the muscles of the Chelonians with those of man, the writer observed that while the bones were found to differ much in shape and proportions, and the size, form and number of the muscular bundles, and their relations to each other, were often found to differ, the relations of the areas of origin to each other were found to be remarkably constant. Hence in dissecting out the muscles of the Che- lonians from the body outward, or, in other words, tracing the mus- cles from the origin of motion to the part moved, it was observed that the areas of origin numbered 1, 2, 3, &c., on each bone, as they were exposed, belonged to muscles which were, in final action, very sim- ilar in all, however much they might differ in their size and strength and shape, and even insertion, in the different genera. Then came the assumption that the fundamental reason why muscles in different vertebrate animals should receive the same name is that they per- form the same functions, or that their final action is the same; and in conclusion, we reach the rule that the areas of origin (or, in general, of the attachment) of muscles furnish the most exact means for deter- mining the homologies existing in the muscular systems of different forms of animals. To apply and illustrate this rule, we take the unique shoulder-gir- dle of the Chelonians and compare it with that of man. The shoulder-girdle of man is composed, on each side, of a seap- ula (Pl. 12, figs. 1 and 2), which alone supports the fore limb, and a clavicle which articulates with a process of the scapula and connects it with the sternum. From the scapula there arises a process from the median line of its posterior surface, called the spine (Pl. 12, fig. 1, s.), which extends outward into a process called the acromion process CPL 12, fig. 1, a.). From the superior border, next the glenoid fossa, another process * Abstract of a portion of a Thesis presented to the Sheffield Scientific School, when a candidate for the degree of Ph.D., July, 187). 302 | Muscles of the Chelonian Shoulder-girdle. extends upward and forward, called the coracoid process (PI. 12, fig. 1, c.). The axillary border of the scapula (PL. 12, fig. 1, b.) is thickened, and is connected with the “spine” by a thin sheet of bone. The “acromion process” is articulated with the clavicle which passes from it to the sternum. The clavicle is also attached to the “ cor- acoid process” by a ligament. ‘ The shoulder-girdle of the Chelonian (Pl. 13, figs. 1 and 2) is com- posed of three shafts of bone, diverging from the glenoid cavity. One (Pl. 13, fig. 1, b’.) is attached proximally to the under side of the ante- rior part of the carapace by a ligament near to the first dorsal verte- bra. The other two lie in a horizontal position, the one (PI. 13, fig. 1, a.) running from the articular end of the girdle to the anterior part of the upper side of the plastron, and attached to the latter by a strong ligament at its medial line; the third part runs obliquely toward the center of the plastron, its proximal or medial end being more or less free. In homologizing the elements of these shoulder-girdles, the follow- ing results have been reached. The perpendicular shaft (Pl. 13, figs. 1, 2, b’.) of the Chelonian is regarded as the representative of the “exter- nal” or “axillary” border of the human scapula (PI. 12, fig. 1, b.), and may be called the scapula proper. The second anterior horizontal shaft of the girdle (PI. 13, figs. 1, 5, 6, a/.) represents the “spine” and “acromion process” together, of the human scapula (PI. 12, fig. 1, a. s.), and may be called the aeromion. The third, or posterior horizontal glement (PI. 13, fig. 1, ¢.), repre- sents the “ coracoid process,” and may be called the coraecoid. From the “ posterior” surface of the human scapula and its pro- cesses arise six or seven distinct muscles. Let us consider them sep- arately, in their relations of origin and insertion. The “teres major” arises from near the medial end of the axillary border of the scapula (PI. 12, fig. 1,1): part of the “latissimus dorsi” sometimes arises from the extreme end of this border (PI. 12, fig. 1, 2): the direction of these two muscles, as well as their action and areas of insertion on the humerus,,are closely related. The corresponding muscle in the Chelonians (PI. 13, fig. 1, 1), called “ teres major” by most all writers on the subject, arises from the anterior face of the scapula, the area of origin being a narrow line extending from the medial end to the acromio-scapular angle. It is inserted into the neck of the hume- rus together with the representative ofthe “latissimus” (PI. 13, fig. 7, 1). There is considerable difference in the positions of the areas of insertion of this muscle, here and in man, the discussion of which will not be introduced at this place. Muscles of the Chelonian Shoulder-girdle. 303 The muscles “teres minor” and “infraspinatus” (Pl. 12, fig. 1, s, 4) arise from the more distal or articular half of the “ and from the thin lamina of bone connecting this border with the axillary ” border, “spine.” These two muscles are intimately associated in direction of action, as well as in their points of origin and of insertion, both being inserted on the more dorsal side of the greater (of anthropotomy), or radial tuberosity (PI. 12, fig. 4, r., 4,3). If these two muscles are rep- resented in the Chelonians, I have little doubt but that the thin sheet of muscle arising from the angle formed by the scapula and acromion (PI. 13, fig. 1, 2, 4), and inserted into the humerus on the dorsal side of the lateral tuberosity (Pl. 13, figs. 4 and 7, 3, 4), is the true one. I have called this the musculus scapulo-acromio-humeralis, and am strongly inclined to consider it the true representative of the “teres minor” of anthropotomy. The “infraspinatus”? may be con- sidered as wanting, or as fused with the “teres minor ”—to form this bundle. The assumption is that the lamina of bone connecting the “axillary border” with the “spine” in the mammalian form of sca- pula is not developed in the Chelonians, and that the element called acromion in the latter is the representative of the ridge called “spine ” and the “ acromion process ” of the former, as will be further explained. In the human scapula we observe again a strong muscle arising from the “spine” and acromion process (PI. 12, fig. 1, 5), called the deltoid. The area of origin for this muscle is on the edge and sur- face of the spine and acromion, opposite the coracoid process, and reaching from the medial border of the scapula to the end of the acro- mion, where it articulates with the clavicle. It is inserted into the shaft of the humerus, near its middle, on a line with the greater or radial tuberosity (Pl. 12, fig. 3, 5). The representative of this muscle in the Chelonians arises from the anterior side of the acromion; its area of origin extending from near the scapulo-acromial angle (where it is quite continuous with the mzs- culus scapulo-acromio-humeralis, this fact quite agreeing with the idea that this latter muscle is the representative of the “ infraspinatus and teres minor,”) to near the medial extremity of the acromion (PI. 13, fig. 1, 5). Its insertion is into the radial tuberosity on its dorsal side (Pl. 13, figs. 4and 7,5). It will be observed that all the humeral motors in the Chelonians are inserted high up, close about the proximal head of the humerus, to the neck and tuberosities, so that we may not look for exact homologies in regard to their insertional areas. The muscle next to be noticed is the “supraspinatus,” which arises from the surface of the scapula beyond the spine, and between it and the coracoid (Pl. 12, fig. 1, 6). bI 304 Muscles of the Chelonian Shoulder-girdle. If our homologizing of the Chelonian shoulder-girdle be correct, the representative of this muscle should arise from between the cora coid and acromion elements. Its insertion should be into the exter- nal or radial tuberosity. Now let us see how nearly these require- ments are met. In the Chelonians there are two, more or less distinct bundles of muscle arising from the aeromion and coracoid—trom the edges facing each other and from the lower surfaces (PI. 13, figs. 1, 5 and 6, 6, 6", 6’,). In some genera these two bundles are quite distinet and separate throughout all their fleshy portion, and in others they are continuous, forming a broad but thin bundle, filling up the space between the aeromion and coracoid, even to their medial extremities— the fibers forming the middle part of the bundle arising from the cor- aco-acromial ligament; but, in all cases observed, the two bundles have a common insertional tendon, which is inserted into the head of the radial (the “ greater” in anthropotomy, the “lesser” of Cheloni- ans) tuberosity of the humerus (PI. 13, figs. 3 and 4,6). These two mus- cles are the MW. acromio-humeralis secundus, and the M. coraco-hume- ralis secundus. It will be observed that the insertion of their com- mon tendon is near the insertion of MW. seapulo-acromio-humeralis, the representative of the “ infraspinatus” and “teres minor,” the relation between them being almost precisely that which is observed in anthro- potomy. The only other humeral motor arising from this surface of the human scapula is the “ coraco brachialis.” In man this muscle arises from the extreme end of the coracoid process, together with one head of the triceps (PI. 12, fig. 1,7). In its course it lies outside of the “subscapularis,” and is inserted into the shaft of the humerus near its middle, in a line with the lesser or ulnar tuberosity (Pl. 12, fig. Be az In the Chelonians we find a muscle arising trom the upper surface of the coracoid (Pl. 13, fig. 2, 7), passing outside of the representa- tive of the “ subscapularis,’ and inserted into the humerus on the head and lower edge of the ulnar tuberosity (PL 13, figs. 3 and 4, 7), which is here greatly developed, so that it is larger than the radial one. This is the M. coraco-humeralis primus, and must be regarded as the representative of the “ coraco-brachialis,” if the assumptions already made be correct. The “biceps” of anthropotomy arises by two heads; one area of origin covers the rim of the glenoid cavity at the base of the cora- coid (PI. 12, fig. 1,9); the other area, in connection with that for the “ eoraco-brachialis,” covers the end of the coracoid process (94). The Muscles of the Chelonian Shoulder-girdle. 305 two heads run together on the under side of the arm, to be inserted by a single strong terete tendon into the ulna, near its proximal end. In most Chelonians this muscle (Pl. 13, figs. 2, 6, 9) is repre- sented by two distinct muscles, the MW. coraco-ulnaris and M. coraco radialis ; the former arising from the more distal part of the posterior edge of the coracoid, being inserted into the ulna near the prox- imal end; the other arising from the medial half of the same edge of the coracoid, being inserted into the radius and outer side of the wrist, and sometimes running as far as to the thumb. In one genus (Chelonia) the second part of the muscle is represented by only a tendonous ribbon continued on from the outside of the lower end of the first, and inserted in the region of the wrist. There are two muscles remaining which have a scapular origin in man, the “subscapularis,” and the long head of the “triceps.” The area of origin for the “subscapularis” (Pl. 12, fig. 2, s), covers the anterior surface of the human scapula, its fibers converging toward the head of the humerus. Its insertion is into the lesser or ulnar tuberosity (Pl. 12, fig. 3,8). In the Chelonians this is represented by two more or less distinct bundles (JZ. M. scapulo-humeralis secundus and tertius), arising from the scapula and inserted into the internal (ulnar) tuberosity (Pl. 13, figs. 1 and 2, sa,sb). The area of their origin covers the greater part of the shaft of the scapula from the origin of the “teres major” (Pl. 13, fig. 1, 1), extending around in front and on the posterior side quite to the inner side of the shaft. On account of the small size of the shaft, the origin, ends, and body of these muscles are pretty well fused together, but toward their distal ends two bundles may, in some cases, be made out, and in Ptychemys, of which the most care- ful dissections were made, two distinct insertions were made out, one on the outer, the other on the inner side of the ulnar—that is the greater, or internal, tuberosity (Pl. 13, figs. 3 and 4, s¢,s?). The lower part of the insertion of the MZ. coraco-humeralis primus,—the repre- sentative of the “ coraco-brachialis” (figs. 83 and 4,7), separates these areas. From the rim of the glenoid cavity on the outer side, at the base of the scapula (P1. 13, fig. 1, 114), arises, by a tendon, a muscle which is joined by a stronger bundle, having a humeral origin, and which it overlies for its whole length. It is inserted into the proximal head of the ulna, on its dorsal side, and acts as an extensor of the forearm. I presume there will be no hesitancy in regarding this as the repre- sentative of the long head of the “triceps” of anthropotomy. 306 Muscles of the Chelonian Shoulder-girdle. This closes the list of muscles arising from the scapula and its pro- cesses in man, and acting upon the arm, There is some reason for believing the episternal plates to be the representatives of the “ clavicles” of anthropotomy, A portion of the representatives of the deltoid arises from the above mentioned ele- ments, The acromion is attached to it ligamentously. The repre- sentative of the “sterno-cleido-mastoid ” does not arise from it in any cases I have observed, but generally only from the medial edges of the “hyosternal plates,” when they meet, or from the middle of the cartilaginous part of the sternum, when these plates do not meet at the medial line. If we are to presume that the Chelonians have a representative of the mammalian clavicle, I think the episternal plate presents more characters homological with those of the clavicle than does any other element of the skeleton. The anterior horizontal element of the shoulder-girdle, it will be remembered, is, in this paper, considered to be the representative of the spine and acromion process of the mammalian scapula, and not the clavicle, as Riidinger and some others regard it. Parker, in his work on the Shoulder-girdle and Sternum, regards the episternal element of the plastron as the representative of the clavicle. (See Parker’s Mongr. on Shoulder-girdle and Sternum, 1868, pp. 133, &c.) In the Chelonians there are no muscles, now remaining to be consid- ered, which arise from the shoulder-girdle proper and act upon the parts of the fore-limb. In the genus Chelonia a few special bundles were observed arising from the base of the scapula and acting upon the humerus; but they must be regarded as “special muscles,” as they were observed in no other specimens dissected. In the Chelonians a long muscle arises from the anterior edge of the coracoid (Pl. 13, figs. 1,5, 10), and runs forward under the neck to the hyoid apparatus. It arises in man from the “superior” (coracoidal) border, at the base of the coracoid process (Pl. 12, fig. 1, 10), and is inserted into the hyoid apparatus. The relations which the areas of origin for this muscle, the ‘“supraspinatus” and the ‘ coraco-brachialis,” bear to sach other, is too closely followed in the Chelonians to be passed over as of no importance. The areas of attachment of the muscles thus help in the determina- tion of the bones, while they furnish the means, probably the most accurate, for determining the muscles themselves in the study of com- parative anatomy. Muscles of the Chelonian Shoulder-girdle. 307 I think it will be granted, after the comparisons already made, that the area of origin for the “ omohyoid” in the Chelonian shoulder-gir- dle would find its true position on the coracoid or acromion, rather than on the scapula, and considering the origin of the representative of the “supraspinatus ”—from both the acromion and the coracoid,— we are not so much puzzled to find where the representative of the former should arise, as we are surprised at the accuracy with which our rule is carried out. The muscles which are inserted into the shoulder-girdle cannot be homologized so easily, nor should we expect them to agree so closely in different types of structure, since the attachment of the shoulder-girdle to the body is not by close joints, but by loose mus- cular and ligamentous attachments. Nevertheless a muscle arising from the edge of the carapace and inserted into the ends of the sca- pula (Pl. 13, fig. 2, 12), and attached by a thin sheet to the side of the same as far as to its base, then continued on to the end of the coracoid (Pl. 13, figs. 2 and 5, 12+), may certainly be considered as a repre- sentative of the “serratus anticus major” and “ pectoralis minor,” and though presenting slight variations, these are not more than the great modification of the whole arrangement of the shoulder-girdle of the Chelonians would demand. The above considerations have suggested a theoretical explanation for the unique relation that the shoulder-girdle bears to the general frame-work of the skeleton in the Chelonians, which will, however, be deferred to some future time. I have avoided making mention of the interpretations that other authors have given to the muscles under consideration, reserving this matter till the close. In the first place, I had access to only one original work on the subject (Riidinger’s Muskelen, &e.), and his in- terpretation of homologies did not satisfy me, and I also had difticulty in making out with certainty how much of the descriptions and deter- minations was original and how much had been taken from other writers. I left them all, therefore, and with scalpel and pencil under- took to work out the problem for myself. TRANS. CONNECTICUT ACAD., VOL. II. 23 APRIL. 1873. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. PLATE 12. Fig. 1 Outer surface of the left Human scapula. 2. Inner “ a ‘e “ a “3. Anterior view of the left Human humerus. “ 4 Posterior a “a ae a“ a“ a“ PLATE 13. Fig. 1. Anterior view of the left shoulder-girdle of a Chelonian (Ptychemys rugosa). The upper end of the scapula points downward in the figure. . Posterior view of the same. . Left humerus; showing the ulnar side of the upper half of the bone. . Left humerus; showing the radial side of the upper half of the bone. . Superior view of the left shoulder-girdle of the same. . Inferior view of the same. Dorsal view of the left humerus of the same. >) 7 OQ. “I TH w dO EXPLANATION OF THE FIGURES. The dotted lines mark out the areas of attachment of the several muscles to the bones. The round dots, thus...... , are used to define the areas of origin, and the elongated ones, thus — — ——, are used to define the areas of insertion. In the following list the names in the first row are those in common use in anthro- potomy ; those in the second row are names applied by various authors to correspond- ing parts in Chelonians. The same numbers are used in both plates to designate parts, or areas, considered to be homologous. 1. Musculus teres major, M. teres major. 2. ss latissimus dorsi, M. latissimus dorsi. 3: a teres minor, l 4. 4 infraspinatus, M. deltoideus. 5. “ deltoideus, — S 6 i pe San tar ae § 6b, M. claviculo-brachialis Rid. : sh , ( 60, M. coraco-brachialis proprius anticus Rid. We es coraco-brachialis, M. coraco-brachialis Rid. 8a, { M. subscapularis Rid. M. claviculo-brachialis Boj. 8. tf subscapularis, M. supraspinatus, anon. M. subscapularis Oken. 8b, M. infraspinatus Rid. 9. 2 biceps, M. biceps brachii Rid. 10. : omohyoideus, M. coraco-hyoideus Riid., omohyoideus Boj. ie aS triceps, lla, 11b, & triceps brachii. 12a, § Pus M. serratus ‘anticus major Rid. i S. M. costo-scapularis Rid. eg M. serratus anticus major Rid. S. M. costo-coracoideus Rid. S. M. pectoralis minor Rid. ( gl ‘U. serratus anticus major Riad. 12. M. serratus magnus. ) 12b. 12b. M. pectoralis minor. § 12c.~ S. M. subclaveus Rid. S. M. costo-clavicularis Rid. 13. musculus pectoralis major. 14. trapezius. a, Acromion process of scapula. a’, acromion. b, Axillary border a: b’, scapula. , Coracoid process , Spine g, Glenoid cavity A 1, Coraco-acromial ligament. r. “ Radial,” or “greater” tuberosity. ‘ Radial,” “lesser,” or “ outer” tuberosity of the humerus. u, ‘ Ulnar,” or “lesser” tuberosity. ‘‘ Ulnar,” “greater,” or “inner” tuberosity. h, Head of humerus. ie) ch ok e, coracoid. “ nm weer se DEE? bn Punderson & Gnsand New Haven, Ct —_— Ste ceee® a on Ss5. aansse “te ew eet ~s << TRANS. CoNN ACAD. VOL.IL Trans. Conn Acap. V H.S.Williams, from nature ‘ ~—) , ~ Mex < In this respect these methods have an advantage over many others. For example, if we should make «= log v, y= 7, the value of y in any part of the diagram would depend upon the properties of the fluid, and would probably not vary in any case, except that of a perfect gas, according to any simple law. The conveniences of the entropy-temperature method will be found to belong in nearly the same degree to the method in which the co- ordinates are equal to the entropy and the logarithm of the tempera- ture. No serious difficulty attaches to the estimation of heat and work in a diagram formed on the latter method on account of the variation of the scale on which they are represented, as this variation follows so simple a law. It may often be of use to remember that such a diagram may be reduced to an entropy- temperature diagram by a vertical compression or extension, such that the distances of the iso- thermals shall be made proportional to their differences of temperature. Thus if we wish to estimate the work or heat of the circuit ABCD (fig. 7), we may draw a number of equi- distant ordinates (isentropics) as if to estimate the included area, and for each of the ordinates take the differences of temperature of the points where it cuts the circuit; these differences of temperature will be equal to the lengths of the segments made by the corresponding circuit in the entropy-temperature diagram upon a corresponding system of equidistant ordinates, and may be used to calculate the Fig. 7. Thermodynamics of Fluids. 329 area of the circuit in the entropy-temperature diagram, i. e., to find the work or heat required. We may find the work of any path by applying the same process to the circuit formed by the path, the iso- metric of the final state, the line of no pressure (or any isopiestic ; see note on page 318), and the isometric of the initial state. And we may find the heat of any path by applying the same process to a circuit formed by the path, the ordinates of the extreme points and the line of absolute cold. That this line is at an infinite distance occasions no difficulty. The lengths of the ordinates in the entropy-temperature diagram which we desire are given by the temperature of points in the path determined (in either diagram) by equidistant ordinates. The properties of the part of the entropy-temperature diagram rep- resenting a mixture of vapor and liquid, which are given on page 323, will evidently not be altered if the ordinates are made proportional to the logarithms of the temperatures instead of the temperatures simply. The representation of specific heat in the diagram under discussion is peculiarly simple. The specific heat of any snbstance at constant volume or under constant pressure may be defined as the value of es) a (7) ys , et) of dn dt | dt ie ooge \q log], \dlogt . for a certain quantity of the substance. Therefore, if we draw a dia- gram, in which «= 7 and y = log ¢, for that quantity of the substance which is used for the determination of the specific heat, the tangents of the angles made by the isometrics and the isopiestics with the ordinates in the diagram will be equal to the specific heat of the substance determined for constant volume and for constant pressure respectively. Sometimes, instead of the condition of constant volume or constant pressure, some other condition is used in the determination of specific heat. In all cases, the condition will be represented by a line in the diagram, and the tangent of the angle made by this line with an ordinate will be equal to the specitic heat as thus defined. If the diagram be drawn for any other quantity of the substance, the specific heat for constant volume or constant pressure, or for any other condition, will be equal to the tangent of the proper angle in the diagram, multiplied by the ratio of the quantity of the substance for which the specific heat is determined to the quantity for which the diagram is drawn.* * From this general property of the diagram, its character in the case of a perfect gas might be immediately deduced. 330 J. W. Gibbs on Graphical Methods in the THE VOLUME-ENTROPY DIAGRAM. The method of representation, in which the co-ordinates of the point in the diagram are made equal to the volume and entropy of the body, presents certain characteristics which entitle it to a somewhat detailed consideration, and for some purposes give it substantial advantages over any other method. We might anticipate some of these advantages from the simple and symmetical form of the general equations of thermodynamics, when volume and entropy are chosen as independent variables, viz :—* dé i ee (11) dé o== y dn? ite) aw=pd, dH =t dn. Eliminating p and ¢ we have also de aw= — ae. dv, (13) dé dH = dy dy. (14) The geometrical relations corresponding to these equations are in the volume-entropy diagram extremely simple. To fix our ideas, let the axes of volume and entropy be horizontal and vertical respec- tively, volume increasing toward the right and entropy upward. Then the pressure taken negatively will equal the ratio of the differ- ence of energy to the difference of volume of two adjacent points in the same horizontal line, and the temperature will equal the ratio of the difference of energy to the difference of entropy of two adjacent points in the same vertical line. Or, if a series of isodynamics be drawn for equal infinitessimal differences of energy, any series of hori- zontal lines will be divided into segments inversely proportional to the pressure, and any series of vertical lines into segments inversely proportional to the temperature. We see by equations (13) and (14), that for a motion parallel to the axis of volume, the heat received is 0, and the work done is equal to the decrease of the energy, while for * See page 310, equations (2), (3) and (4). In general, in this article, where differential co-efficients are used, the quantity which is constant in the differentiation is indicated by a subscript letter. In this discussion of the volume-entropy diagram, however, v and 7 are uniformly regarded as the inde pendent variables, and the subscript letter is omitted. A Thermodynamics of Fluids. 331 a motion parallel to the axis of entropy, the work done is 0, and the heat received is equal to the increase of the energy. These two propositions are true either for elementary paths or for those of finite length. In general, the work for any element of a path is equal to the product of the pressure in that part of the diagram into the hori- zontal projection of the element of the path, and the heat received is equal to the product of the temperature into the vertical projection of the element of the path. If we wish to estimate the value of the integrals fpdv and Jtdn, which represent the work and heat of any path, by means of measure- ments upon the diagram, or if we wish to appreciate readily by the eye the approximate value of these expressions, or if we merely wish to illustrate their meaning by means of the diagram ; for any of these purposes the diagram which we are now considering will have the advantage that it represents the differentials dv and dy more simply and clearly than any other. But we may also estimate the work and heat of any path by means of an integration extending over the elements of an area, viz: by the formule of page 315, Wes se © FA. y ee ee oes ae S, 7%, ®,7]1 Y In regard to the limits of integration in these formule, we see that for the work of any path which is not a circuit, the bounding line is com- posed of the path, the line of no pressure and two vertical lines, and for the heat of the path, the bounding line is composed of the path, the line of absolute cold and two horizontal lines. As the sign of y, as well as that of 6A, will be indeterminate until we decide in which direction an area must be circumscribed in order Hs >! OA. ‘to be considered positive, we will call an area positive which is cir- cumscribed in the direction in which the hands of a watch move. This choice, with the positions of the axes of volume and entropy which we have supposed, will make the value of y in most cases posi- tive, as we shall see hereafter. The value of y, in a diagram drawn according to this method, will depend upon tke properties of the body for which the diagram is drawn. In this respect, this method differs from all the others which TRANS. ConnEcTICUT ACAD., Vou. II. 26 APRIL, 1873 332 J. W. Gibbs on Graphical Methods in the have been discussed in detail in this article. It is easy to find an expression for y depending simply upon the variations of the energy, Fig. 8 by comparing the area and the work or y heat of an infinitely small cireuit in the | form of a rectangle having its sides | parallel to the two axes. Let N,N.N,N, (fig. 8) be such a cir- cuit, and let it be described in the order | Tver ye of the numerals, so that the area is posi- deans tive. Also let &,, &5, &3, &, represent | the energy at the four corners. The work done in the four sides in order commencing at N,, will be €,—é,, 0, é,—€,,0. The total work, therefore, 0 ~~ y for the rectangular circuit is €, — 9 + &g ey. Now as the rectangle is infinitely small, if we call its sides dv and dy, the above expression will be in to dv di oe - I Dividing by the area dv dy, and writing y, , for the scale of work and heat in a diagram of this kind, we have 1 re ee — = ties oe (15) Fon ~ dee dyn dy dv The two last expressions for the value of LS Vory indicate that the value of y, ,, in different parts of the diagram will be indicated pro- portionally te the segments into which vertical lines are divided by a system of equidifferent isopiestics, and also by the segments into which horizontal lines are divided by a system of equidifferent iso- thermals. These results might also be derived directly from the propositions on page 313. As, in almost all cases, the pressure of a body is increased when it i is in general positive, and the same will be true of y, , under the assumptions which we have of ’ receives heat without change of volume, made in regard to the directions of the axes (page 330) and the defini- tion of a positive area (page 331). In the estimation of work and heat it may often be of use to con- sider the deformation necessary to reduce the diagram to one of constant scale for work and heat. Now if the diagram be so deformed, Thermodynamics of Fluids. 333 that each point remains in the same vertical line, but moves in this line so that all isopiestics become straight and horizontal lines, at distances proportional to their differences of pressure, it will evidently become a volume-pressure diagram. Again, if the diagram be so deformed that each point remains in the same horizontal line, but moves in it so that isothermals becomes straight and vertical lines at distances proportional to their differences of temperature, it will become a entropy-temperature diagram. These considerations will enable us to compute numerically the work or heat of any path which is given in a volume-entropy diagram, when the pressure and tempera- ture are known for all points of the path, in a manner analogous to that explained on page 328. The ratio of any element of area in the volume-pressure or the entropy-temperature diagram, or in any other in which the scale of work and heat is unity, to the corresponding element in the volume- de . The eases in dv dy entropy diagram is represented by = or — Vv, 0 which this ratio is 0, or changes its sign, demand especial attention, as in such cases the diagrams of constant scale fail to give a satisfac- tory representation of the properties of the body, while no difficulty or inconvenience arises in the use of the volume-entropy diagram. —- ore eri its value is evidently zero in that part of the dv dn dn diagram which represents the body when in part solid, in part liquid, and in part vapor. The properties of such a mixture are very simply and » clearly exhibited in the volume-entropy diagram. ¥ Let the temperature and the pressure of the mixture, which are independent of the proportions of vapor, solid and As Fig. 9. L liquid, be denoted by ¢’ and p’. Also let V, Land § (fig. 9) be points of the diagram which indicate the volume and : : entropy of the body in three perfectly defined states, viz: that of a vapor of temperature ¢’ and pressure p’, that of a liquid of the same temperature and pressure, and that of a solid of the same temperature and pressure. And let vy, 9, Up, Mr, Vs, Ns denote the volume and entropy of these states. The position of the point which represents the body, when part is vapor, part liquid, and part solid, these parts being as fw, v, and 1—u—y, is determined by the equations 334 J. W. Gibbs on Graphical Methods in the v= MvVy+vu,+(1 — he Vv) vs, N=MNy+tvyt+U—-“w— Y) ns, where v and 7 are the volume and entropy of the mixture. The truth of the first equation is evident. The second may be written 1— Ns= (Nv — 1s) + ¥ (97 — Ns); or multiplying by ¢, (ny — 4s) = Kt (ny — ns) +4 t (1 — 15). The first member of this equation denotes the heat necessary to bring the body from the state S to the state of the mixture in question , while the terms of the second member denote separately the heat necessary to vaporize the part 4, under the constant temperature t' and to liquefy the part v of the body. The values of v and 7 are such as would give the center of gravity of masses ww, v and 1—yw—yv placed at the points V, L and §.* Hence the part of the diagram which represents a mixture of vapor, liquid and solid, is the triangle VLS. The pressure and temperature are constant for this triangle, i. e., an isopiestic and also an isothermal here expand to cover a space. The isodynamics are straight and ee ce dé equidistant for equal differences of energy. For — age p’, and dé ' f | t’, both of which are constant throughout the triangle. dn This case can be but very imperfectly represented in the volume- pressure, or in the entropy-temperature diagram, For all points in the same vertical line in the triangle VLS will, in the volume- pressure diagram, be represented by a single point, as having the same volume and pressure. And all the points in the same horizontal line will be represented in the entropy-temperature diagram by a single point, as having the same entropy and temperature. In either diagram, the whole triangle reduces to a straight line. It must reduce to a line in any diagram whatever of constant scale, as its area must become 0 in sucha diagram. This must be regarded as a defect in these diagrams, as essentially different states are represented by the same point. In consequence, any circuit within the triangle * These points will not be in the same straight line unless t' (ny — Ns): t (Nz — Ns) 1: Vy — Ug: Vz — Ys, a condition very unlikely to be fulfilled by any substance. The first and second terms of this proportion denote the heat of vaporization (from the solid state) and that of liquefaction. Thermodynamics of Fluids. 335 VLS will be represented in any diagram of constant scale by two paths of opposite directions superposed, the appearance being as if a body should change its state and then return to its original state by inverse processes, so as to repass through the same series of states. It is true that the circuit in question is like this combination of pro- cesses in one important particular, viz: that W= H=0,i.e., there is no transformation of heat into work. But this very fact, that a circuit without transformation of heat into work is possible, is worthy of distinct representation. A body may have such properties that in one part of the volume- entropy diagram ii gle Gcg ee Yon dn These parts of the diagram may be separated by a line, in which is positive and in another negative. d : ap aes in = 0, or by one in which if changes abruptly from a positive to a ? negative value.* (In part, also, they may be separated by an area in which = 0.) In the representation of such cases in any diagram of constant scale, we meet with Fig. 10. a difficulty of the following na- L ture. / Let us suppose that on the right of the line LL (fig. 10) in dp ih is positive, and on the left nega- tive. Then, if we draw any cir- cuit ABCD on the right side of LL, the direction being that of the hands of a watch, the work and heat of the circuit will be positive. But if we draw any circuit EFGH in the same diree- tion on the other side of the line LL, the work and heat will be negative. For a volume-entropy diagram, ee Se Og Vu.9 dn * The line which represents the various states of water at its maximum density for various constant pressures is an example of the first case. A substance which as a liquid has no proper maximum density for constant pressure, but which expands in solidifying, affords an example of the second case. 336 J. W. Gibbs on Graphical Methods in the and the direction of the circuits makes the areas positive in both cases. Now if we should change this diagram into any diagram of constant scale, the areas of the circuits, as representing proportionally the work done in each case, must necessarily have opposite signs, i. e., the direction of the circuits must be opposite. We will suppose that the work done is positive in the diagram of constant scale, when the direction of the circuit is that of the hands of a watch. Then, in that diagram, the cireuit ABCD would have that direction, and the circuit EFGH the contrary direction, as in figure 11. Now if we imagine an indefinite number of circuits B A. on each side of LL in the volume-entropy a ee diagram, it will be evident that to transform Lt H Fig. 11. p L such a diagram into one of constant scale, so as to change the direction of all the cir- cuits on one side of LL, and of none on the other, the diagram must be folded over along that line; so that the points on one side of LL in a diagram of constant scale do 4 not represent any states of the body, while on the other side of this line, each point, for a certain distance at least, represents two different states of the body, which in the volume-entropy diagram are represented by points on opposite sides of the lme LL. We have thus G O Vv in a part of the field two diagrams superposed, which must be care- fully distinguished. If this be done, as by the help of different colors, or of continuous and dotted lines, or otherwise, and it is remembered that there is no continuity between these superposed diagrams, except along the bounding line LL, all the general theorems which have been developed in this article can be readily applied to the diagram. But to the eye or to the imagination, the figure will necessarily be much more confusing than a volume-entropy diagram. dp dy the use of any diagram of constant seale, viz: in the vicinity of the If = 0 for the line LL, there will be another inconvenience in 2, ie, 1+, , will have a very small value, so that areas will be very greatly reduced in the diagram of constant scale, as com- pared with the corresponding areas in the volume-entropy diagram. Therefore, in the former diagram, either the isometrics, or the isen- tropics, or both, will be crowded together in the vicinity of the line LL, so that this part of the diagram will be necessarily indistinct. line LL, Thermodynamics of Fluids. 337 It may occur, however, in the volume-entropy diagram, that the same point must represent two different states of the body. This occurs in the case of liquids which can be va- porized. Let MM (fig. 12) be the line repre- senting the states of the liquid bordering upon | | vaporization. This line will be near to the axis of entropy, and nearly parallel to it. If the body is in a state represented by a point of the line MM, and is compressed without ad- dition or subtraction of heat, it will remain of course liquid. Hence, the points of the space immediately on the left of MM represent sim- ple liquid. On the other hand, the body being in the original state, if its volume should be increased without addition or subtraction of heat, and if the conditions necessary for vapor- | | _ nm ization are present (conditions relative to the - - e body enclosing the liquid in question, ete.), the liquid will become partially vaporized, but if these conditions are not present, it will con- tinue liquid. Hence, every point on the right of MM and sufficiently near to it represents two different states of the body, in one of which it is partially vaporized, and in the other it is entirely liquid. If we ‘take the points as representing the mixture of vapor and liquid, they form one diagram, and if we take them as representing simple liquid, they form a totally different diagram superposed on the first. There is evidently no continuity between these diagrams except at the line MM; we may regard them as upon separate sheets united only along MM. For the body cannot pass from the state of partial vaporization to the state of liquid except at this line. The reverse process is indeed possible; the body can pass from the state of superheated liquid to that of partial vaporization, if the conditions of vaporization alluded to above are supplied, or if the increase of volume is carried beyond Fig. 12. _ liquid r vapor and liquid liquid, o a certain limit, but not by gradual changes or reversible processes. _ After such a change, the point representing the state of the body will be found in a different position from that which it occupied before, but the change of state cannot be properly represented by any path, as during the change the body does not satisfy that condition of uni- form temperature and pressure which has been assumed throughout this article, and which is necessary for the graphical methods under discussion. (See note on page 309.) Of the two superposed diagrams, that which represents simple liquid is a continuation of the diagram on the left of MM. The iso- 338 J. W. Gibbs on Graphical Methods in the piestics, isothermals and isodynamics pass from one to the other without abrupt change of direction or curvature. But that which represents a mixture of vapor and liquid will be different in its char- acter, and its isopiestics and isothermals will make angles in general with the corresponding lines in the diagram of simple liquid. The isodynamies of:the diagram of the mixture, and those of the diagram of simple liquid, will differ in general in curvature at the line MM, but not in direction, for wid = — pand o =, dv dn The case is essentially the same with some substances, as water, for example, about the line which separates the simple liquid from a mix- ture of liquid and solid. In these cases the inconvenience of having one diagram superposed upon another cannot be obviated by any change of the principle on which the diagram is based. For no distortion can bring the three sheets, which are united along the line MM (one on the left and two on the right), into a single plane surface without superposition. Such vases, therefore, are radically distinguished from those in which the superposition is caused by an unsuitable method of representation. To find the character of a volume-entropy diagram of a perfect gas, we may make é€ constant in equation (p) on page 321, which will give for the equation of an isodynamic and isothermal n= a log v + Const., and we may make p constant in equation (G), which will give for the equation of an isopiestic y= (4 +c) log v + Const. It will be observed that all the isodynamics and isothermals can be drawn by a single pattern and so also with the isopiestics. The case will be nearly the same with vapors in a part of the dia- gram. In that part of the diagram which represents a mixture of liquid and vapor, the isothermals, which of course are identical with the isopiestics, are straight lines. For when a body is vaporized under constant pressure and temperature, the quantities of heat re- ceived are proportional to the increments of volume; therefore, the increments of entropy are proportional to the increments of volume. As wi = — p and = = ¢, any isothermal is cut at the same angle by dv dn all the isodynamics, and is divided into equal segments by equidiffer- ent isodynamics. The latter property is useful in drawing systems of equidifferent isodynamics. Thermodynamics of Fluids. 339 ARRANGEMENT OF THE ISOMETRIC, ISOPIESTIC, ISOTHERMAL AND ISENTROPIC ABOUT A POINT. The arrangement of the isometric, the isopiestic, the isothermal and the isentropic drawn through any same point, in respect to the order in which they succeed one another around that point, and in respect to the sides of these lines toward which the volume, pressure, tem- perature and entropy increase, is not altered by any deformation of the surface on which the diagram is drawn, and is therefore indepen- dent of the method by which the diagram is formed.* This arrange- ment is determined by certain of the most characteristic thermody- namic properties of the body in the state in question, and serves in turn to indicate these properties. It is determined, namely, by the d, ae ; ; value of (4) as positive, negative, or zero, 1. e., by the effect of heat Vv as increasing or diminishing the pressure when the volume is main- tained constant, and by the nature of the internal thermodynamic equilibrium of the body as stable or neutral,—an unstable equilib- rium, except as a matter of speculation, is of course out of the question. dp Let us first examine the case in which (7) is positive and the Vv dp dn tion, there is a definite isopiestic passing through that point, on one side of which the pressures ate greater, and on the other less, than on equilibrium is stable. As ( ) does not vanish at the point in ques- Vv the line itself. As (5) = 2) , the case is the same with the dv |}, dn !.,, isothermal. It will be convenient to distinguish the sides of the iso- metric, isopiestic, etc., on which the volume, pressure, ctc., increase, as the positive sides of these lines. The condition of stability requires that, when the pressure is constant, the temperature shall increase with the heat received,—therefore with the entropy. This may - be written [d¢: dy], >0.t It also requires that, when there is no * Tt is here assumed that, in the vicinity of the point in question, each point in the diagram represents only one state of the body. The propositions developed in the fol- lowing pages cannot be applied to points of the line where two superposed diagrams are united (see pages 335-338) without certain modifications. dt + As the notation a is used to denote the limit of the ratio of dt to dy, it would not dt be quite accurate to say that the condition of stability requires that &, >0. This p TRANS. ConnecticuT AcAp., VoL. II. 27 May, 1873. 340 J. W. Gibbs on Graphical Methods in the transmission of heat, the pressure should increase as the volume di- minishes, i. e., that [dp: dv] , <0. Through the point in question, A (fig. 13), let there be drawn the isometric vv’ and the isentropic yn’, and let the positive sides of these lines be indicated as in the . i l figure. The conditions (=) > 0 and [dp: dv], <0 require that the Vv pressure at v and at 7 shall be greater than at A, and hence, that the isopiestic shall fall as pp’ in the figure, and have its positive side turned as indicated. Again, the conditions oe (=) <0 and [dt: dy], > 0 7 é Fig. 13. is , dv a - require that the temperature at ; 7 and at p shall be greater than at A, and hence, that the iso- thermal shall fall as tt’ and have +/- -\+ its positive side turned as indi- cated. As it is not necessary that dt ; P G-) > 0, the lines pp’ and tt’ may be tangent to one another at A, nl, provided that they cross one another, so as to have the same order about the point A as is represented in the figure; i. e., they may have a contact of the second (or any even) order.* But the condition that d, dt ( =| > 0, and hence (+) <_ 0, does not allow pp’ to be tangent to f v \ n vv’, nor tt’ to 777’. . [dp ; ie je She If (a) be still positive, but the equilibrium be neutral, it will be eS}, possible for the body to change its state without change either of temperature or of pressure; i. e., the isothermal and isopiestie will be condition requires that the ratio of the differences of temperature and entropy between the point in question and any other infinitely near to it and upon the same isopiestic should be positive. It is not necessary that the limit of this ratio should be positive. * An example of this is doubtless to be found at the critical point of a fluid. See Dr. Andrews ‘‘ On the continuity of the gaseous and liquid states of matter.” Phil. Trans., vol. 159, p. 575. [f the isothermal and isopiestic have a simple tangency at A, on one side of that point they will have such directions as will express an unstable equilibrium. 0, and on the Vv other side ( “1 <0. At any point in such a line the isopiestics will be tangent to une isometrics and the isothermals to the isentropics. (See, however, note on page 339.) In a field of neutral equilibrium representing a mixture of two different states of the substance, where the isothermals and isopiestics are identical, a line may occur which has the threefold character of an isometric, an isothermal and an isopiestic. For such a line (=) == | Sp 4g (#) has opposite signs on opposite sides of this dnl, dn}, i line, it will be an isothermal of maximum or minimum temperature.t+ The case in which the body is partly solid, partly liquid and partly bias has already been peoeedly discussed. sae page 33 5). * When it is said that the arrangement of the lines in the pea must be like that in figure 13 or in figure 14, it is not meant to exclude the case in which the figure (13 or 14) must be turned over, in order to correspond with the diagram. In the case, however, of diagrams formed by any of the methods mentioned in this article, if the directions of the axes be such as we have assumed, the agreement with figure 13 will be without inversion, and the agreement with figure 14 will also be without inversion for volume-entropy diagrams, but with inversion for volume-pressure or entropy-tempera- ture diagrams, or those in which x = log v and y = log p, or x = 9 and y = log ¢. + As some liquids expand and others contract in solidifying, it is possible that there are some which will solidify either with expansion, or without change of volume, or with contraction, according to the pressure. If any such there are, they afford exam- ples of the case mentioned above. 342 Graphical Methods in Thermodynamics. The arrangement of the isometric, isopiestic, etc., as given in figure 13, will indicate directly the sign of any differential co-efficient of the ; du : _ form (S.) , Where w, w and z may be any of the quantities v, p, ¢, 7 (and e, if the isodynamic be added in the figure). The value of such a differential co-eflicient will be indicated, when the rates of increase of v, p, ete., are indicated, as by isometrics, ete., drawn both for the values of v, ete., at the poimt A, and for values differing from these -) will be indi- dv}, cated by the ratio of the segments intercepted upon an isentropic by by a small quantity. For example, the value of ( a pair of isometrics and a pair of isopiestics, of which the differences of volume and pressure have the same numerical value. The case in which W or // appears in the numerator or denominator instead of a function of the state of the body, can be reduced to the preceding by the substitution of pdv for d W, or that of td for @7. In the foregoing discussion, the equations which express the funda- mental principles of thermodynamics in an analytical form have been assumed, and the aim has only been to show how the same relations may be expressed geometrically. It would, however, be easy, starting from the first and second laws of thermodynamics as usually enunciated, to arrive at the same results without the aid of analytical formulze,—to arrive, for example, at the conception of energy, of entropy, of abso- lute temperature, in the construction of the diagram without the ana- lytical definitions of these quantities, and to obtain the various prop- erties of the diagram without the analytical expression of the thermo- dynamic properties which they involve. Such a course would have been better fitted to show the independence and sufticiency of a graphi- ‘al method, but perhaps less suitable for an examination of the com- parative advantages or disadvantages of different graphical methods. The possibility of treating the thermodynamics of fluids by such graphical methods as have been described evidently arises from the fact that the state of the body considered, like the position of a point in a plane, is capable of two and only two independent variations. It is, perhaps, worthy of notice, that when the diagram is only used to demonstrate or illustrate general theorems, it is not necessary, although it may be convenient, to assume any particular method of forming the diagram; it is enough to suppose the different states of the body to be represented continuously by points upon a sheet. XIE. List or Martine AtG@# cottecTeED NEAR Eastport, Marne, IN AUGUST AND SEPTEMBER, 1873, IN CONNECTION WITH THE WORK or THE U. S. Fisu Commission UNDER Pror. 8. F. Batrp.* By Daniet C. Eaton. 1. Fucus vesiculosus, L. 2. Fucus nodosus, L. Both these species were very abundant on the rocks and wharves everywhere, between tide-marks. No Fucus serratus was found, though diligently sought for. It was found many years ago at New- buryport, Mass., by Capt. Pike (see Harvey’s Nereis Bor. Am., II, p- 122), and has recently been sent from Pictou harbor, Nova Scotia, by Rev. J. 8. Fowler. 3. Desmarestia viridis, Lamouroux. Abundant on the wharves at Eastport, just below low-water-mark, and seen also at Dog Island. 4. Desmarestia aculeata, Lamour. Even more common than the last, principally the aculeate form. The pencilled form, however, was found by Mr. Prudden. 5. Alaria esculenta, Grev. Very abundant on rocks just below low-water-mark at Dog Island, and probably equally common in most similar places.—The shape of the pinne is varible, even on the same plant. One large specimen has obovate pinnz five inches long and three broad, as those of A. Pylaii should be, but the base of the frond, so far from being cuneate and decurrent, is broad and rounded. 6. Laminaria dermatodea, De La Pylaie. Dog Island, uncovered at extreme low-water. One specimen was brought up by the dredge off Campobello Island in twenty-five * I was at Eastport Aug. 12-17, collecting most of the time. Mr. T. M. Prudden and Mr. John B. Isham collected many specimens, both before and after my visit. Professor and Mrs. Verrill made large collections after I was at Eastport, and Dr. Edward Palmer collected a few species on Grand Menan. All these collections were placed in my hands for study. D. C. E. 344 D.C. Eaton—Alge from Eastport, Maine. fathoms of water. As the stem was freshly cut, and the frond not water-worn, the plant must have grown at this great depth. 7. Laminaria longicruris, De La Pylaie. Common, but none were seen at Eastport of very great size. Grand Menan, 20 feet long, Prof. Verrill. A small but well characterized specimen was found by me in November, 1872, at Old Lyme, Con- necticut: I believe it had not before been observed south of Cape Cod. 8. Laminaria saccharina, Lamouroux. Common with the last, at and below low-water-mark. Among the specimens is one with a third lamina, or half-frond, somewhat nar- rower than the others, but running the whole length of the frond. Near the edge of one of the broadest wings are slight indications of a fourth wing. This explains the little known JZ. trilaminata of Mr. Olney, and shows it to be only a case of accidental deduplication or transverse chorisis. The specimen is about two feet long and six inches wide at the base, the stem slender and scarcely two inches long. 9. Agarum Turneri, Postells and Ruprecht. Abundant, growing with the common Laminarias, also eed at 20-25 fathoms by Prof: Verrill. 10. Chorda Filum, Stackhouse. Common in Eastport harbor, from one to many feet below low- water-mark. 11. Chorda lomentaria, Lyngbye. Abundant about the piers and wharves of the town, and at Dog Island, ete., mostly uncovered at low water. Some of the fronds are two or three feet long, half an inch in diameter, and often very much spirally twisted. 12. Chordaria flagelliformis, Agardh. Very common in tide-pools and between tide-marks, assuming a great variety of forms. Var.’ minor, Agardh, is plentiful, especially in a great’tide-pool at Dog Island. It is a profusely branched plant, with very slender branches, and might very easily be mistaken for Dictyosiphon foeniculaceus. Only very careful microscopic study will avail to distinguish them. 13. Elachista fucicola, Fries. Common on Fucus, Prof. Verrill. D. C. Eaton—Alge from Eastport, Maine. 345 14. Eectocarpus brachiatus, Harvey. 15. Eectocarpus littoralis, Lyngbye. 16. Eetocarpus siliculosus, Lyngbye. 17. Ectocarpus tomentosus, Lyngbye. All these species of Ectocarpus, and possibly one or two others, were collected on piles and rocks between tides, by Prof. Verrill and Mr. Isham. Authors do not seem to be at all united as to the limits of species in this genus, and with uncertain characters, and too often with specimens not in fruit, the identification of species is most doubtful. 18. Polysiphonia urceolata, Greville. Common on rocks a few feet below low-water-mark. This is a very variable plant, passing from coarse and somewhat rigid forms, by many gradations, to the delicate var. roseola of J. G. Agardh (P. formosa, Harvey, Ner. Bor. Am.). 19. Polysiphonia violacea, Greville. Collected early in August at Treat’s Island by Mr. Prudden. 20. Polysiphonia fastigiata, Greville. Very abundant on Fucus nodosus at Dog Island, ete. Grand Menan, Dr. Palmer (with 24-26 tubes!). 21. Corallina officinalis, Linn. Rock-pools on outer coast of Campobello Island. Grand Menan, abundant, Prof. Verrill. This plant, which Dr. Harvey (Nereis Bor. Am., II, p. 83) said had not been sent him by any of his American correspondents, is abundant at Cape Ann, at Wood’s Hole, and in various parts of Long Island Sound. 22. Lithothamnion polymorphum, Areschoug, in J. G. Agardh’s Sp. Alg., II, p. 524. Dredged in 18-20 fathoms, and encrusting rocks and shells up to low-water-mark; also seen in tide-pools. This is the common “ Nullipore ” of the coast of Maine, and occurs in a great many forms, from a minute dot up to branching knobby masses severakinches in diameter. 23. Delesseria sinuosa, Lamouroux. Cast ashore on Campobello Island and Grand Menan, also dredged abundantly in many places at ten to forty fathoms, and off Campo- bello Island in very deep water, (seventy-tive fathoms, Pref. Verrill.) 346 D.C. Katon--Alge from Eastport, Maine. 24. Delesseria alata, Lamouroux. Growing on Ptilota serrata at Dog Island, below low-water-mark, Mr. Prudden. Grand Menan, Dr. Palmer. Some of the specimens have the margins of the segments entire as described by Dr. Harvey, and as seen in fine Irish specimens sent me by Dr. Dickie, but others are much denticulated and laciniated, so as to suggest D. denticulata of Montague; but as transitions occur, and even the common Cape Ann plant has the margins by no means entire, I prefer to refer all the Eastport specimens to D. alata. 25. Calliblepharis ciliata, Kitzing. Campobello Island, Mr. Prudden. Grand Menan, Dr. Palmer. 26. Polyides rotundus, Greville. Tide-pools, common. 27. Hildenbrandtia, ? Forming a very smooth, thickish, dark red crust on rocks, and sometimes on shells, always covered at low tide, and in rock-pools on Campobello Island. The only specimen brought home is not in fruit, and therefore I cannot identify it with certainty. The cells are about twice the diameter of those of the common Hildenbrandtia of southern New England, which I take to be H. Crouani, J. G. Agardh. 28. Euthora cristata, J. G. Agardh. Rock-pools, on Campobello Island, Grand Menan, Dr. Palmer, with conceptacular fruit. 29. Rhodymenia palmata, Greville. Very abundant, mostly between tides. A condition with numerous frondlets developed from the surface of the main frond is not un- common. 30. Ahnfeltia plicata, Fries. Grand Menan, Dr. Palmer. 7 31. Cystoclonium purpurascens, Kitzing. | Tide-pools, on Campobello Island. Grand Menan, Dr. Palmer. 32. Gigartina mamillosa, J. G. Agardh. Very abundant on rocks, mostly just above low-water-mark, also in tide-pools. sae D.C. Eaton—Alge from Eastport, Maine. 347 33. Chondrus crispus, Lyngbye. A single specimen was given to Mr. Isham by a gentleman who found it at Grand Manan. The plant is dwarfish, and with narrow entangled divisions, but the section shows the proper cellular struc- ture of this species. 34. Halosaccion ramentaceum, J. G. Agardh. Plentiful on the rocks from half-tide down to the lowest tide-mark, and assuming very different forms. Some specimens are like the figure in Nereis Bor. Am., but most of the examples collected show a tendency to produce sword-shaped, flattened fronds, either simple or proliferously branched. The largest fronds are over a foot long, and an inch wide in the middle, from which they taper to a very slender base, and to a somewhat acute apex. When they remain simple, and all the largest are simple, they gradually become much curved, and the convex edge especially becomes much inflated and irregularly crested. For this form I propose the name of Var. gladiatum. Since I find no difference in the cellular structure, and since all kinds of in- termediate forms occur, I dare not regard this form as a distinct species, though it is very unlike the forms hitherto known. 35. Ceramium rubrum, Agardh. Found in a rock-pool on Campobello Island. Grand Manan, Prof. Verrill and Dr. Palmer. 36. Ceramium Hooperi, Harvey. Found by Prof. Verrill on the piles of a wharf in Eastport, and at Grand Manan. Herring Cove, Mr. Prudden. In these specimens the creeping surculi are not preserved, but the cells, of nearly equal diame ter and length, are filled with a beautiful rosy-purple endochrome, the nodes are coated with a definite band of rather large cellules, and some of the specimens show a few of the root-like filaments which Dr. Harvey saw on Mr. Hooper’s original specimens from Penobscot Bay. 37. Ptilota serrata, Kiitzing. Cast up on the shores, and dredged abundantly, even found at 75 fathoms. Growing below low-water-mark at Dog Island, Mr. Prud- den. This alga varies considerably in the coarseness or delicacy of its parts, and one large but very delicate specimen from 50 fathoms depth off Grand Manan has some of the opposite branches or ramuli equally developed, so as to imitate P. plumosa not a little. I have seen no specimens from this region of undoubted P. plumosa, though as I write a true specimen of it is sent to me from Portland, collected by Mrs. Roy. TRANS. ConnecTICUT ACAD., Vou. IT. bo D = | 94 rd md wD -~1 a) 348 D. C. EKaton—Alge from EKastport, Maine. 38. Ptilota elegans, Bonnemaison. Tide-pools on Campobello Island, at Herring Cove. Little Green Island near Grand Manan, Mr. /sham. 39. Callithamnion Americanum, Harvey. 40. Callithamnion Pylaiszi, Montagne. 41. Callithamnion floccosum, Agardh. These three species of Callithamnion were found parasitic on Ptilota serrata at Dog Island by Mr. Prudden, and Nos. 40 and 41 were found growing on muscle-shells among the wharves by Prof. Verrill. 42. Callithamnion Rothii, Lyngbye. Growing in the piles of the wharves near low-water-mark, and on the rocks at Dog Island and Grand Manan, exposed at low-water, Prof. Verrill and Mr, Prudden. 43. Porphyra vulgaris, Agardh. Very common between tide-marks, growing chiefly on other alge, particularly on Polysiphonia fastigiata. 44. EKuteromorpha intestinalis, Link. Not so common.as the next; found in a tide-pool near high-water- mark, on Campobello Island. 45. Enteromorpha compressa, Greville. Very common about the docks, etc., growing as high up as the tide ever reaches, 46. Enteromorpha ? Floating in a large entangled mass in Cobscook Bay.—Fronds very pale-green, unbranched, filiform, tubular, varying in width, when compressed, from .001 inch to .03 inch; cells sub-quadrate or oblong, .0003 to .0005 inch in diameter, about eight rows in the slenderest fronds. I cannot identify this with any published species, but in the present state of my knowledge of the genus I am unwilling to give it anewname. The cells are much more regularly four-sided than in E. compressa. 47. Ulva latissima, L. Very common. 48. Cladophora arcta, Dillwyn. Abundant on rocks and piles of wharves near low-water-mark. Older plants, with the filaments much matted together (C. centralis, D. C. Eaton—Alge from Eastport, Maine. 349 Kiitzing,) were found on the 8. E. side of Campobello Island, in a rock-pool so high that ordinary tides would fail to reach it. 49. Cladophora i On Polyides rotundus and Gigartina, at Dog Island, ete.—Plant forming deep-green tufts one-half to one inch in diameter, filament .0012 in. in diameter irregularly dichotomous, subcorymbose at the ends; cells mostly about twice as long as their diameter, rarely 24 times, often less than twice ; rootlets none.—This has much the habit of C. lanosa, but lacks the rootlet-like branches, and has even the terminal cells very short. 50. Cladophora flexuosa, Griffiths. Collected by Prof. Verrill and Mr, Isham. 5i. Cheetomorpha Melagonium, Weber and Mobr. Tide-pools at very low levels, not rare. 52. Cheetomorpha tortuosa, Dillwyn. Grows in long entangled masses on Fucus and other large alge, also on the piles of the wharves, quite common. 53. Hormotrichum boreale, Harvey? Attached and free, in brackish pools just above high-water-mark on Little Green Island, Prof. Verrill. Filaments light yellowish green, very long, entangled, average diameter, .0008 inch, cells from once to twice as long as their diame- ter, slightly constricted at the end ; endochrome dispersed in roundish granules of very unequal size. 54. Hormotrichum speciosum, Carmichael? Found on Chordaria fiagelliformis, covering it with a dense dark- green pile. Filaments one-half to one inch long, their diameter .0015 to .0016 inch, very uniform; cells distinct, only one-fourth to one-third as long as their breadth, the filament slightly indented at each arti- culation; endochrome dense, a thin disk of it in each cell. I am very doubtful if this be the plant figured at plate 186 B of Phycologia Brittanica. 55. Hormotrichum Carmichaelii, Harvey. On lobster-cages floating in the docks at Eastport, Prof. Verriii. Filaments much entangled, dark green, the diameter varying trom .0008 inch to .0016 or even more, cell-wall very thick, the dissepi- 350 D.C. Eaton—Alge from Eastport, Maine. ments not evident; endochrome dense, at first in barrel-shaped masses rather longer than thick, at last separating into somewhat lens-shaped disks. 56. Oscillatoria, ———? Forms a dark blue or purple slimy coating on piles and logs, only in shaded places, Prof. Verrill. Filaments bluish-green, .0001 to .00013 inch in diameter. Probably a common European species, but I have no means of comparing it with authentic specimens. The above list is as complete as the collections made will permit. It will be remembered that Algve were sought for only a few weeks in August and September :—if this coast could be thoroughly ex- plored at different seasons the list would doubtless be much extended. New Haven, March 19th, 1872. XERR.—Tue Earry Sraces or tHE American Losster (Homarus Americanus Edwards). By Stoney I. Sarru.* A GREAT part of the published observations on the early history of the higher crustacea has been confined to the changes which take place in the embryo within the egg or immediately after leaving it. Of the later stages, which connect the newly hatched young with the adult, very little is known, even in species of which the embryology proper has been considerably studied. This results naturally from the great difficulty of rearing the young of these animals in confinement. In fact, it is usually easier to obtain the young in the different stages directly from their native haunts, as has been so successfully done for some of the radiates and worms by Alexander Agassiz, than to at- tempt to rear them in ordinary vessels or small aquaria, In the case of many of the higher crustacea, a part of the early history might often be traced back from the adult more easily than it can be from the egg up. The following account of the development of the American lobster during its free-swimming stages is one of the results of the facilities for collecting and studying the marine animals of Vineyard Sound, Buzzard’s Bay and the adjacent region, afforded me during the sum- mer of 1871, by Professor Spencer F. Baird, United States Commis- sioner of Fish and Fisheries. Numerous specimens of the free-swimming young of the lobster, in different stages of growth, were obtained in Vineyard Sound, but my time while there was so fully occupied in collecting that little was left for studying the animals while alive. The figures and descriptions which follow—except a few notes on color—have consequently all been made from specimens preserved in alcohol, so that this article is confined almost wholly to the development of the tegumentary ap- pendages and does not include a study of the anatomy of the soft internal organs. As no opportunities were offered in 1871 for observations upon the young within the egg, this deficiency has been partially supplied by * A brief abstract of a part of this paper, with the figures on plate XIV, appeared in the American Journal of Science, 3d series, vol. iii, p. 1, June, 1872. A short notice of it is also inserted in an article on ‘“‘The Metamorphoses of the Lobster and other Crustacea,” in the Report of the U. S. Commissioner of Fish and Fisheries on the Con- dition of the Sea Fisheries of the Southern Coast of New England in 1871 and 1872, p. 522, 1873. 252 S. I. Smith—Early Stages of the American Lobster. a few observations at New Haven in May, 1872.* Eggs taken May 2, from lobsters captured at New London, Connecticut, had embryos well advanced, as represented in figure 1. In this stage the eggs are slightly elongated spheroids, about 2.1"™" in the longer dia- meter and 1.9 in the shorter. One side is rendered very opa- que dark green by the unab- sorbed yolk mass, while the other shows the eyes as two large black spots, and the red pigment spots on the edge of the carapax, bases of the legs, ete., as irregular lines of pink markings. In a side view of the embryo, the lower edge of the carapax (4, figure 1) is clearly defined and extends in a gentle curve from the middle of the eye to the posterior border of the embryo. This margin of the carapax is marked with dendritic spots of red pigment. The whole dorsal por- tion, fully one-half the embryo, is still occupied by the unabsorbed portion of the yolk (a, a, figure 1), of which the lower margin, repre- sented in the figure by a dotted line, extends from close above the eye in a curve nearly parallel with the lower margin of the carapax, but with a sharp indentation a little way behind the eye. The eyes (ec, figure 1) are large, nearly round, not entirely separated from the surrounding tissues, and with a central portion of black pigment. The antennule (d, figure 1) are simple, sack-like appendages, aris- ing from just beneath the eyes, with the terminal portion turned back- Fig. 1.+ * The season at which the female lobsters carry eggs varies very much on different parts of the coast. Lobsters from New London and Stonington, Connecticut, are with eggs in April and May, while at Halifax, Nova Scotia, I found them with eggs, in which the embryos were just beginning to develop, early in September. A corresponding variation is noticed in the lobster of the HKuropean coast. + Embryo, some time before hatching, removed from the external envelope and shown in a side view enlarged 20 diameters; a, a, dark-green yolk mass still unab- sorbed; }, lateral margin of the carapax marked with many dendritic spots of red pigment; ¢c, eye; d, antennula; e, antenna; /, external maxilliped; g, great cheliped which forms the big claw of the adult; /, outer swimming branch or exopodus of the same; 7, the four ambulatory legs with their exopodal branches; /, intestine; /, heart; m, bilobed tail seen edgewise. S. I. Smith—Early Stages of the American Lobster. 253 ward and marked with several large dendritic spots of red pigment. In specimens a little further advanced (figure 2) the future antennula is slightly separated from the external membrane of the sack and is seen forming within it, and at its tip there appear to be several rudi- Fig. 2.* mentary sete. The antenne (e, figure 1) are but little larger than the antennule and are sack-like and without articula- tions, but the scale and flagellum are separated and bent backward, the scale being represented by the large and somewhat expanded lobe, and the flagellum by a shorter and slender lobe which arises from near the base of the scale. In speci- mens a little further advanced (figure 2), the extremity of the scale shows a few very short and rudimentary sete, and the flagellum is tipped with three of the same character. The mandibles, both pairs of maxille, and the first and second maxillipeds are not sufficiently developed to be seen without remoy- ing the edge of the carapax and the adjacent parts. By dividing the embryo in two, however, removing the carapax, and viewing the parts under compression, a number of lobes corresponding to the mouth organs can be seen (figure 2). The anterior of these (c, figure 2), apparently representing the mandible, is broad, simple and clearly defined. Next are several small and indistinct lobes (d, figure 2) re- presenting, probably, the maxillze. Then, a larger lobe, indistinctly divided into three parts at the extremity (e, figure 2), represents the first maxilliped, and a slender lobe, with the terminal portion divided into two processes (/, figure 2), represents the second maxilliped. The external maxillipeds (7, figure 1, and g, figure 2) are well developed and almost exactly like the posterior cephalothoracic legs. Both the branches are simple and sack-like, the main branch, or endognathus,+ * Cephalic appendages of the left side of an embryo a little further advanced than figure 1, as seen under compression, enlarged 40 diameters; a, antennula: }, antenna: c, mandible; d, maxille; e, first maxilliped; /, second maxilliped; g, base of external maxilliped. + To prevent confusion, the terms here used are the Latin forms of those proposed by Milne Edwards to designate the different branches of the cephalothoracie ap- pendages: endopodus, for the main branch of a leg; exepodus, for the accessory branch ; epipodus, for the flabelliform appendage; and endognathus, exognathus, and epignathus, for the corresponding branches of the mouth organs. 254 S. IL. Smith—Karly Stages of the American Lobster. much larger and slightly longer than the outer branch, or exognathus, which is quite slender. The five pairs of cephalothoracic legs (g, /, 7, figure 1, and a, 6, figure 3) are all similar and of about the same size, except the main branch of the first pair, (g, figure 1, and a, figure 3,) which is much larger than that of the others, but is Fig. 3.* still sack-like and entirely without ar- ticulations. The outer or exopodal branches of all the legs are slender, wholly unarticulated, sack-like processes, while the inner or main (endopodal) branches of the four posterior pairs are similar, but much stouter and slightly longer processes arising from the same bases. The bases of all the legs are marked with dendritic spots of red pig- ment like those upon the lower margin of the carapax. The abdomen (m, figure 1) is curved round beneath the cephalo- thorax, the extremity extending between and considerably in front of the eyes. The segments are scarcely distinguishable. The telson (figure 4) is fully a third of the entire length of the abdomen, and, as ds seen from beneath the embryo, is slightly ex- Brees panded into a somewhat oval form, and very deeply divided by a narrow sinus, rounded at the extremity. The lobes into which the tail is thus divided are narrow, and somewhat ap- proach each other toward the extremities, where they are each armed along the inner edge with six small obtuse teeth. The heart (/, figure 1) is readily seen, while the embryo is alive, by its regular pulsations. It appears as a slight enlargement in the dorsal vessel, just under the posterior portion of the carapax. The intestine (A, figure 1) is distinctly visible in the anterior portion of the abdomen as | a well defined, transparent tube, in which float little granular masses. This material within the intestine is constantly oscillating back and forth as long as the embryo is alive. * First and second cephalothoracic legs, as seen detached from the body and under compression, enlarged 40 diameters ; a, leg of the anterior pair ; b, leg of the second pair. + Extremity of the abdomen, seen from above and slightly compressed, enlarged 30 diameters. S. I. Smith—Early Stages of the American Lobster. 255 The subsequent development of the embryo within the egg was not observed. The following observations on the young larve, after they have left the eggs, have been made upon specimens obtained in Vineyard Sound, or the adjacent waters, during July. These specimens were mostly taken at the surface in the day-time, either with the towing or hand net, and represent three quite different stages in the true larval condition, besides a later stage approaching closely the adult: (1) a free-swimming schizopodal form with the full number of cephalothor- acic appendages, the abdomen without appendages, and the six pos- terior pairs of cephalothoracic appendages pediform and their exopo- dal branches developed into powerful swimming organs; (2) a simi- lar form in which the rudimentary appendages have appeared upon the second to the fifth segments of the abdomen; and (3) a form in which the exopodal branches of the six posterior pairs of cephalo- thoracic appendages have decreased much in size, proportionally with the rest of the animal, and in which well formed appendages have ap- peared upon the penultimate segment of the abdomen in addition to those upon the second to the fifth segments. For convenience, I have designated these forms as the first, second, and third larval stages. In the next form observed the animal has lost all its schizopodal char- acters and assumed the more important features of the adult, although . still retaining the free-swimming habit of the true larval forms. This stage I have indicated as the earliest stage of the adult form. The exact age of the larve in the first stage was not ascertained, but was probably only a few days, and they had most likely molted only once after leaving the eggs. First larval stage. In this stage the young are free-swimming schizopods about a third of an inch (7°8 to 8:0") in length (plate XIV, figs. A, B). The carapax is short and broad, somewhat gibbous posteriorly as seen from above, and projects in front into an unarmed, long, very slender and acute rostrum, which is horizontal, flattened vertically, and only a little less than half as long as the entire carapax including the rostrum. The inferior angle of the anterior margin projects, beneath the eye, into an acute, spiniform and prominent tooth. The cervical suture is faintly indicated, but no other areolation is perceptible. The posterior portions of the branchial regions are expanded laterally and the posterior margin incloses a space considerably larger than the base of the abdomen. to “2 TRANS. CONNECTICUT ACAD., Vou. II. JuLyY, 1873. 256 S. I. Smith—Eaurly Stages of the American Lobster. The ocular peduncles are very short and thick, directed straight outward, and apparently admit of only a small amount of motion. The cornea projects very slightly beyond the margin of the carapax and is very large, its diameter being about a third as great as the breadth of the carapax. The antennule (plate XV, fig. 6, enlarged 30 diameters) are short, simple, sack-like appendages, about half as long as the rostrum, slightly contracted proximally, and entirely without division into seg- ments. At tip they are each furnished with three simple sete, one stout and about half as long as the antennula itself, the others very small and placed at the base of the larger. No sign of auditory ap. paratus could be discovered. In one specimen, which was approach- ing the time of molting, the antennule of che next stage was plainly visible through the integument (plate XV, fig. 7, enlarged 30 diame- ters), and show distinctly two separated segments representing the peduncle, the partial separation of the secondary, or inner, flagellum, and the hairs toward the tip of the outer flagellum. The antenne (plate XV, fig. 11, enlarged 30 diameters) are slightly longer than the antennulz and much further developed. There is a sharp tooth at the base of the scale. The scale itself is highly de- veloped and resembles considerably that of many of the Mysidea. It is broad, considerably longer than the flagellum, armed with a sharp tooth at the extremity of the outer margin, and the inner edge is furnished with very long plumose hairs, which are jointed through most of their length, and taper to very slender tips. The flagellum is shorter than the scale, separated from its peduncle by an articulation, but is Itself not divided into segments, and is naked except at the tip, which is furnished with three equal, slender, plumose hairs like those upon the scale, only somewhat shorter. The mandibles (plate XV, fig. 13, enlarged 25, and fig. 14, enlarged 40 diameters) are delicate and the crowns alone indurated. The palpi are very small, short and cylindrical, the three subequal seoments faintly indicated, and the tip of each furnished with two short hairs. They are directed straight forward and apparently have no power of acting within the edges of the mandibles as in the adult. The coronal edges of the mandibles are asymmetrical. In both there is a very small molar-like area (fig. 14, 6) at the posterior angle covered with fine teeth or bristles, and, in front of this, the margin, nearly to the anterior angle, is armed with acute spiriform teeth which are hooked slightly backward. At the anterior angle this margin is turned abruptly backward for a short distance below (in the natural position of the S. I. Smith-—Early Stages of the American Lobster. 257 animal) the other edge, as a stout lamelliform process. This process is quite different in the two mandibles. In the left (fig. 14, a) its posterior margin is separated from the body of the mandible for quite a distance, and its inner, or terminal, edge divided into three irregular obtuse teeth, of which the posterior is most prominent; while on the right side this process is separated only for a short dis- tance, the teeth are quite different in form, and the posterior one is the least prominent. In the first pair of maxille (plate XVI, fig. 1, enlarged 40 diame- ters) the endognathus is composed, as in the adult, of two lobes (fig. 1, a, 6), the proximal lobe (a) rounded at tip and margined with scattered setiform spinules, the distal lobe (6) truncated at the ex- tremity, which is armed, somewhat as in the adult, with closely set acute spinules. The exognathus (fig. 1, ¢) is much shorter than the endognathus, is composed of a single article, and is armed at and near the distal extremity with four sete (fig. 1a, enlarged 100 diameters), of which two are at the tip, the inner one about as long as the exognathus itself, the outer a little shorter; another, about as long as this last, arises from an emargination on the inside a little way from the tip; while the fourth arises near the base of the inner one and is very small. In the second pair of maxille (plate XVI, fig. 4, enlarged 40 dia- meters) the four lobes of the endognathus (@) are proportionally much shorter than in the adult, the tips are broadly and evenly rounded and sparcely armed with stout and simple setw. The exognathus (fig. 4, 2) is short, scarcely reaching to the tip of the outer lobe of the endognathus. It is naked nearly to the tip, which is armed with six simple setz. Three of these sete are at the very tip (fig. 4a, enlarged 100 diameters), the inner and longest one equalling in length the body of the exognathus itself, the middle one somewhat shorter, and the outer very small; two others, as long as the middle one of the tip, arise together from an emargination upon the inner side near the extremity; while another starts from just below the bases of these, but is only half as long as they. The an- terior portion of the epignathus (fig. 4, ¢) is about as long and slightly broader than the outer lobe of the endognathus, while the posterior portion is quite small, but little larger than the anterior. The edge of the epignathus is furnished all round with rather stout, jointed, and densely plumose hairs. The first, or inner, maxillipeds (plate XVI, fig. 6, enlarged 40 dia- meters) differ from those of the adult chietly in being more rudimen- 258 S. I. Smith—Early Stages of the American Lobster. tary. The endognathus (fig. 6, @) is only sparsely armed with stout sete along and near the inner margin. The two segments of the mesognathus (fig. 6, 6) are about equal in length, the basal one with two long simple sete on the inner side at the distal extremity, and the terminal one with four at and near the tip. Of these terminal sete (fig. 6a, enlarged 100 diameters) the longest about equals in length the terminal segment of the mesognathus itself and arises from an emargination on the inner side close to the tip, two, successively shorter, arise from the tip itself, while below the base of these is one still shorter. The exognathus (fig. 6, ¢) is not longer than the mesognathus, shows no segmentation, the outer edge is fur- nished with twelve to fifteen jointed, plumose setz (fig. 6 6, enlarged 200 diameters), and at tip with two very short setze, while the inner edge is naked. The epignathus (fig. 6, @) is small and naked, the posterior portion, though much longer than the anterior, is propor- tionally very much smaller than in the adult, and the extremity is rounded and produced at the inner angle. The second maxillipeds (plate XVI, fig. 9, enlarged 40 diameters) are not flattened and appressed to the inner mouth organs as in the adult. The endognathus is stout and cylindrical, the last three seg- ments are bent inward at nearly a right angle, and all the segments have about the same proportional lengths as in the adult. The inner sides of all the segments below the meral are armed with a few nearly straight setiform spines, while the carpal segment wpon the outer side, and the succeeding ones all round, are sparcely armed with rather stout spines, some of which are minutely serrate ; the terminal spine is much stouter than the others and curved toward the tip. The exognathus (fig. 9, @) is slender, rudimentary, composed of a single article, does not reach beyond the meral segment of the endognathus, and is furnished at the extremity with a very few short and rudimen- tary sets, two of which are at the tip and two or three more arise from slight emarginations in each side, thus showing a very slight approach to the flagelliform character which this appendage has in the adult, although there is as yet no indication of segmentation, even at the tip. The epignathus (fig. 9, 2) is rudimentary and sack- like, scarcely longer than the diameter of the segment from which it arises, and is apparently without a branchial appendage. The external maxillipeds (plate XVI, fig. 13, enlarged 25 diameters) are elongated and pediform, the endognathus being as long as and much like the endopodi of the posterior legs, while the exognathus is like the exopodal branches of all the legs. The segments of the ”_ S. I. Smith—Early Stages of the American Lobster. 259 endognathus are all nearly cylindrical, and the five distal are armed with slender spines along the inner sides. The meral and propodal segments are equal in length, the ischial and carpal also equal in length, but a little shorter than the meral and propodal, while the terminal segment is scarcely longer than the diameter of the propo- dus, tapers rapidly to the tip, which is armed with three slender spines, the shortest of which is considerably longer than the segment itself and the longest nearly three times as long. The spines upon the distal end of the propodus are about as long as the segment itself, while those upon the inner sides of the other segments are much shorter. Most of the spines are armed for a large part of the length with two rows of acute and closely set teeth; although the two long- est of the terminal ones and some of the others appear tu be wholly unarmed, The exognathus (fig. 13, @) is about half as long as the endognathus, the distal, flagelliform portion being longer than the basal and composed of eight or nine segments, each of which is fur- nished at the distal end with two very long jointed and ciliated hairs, the distal ones fully as long as the flagelliform portion, but the ones toward the base somewhat shorter. The epignathus (fig. 13, >) and the three branchial appendages (fig. 13, ¢) are very rudimentary, being represented by small sack-like lobes, the one representing the epignathus larger than the others and distinguished from them by its better defined outline and less cellular structure.* The anterior cephalothoracic legs (plate XIV, fig. Y, enlarged 20, and plate XVII, fig. 9, enlarged 40 diameters), corresponding to the great chelate legs of the adult, are exactly alike, scarcely longer than the external maxillipeds, and only imperfectly subcheliform, with no power of prehension. The endopodus is stouter than in the second and third legs, but scarcely, if any, longer. The segments are all nearly cylindrical, and all except the coxal are armed along the inner * The number of branchiz, or branchial pyramids, in the American lobster is twenty on each side: a single small one upon the second maxilliped, three well- developed ones upon the external maxilliped, three upon the first cephalothoracic leg, four each upon the second, third, and fourth, and one upon the fifth. The number is probably the same in the European species, although the statements of different authors in regard to it are confused and contradictory. De Haan (Fauna Japonica, Crustacea, p. 146) states the number, for the genus Homarus, as nineteen on each side, giving only two for the external maxilliped, while Owen (Lectures on the Anat- omy of the Invertebrate Animals, 2d ed., p. 322) and Edwards (Histoire naturelle des Crustacés, tome i, p. 86) gives the whole number on each side as twenty-two, although Edwards in another place in the same work, under Homarus (tome iii, p. 333), gives twenty as the number. 260 S. 1. Smith—Early Stages of the American Lobster. side, and the distal three all round, with slender spines, The propo- dus (plate XVII, fig. 9) is the longest and slightly the stoutest of the segments, the basal portion as long as the merus, the digital portion much shorter than the dactylus and tapering rapidly to a short spine- like tip, the inferior side armed with several pairs of slender spines, some of which are armed with two rows of acute teeth, and the distal end, on each side at the base of the digital portion, with a long slen- der spine armed, like those just mentioned, with two rows of acute teeth. The dactylus itself is much shorter than the basal portion of the propodus, tapers rapidly to the tip, which is terminated by a spine nearly as long as the dactylus itself, and is armed on both mar- gins with several small and slender spines. The exopodus (plate XIV, tig. Y, a) is just like the exognathus of the external maxillipeds, except that the flagelliform portion is a little longer and composed of ten segments. The epignathus (fig. D, 6) and the three branchial appendages (fig. JY, ¢) are almost exactly like those of the external maxillipeds. In the specimen figured all the branchial appendages were farther developed than in most of the specimens examined. The second pair of legs (plate XVI, figs. 1 and 1a, enlarged 20 diameters) are nearly or quite as long as and very much like the first pair, but the endopodi are considerably more slender, the propodus is scarcely stouter than the carpus, is armed with fewer spines beneath, and the digital portion is much less developed, while the dactylus is more slender and is terminated by a longer spine. The exopodus, epipodus, and the four branchial appendages are just like the corres- ponding parts of the anterior legs, the flagelliform portion of the exopodus being composed of ten segments, as in all the other legs. The third pair of legs are in all respects like the second pair, and appear to be quite indistinguishable from them. The fourth and fifth pairs of legs are styliform, a little more slender than the second and third pairs, and the endopodi and exopodi in both pairs are quite similar in structure. The endopodi of the fourth pair are armed with slender spines like those upon the second and third pairs; their propodal segments are slender, longer than the other segments, and are armed on the inside, near the base of the dactylus, with several long spines themselves armed with two rows of acute teeth; and the dactyli are slender, rapidly tapering, half as long as the propodi, and are each terminated by a slender, slightly curved, spiniform stylet fully twice as long as the segment itself, and armed upon the outer side with rows of acute teeth like those upon the long spines of the propodus. The exopodi, epipodi, and the * S. I Smith—Early Stages of the American Lobster. 261 branchial appendages are exactly like the corresponding parts of the second and third pairs of legs. In the posterior pair of legs (plate XVII, fig. 6, terminal portion of one, enlarged 40 diameters) the endopodus is slightly more slender than in the fourth pair, the propodus is proportionally a little lon- ger, and the slender stylet at the tip of the dactylus is considerably more than twice as long as the dactylus itself. The exopodus is like that of the other legs, and the single rudimentary, branchial appen- dage is of the same size as those of the other legs, The abdomen is slightly longer than the entire length of the cara- pax, quite slender, tapers gradually toward the extremity, and all the segments except the expanded telson are nearly cylindrical. The first segment does not extend beyond the posterior margin of the sides of the carapax and is entirely unarmed. The second, third, fourth and fifth segments are subequal in length, and each is armed with a stout dorsal spine arising from the posterior margin and curved backward, and has the posterior margin produced each side below into a smaller, straight, tooth-like spine. The lateral spines increase slightly in size from the second to the fifth segment. The dorsal Spine upon the second segment is shorter than the segment itself, that upon the third is longer than the segment, and those upon the third and fourth are still longer and nearly equal. (Plate X VIII, fig. 8, lateral view of the fourth segment, enlarged 20 diameters, and fig. 9, diagram of a section of the same segment seen from behind, enlarged 30 diameters.) The penultimate segment is a little longer than the preceding, and is armed above with two short spines like the one upon the second segment, except that they are more curved toward the ex- tremities. The telson (plate XVIII, fig. 1, enlarged 20 diameters, and la, portion of one of the angles, enlarged 40 diameters) is closely arti- culated to the penultimate segment, so as apparently to admit of no motion between them, and is developed into a very large lamellar swimming appendage somewhat triangular in outline, with the pos- terior margin deeply concave. This caulal lamella is fully as long as the four preceding segments together and nearly the same in breadth across the posterior angles, being fully as broad as the widest part of the carapax. The posterior margin is deeply and regularly concave in outline, is armed with a stout median spine and the lateral angles project in long spiniform processes, while each side between the lateral angles and the median spine there are fourteen or fifteen stout plumose setie articulated to the margin (plate XVIII, fig. 1@), the’seta next the lateral angle being very much smaller than the others. 262 S. I. Smith—Early Stages of the American Lobster. In life the eyes are bright blue; the anterior portion and the lower margin of the carapax and the bases of the legs are speckled with orange; the lower margin, the whole of the penultimate, and the basal portion of the ultimate segment of the abdomen, are brilliant reddish orange. In this stage the larve were first taken July 1, when they were seen swimming rapidly about at the surface of the water among great numbers of zoée, megalops, and copeopods. Their motions and habits recall at once the species of Mysis and Thysanopoda, but their motions are not quite as rapid and are more irregular. They were frequently taken at the surface in different parts of Vineyard Sound from July 1 to 7, and several were taken off Newport, Rhode Island, as late as July 15, and they would very likely be found also * in June, judging from the stage of development to which the embryos had advanced early in May in Long Island Sound. Besides the spe- cimens taken in the open water of the Sound, a great number was ob- tained, July 6, from the well of a lobster-smack, where they were swimming in great abundance near the surface of the water, having undoubtedly been recently hatched from the eggs carried by the female lobsters confined in the well. Some of these specimens lived in vessels of fresh sea-water for two days, but all efforts to keep them alive long enough to observe their molting failed. They appeared, while thus in confinement, to feed principally upon very minute ani- mals of different kinds, but were several times seen to devour small zoéxe, and occasionally when much crowded, so that some of them be- came exhausted, they fed upon each other, the stronger ones eating the weaker. Second larval stage. In this stage the larvee have increased somewhat in size, and rudi- mentary appendages have appeared upon the second to the fifth seg- ments of the abdomen. The carapax is proportionally a little narrower than in the first stage and the cervical suture is a little more distinctly indicated. The rostrum (plate XV, fig. 2, enlarged 10 diameters) is much broader at base, more triangular in outline, and is armed on each side toward the base with three or four teeth, the terminal portion being slender, acute and unarmed, The number of teeth upon the sides of the rostrum vary somewhat in different specimens and often on the different sides of the same specimen. In all, however, there is a stout tooth each side over the eye and either two or three smaller ones in front of it. S. I. Smith—Early Stages of the American Lobster. 363 The ocular peduncles are slightly longer and less stout in propor- tion than in the first stage, and the cornea is not quite as broad. The antennule (plate XV, fig. 8, enlarged 20 diameters) are pro- portionately no larger than in the last stage, but the three segments of the peduncle are distinctly defined and the flagella are separated down tothe peduncle. The primary, or outer, flagellum is as short as the peduncle, indistinctly divided into about six segments, and the inner side furnished, especially toward the distal extremity, with many eylindrical, and apparently tubular, hairs, which are half as long as the flagellum itself and truncated at tip. The secondary, or inner, flagellum is slender, about a third the diameter of the primary, and considerably shorter, shows no division into segments, and is furnished with one long and one very short cilium at tip. The distal segment of the peduncle bears, near the base of the secondary flagellum, a single, long, sparsely cillated hair, perhaps auditory in its function, but no other indication of auditory apparatus connected with the pedun- cle was discovered. The antenne are as in the first stage, except that the flagella are almost as long as the scales, and in all the specimens examined are without the long hairs at the tips. The mandibles are as in the first stage, except that they are perhaps slightly more indurated and the segments of the palpi more distinctly indicated. In the first maxille, the spines and setz upon the lobes of the endognathus have increased slightly in number and size. The ex- ognathus is proportionally somewhat longer and has an additional seta at the tip, so that there are three terminal ones increasing in length from the outside; while the large one upon the inside arises somewhat further from the tip. In the second maxille, the lobes of the endognathus and the ex- ognathus are as in the first stage, except a slight increase in the num- ber and size of the spines upon the lobes of the endognathus. The posterior portion of the epignathus has increased considerably in length and is much broader than the anterior portion. The first, or inner, maxillipeds differ only very slightly from those in the first stage. The mesognathus is relatively of the same size and is furnished with the same number of seta. The exognathus is slightly longer in proportion and the posterior portion of the epigna- thus is proportionally larger than the anterior portion. In the second maxillipeds the endognathus has changed very little from the first stage, the proportions of the segments and the number TRANS. CONNECTICUT ACAD., VoL. II. 30 Avueust, 1873. 364 S. I. Smith—Early Stages of the American Lobster. and arrangement of the spines being almost exactly the same, while the articulations between the segments seem to be more distinctly marked, The exognathus has increased very slightly in length, and the extremity shows a slight approach to the flagelliform character in the increased length of the rudimentary setie, though there is still no segmentation even at the tip. The epignathus (plate XVI, fig. 10, enlarged 40 diameters) has increased very little in size, but shows a very slight rudiment of a branchial appendage as a minute lobe on the inside near the base (fig. 10, ¢). The endognathi and exognathi of the external maxillipeds are as in the first stage, except that the endognathus is a little more slender and the terminal segment proportionally a little longer. The epignathus and the three branchial appendages have increased very much in size, the latter being elongated and the edges distinctly crenulated, but the epignathus still somewhat sack-like and entirely without hairs. These appendages are in exactly the same stage of development as those upon the legs, and as represented in the figure of one of the legs of the second pair (plate XVII, fig. 2, 6, ¢, enlarged 20 diame- ters). The anterior cephalothoracic legs (plate X VII, fig. 10, distal por- tion of one, enlarged 20 diameters) are proportionally much larger than in the first stage, and have become truly cheliform. The propo- dus is proportionally much longer than in the first stage, is armed only with very short spines, and the digital portion is nearly as long as the basal, and its tip is incurved and terminates in a short and slen- der nail. The dactylus is very slightly longer than the digital por- tion of the propodus, is shaped very much like it, and has apparently some power of prehension with it. The exopodus is larger, having increased in proportion with the other legs. The epignathus and the three branchial appendages are like those of the external maxillipeds. The second and third pairs of legs (plate XVII, fig. 2, one of the second pair, enlarged 20 diameters) are alike and have increased con- siderably in length. The spines upon the propodus are shorter and the digital portion is more elongated, slightly incurved, and ter- minated by a short nail. The dactylus is more slender, much longer than the digital portion of the propodus, and terminates in a spini- form stylet nearly as long as the dactylus itself, but considerably shorter than in the first stage. The exopodus, epipodus, and the branchial appendages are like those of the anterior legs. The fourth pair of legs have increased in length proportionally with the second and third pairs, the spines upon the distal extremity of S. I, Smith—Early Stages of the American Lobster. 365 the propodus are relatively shorter, the body of the dactylus has in- creased in length so that it is more than half as long as the propodus, but the styliform tip is much shorter, scarcely if at all longer than the dactylus itself, but still retains its armature of sharp teeth along oneside. The exopodus, epipodus, and the four branchial appendages are the same as in the second and third pairs. The posterior legs (plate XVII, fig. 5, enlarged 20 diameters, and fig. 5a, terminal portion enlarged 40 diameters) are proportionally as long as the fourth pair, but are more slender. The propodus and dactylus are relatively longer and more slender than in the first stage, and the terminal stylet of the dactylus, though longer than in the fourth pair, is but little longer than the dactylus itself. The exopo- dus is like that of the other legs and the single branchial appendage is like the others. The abdomen is slightly stouter relatively than in the first stage, and the appendages of the second, third, fourth and-fifth segments have appeared. The dorsal spines upon the second to the sixth seg- ment are of the same form but slightly shorter than in the first stage, and the spiniform lateral angles of the same segments are a little shorter and stouter. The telson (plate XVIII, fig. 2, enlarged 20 diameters) is relatively smaller and broader at base, being more quadrilateral in outline, and the stout plumose sete of the posterior margin are much smaller. The articulation between the telson and the penultimate segment is more distinct than in the first stage, but apparently still admits of very little if any motion. The natatory legs of the second, third, fourth and fifth segments (plate XVIII, fig. 5, one of the legs of the third segment, enlarged 30 diameters) differ somewhat in size in different specimens, but are nearly as long as the segments themselves. The terminal lamelle of these appendages are simple, oblong and sack-like, without sign of segmentation or clothing of hairs or sete. Specimens in this stage were taken only twice, July 1 and 15. They have the same habits and general appearance as in the first stage. In color they are almost exactly the same, only the orange- colored markings are perhaps a little less intense, Third larval stage. In this stage (plate XIV, fig. /, enlarged 8 diameters) the larve are about half an inch (12 to 13"™") in length, the integument is of a firmer consistency than in the earlier stages, and the entire animal 366 S. I. Smith—-Early Stages of the American Lobster. has begun to lose its schizopodal characters and to assume some of the features of the adult. The carapax has nearly the same general form as in the earlier stages, but the cervical suture is much more distinct, and the inferior angle of the anterior margin is prolonged into a much less prominent tooth. The rostrum (plate XV, fig. 3, enlarged 10 diameters) is somewhat depressed from the base to near the tip, is proportionally shorter and broader than in either of the earlier stages, and its mar- gins are armed with the same variable number of teeth as in the second stage. The ocular peduncles are slightly more slender, the eyes themselves are proportionally a little smaller than in the second stage, and the peduncles apparently admit of considerable motion, The antennulz (plate XV, fig. 9, enlarged 20 diameters) are longer and more slender than in the second stage, but are still considerably shorter than the rostrum. The outer flagellum is distinctly divided into about ten equal segments, and the distal half of the inner margin is furnished with numerous hairs similar to those in the second stage, only smaller and not more than half as long. The inner flagellum is three-fourths as long as the outer, slender, rather indistinctly divided into eight to ten segments, and entirely naked. The antenne retain the essential features of the earlier stages. The scale is proportionally as large, and is furnished with the same form of plumose hairs along the inner margin as in the first and second stages. The flagellum is about a half longer than the scale, indis- tinctly multiarticulate and apparently without terminal setz or lateral hairs. The mandibles (plate XV, fig. 15, enlarged 25 diameters, and figs. 16, 17, 18) have nearly the same form as in the first and second stages, but the crowns are more indurated and thickened, the teeth not quite as acute, and the anterior portion of the margin not quite as abruptly recurved, while the palpi have increased considerably in size, the last segment being much longer than either of the others, and tipped with five, instead of two, short hairs or sete. In the first maxilla, the spines and setze upon the lobes of the endognathus are more numerous and considerably stouter than in the second stage. The exognathus is proportionally no longer than in the first and second stages, and has the same number of sete at the extremity as in the second stage; these sete (plate XVI, fig. 2, en- larged 100 diameters) are, however, proportionally a little shorter and stouter, the inner, and longer, of the three terminal ones is a little a S. I. Smith—Early Stages of the American Lobster. 367 below the tip, and the two upon the inner side are still further from the tip than in the second stage. The second maxille have not changed from the last stage, ex- cept in a slight increase in the number of setee upon the lobes of the endognathus, and a similar increase in the stout plumose hairs upon the margins of the epignathus, of which the posterior lobe is a little broader than in the second stage. In the first maxillipeds (plate XVI, fig. 7, enlarged 40 diameters), the anterior portion of the endognathus is proportionally larger and the spines upon its inner margin are more numerous than in the first and second stages. The mesognathus has the same number of term- inal sete (fig. 7a, enlarged 100 diameters) as in the earlier stages, but there are several short hairs along the outer margin, and three sete upon the inner side of the distal end of the basal segment. The exo- gnathus has increased considerably in length, and its extremity has begun to show slightly the flagelliform character, although there are as yet no distinct articulations, and only three or four short hairs on the inner margin near the tip. In the second maxillipeds, the endognathus has become slightly compressed and the meral segment is longer in proportion, but other- wise is nearly as in the first stage. The exognathus has increased somewhat in length, and the terminal portion shows two or three dis- tinct segments and several quite long plumose and jointed hairs, thus clearly indicating its flagelliform character. The epignathus (plate XVI, fig. 11, enlarged 40 diameters) has increased slightly in size, and the branchial appendage at its base appears as a well defined lobe (fig. 11, ¢) longer than the breadth of the epignathus itself. The external maxillipeds show a slight change toward the adult form. They have not increased in size so rapidly as the legs, and the form and proportions of the segments of the endognathus are quite different, the segments being slightly flattened and angulated on the inner margin, the ischial, meral and propodal segments about equal in length and longer than the others, the articulation between the ischium and merus oblique, and the distal portion carried bent in- ward by a marked geniculation between the merus and carpus and a slight one between the propodus and dactylus. The terminal seg- ment also is longer and more slender, than in the earlier stages, and the spines at the tip and on the whole inner margin of the endogna- thus are proportionally smaller, although of about the same number as in the adult. There are no indications of teeth or crenulations upon the inner margin of the ischium. The exognathus is relatively shorter than in the earlier stages, having increased scarcely at all in 368 S. I. Smith—Early Stages of the American Lobster. size. ‘The flagelliform portion is composed of the same number of segments as in the earlier stages, but the plumose hairs are somewhat shorter. The epignathus has increased much in size, has entirely lost its sack-like character, and is furnished with a few hairs along the margins. The three branchial appendages have also increased much in size, and are lobed along the sides. The epignathus and branchial appendages are in the same stage as those upon the second pair of legs (plate XVII, fig. 3, enlarged 20 diameters). The anterior legs (plate XVII, fig. 11, distal extremity of one, enlarged 20 diameters) have increased very much in size, and begin to resemble somewhat those of the adult, although they are still just alike on the two sides, and differ very conspicuously in the form of the propodus, which has the lower margin nearly straight, the upper margin convex, and the fingers thus somewhat deflexed, while in the sarliest state of the adult form the lower margin is strongly convex and the fingers turned slightly upward. The endopodus reaches be- yond the extremities of the other legs by the full length of the propodus, is proportionally very much stouter than they, and is fur- nished with only short spinules and hairs. The propodus is broad’ and stout, the inferior margin nearly straight, and the digital portion about two-thirds as long as the basal and tapering to an obtuse ex- tremity. The dactylus is strongly curved downward toward the tip, which is slender but not acute. The exopodus is proportionally much smaller than in the second stage, being absolutely about as large and having the same number of segments in the flagelliform portion but furnished with shorter plumose hairs. The epipedus and the branchial appendages are like those of the external maxillipeds and have evi- dently begun to perform the same functions as in the adult. The second and third pairs of legs (plate XVII, fig. 3, one of the second pair enlarged 20 diameters) have increased considerably in size and become truly cheliform, The inferior margin of the propodus is armed only with very small spines, but there is still, as in the earlier stages, a long spine armed with acute teeth, on each side at the base of the dactylus, and the digital portion is nearly as long as the dactylus, is minutely toothed along the inner edge and terminates in a very short styliform tip. The dactylus projects only slightly beyond the propodus and like it is toothed along the immer edge and terminates in a slender tip. The exopodus, epipodus and branchial appendages are like those parts in the anterior legs as well as in the fourth pair. The fourth pair of legs are of the same length as the second and third, the spines upon the propodus are relatively a little shorter than S. I. Smith—Early Stages of the American Lobster. 369 in the second stage, while the dactylus itself is relatively longer, but is terminated by a shorter stylet. The posterior legs (plate XVII, fig. 7, terminal portion of one, enlarged 40 diameters) have changed precisely in the same way as those of the fourth pair. The abdomen is armed with the same number of dorsal spines as in the first and second stages, but they are all much smaller than in the second stage. The lateral angles of the second to the fifth segments project in sharp angular teeth, which are much shorter and broader than in the earlier stages and project obliquely backward and downward. The telson (plate XIV, fig. #) enlarged 15 diameters, a, one of the plumose setze, enlarged 75 diameters, and plate XVIII, fig. 3, enlarged 20 diameters) is of nearly the same form as in the second stage, but is proportionally much smaller—although absolutely fully as large— considerably broader at base, and the sete and spines are very much smaller. The natatory legs of the second, third, fourth, and fifth segments (plate XVIII, fig. 6, one of the legs of the third segment, enlarged 30 diameters) have increased much in size, the lamellz are fully twice as long as in the second stage, are somewhat lanceolate in form, and the margins of the distal half show a slight indication of segmentation and are furnished with very short rudimentary sete clothed with very short hairs (fig. 6a, enlarged 100 diameters). The appendages of the penultimate segment (plate XVIII, fig. 3, enlarged 20 diameters) are well developed, although relatively smaller and otherwise quite different from those of the adult. The outer lamella is broad; rudely oval, wholly without a transverse articula- tion near the extremity, and the outer margin is naked and nearly straight for two-thirds its length, then obliquely truncated at a slight angle and continuous in a regular curve with the posterior and inner margins, and clothed all the way, except near the base of the inner side, with long plumose setz (plate XVIII, fig. 3a, enlarged 50 diam- eters) articulated to the margin but apparently not divided into seg- ments like the setze of the exopodal branches of the cephalothoracie legs. The inner lamella is a little smaller than the outer, more regu- larly ovate, and margined all round, except near the base, with plumose setz like those upon the outer lamella. The only specimens procured in this stage were taken July 8 and 15. In color they were less brilliant than in the earlier stages, the orange markings being duller and whole animal slightly tinged with greenish brown. 370 S. I. Smith—Early Stages of the American Lobster. Early stages of the adult form. Between this stage and the third larval stage there is possibly an intermediate form wanting. The changes in the whole appearance of the animal have been so much greater than between the first and second or between the second and third larval stages, that, although the difference in size is inconsiderable, the whole change did not per- haps take place at one molt. In this stage the animal is about three-fifths of an inch (14 to 17™™) long, has lost all its schizopodal characters, and has assumed the more important features of the adult lobster. It still retains, how- ever, the free-swimming habit of the true larval forms, and was fre- quently taken at the surface, both in the towing and hand net. Al- though it resembles the adult in many features, it differs so much that, were it an adult, it would undoubtedly be regarded as a distinct genus. The carapax has nearly the same form as in the adult, being longer and proportionally narrower than in the third larval stage, and not gibbous upon the sides posteriorly. The areolation is as distinct as in the adult. The tooth upon the anterior margin, just over the base of the antenna, is rather more prominent than in the adult, but there seems to be no small spine back of this on the side of the carapax as there is in the adult. The rostrum (plate XV, figs. 4 and 5, enlarged 10 diameters) is about two-fifths as long as the carapax including the rostrum, broad, expanded in the middle, and terminates in a slender bifid tip (fig. 4a, enlarged 25 diameters). The edges are clothed with plumose sete (fig. 46, enlarged 50 diameters) and three or four teeth on each side besides a small one near the base and a little way back from the margin, and in some specimens with a minute additional spine on each side near the slender terminal portion, The ocular peduncles are elongated and of nearly the same form as in the adult. The antennule (plate XV, fig. 10, enlarged 20 diameters) have assumed the form and character of those of the adult. The basal segment is broad and has a well developed auditory chamber contain- ing otolithes and similar to that of the adult, although, in the alco- holic specimens examined, the chamber appeared to be open while in the adult it is closed. All the segments of the peduncle have a few hairs or setze upon the outside, and the ultimate and penultimate on the inside also. The flagella are nearly equal in length, the outer being slightly longer, and extend only a little beyond the tip of the rostrum. The outer flagellum is very stout, composed of ten to twelve S. I. Smith—Early Stages of the American Lobster. 371 segments, most of which are as broad as long, and is furnished along the inner side, especially on the distal portion, with many short, stout and jointed sete. The terminal segment is slender, scarcely half as thick as the others, much longer than broad, and obtusely rounded at the tip. The inner flagellum is slender and composed of nine or ten segments, which are nearly all twice as long as broad, and furnished at the distal end with several very short hairs. The terminal seg- ment is slightly narrower than the others, and obtusely rounded and furnished with four short hairs at the tip.—In the full grown adult lobster the antennulz differ in having much longer and more slender flagella, the inner being a little longer than the outer, and both extend- ing for more than three-quarters of their length beyond the rostrum. The outer flagellum is composed of a great number of very short segments, and the terminal portion tapers to a long slender tip and is furnished along the inner side with numerous setz as in the earlier stage. The inner flagellum is not so much more slender than the outer as in the earlier stage, and is composed of very numerous seg- ments which are as broad, or nearly as broad, as long. The antennz (plate XV, fig. 12, enlarged 10 diameters) still retain some marked characters of the larval stage. The second segment of the peduncle projects into an angle on the outside at the base of the scale, not into a stout tooth as in the adult. The scale is still quite large and lamelliform, projecting half its length beyond the peduncle. and is furnished on the inner margin with long plumose setz as in the larval stages, though in this stage the margin projects in a slender process at the insertion of each seta. The flagellum is slender, fully as long as the carapax to the tip of the rostrum, and is composed of thirty-six to forty segments which are as long as or much longer than broad, and furnished at the distal end with several short hairs or setze.—In the full grown adult lobster the antennal scale is reduced to a stout tooth-like appendage extending scarcely beyond the fourth segment of the peduncle and with a thick expansion upon the inner side, and the stout tooth at its base is nearly as large as the scale it- self. The flagellum is fully twice as long as in the young state, and is composed of very numerous short segments closely articulated together. The mandibles (plate XV, fig. 19, enlarged 25 diameters, and fig. 20, left one seen from the inside, enlarged 40 diameters) have lost the lamelliform processes and approach in general form those of the adult, but the crowns are much less massive and their edges are con- spicuously dentate. The palpi have the same form as in the adult, TRANS. Connecticut Acap., Vou. II. 31 Aveust, 1873. 872 S. I, Sivith Karly Stages of the American Lobster. the terminal segment being broad, flattened, clothed with numerous sete, and acting within the edges of the crowns as in the adult, The first maxille (plate XVI, fig. 3, enlarged 20 diameters) have the proximal lobe (fig. 3, @) of the endognathus rounded at the ex- tremity as in the adult but with much fewer setz, while the distal lobe (fig. 3, 4) is not expanded at the end as in the adult and, like the proximal lobe, has fewer sete. The exognathus (fig. 3, ¢) is composed of two segments as in the adult, but the terminal segment is much shorter than the other, nearly straight, and naked to the extremity, which is tipped with three sete of different lengths, while in the adult this terminal segment is as long as the basal, curved sinuously backward and outward, is ciliated along the inner or anterior margin, and tipped with numerous sete. The second maxille (plate XVI, fig. 5, enlarged 20 diameters) differ but slightly from those of the adult. The anterior of the four lobes (fig. 5, a) of the endognathus is rounded at the extremity, while in the adult it is subtruncate, and the extremities of all the lobes are armed with fewer setz than in the adult. The exognathus (fig. 5, 6) is rela- tively longer than in the adult, but is furnished with only a few hairs, while in the adult it is thickly ciliated along the inner edge and at the tip. The epignathus (fig. 5, c) is relatively a little smaller than in the adult. In the first maxillipeds (plate XVI, fig. 8, enlarged 20 diameters) the endogathus (fig. 8, @) is slightly narrower than in the adult and has fewer marginal sete. The terminal segment of the mesognathus (fig. 8, 2) is narrow, tapers to an obtuse extremity and has but a very few marginal cilia, while in the adult it is ovate in outline and closely fringed with cilia. The exognathus (fig. 8, ¢) is a little shorter than in the adult, and the terminal flagelliform portion is composed of a few (seven or eight) segments as long as broad and furnished at the distal ends with long plumose hairs, while in the adult the segments are very short and numerous and the hairs quite short. The epigna- thus is not prolonged posteriorly into so long and slender a point as it is in the adult. In the second maxillipeds (plate XVI, fig. 12, enlarged 20 diame- ters) the endognathus is only sparsely armed with spines and setie, while in the adult it is thickly beset with them. The exognathus (fig. 12, @) is nearly as long as in the adult, but the flagelliform portion differs, as the same part in the first maxillipeds, in being composed of few segments with long plumose hairs, while in the adult the seg- ments are very numerous and the hairs short. The epignathus (fig. 12, b) is much shorter than in the adult and the branchial appendage S. I. Smith—Early Stages of the American Lobster. 373 (fig. 12, c) is obtuse at the tip and has only a few lobes in the margin, while in the adult it is slender at the tip and is made up of numerous slender papillz. The endognathus of the external maxillipeds (plate XVI, fig. 14, enlarged 10 diameters) has nearly the same form and proportions as in the adult, but is furnished with fewer and longer set, and the teeth upon the inner angle of the ischium are fewer and more acute. The exognathus (fig. 14, 7) is relatively no longer than in the adult, but the flagelliform portion is composed of fewer segments and is furnished with much longer plumose sete. The epignathus (fig. 14, 4) is much shorter than in the adult, and is not prolonged as there into a long and slender extremity. The three branchial appendages (fig. 14, c) are proportionally shorter and more obtuse than in the adult, and have comparatively few and short papille. The anterior cephalothoracic legs (plate XVII, fig. 12, terminal portion of the right one, enlarged 10 diameters) are alike on the two sides, are considerably longer than the carapax to the tip of the ros- trum, and are formed much like the smaller one in the adult, although considerably more slender and wanting the stout teeth upon the upper edge of the basal portion of the propodus. The legs of the second and third pairs (plate XVII, figs. 4, and 4a, one of the second pair, enlarged 20 diameters) are of the same form and proportions as in the adult, but are armed with fewer and relatively longer spines and setz. The legs of the posterior and penultimate pairs (plate XVII, fig. 8, terminal portion of one of the posterior pair, enlarged 20 diameters), as well as those of the second and third pairs, are like those of the adult in form and proportions, but are armed with fewer spines and sete. The abdomen (plate X VIII, fig. 10, side view of the second to fifth segments, enlarged 8 diameters, and fig. 4, telson with the appendages of the penultimate segment on one side, enlarged 20 diameters) is scarcely as long as the cephalothorax, including the rostrum, while in the adult it is considerably longer. The lateral angles of the second, third, fourth, and fifth segments are prolonged downward into long and acute teeth, and the second segment is similar to the following ones and overlaps the first segment scarcely at all. In the full-grown adult, the sides of the second segment are broad, overlap the first segment, and are truncated below with the anterior angle rounded and the posterior right-angled, while the sides of the third, fourth, and fifth segments are narrow and have the postero-lateral angles projecting backward in a slight tooth. No appendages could be found upon the first segment. The natatory legs of the second, third, 374 S. I. Smith—Early Stages of the American Lobster. fourth and fifth segments (plate XVIII, fig. 7, one of the legs of the third segment, enlarged 20 diameters) are proportionally larger than in the adult, the terminal lamelle especially being much longer and furnished with very long plumose and jointed sete (plate XVII, fig. 7a, enlarged 100 diameters). The telson (plate XVIII, fig. 4, enlarged 20 diameters) is nearly quadrangular, as wide at the extremity as at the base, and the pos- terior margin is arcuate, but does not extend beyond the prominent, spiniform lateral angles, and is furnished with long plumose hairs. In the adult the telson is not quadrangular, but much narrowed toward the extremity, which is strongly arcuate, nearly semi-circular and pro- jects far beyond the small dentiform lateral angles. The lamelli of the appendages of the penultimate segment (fig. 4) are regularly oval and margined with long plumose hairs, and the outer lamelle have a transverse articulation near the tip as in the adult, although the proximal side of this articulation is not armed as in the adult with numerous slender teeth, but with only a single obtuse one near the middle. In the adult the lamelle are not regularly oval but broader distally and somewhat truncate at the extremities. In color they resemble closely the adult, but the green of the back is lighter, and the yellowish markings upon the claws and body are proportionately larger. In this stage, the young lobsters swim very rapidly by means of the abdominal legs, and dart backward, when disturbed, with the caudal appendages, frequently jumping out of the water in this way like shrimp, which their movements in the water much resemble. They appear to live a large part of the time at the surface, as in the earlier stages, and were often seen swimming about among other surface animals, They were frequently taken from the 8th to the 28th of July, and very likely occur much later. Specimens in this stage vary considerably in size, and it is barely possible that they represent two different molts. The following mea- surements of three specimens taken at different dates illastrate these differences in size. July 15. July 28. July 20. Length from tip of rostrum to extremity of telson, 14°0™"- 1G ezaeoe 6: oom “of carapax to tip of rostrum, ---.-.---..- 6°8 8-2 84. oF TOSWUM = 0a cet a eee oe ee Bese yt 32 3°2 Breadth: of catapax;.22= 2és2s 222 pahe see eee 2°4 2°9 3°60 Length of propodus of anterior leg, right side,_.. 42 5:3 54 a“ “ dactylus “a a“ “ “ he 5 9-0 2°5 2:5 “ * propodus ee left side;2--> ef45 5°3 54 “ dactylus ey 2-0 2°6 2°5 S. I. Smith—Early Stages of the American Lobster. 375 From the dates on which the different forms were taken, and from the known rapidity with which the young of allied genera increase in size and come to the mature form, there can be no doubt that the young pass through all the stages I have described in the course of a single season, and it is probable that the largest of the young just mentioned had not been hatched from the egg more than six weeks and very likely only a much shorter time. How long the young retain their free-swimming habit after arriving at the lobster-like form, was not ascertained. Specimens three inches in length have acquired nearly all the char- acters of the full grown adult. The rostrum is not more than a fourth of the length of the carapax including the rostrum, and in form is more like that of the second and third stages of the larve than that of the earliest stage of the adult form. It is regularly and very narrowly triangular, the terminal third slender, spiniform and unarmed as seen from above, but broader as seen in a Jateral view and armed below with two small teeth directed forward, the middle por- tion armed each side above with two spiniform teeth, the posterior one slightly the smaller, and sometimes a third, still smaller one, back of the others. The antennulz are about two-thirds as long as the carapax includ- ing the rostrum, the peduncles reach nearly to tip of the rostrum, and the inner flagella are slightly longer than the outer. The flagella of the antenne are nearly as long as the rest of the animal, and the peduncle reaches nearly to the tip of the rostrum. The antennal scale is still considerably larger proportionally than in the full grown adult, reaching nearly to the extremity of the peduncle, but it is reduced to a stout tooth-like appendage with a lamellar expansion upon the inner side. The mandibles are nearly as massive as in the full-grown adult, and the posterior portion of the outer edges of the crowns are smooth and continuous and not dentate, as in the earlier stages. The anterior cephalothoracic legs are relatively very much stouter than in the earlier stages and are unlike on the two sides, as in the full-grown, the propodus upon one side being much broader than upon the other and the prehensile edges of the propodus and dactylus wanting the dense clothing of short hairs or setze which are conspicu- ous upon the other leg. The sexual appendages upon the first segment of the abdomen are fully developed. The sides of all the abdominal segments, the telson, and the appendages are almost exactly as in the full-grown. 376 S. I. Smith—Early Stages of the American Lobster. For convenience of comparison, the detailed measurements of the young in these different stages are arranged together on p. 378. A comparison of the larval stages of the European lobster with those of our own species would be very important and interesting, but as far as IL can learn, no complete figures or descriptions of the larval stages of the European lobster after leaving the egg have been published. Rathke’s* figures of the embryo of the European lobster just before leaving the egg, indicate the base of the antennula as com- posed of three distinct segments, the branchial appendages of the external maxillipeds and the cephalothoracic legs as much further advanced than they are in the first larval stage of the American lobster described in this paper, and the appendages of the penul- timate segment of the abdomen are already represented by small lobes beneath the abdomen. In thesame stage of the embryo, the lateral spines upon the second to the fifth segments of the abdomen have appeared, but no dorsal spines are indicated in the figures. Kroyer’st figures of the embryo, apparently at nearly the same stage of development, represent some of the appendages very different. The anterior cephalothoracic legs are represented as truly cheliform, the lateral spines upon the segments of the abdomen are mistaken for abdominal legs and represented as each composed of two seg- ments, while the telson is represented as quite different in form ffom either Rathke’s figures or from those of any stage which I have ob- served in the American lobster. Of all the larval stages of other genera of crustacea of which I have seen figures or descriptions, there are none which are closely allied to the early stages of the lobster. Astacus, according to Rathke, leaves the egg in a form closely resembling the adult, the cephalothoracic legs having no exopodal branches and the abdominal legs being already developed. Of the early stages of the numerous other genera of Astacidea and Thalassinidea scarcely anything is known, but as far as is known none of them appear to approach the larvee of the lobster. Most of the species of Crangonide and Paleemonide—among the most typical of macrourans—of which the development is known, are hatched from the egg in the zoéa stage, in which the five poste- rior pairs of cephalothoracic appendages or decapodal legs are wholly * Beitrage zur vergleichenden Anatomie und Physiologie, iiber die Riickschreitende Metamorphose der Theire, Danzig, 1842, p. 120, plate ii. + Monografisk Fremstilling af Slegten Hippolyte’s nordiske Arter, med Bidrag til Dekapodernes Udviklingshistorie (Kongl. Danske Vidensk. Selsk. naturvid. og mathem. Afhandlinger, ix Deel), Kjébenhaven, 1842, p. 251, plate vi. ~T ~r S. I. Smith—Early Stages of the American Lobster. 3 wanting, as are also the abdominal legs, while the two anterior pairs of maxillipeds, or all of them, are developed into locomotive or- gans.* In no period of their development do they have all the deca- podal legs furnished with natatory exopodal branches. There are undoubtedly larval forms closely allied to those of Homarus in some of the groups of macrourans, although they appear to be as yet unknown. Notwithstanding these larval forms of the lobster seen to have no close affinities with the known larve of other genera of macrourans, they do show in many characters. a very remarkable and interesting approach to the adult Schizopoda, particularly to the Myside. This appears to me to furnish additional evidence that the Schizopods are only degraded macrourans much more closely allied to the Sergestidz than to the Squilloidea. * The following short description of the young of Palemonetes vulgaris (the common prawn or transparent shrimp of the southern coast of New England) soon after hatch- ing and when about 3™™ long, will serve as an example of a common form of the early stage of the larve in these families: The cephalothorax is short and broad with a slender spiniform rostrum in front, an enormous compound eye each side at the an- terior margin, and a small simple eye in the middle of the carapax. The antennule are quite rudimentary, being short and thick appendages projecting a little way in front of the head; the peduncle bears at its extremity a very short obtuse segment representing the primary flagellum, and inside, at the base of this, a much longer plumose seta. The antennz are slightly longer than the antennule; the short pedun- cle bears a stout appendage, corresponding to the antennal scale, the terminal portion of which is articulated and furnished with long plumose sete, and on the inside at the base of the scale, a slender process corresponding to the flagellum, terminated by a long plumose seta. The first and second pairs of maxillz are well formed and ap- proach those of the adult. The three pairs of maxillipeds are all developed into powerful locomotive appendages; the inner branches, or endognathi, being slender pediform appendages terminated by long spines, while the outer branches, or exognathi, are long swimming appendages like the swimming branches of the legs of the young lobsters in the first stage. Both branches of the first maxillipeds are considerably shorter than those of the following pairs, but otherwise like them, and the inner branch of the second pair is somewhat shorter than that of the third, but its outer branch is about as long as that of the third pair. The five pairs of cephalothoracic legs are wauting, or only represented by a cluster of minute sack-like processes just behind the outer maxillipeds. The abdomen is long and slender, wholly without ap- pendages beneath, and the last segment is expanded into a short and very broad caudal lamina, the posterior margin of which is truncate with the lateral angles rounded; these angles each bear three, and the posterior margin itself eight more stout plumose sete, the setze of the posterior margin being longer than those upon the angles, and separated by broader spaces in which the margin is armed with numerous very small setee. They arrive at the adult form before they are more than 5™™ long. 378 S. I. Smith—Early Stages of the American Lobster. The following measurements of single specimens of the different stages of the larvee, of the earliest stage of the adult form, and of two small specimens of different sizes of the adult, illustrate better than the descriptions and figures the relative increase in size in the whole animal and in some of the parts. The length of the rostrum is taken from the posterior margin of the orbit, the lengths of the external maxilliped and the cephalothoracic legs from the base of the epipodus or epignathus to the extremity of the dactylus, and the length of the propodus and dactylus includes in each case the terminal styliform portion. First Second Third Earliest Small Small larval larval larval form of adult, adult, stage. stage. stage, adult. female. male. Length from tip of rostrum to end of telson, 7°9™ 10°6™ = 13-0™™ 14-0m™™ 8O-mmM ]32Q-mm “ of carapax to tip of rostrum, ----- 3°6 5°] 6°6 G8) | S66", ‘GI- AES er ONE Dis ter, See ie ene eee 1 2°5 3°0 2:i 9:5) 16:0 Breadth of carapax, ---.--.-<25-<.-- c= 16 2°2 2-7 24 164 262 Length of antennula,..-.........-.-.- 1-0 12 16 29 24: 38° as * inner flagellum of mane? 0-0 “43 66) 16 we vei0), 328° a * outer oi oe # 0-0 62 "BS lveeeeGrom © <2b? f “ flagellum of antenna, -------- 66°) 1:05. 80) aero ole? a antennal scale;c-c tes 1:00, 1:25) 0 aaez 50 81 u- ‘ external maxilliped,._..__--. 2-7 3°3 3°6 41 23° 34:0 a “ first cephalothoracic leg, right, 2°5 3:3 +6 90 58 102° L tts propodus,) -=s-eeene ee ae 8 1-4 2-0 42 336 62-4 i. dactying! 2 ges. as ee 7 8 9 20 1T1 342 Breadth of propodus; =--==-2-=2= oes “4 5 a Ore ig: O G94 Length of first cephalothoracic leg, left,._ 2°5 aie 46 9:0 60° 99- : % ita) propodis, ee aa. ee 8 1-4 2°0 AS eg toD0ie “56:0 a 6 GaCby IIS) ona ao eee eee Hi 8 ‘9 BOL 92.,. 2'°9 Breadthjoi propodusy—= sess ene “4 a5) 7 1D Lon © 2228 Length of second cephalothoracic leg, __. 2°5 2:9 Sail eur a ek 61° = cf TS MeCTUS, - 5 fe es “45 66 1:00 21 140 21°8 HS * — i ~n ——— ~~ - een Pig wo. : ~—— \ i SAAT SN" Ky nn mr u 1 I. Smith from nature and on wox Ss. adnan’) - sneer PP oF ra \pte | ¥> a a Ai - * ( = . ‘2 * = ‘ _- — SO Ss. 7 WHAAS PST Ss — vd Smith from nature and on wor I. TRANS. CONN. ACAD., Vol. Pome) ae) a Ss. TRANS. CONN. ACAD., Vol. II. S. I. Smith from nature and on wood Plate XVIII. c > ra) a O <= z Fos O O 2) ae <= joa = A S. I. Smith—Early Stages of the American Lobster. 381 Figure 3.—One of the legs of the second pair, third stage, enlarged 20 diameters. Figure 4.—Base of one of the legs of the second pair, earliest condition of the adult, enlarged 20 diameters; a, b, c, refer to the same parts as infigure 2. 4a, terminal portion of the same leg, enlarged the same amount. Figure 5.—One of the posterior cephalothoracic legs, second stage, enlarged 20 diam- eters; a, exopodus; c, branchial appendage; 5a, terminal portion of the same leg, enlarged 40 diameters. Figure 6.—Terminal portion of same leg, first stage, enlarged 40 diameters. Figure 7.—Same, third stage, enlarged 40 diameters. Figure 8.—Same, earliest condition of the adult, enlarged 20 diameters. Figure 9.—Terminal portion of the anterior cephalothoracic leg of the right side, first stage, enlarged 40 diameters. Figure 10.—Same, second stage, enlarged 20 diameters. Figure 11.—Same, third stage, enlarged 20 diameters. Figure 12.—Same, earliest condition of the adult form, enlarged 10 diameters. PLATE XVIII. Figure 1.—Extremity of the abdomen seen from above, first stage, enlarged 20 diam- eters. la, portion of one of the angles enlarged 40 diameters, showing the plumose marginal sete. Figure 2.—Same, second stage, enlarged 20 diameters. Figure 3.—Right side of the same, third stage, showing the appendages of the penulti- mate segment, enlarged 20 diameters; 3a, marginal setz of one of the appendages of the penultimate segment, enlarged 50 diameters. Figure 4.—Terminal segment of the abdomen and appendages of the penultimate seg- ment on one side, earliest condition of the adult form, enlarged 20 diam- eters. Figure 5.—One of the appendages of the third segment of the abdomen, second stage, enlarged 30 diameters. — igre 6.—Same, third stage, enlarged the same amount. 6a, one of the rudimentary marginal set, enlarged 100 diameters. Figure 7.—Same, earlest condition of the adult form, enlarged 20 diameters. Ta, one : of the marginal setze enlarged 100 diameters. Figure 8.—Lateral view of the fourth segment of the abdomen, showing the dorsal and lateral spines, first stage, enlarged 20 diameters. Figure 9.—Diagram of a section of the same segment seen from behind, enlarged 30 diameters. Figure 10.—Lateral view of the middle portion of the abdomen, earliest condition of the adult form, enlarged 8 diameters. XEV. ) * As the discussion is to apply to cases in which the parts of the body are in (sensible) motion, it is necessary to define the sense in which the word energy is to be used. We will use the word as including the vis viva of sensible motions, 390 J. W. Gibbs on a Representation by Surfaces Again, as the sum of the entropies may increase but cannot diminish ad ” > ' 7 WH" = o'+ HW. (c) Lastly, it is evident that y+ Vv'= vt Ves (d) These four equations may be arranged with slight changes as follows: Be y+. Uh 2 Re 7H — H'. TH'— Py" e’ 4 I" — e+ fy’ — Ty" - TH" 7T1 —TH' Po'+PV"= Po'+PV'. By addition we have e/— Try!'4+ Po" &’— T+ Pro’. (e) Now the two members of this equation evidently denote the vertical distances of the points (v”’, 7, €’) and (v’, 7, €’) above the plane pass- ing through the origin and representing the pressure P and tempera- ture 7! And the equation expresses that the ultimate distance is less or at most equal to the initial. It is evidently immaterial, whether the distances be measured vertically or normally, or that the fixed plane representing P and 7’ should pass through the origin; but dis- tances must be considered negative when measured from a point below the plane. It is evident that the sign of inequality holds in (e) if it holds in either (4) or (ec), therefore, it holds in (e) if there are any differences of pressure or temperature between the different parts of the body or between the body and the medium, or if any part of the body has sensible motion. (In the latter case, there would be an increase of entropy due to the conversion of this motion into heat). But even if the body is initially without sensible motion and has throughout the same pressure and temperature as the medium, the sign < will still hold if different parts of the body are in states represented by points in the thermodynamic surface at different distances from the fixed plane representing P? and 7. For it certainly holds if such initial circumstances are followed by differences of pressure or temperature, or by sensible velocities. Again, the sign of inequality would neces- sarily hold if one part of the body should pass, without producing changes of pressure or temperature or sensible velocities, into the state of another part represented by a point not at the same distance from the fixed plane representing P and 7. But these are the only suppositions possible in the case, unless we suppose that equilibrium of the Thermodynamic Properties of Substances. 391 subsists, which would require that the points in question should have a common tangent plane (page 386), whereas by supposition the planes tangent at the different points are parallel but not identical. The results of the preceding paragraph may be summed up as fol- lows:—Unless the body is initially without sensible motion, and its state, if homogeneous, is such as is represented by a point in the primitive surface where the tangent plane is parallel to the fixed plane representing P and 7, or, if the body is not homogeneous in state, unless the points in the primitive surface representing the states of its parts have a common tangent plane parallel to the fixed plane representing P and 7) such changes will ensue that the distance of the point representing the volume, entropy, and energy of the body from that fixed plane will be diminished (distances being con- sidered negative if measured from points beneath the plane). Let us apply this result to the question of the stability of the body when surrounded, as supposed, by a medium of constant temperature and pressure. The state of the body in equilibrium will be represented by a point in the thermodynamic surface, and as the pressure and temperature of the body are the same as those of the surrounding medium, we may take the tangent plane at that point as the fixed plane representing Pand 7. Ifthe body is not homogeneous in state, although in equi- librium, we may, for the purposes of this discussion of stability, either take a point in the derived surface as representing its state, or we may take the points in the primitive surface which represent the states of the different parts of the body. These points, as we have seen (page 386), have a common tangent plane, which is identical with the tangent plane for the point in the derived surface. Now, if the form of the surface be such that it falls above the tan- gent plane except at the single point of contact, the equilibrium is necessarily stable; for if the condition of the body be slightly altered, either by imparting sensible motion to any part of the body, or by slightly changing the state of any part, or by bringing any small part into any other thermodynamic state whatever, or in all of these ways, the point representing the volume, entropy, and energy of the whole body will then occupy a position aove the original tangent plane, and the proposition above enunciated shows that processes will ensue which will diminish the distance of this point from that plane, and that such processes cannot cease until the body is brought back into its original condition, when they will necessarily cease on account of the form supposed of the surface. 392 J. W. Gibbs on a Representation by Surfaces On the other hand, if the surface have such a form that any part of it falls below the fixed tangent plane, the equilibrium will be unstable. For it will evidently be possible by a slight change in the original condition of the body (that of equilibrium with the surround- ing medium and represented by the point or points of contact) to bring the point representing the volume, entropy, and energy of the body into a position below the fixed tangent plane, in which case we see by the above proposition that processes will occur which will carry the point still farther from the plane, and that such processes cannot cease until all the body has passed into some state entirely different from its original state. It remains to consider the case in which the surface, although it does not anywhere fall below the fixed tangent plane, nevertheless meets the plane in more than one point. The equilibrium in this case, as we might anticipate from its intermediate character between the cases already considered, is neutral. For if any part of the body be changed from its original state into that represented by another point in the thermodynamic surface lying in the same tan- gent plane, equilibrium will still subsist. For the supposition in regard to the form of the surface implies that uniformity in tempera- ture and pressure still subsists, nor can the body have any necessary tendency to pass entirely into the second state or to return into the original state, for a change of the values of Z’ and P less than any assignable quantity would evidently be sufficient to reverse such a tendency if any such existed, as either point at will could by such an infinitesimal variation of Z’ and P be made the nearer to the plane representing 7’ and P. It must be observed that in the case where the thermodynamic surface at a certain point is concave upward in both its principal curvatures, but somewhere falls below the tangent plane drawn through that point, the equilibrium although unstable in regard to discontinuous changes of state is stable in regard to continuous changes, as appears on restricting the test of stability to the vicinity of the point in question; that is, if we suppose a body to be in a state represented by such a point, although the equilibrium would show itself unstable if we should introduce into the body a small portion of the same substance in one of the states represented by points below the tangent plane, yet if the conditions necessary for such a discontinuous change are not present, the equilibrium would be sta- ble. A familiar example of this is afforded by liquid water when i of the Thermodynamic Properties of Substances. 393 heated at any pressure above the temperature of boiling water at that pressure.* Leading Features of the Thermodynamic Surface for Substances which take the forms of Solid, Liquid and Vapor. We are now prepared to form an idea of the general character of the primitive and derived surfaces and their mutual relations for a substance which takes the forms of solid, liquid, and vapor. The prim- itive surface will have a triple tangent plane touching it at the three points which represent the three states which can exist in contact. ‘Except at these three points, the primitive surface falls entirely above the tangent plane. That part of the plane which forms a triangle having its vertices at the three points of contact, is the derived sur- face which represents a compound of the three states of the sub- stance. We may now suppose the plane to roll on the under side of the surface, continuing to touch it in two points without cutting it. This it may do in three ways, viz: it may commence by turning about any one of the sides of the triangle aforesaid. Any pair of points which the plane touches at once represent states which can exist per- manently in contact. In this way six lines are traced upon the sur- face. These lines have in general a common property, that a tangent plane at any point in them will also touch the surface in another point. We must say in general, for, as we shall see hereafter, this statement does not hold good for the critical point. A tangent plane at any point of the surface outside of these lines has the surface en- tirely above it, except the single point of contact. A tangent plane at any point of the primitive surface within these lines will cut the surface. These lines, therefore, taken together may be called the limit of absolute stability, and the surface outside of them, the swr- Jace of absolute stability. That part of the envelop of the rolling plane, which lies between the pair of lines which the plane traces on the surface, is a part of the derived surface, and represents a mixture of two states of the substance. * Tf we wish to express in a single equation the necessary and sufficient condition of thermodynamic equilibrium for a substance when surrounded by a medium of con- stant pressure P and temperature 7, this equation may be written d(e — T™ + Pv)=9, when 6 refers to the variation produced by any variations in the state of the parts of the body, and (when different parts of the body are in different states) in the propor- tion in which the body is divided between the different states. The condition of stable equilibrium is that the value of the expression in the parenthesis shall be a minimum. 394 J. W. Gibbs on a Representation by Surfaces The relations of these lines and surfaces are roughly represented in horizontal projection* in figure 2, in which the full lines represent lines on the primitive surface, and the dotted lines those on the derived surface. S$, L, and V are the points which have a common tangent plane and represent the states of solid, liquid, and vapor age eG gi” -~s§\ x ion Sica 8 which can exist in contact. The plane triangle SLV is the derived surface representing compounds of these states. LL’ and VV’ are the pair of lines traced by the rolling double tangent plane, between which lies the derived surface representing compounds of liquid and vapor. VV" and $8” are another such pair, between which lies the derived surface representing compounds of vapor and solid. SS’” and LL’” are the third pair, between which lies the derived surface representing a compound of solid and liquid, L/"LL’, V'VV" and S’SS’” are the boundaries of the surfaces which represent respectively the absolutely stable states of liquid, vapor, and solid. The geometrical expression of the results which Dr. Andrews (Phil. Trans., vol. 159, p. 575) has obtained by his experiments with carbonic acid is that, in the case of this substance at least, the derived surface which represents a compound of liquid and vapor is termina- ted as follows: as the tangent plane rolls upon the primitive surface, the two points of contact approach one another and finally fall * A horizontal projection of the thermodynamic surface is identical with the dia- gram described on pages 330-338 of this volume, under the name of the volume- entropy diagram. ——————— of the Thermodynamic Properties of Substances. 395 together. The rolling of the double tangent plane necessarily comes to anend. The point where the two points of contact fall together is the critical point. Before considering farther the geometrical char- acteristics of this point and their physical significance, it will be con- venient to investigate the nature of the primitive surface which lies between the lines which form the limit of absolute stability. Between two points of the primitive surface which have a common tangent plane, as those represented by L' and V’ in figure 2, if there is no gap in the primitive surface, there must evidently be a region where the surface is concave toward the tangent plane in one of its principal curvatures at least, and therefore represents states of unsta- ble equilibrium in respect to continuous as well as discontinuous changes (see page 392).* If we draw a line upon the primitive sur- face, dividing it into parts which represent respectively stable and unstable equilibrium, in respect to continuous changes, i. e., dividing the surface which is concave upward in both its principal curvatures from that which is concave downward in one or both, this line, which may be called the dimit of essential instability, must have a form somewhat like that represented by //’Cvv'ss’ in figure 2. It touches the limit of absolute stability at the critical point C. For we may take a pair of points in LC and VC having a common tangent plane as near to C as we choose, and the line joiming them upon the primi- tive surface made by a plane section perpendicular to the tangent plane, will pass through an area of instability. The geometrical properties of the critical point in our surface may be made more clear by supposing the lines of curvature drawn upon the surface for one of the principal curvatures, that one, namely, which has different signs upon different sides of the limit of essential instability. The lines of curvature which meet this line will in gen eral cross it. At any point where they do so, as the sign of their curvature changes, they evidently cut a plane tangent to the surface, and therefore the surface itself cuts the tangent plane. But where one of these lines of curvature touches the limit of essential instabil- ity without crossing it, so that its curvature remains always positive (curvatures being considered positive when the concavity is on the upper side of the surface), the surface evidently does not cut the tan- gent plane, but has a contact of the third order with it in the section of least curvature. The critical point, therefore, must be a point * This is the same result as that obtained by Professor J. Thomson in connection with the surface referred to in the note on page 382. TRANS. Connecticut ACADEMY, Vol. IT. 34 Dec.. 1873. 896 J. W. Gibbs on a Representation by Surfaces where the line of that principal curvature which changes its sign is tangent to the line which separates positive from negative cury- atures, From the last paragraphs we may derive the following physical property of the critical state:—Although this is a limiting state between those of stability and those of instability in respect to con- tinuous changes, and although such limiting states are in general unstable in respect to such changes, yet the critical state is stable in regard to them. 0 the equation of the tangent plane for that point will be e=myn+ny+ C0”, where m denotes the temperature and —zn the pressure for the point of contact, so that m and n are both positive. Now it is evidently possible to give so large a value to v in the equations of the isothermal that the point thus determined shall fall below the tangent plane. Therefore, the tangent plane cuts the primitive surface, and the point of the thermodynamic surface for which p <0 cannot belong to the surfaces men- tioned in the last paragraph as forming a continuous sheet. 400 J. W. Gibbs on a Representation by Surfaces surface of dissipated energy on the one hand, nor have the theoreti- cal interest of the primitive surface on the other, Problems relating to the Surface of Dissipated Energy. The surface of dissipated energy has an important application to a certain class of problems which refer to the results which are theo- retically possible with a given body or system of bodies in a given initial condition. For example, let it be required to find the greatest amount of mechanical work which can be obtained from a given quantity of a certain substance in a given initial state, without increasing its total volume or allowing heat to pass to or from external bodies, except such as at the close of the processes are left in their initial condition, This has been called the available energy of the body. The initial state of the body is supposed to be such that the body can be made to pass from it to states of dissipated energy by reversible processes. _ If the body is in a state represented by any point of the surface of dissipated energy, of course no work can be obtained from it under the given conditions. But even if the body is ina state of thermody- namic equilibrium, and therefore in one represented by a point in the thermodynamic surface, if this point is not in the surface of dissipated energy, because the equilibrium of the body is unstable in regard to discontinuous changes, a certain amount of energy will be available under the conditions for the production of work. Or, if the body is solid, even if it is uniform in state throughout, its pressure (or ten- sion) may have different values in different directions, and in this way it may have a certain available energy. Or, if different parts of the body are in different states, this will in general be a souree of availa- ble energy. Lastly, we need not exclude the case in which the body has sensible motion and its vés viva constitutes available energy. In any case, we must find the initial volume, entropy, and energy of the body, which will be equal to the sums of the initial volumes, entro- pies, and energies of its parts. (‘ Energy’ is here used to include the vis viva of sensible motions). These values of », 77, and € will deter- mine the position of a certain point, which we will speak of as repre- senting the initial state. Now the condition that no heat shall be allowed to pass to exter- nal bodies, requires that the final entropy of the body shall not be less than the initial, for it could only be made less by violating this condition. The problem, therefore, may be reduced to this,—to find the amount by which the energy of the body may be diminished of the Thermodynamic Properties of Substances. 40] without increasing its volume or diminishing its entropy. This quantity will be represented geometrically by the distance of the point representing the initial state from the surface of dissipated en- ergy measured parallel to the axis of ¢, Let us consider a different problem. Bocourti, 146. dentata, 147. denticulata, 146. gracilipes, 146. macropa, 146. sinutifrons, 147. Brachyura, 1, 32. Brazilian podophthalmia, list of the de- scribed species of, 31. Bridge, design for, across the East River, by W. P. Trowbridge, 263. Bulla Adamsii, 186. Calcinus obscurus, 17. suleatus, 17, 39. tibicen, 17. Callapoidea, 38. Calliblepharis ciliata, 346. Callinectes Danie, 7, 34. diacanthus, 7. larvatus, 9, 34. ornatus, 8, 34. Calliostoma lima, 187. noduliferum, 187. Callithamnion Americanum, 348. floccosum, 348. Pylaisei, 348. Rothii, 348. Callopoma lineatum, 186. Cancellaria Bradleyi, 192. Larkinii, 192. spatiosa, 191. tessellata, 190. triangularis, 191. Cancer cordatus, 13, 15. coronatus, 1. gonagra, 7. hispidus, 2. Jamaicensis, 23. ruricola, 11. sclopetarius, 13. uca, 13. vocans major, 122. vocator, 127. Cancroidea, 33. Carcinus Meenas, 35. Cardiosoma, 142, 150. armatum, 16. carnifex, 16. erassum, 144. diurum, 16. guanhumi, 16, 36, 143. quadratum, 16, 36, 143, 144. Cardium, 203. Cenobita Diogenes, 38. Cenobitidae, 38. ‘| Ceramium Hooperi, 347. rubrum, 347. Cheeiomorpha Melagonium, 349. tortuosa, 349. Chasmagnathus granulatus, 37. Chelonian and human shoulder-girdle, mus- cles of, by H. S. Williams, 301. Chione, 202, 203. amathusia, 202. gnidia, 202. variabilis, 202. Chlorodius Floridanus, 3, 34. Chondrus crispus, 347. Chorda Filum, 344. lomentaria, 344. Chordaria flagelliformis, 34-4. Cladophora arcta, 348. flexuosa, 349. Clavella distorta, 199, 406 Clavella solida, 199. Clibanarius Antillensis, 18, 39. Brasiliensis, 18, 39. sclopetarius, 18, 39. vittatus, 18, 39. Columbella lanceolata, 198. Conus Bradleyi, 194. purpurascens, 194. sp., 194. Corallina officinalis, 345. Corbula Bradleyi, 200. sp., 200. Crassatella gibbosa, 203. Crepidula, sp., 187. Cronius ruber, 34. Crucibulum inerme, 188. spinosum, 188. Crustacea, notice of the, collected by Prof. CG. F. Hartt, on the coast of Bra- zil, in 1867, by Sidney I. Smith, 1. notes on American, by Sidney Smith, 113. Cryptograpsus, 154. angulatus, 12. cirripes, 11, 37. Cuma alternata, 198. kiosquiformis, 198. tecta, 198. Cyclograpsus integer, 37. Cystoclonium purpurascens, 346. i Dana, James D., geology of the New Haven region, with reference to the origin of its topographical features, 45. Delesseria alata, 346. sinuosa, 345. Desmarestia aculeata, 343. viridis, 343. Dictyosiphon foeniculaceus, 344. Dilocarcinus, 152. Castelnaui, 36. emarginatus, 36. pictus, 36, 152. Dissodactylidee, 172. Dissodactylus, 172. nitidus, 173. Dosinia Dunkeri, 202. grandis, 201, 202. ponderosa, 202. Dromide, 38. Dromidia Antillensis, 17, 38. Baton, D. C., list of marine alge, collected near Eastport, Maine, in 1872, 343. Ectocarpus brachiatus, 345. littoralis, 345. siliculosus, 345. tomentosus, 345. Elachista fucicola, 344. Enteromorpha compressa, 348. intestinalis, 348. Epialtus Brasiliensis, 33. marginatus, 33. INDEX, | Epilobocera, 148. | armata, 151. Cubensis, 150, 152. | Erichthidee, 41. , Erichthus spiniger, 41. vestitus, 41. Eriphia gonagra, 7, 34. | Briphidae, 34. | Eucratopsis, 164. crassimanus, 35. | Bupagurus criniticornis, 39. seabriculus, 39. | Euryechinus imbecillis, 171. Euryplax, 162. nitidus, 162. politus, 163. Kurypodide, 33. | Eurypodius Latreillii, 33. | | Euthora cristata, 346. Fabia Chilensis, 170. subquadrata, 172. Fluids, graphical methods in the thermo- dynamics of, by J. W. Gibbs, 309. Fucus nodosus, 343. serratus, 343. vesiculosus, 343. Galateidz, 39. Galathea amplectens, 39. Gasteropoda, 186. Gecarcinidie, 35, 142. Gecarcinus, sp., 35. Gecarcoidea Lalandei, 36. Gelasimus, 113. armatus, 123, 125, 126, 127. brevifrons, 131. gibbosus, 137, 140, heterochelos, 122. heterophthalmus, 116, 119, 121. heteropleurus, 118. insignis, 126. macrodactylus, 128. maracoani, 35, 122, 123, 125, 127. minax, 128, 131, 133, 135, 136, 138. mordax, 35, 135. ornatus, 125, 127. palustris, 35, 119, 127, 128, 131, 138. Panamensis, 139. platidactylus, 122, 118. princeps, 120, 122, 125. pugilator, 130, 131, 136, 137, 138. pugnax, 130, 131, 133, 134, 135, 136, 138, 156. rapax, 134. stenodactylus, 35, 139. styliferus, 114, 118, 119. subeylindricus, 136, 137. vocans, 119, 127, 131, 136. Geology of the Island of Yesso, Japan, by W. P. Blake, 293. of the New Haven region, with ref- erence to origin of its topographical features, by James D. Dana, 45. INDEX. 407 Gibbs, J. W. graphical methods in the | Libidoclea Brasiliensis, 32. thermodynamics of fluids, 309. Libinia spinosa, 32. a method of geometrical representa- | Library, addition to the, Lv tion of the thermodynamic properties of | List of the described species of Brazilian substances by means of surfaces, 382. podophthalmia, 31. Gigartina mamillosa, 346. | Lithodomus aristatus, 169. Glyptograpsus, 153. Lithothamnion poly morphum, 345. impressus, 154, 156. Lobster, early stages of, by S. I. Smith, Glyptoplax, 164. 351. pugnax, 165. Loomis, F. E., Ph.D., and B. F. Harrison, Goniograpsus cruentatus, 11. M.D., on wind, rain and snow at Wal- innotatus, 37. lingford, Conn., 209. simplex, 37. Loomis, F. E., Ph.D., direction and force varius, 37. of wind at New Haven, 269. Goniopsis cruentatus, 11, 37. _| Lucifer acicularis, 41. ruricola, 11. Luciferide, 41. Gonodactylus chiragra, 31, 41. Lucippa levis, 33. Gonoplacide, 35, 160. Lupa diacantha, e Gonoplax maracoani, 123. spinimana, 9. Graphical methods in the thermodynam- | Lysiosquilla inornata, 41. ics of fluids, by J. W. Gibbs, 309. Grapsidee, 37, 153. Macromysis gracilis, 41. Grapsus cinereus, 157. Macroura, 18, 39. cruentatus, 11. Mactra, sp., 201. - longipes, 11. Zorritensis, 201. Maiidz, 3 Halosaccion ramentaceum, 347. < eceiden es Harrison, B. F., M.D., and F. E. Loomis, | yfajeq ringens, 196. Ph.D., on wind, rain and snow, at Wal- sp., 196. lingford, Conn., 209. Margaritophora fimbriata, 168. ~ Hartt, Prof. C. F., notice of the Crustacea Masainslln incrassata, 197. collected by, on the coast of Brazil, in Menippe Rumphii, 3 my 1867, by Sidney I. Smith, 1. Meteorology, direction and force of the Harvella, sp., 201. wind, with the fall of rain and snow at Helice granulata, 37. Wallingford, Conn., by B. F. Harrison ‘Hemicardia affinis, 204. and F. E. Loomis, 209. obovalis, 204. mean direction and force of the wind Hepatide, 38. at New Haven, by F. E. Loomis, 269. Hepatus angustatus, 38. fasciatus, 38. Heterograpsus, 154. Method of geometrical representation of -| the thermodynamic properties of sub- stances by means of surfaces, by J. W. Hildenbrandtia, sp., 346. Gibbs, 382. Hippa emerita, 38. Milnia bicornuta, 1, 33. Hippide, 38. Minyocerus angustus, 38. Hippolyte exilirostratus, 40. Mithracidee, 32. obliquimanus, 40. Mithraculus coronatus, 1, 32. Hormotrichum boreale, 349. sculptus, 2. Carmichaelii, 349. Mithrax hispidus, 2, 32. speciosum, 349. Mitra, sp., 197. Indian Onomatopceia, on some alleged spe- | Molluscan Fauna, of the later Tertiary of : Peru, by Edward T. Nelson, Ph.D., 186. ~ of, by J. Hammond Trumbull, | Muscles of the Se and human shoul- der-girdles, by H. S. Williams, 301. Japan, geology of the Island of Yesso, by Mysidea, 41. = ATE Bla 299. Myurella, sp., 193. ; tuberosa, 193. Lamellibranchiata, 200. Laminaria dermatodea, 343. Nautilograpsus, sp., 37. longicruris, 344. Nelson, Edward T., Ph.D., on the Mollus- saccharina, 344. | can Fauna of the later Tertiary of Peru, trilaminata, 344. | 186. Leda acuminata, 205. Neptunus cruentatus, 10. Leptograpsus rugulosus, 37. marginatus, 8. 408 Neptunus Ordwayi, 9. pelagicus, 11. New Haven, direction and force of the wind at, by F. E. Loomis, Ph.D., 269. New Haven Region, geology and topo- graphical features of, by James D. Dana, 45. Notes on American Crustacea, by Sidney I. Smith, 113. Notice of the Crustacea collected by Prof. C. F. Hartt, on the coast of Brazil, in 1867, by Sidney I. Smith, 1. Ocypoda gigantea, 143. heterochelos, 122. maracoani, 123. pugilator, 136. rhombea, 35. ruricola, 143. Ocypode cordata, 143. reticulatus, 156. Ocypodidee, 35, 113. Ocypodoidea, 35, 113. Oliva polpaster, 197. sp., 197. Onomatopeeia, Indian, on some alleged specimens of, by J. Hammond Trum- bull, 177. Opisthocera, 148, 151. Gilmanii, 149. Oscillatoria, sp., 350. Ostracotheres, 169. affinis, 169, 170. politus, 169. Savigny1, 170. Tridacnz, 170. Ostrea, sp., 205, 206. Pachycheles moniliferus, 38. Pachygrapsus innotatus, 37. intermedius, 37. marmoratus, 37. maurus, 37. rugulosus, 37. simplex, 37. Paguride, 38. Pagurus granulatus, 17. sclopetarius, 18. suleatus, 17. tibicen, 17. vittatus, 18. Palzeemonidae, 39. Palzemon acanthurus, 40. ensiculus, 26, 40. forceps, 24, 40. Jamaicensis, 23, 40. Lamarrei, 40. Olfersii, 40. spinimanus, 40. Palinurus argus, 39. Palinuridae, 39. Panopzea generosa, 200. Panopeus crenatus, 3, 5. INDEX, Panopeus Hartii, 5, 34. Herhstii, 34. politus, 3, 5, 34. transversus, 3, 4. Panulirus argus, 39. echinatus, 20, 39. guttatus, 20, 23. Pecten, sp., 205. Pelocarcinus Lalandei, 36. Peltinia scutiformis, 33. Peneide, 40. Peneus Brasiliensis, 27, 40. setiferus, 40. Pericera bicorna, 1. bicornis, 1. Periceride, 33. Petrolisthes Brasiliensis, 38. Petrochirus granulatus, 17, 38. Petrolisthes leporinus, 38. Pholas. sp., 200. Pilumnus Quoyi, 34. Pinnaxodes,’ 170. Chilensis, 170. hirtipes, 170. Pinnotheres, 166. Chilensis, 170. Lithodomi, 169. margarita, 166. veterum, 170. Pinnotheridee, 166. Pisa bicorna, 1. bicornuta, 1. Platyonichidee, 35. Pleurotoma, sp., 194. Podophthalmia, Brazilian, list of the de- scribed species of, 31. Polinices subangulata, 195. Polyides rotundus, 346. Polysiphonia fastigiata, 345. urceolata, 345. violacea, 345. Porcellana Boscii, 38. frontalis, 38. leporina, 38. Porcellanidee, 38. Porphyra vulgaris, 348. Portunidee, 34. Portunus spinimanus, 9. Potamia, 146. Chilensis, 146. latifrons, 147. Potamocarcinus, 148. Prionoplax, 160. ciliatus, 160. spinicarpus, 160. Pseudothelphusa, 146, 148. Americana, 146, 148. Bocourti, 146. Chilensis, 146. dentata, 147. denticulata, 146. gracilipes, 146. macropa, 146, 148. INDEX. Pseudothelphusa plana, 146, 147, 148. sinutifrons, 147. Ptilota elegans, 348. serrata, 347. Rachitia spinalis, 41. Rhodymenia palmata, 346. Scarpharea nux, 205. Scyllaride, 39. Scyllarus zquinoxialis, 18, 39. Sesarma, 156. -angusta, 159. angustipes, 37, 159. cinerea, 157. occidentalis, 158. Pisonii, 38. ‘reticulata, 156, 158. sulcata, 156. Sicyonia carinata, 40. Smith, S. I., notice of the Crustacea col- \ lected by Prof. C. F. Hartt on the coast | of Brazil in 1867, 1. notes on American Crustacea, 113. early stages of the American Lobster, 351. Solarium sexlineare, 194. Solecurtus affinis, 200. sp., 200. Speocarcinus, 164. Squilla chiragra, 31. prasino-lineata, 41. rubro-lineata, 41. scabricauda, 41. Squillidee, 41. Squilloidea, 31, 41. Strombina lanceolata, 198. Strombus Peruvianus, 192. Sylviocarcinus Devillei, 36. Tellina, sp., 201. Thermodynamic properties of substances, a method of geometrical representation of, by means of surfaces, by J. W. Gibbs, 382. Thermodynamics of fluids, graphical methods in, by J. W. Gibbs, 309. 409 | Topographical features of the New Ha- | ven region, their origin, by James D. Dana, 45. | Trichodactylidx, 36, 152. | Trichodactylus Cunninghami, 36. fluviatilis, 36. punctatus, 36. quadratus, 36. | Trowbridge, W. P., design for a bridge | across the East River, 263. | Trumbull, J. Hammond, on some alleged specimens of Indian Onomatopceia, 177. | Turritella bifastigiata, 189. goniostoma, 189. : plana, 188, 189. | sp., 190. suturalis, 188. tigrina, 18S. Uca cordata, 13, 15, 3 Cunninghami, 36. lzevis, 13, 15. una, 15, 36. Ulva latissima, 348. Uvanilla, sp., 187. 6. Vermetus, 188. Wallingford, Conn., wind, rain and snow at, by B. F. Harrison, M.D., and F. E. Loomis, Ph.D., 209. Williams, H. S., muscles of chelonian and human shoulder-girdles, 301. Wind, direction and force of at New Ha- ven, by F. E. Loomis, Ph.D., 269. Wind, rain, and snow, at Wallingford, Conn., by B. F. Harrison, M.D., and F. KE. Loomis, Ph.D., 209. Xanthide, 33. Xantho denticulata, 3, 33. dispar, 33. parvula, 33. Xiphopeneus, 27. Harttii, 28, 40. Zoea echinus, 41. rubella, 41. Page “ ERRATA. 1, line 13, for ‘ Flordia,” read Florida. 11, 188, 197, 343, 343, 346, 348, ¢ OF 35, be oak 26, immargination,” read emargination. ‘““ “spistome,” read epistome. “18, “ “ Podopthalmia,” read Podophthalmia. “9, “ “ Euecrete,” read Hucrate. last line but one, for “‘ margin,” read margins. line 4, from foot, for “‘ Norton Street,’ read Blake Street. pial WE “ ‘“ “twenty rods,” read twenty-one rods. “11, for “styiferus,” read styliferus. “11, “ “immargination,” read emargination. 11, “ “immarginate,” read emarginate. first line of foot note, for “is marked 3,” read is marked 3°. above ‘“ Huryplax,” insert CARCINOPLACID. line 8, for ‘‘spinosus,” read spinosum. “31, “ “palpaster,” read polpaster. in title of paper, for ‘‘ 1873,” read 1872. under No. 5, for ‘ varible,” read variable. No. 24, line 7, for “‘ Montague,” read Montagne. No. 44, for “‘ Euteromorpha,” read Enteromorpha. ae ee 7 TE ' , , " ve. : =. ee RE gee a er “~~ Ts ‘* | Op, ‘ef } ae m " ee j 4 ‘iL i) » | ' in : ue if 4 ny * f Xe ' 1 wy x (ua vb eh, ay Ny ey : ht eb5 A 7 ie Wicd ~ cae ‘jy ee hh TH 4 fF abs pid ~ wUN OG i971 Q Connecticut Academy of Arts 11 and Sciences, New Haven C9 Transactions V.2 Physical & Applied Sq. Serials PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE CARDS OR SLIPS FROM THIS POCKET eee UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO LIBRARY ehh ent hy t ly Rh ” bela stake * wr abies rite * tale epee ‘ UeLY hs ee Hate Hes "s 7 ‘ ht eh ge be abies eg ai aad fs yeoeee gear: para! vente ‘ > nt: “~ ‘ tore " ’ . 3 WET Pr Weriorh is bee bie ke pete fhe ae) slid ated siden » vets pate ae ns Label ba teed Ta) “” bs bed bas ont es oa See paras tebe { + a yeh 4! bet es i ' wal pss yal ' i AST phate wale * y x sie . eeees